Lee valley garden catalog Feb 2013 by Autumn

Main Catalog February 2013

$2U.S.

USA: 814 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-2205 Canada: 1090 Morrison Drive, Ottawa, Ont. K2H 1C2 Tel: 613-596-0350 Fax: 613-596-3073

Dear Customer,

Guarantee — We pledge to you the best service we can provide with personal attention and the best values on every order. If you are not satisﬁed for any reason, just return your purchase within 3 months by parcel post to our Ogdensburg, N.Y., address. You can choose to either exchange the product or receive a complete refund (including our regular shipping charges); we will also refund your return parcel post costs.

As we continue to mark our 35th year in business (our 24th with a separate Garden Tools catalog), it is interesting to note not only how much has changed, but how much has remained constant over that period. Our ﬁrst dedicated gardening tools catalog (spring 1990) featured the Bulldog line of spades and forks, a line that can still be found in this catalog, now under the Clarington Forge brand. Perhaps that’s not surprising, as the forge has been in operation since 1780. What is surprising is that the price of the digging pair (fork and spade) is $6 lower today than it was in 1990. A quick check of a few other core items that we’ve carried over the same 24-year period shows that they too have held their prices: the Lifetime hose is $1.45 lower at $38.50, and the large Haws watering can is only $4 higher at $99. Even our Felco pruners are within 10% of their 1990 prices, and all of the tools mentioned above are still made in their original countries. All this goes to show that ﬁrms making good products and offering good service can weather all sorts of economic changes, while remaining competitive and relevant. We expect to test that hypothesis by sticking around for at least another 35 years.

View Our Catalogs Online You can view our complete woodworking, hardware and gardening catalogs online. Browse the pages, search, click to zoom, or click on the item number to add the product to your cart. Shopping our catalogs is easy at www.leevalley.com.

Have You Signed Up? Visit us at www.leevalley.com/newsletter for our web newsletters and e-mail notiﬁcation of sales and special buys. Published monthly, our newsletters contain technical information and articles of interest to woodworkers and gardeners. You can view the newsletters online, or sign up to receive them by e-mail. You can also choose to receive e-mail notiﬁcation of our sales and special buys.

Cheers,

Robin C. Lee President

Prices For additional products not found in this catalog and for new items, visit our website.

www.leevalley.com QUICK INDEX For detailed index, see page 91. Birding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-157 Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132-143 Camping & Leisure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147-153 Carts & Wagons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-51 Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158-166 Composting & Fertilizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-55 Container Gardening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-25 Floral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-41 Hand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166-167 Hardscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102-108 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . Separate catalog available Harvest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168-169 Home Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-123 Kitchen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170-190 Labelling & Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-101 Late Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191-192 Lawn Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-89 Outdoor Planting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-37 Pest Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-98 Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 Pruning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Staking & Trellises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-131 Tool Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Watering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-78 Weather & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144-146 Weed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-84 Woodworking . . . . . . . .Separate catalog available

4 EASY WAYS TO SHOP 1-800-871-8158 Phones are staffed Monday to Friday from 7 to 7 and from 9 to 5 on Saturday, Eastern Time. Outside these hours, answering machines are used.

www.leevalley.com Our website makes it easy to browse and order online 24 hours a day. Click on "What’s New" in each section and take a look at our new products. Try our "Wish List" feature.

P.O. Box 1780 Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780

Prices in this catalog are in effect as of January 1, 2013, and are in U.S. dollars. We reserve the right to change prices if our costs increase signiﬁcantly or an inadvertent error has been printed. Prices are subject to change without notice; however, our website reﬂects our current prices, which supersede those in print.

Lee Valley Gift Card A gift card from Lee Valley is always welcome. It is available in any amount of $10.00 or more, and can include a personal message. We can send the card by mail, or alternatively as an electronic version by e-mail. Either version may be purchased and redeemed by phone, fax or mail order, or online.

Simply complete the order form and mail it to us.

Fax: 1-800-513-7885 Simply complete the order form and fax it to us.

CUSTOMER SERVICE: 1-800-267-8735 customerservice@leevalley.com

About Us See page 90 to learn more about Lee Valley, including: • our other catalogs • send a catalog to a friend • our privacy policy • our web newsletter and special offers

Special Symbols Б А В Д

Product is made in USA. Product is made in Canada. Product is new to this catalog. Product shipped by ground methods only.

Cover Photo Garden in Tillsonburg, Ontario, photographed by R. Russ Salamon. Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 01/2013. Content may not be copied from this catalog without our express permission.

A. Solitary Pollen Bee Nest В А

While solitary bees are important for plant pollination, their numbers are declining due to a loss of suitable nesting locations. This nest provides a safe place to lay their eggs, helping to boost the local population of these beneficial, nonaggressive bees. Approved by the Xerces Society for Invertebrate Conservation, it has 20 nesting tubes of various sizes to accommodate different bee species. The space between the tubes is filled with porous volcanic stone to insulate from cold and heat, discourage mites and absorb moisture to prevent fungus growth. A pattern of broken color on the exterior draws the attention of bees, and a plastic shield on the front protects the tubes from being pulled out by birds and rodents. Made of ABS plastic, the nest is 5Й long overall and mounts easily with two included nails. With a few plants to supply edible pollen growing in your garden (a list of suitable plants is included), you’ll attract your first pollen bees in no time, and their descendants will continue to use the nest – and benefit your garden – year after year. Made in Canada. 1+ 3+ AT505 Bee Nest, ea. $18.50 $16.60 Benign and non-territorial, solitary pollen bees rarely sting humans and do not build hives. Instead, each female creates an independent nest for her eggs, usually in dead wood, a hollow stem or a hole in bare soil. Unfortunately, residential developments threaten their natural habitat by eliminating wild nesting areas and displacing the plants they use for food, and in private gardens their nests are often disturbed by fall and spring garden clean-up while the eggs are still maturing. The best way to help preserve these important pollinators is by providing them with an alternative nesting site and including native flowers in your garden.

Each nesting tube holds six to eight eggs.

Pattern attracts pollen bees.

Apply stickers to mark full tubes.

Various sizes of tubes accommodate different bee species.

Soil pH Meter C. Felco® #100 Cut-&-Hold Pruner В You can easily check the pH level of your garden soil with this For harvesting blooms as well as for deadheading, these pruners quick-read meter, ensuring that your plants have the correct have a pair of curved brackets alongside the blades to grip the balance for healthy, vigorous growth. It requires no tablets, stem while cutting it, so you can reach into foliage, select a paper strips or batteries – chemical reactions between the bloom and retrieve the cutting, all with one hand. Designed after bi-metal probe and acidic or alkaline soil produce enough the popular #11 Felco, the pruner measures 81/2Й long with a 2Й voltage to make the indicator needle move, measuring pH from blade made of high-quality steel, precisely hollow ground and 3.5 (strongly acidic) to 9 (strongly alkaline). All you need to do hardened for durability. A locking catch keeps the blades closed between test locations is wipe the dirt off the probe. The 261/2Й so you can carry the pruner safely in a pocket; it can also be set so the handles open only halfway after each cut, minimizing long cord lets you insert the 41/4Й probe into the soil with one effort when making repeated cuts, particularly for those with hand and hold the meter in your other hand to easily read the results. A chart listing over 430 plant species and their preferred smaller hands. Handles are forged Fully opened jaws pH range is provided, along with instructions for adjusting the manganese-aluminum alloy coated pH of your soil. Includes a cleaning pad for removing any oxide with insulating plastic grips. All that accumulates on the probe between uses. A simple way to blades and parts are replaceable. An check the pH of your garden soil. excellent tool for plucking a single See page 59 for details on the complementary moisture meter, prize blossom or gathering a whole bouquet. Made in Switzerland. available separately or paired with the pH meter in a set. B. AB927 Soil pH Meter В $17.50 AB233 Cut-&-Hold Pruner $59.50 AB928 Moisture Meter $14.50 AB929 Moisture & pH Meters Set $28.50

Curved brackets grip cut stem.

Insulated grip

C 261/2Й long cord

B Bi-metal probe

Locking catch

PRUNING

Felco Pruners ®

#11

#12

#10

Felco of Switzerland is probably the world’s most highly regarded manufacturer of hand pruners. If you have ever had the misfortune of using a poorly made pruner, you will quickly appreciate the feel and performance of the Felco line. The difference can be likened to that between grade-school paper scissors and precision surgical scissors. The Felco hand pruners are designed to cut cleanly and evenly, leaving no crushed wood that might invite pests or disease. The blades are made of top-quality steel, hardened and precision ground. All the features and differences of the various models are listed in the accompanying chart. Although the assortment is a bit overwhelming, we can help you get started by saying that the most popular models are the #8 and #7, followed by the #6 for smaller hands and the #9 for lefties. Most handles are forged in manganese aluminum alloy and insulated with red plastic. The blades and all parts are replaceable. Some handles (models #7, #10, and #12) rotate as the tool is squeezed shut, allowing a natural hand movement that prevents blisters and fatigue, as well as requiring less effort. Able to cut through branches up to 3/4Й in diameter, all styles should provide many years of faithful service. They are the best choice for the serious gardener.

Left-hand version of #7

#9 #5 Left-hand version of #8

Felco® Composite-Handle Pruners These are good-quality bypass pruners at an economical price. Made in Switzerland, they have a stamped, hardened-steel blade for a clean, precise cut, a simple blade-adjustment system, and lightweight, comfortably shaped ﬁberglass-reinforced composite handles. The 8Й long small pruner (#160S) has a 15/8Й blade, and weighs about 6 oz. The larger version (#160L), measuring 83/4Й long overall with 2Й blade and weighing 6.7 oz, provides greater cutting leverage and is generally preferred by those with larger hands. Blade and other parts are replaceable. A good choice for the hobby gardener. Features of a Felco® Pruner Blade tension adjustment

#31

#13

#6 pruner shown.

Rubber cushion stops

Wire-cutting notch (except for #5, #31, #160S, #160L) Sap groove (except for #5, #31, #160S, #160L)

#160L

#160S

Top-quality, heat-treated steel blades

Thumb-operated locking catch

Felco Product Price # # #2 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #31 #100 #160S #160L

AB208 AB220 AB221 AB201 AB206 AB202 AB203 AB217 AB219 AB218 AB207 AB231 AB233 AB198 AB199

$52.50 $45.50 $28.50 $49.50 $66.50 $52.50 $52.50 $66.50 $52.50 $62.50 $62.50 $46.50 $59.50 $32.50 $32.50

Left or Right Hand RH RH RH RH RH RH LH LH RH RH RH RH RH RH RH

Repl. Overall Blade AdjustErgo Swivel Sap Shock Finger Contoured Cutting Length Length able Grip Handle Groove Absorber Grips Blade 2Й 81/2Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 83/4Й ✓ 73/4Й 15/8Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2Й 81/4Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 73/4Й 15/8Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 101/2Й 2Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 81/4Й 17/8Й ✓ ✓ 81/2Й 2Й ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 15/8Й 8Й ✓ ✓ 2Й 83/4Й

Forged aluminum alloy handles are guaranteed to last a lifetime.

Insulated ergonomic handles

Notes original design stamped, not forged for smaller hand size swivel grip reduces fatigue & blisters

#7, #10 and #12 have swivel handle

swivel grip reduces fatigue & blisters for smaller hand size, swivel grip extra long handles anvil type, adjustable anvil В see page 3 for details for smaller hand size

Visit us at www.leevalley.com М

Cuts branches up to 5/8Й.

Arc-shaped handles ﬁt smaller hands.

C A

Cuts branches up to 1Й.

Löwe Pruners Inventors of the original anvil pruner, Löwe has been

Cuts branches Anvil Pruners up to 1Й. Designed closely after the original Löwe anvil pruner, these cut efficiently with minimal strain on the hand and wrist. The smaller model #5.104, manufacturing in Germany since 1923, producing highwith a 13/4Й blade that powers through material up to 5/8Й in diameter, is 7Й quality pruners that are valued by commercial vineyards, long overall, ideal for smaller hands. The larger model #1.104 has a 23/8Й orchards and nurseries around the world. Designed to blade, suitable for material up to 1Й in diameter, and is 8Й long overall. Safety catch B make efficient drawing cuts against a fixed anvil, they cut A. AB371 Model #5.104 Anvil Pruner $42.50 exceptionally well with little force, even through difficult B. AB370 Model #1.104 Anvil Pruner Replaceable $49.00 woods and larger diameter stock. Successive refinements blades Curved Anvil Pruners in blade geometry permit relatively thin but strong blade This innovative design combines an anvil-style cutting action with a construction, with a low-angle taper from back to edge distinctive head shape similar to that of a bypass pruner. The long, curved that not only reduces effort when cutting tough, dry shape of the single blade and matching anvil helps grip the material, wood, but also cuts cleanly in soft, green stems without D preventing it from twisting out of the jaws. The slim design also permits crushing adjacent plant tissue. Suitable for right- or leftHandle adjustment screw detail cuts close to the stalk or in confined spots where a regular anvil handed users, all models have sturdy steel bodies that Cuts branches pruner cannot reach. Model #8.104 has the traditional Löwe handle are chrome plated for rust resistance, and hardened steel up to 1Й. shape, while model #8.107 has arc-shaped handles designed to fi t smaller blades that are precision ground to a keen edge. hands comfortably. For a perfect fit, both have handle-adjustment screws Contoured handles have a soft rubberized coating for a to let you fine-tune the span between the handles. Each pruner is 81/4Й comfortable grip. The internal spring mechanism has long, with a 21/2Й blade that can cut material up to 1Й in diameter. been rated to withstand one million compressions C. AB373 Model #8.107 Anvil Pruner $59.50 D without failure – well over a lifetime of use, even for a Safety catch D. AB372 Model #8.104 Anvil Pruner $59.50 professional. All blades and parts are replaceable.

Pruning Tools When performing a range of garden tasks, you generally need more than one pruning tool. These guidelines should help you decide which tools will suit your needs. Bypass and anvil styles: A bypass tool has a cutting blade that passes by a stationary blade, creating a scissor-like action that cleanly slices the branch – making it best for green wood as it minimizes infection and infestation. An anvil pruner works like a knife on a cutting board. The blade cuts through the branch, pressing onto an anvil. Because it may crush wood, it is considered better for cutting dead wood. Tool size: Handle length and blade opening affect what you can cut, but also affect weight. Consider whether it is more important to have long, telescoping handles for increased leverage and reach, or to have a smaller, lighter tool that is easier to manipulate. Evaluate the tool’s size, ﬁt and balance in your hand. Try to ﬁnd the right balance between having something large and long enough to do the work required, and something you can easily manage. Cutting diameter: Trying to cut a branch larger than your tool’s capacity is hard on you, your plant and your tool. The main difference between tool types is their cutting capacity, so make sure your tool is suitable for the task at hand. Sturdiness: If you cut only a few branches a season, a simple, low-cost tool will do. If you have much pruning work or large material to cut, then consider a sturdier tool with forged blades. A ratchet or gear mechanism increases cutting force while reducing the effort required.

Holsters These leather holsters will hold any Felco® pruner. The belt holster is 9Й overall and has an inside cavity about 51/2Й deep, 21/2Й wide and 1/2Й thick. The clip holster is about 6Й tall overall, with a F 23/4ЙК11/2Й opening. E. AB205 Belt Holster $11.50 F. AB204 Clip Holster $11.50

Tool

Characteristics

Snips Smaller than hand pruners, often & Hand with a pointed nose for precision Shears work.

Task

Cutting Diameter

Smaller plants such as herbs; cut ﬂowers and deadheading.

Up to 1/4Й

Sometimes called secateurs, these Annuals, perennials, Hand all-purpose pruners are heavier vegetables, small tree Pruners duty than snips. branches and bushes.

Up to 3/4Й green branches, 1/2Й dry branches

Longer handles than the hand 3/4Й to 2Й; some anvil lopTree branches and Loppers pruner, with greater cutting capacity heavy-stemmed bushes. pers may cut up to 3Й. and leverage. Hedge Shears

Look like giant scissors that require Shearing plants into Up to 1/2Й two hands to operate. hedges or formal shapes.

Saws

Japanese-style blades that cut on the pull stroke work best in the garden.

3/4Й and up; for best results, Larger-diameter branches that are too big a saw’s cutting capacity is half the length of the blade. for loppers.

Tree A pruner or a saw attached to a High tree branch pruning Pole long pole. Pruner versions have without the need of a Pruners pulleys and ropes for easier cutting. ladder.

3/4Й

and up

Felco® Replacement Parts AB224 Felco #13 $17.00 With a lot of use, some components of AB225 Felco #30 & #31 $16.00 the Felco pruners may eventually need AB228 Felco #160S $13.00 replacing. Please refer to the price lines to H. Replacement Springs, set of 2: determine which blade or spring to order AB212 Felco #2, #4, #7 to #11 $ 6.00 for your pruner. The hardware kit AB213 Felco #6 & #12 $ 6.00 includes the replacement pieces for the AB226 Felco #5 & #13 $ 6.00 G thumb latch mechanism and the bumper. AB227 Felco #30 & #31 $ 6.00 G. Replacement Blades, each: J. Hardware Replacement Kit AB209 Felco #6 & #12 $15.00 H AB230 $ 8.00 AB210 Felco #7 & #8 $15.00 AB211 Felco #9 & #10 $15.00 J AB215 Felco #2, #4 & #11 $15.00 AB223 Felco #5 $13.00 Pruning 5

A C E Ratcheting action makes it easy to cut through tough branches.

E. Anvil Ratchet Pruner

This 8Й long pruner excels in dead stock where the increased mechanical advantage of the ratchet mechanism comes into play. It has an aluminum body with stainless-steel spring, rivets and blade. Well made, it will not rust when left out in the rain, or dipped in disinfectant solution for disease control.

D F A. Forged Pocket Pruner

C. High-Quality Bypass Pruner

8Й Anvil Ratchet Pruner If you are looking for good value in a pruner, AB575 $13.95 this is about as good as it gets. This one is made like a finely crafted European tool, but F. Florian is offered at a much better price! The cast Ratchet Pruner Б aluminum alloy and hardened tool-steel This is the original ratchconstruction is well fitted, making a pruner eting pruner, patented by Includes replacement that cuts cleanly, reliably, and without much blade and wrench. Steuart Florian in 1960 and effort. Measures 73/4Й overall with a 15/8Й made by the family busiblade. Comes with an extra blade to ensure many years of service, ness ever since. Similar to a and has brightly colored handles so you won’t lose it in the grass. car jack, its ratchet mechaB. 6Й Bypass Pruner AB330 High-Quality Bypass Pruner $21.50 nism lets you cut through Although only 6Й long, this pruner has many AB332 Repl. Blade $ 3.95 tough branches with the distinct advantages. It can be firmly held at greatest of ease. A heavymaximum opening in one hand; the firm D. Pocket Pruner duty pruner with a Blade is fully guarded in spring enables a good grip across the full An excellent design for both small and the closed position. UV-resistant, fiberglassrange of openings. Although ideal for smaller large hands, this bypass pruner can be reinforced nylon body and hands, the handle shape makes it comfortable carried in a pocket since the blade is fully handles, it has a coldin larger hands as well. It is particularly useful guarded in the closed position. The velvet forged, high-carbon steel where the user wants to cut at some distance finish handle coating provides good grip blade that is Teflon® coated from the body (caning raspberries, overhead and the chrome-plated metal body and to resist residue build-up. pruning, etc.) and wants a pruner that feels stainless-steel blades minimize rust. Cutting capacity is 3/4Й. like a natural extension of the hand. All forged Capable of serious work, it can be used on green stock up to 3/4Й Nylon Ratchet Pruner steel with friction-grip handles. diameter. BL505 $32.50 AB570 6Й Bypass Pruner $9.90 AB580 Pocket Pruner $8.50 Measuring only 51/2Й overall, this high-quality European-made pruner fits perfectly in a pocket or stores out of the way in a kitchen drawer. Forged from high-carbon steel, it is razor sharp and great for cutting branches and stems up to 3/8Й in diameter. Perfect for deadheading plants, collecting bunches of flowers or removing small wayward branches. AB320 Forged Pocket Pruner $24.50

Pruning Set These stainless-steel pruners are particularly good for disease management since they can be dipped in a disinfectant solution without fear of rusting. They cut cleanly, minimizing disease access. You can also be H amazingly casual about where you leave them and they will forgive you; they are weatherproof. The folding saw has a classic Japanese-style taper-ground blade that requires no set in the teeth, producing a clean, quick-healing cut in all woods. The blade has excellent stiffness, locks open and folds into a compact unit, 73/4Й in total length. G. AB565 8Й Bypass Pruner $15.50 G H. EC650 Compact Pruning Saw $15.90 EC675 Pruning Set $26.00

All-Weather Pruning Shears These are pruning shears you can leave in the rain without the blades rusting and dulling. They are ideal for ﬂower cutting as well as vine and shrub trimming. (For heavier work, use bypass or anvil pruners.) Made entirely of stainless steel, the shears can be dipped in disinfectant (for disease control) without rusting, as well as being able to survive repeated abandonment in the elements. Available in 6Й and 8Й versions. J. AB554 6Й Pruning Shears $12.95 K. AB555 8Й Pruning Shears $14.95 L. Forged Flower Shears

These high-quality, forged carbon-steel shears are perfect for detail work such as trimming, harvesting and light pruning. Razor sharp, they are made in Japan to exacting standards, and are especially suited to collecting ﬂowers and deadheading roses. 7Й overall. EB125 Forged Flower Shears $33.50 See the Floral section for a selection of Bonsai cultivation tools.

L J 6 Pruning

D. Löwe Curved Anvil Loppers

A. Pruner Sharpener

Pruner extends from 71Й to almost 10И.

A simple, inexpensive sharpening jig that makes it easy to keep your pruners and loppers in good working condition. The jig clamps to the back of the blade and the silicon carbide abrasive rod is guided through one of four holes, ensuring a constant bevel angle. Made in England. AG701 Pruner Sharpener $12.95

With an anvil-style cutting action and a curved bypass-like head shape, these are sturdy, versatile loppers, capable Anvil jaw of cutting branches up D to 13/4Й. The unique head shape steadies the mateCuts rial, preventing it branches from twisting out up to 13/4Й. of the jaws, and allows fine cuts close to an adjacent stalk. With their oval-shaped profile, the tubular aluminum handles are lightweight yet incredibly strong, with stout plastic hand grips. A Teflon® coating helps prevent the blade from sticking, while also inhibiting rust. 32Й long overall. Made in Germany.

32Й

Model #22.080 Anvil Loppers EB335 $105.00 Long-Arm Pruners These are exceptionally good long-arm pruners. They can cut and hold small branches and stems or (with one gripping jaw removed) just cut branches up to 3/4Й in diameter. The cut-and-hold feature makes them particularly useful for reaching in among shrubs or over borders to harvest a prize blossom, or to reach up into a tree to remove a piece of fruit without damage to either. The handles on both models rotate to orient the blades in the best position for the job at hand. Sturdy aluminum, steel and reinforced poly construction. The shorter pruner has a ﬁxed length of 39Й and is suitable for pruning up to 9И and for reaching into beds to harvest blossoms. The telescoping pruner extends from 71Й to almost 10И in length. This gives the average person the ability to reach things up to 16И from the ground. Both are great for spring pruning or summer and fall harvesting. E. PB330 Cut & Hold Pruner, 39Й $26.50 F. PB335 *Telescoping Pruner, 71Й $41.50

B B. Precision Scissors

With ﬁne tips and comfortable wide-looped handles, these Japanese-made scissors allow excellent control when making precise cuts in tight spots. However, they are not just for delicate work; the 11/2Й long stainless-steel blades are capable of cutting wire, thick fabric, card stock or other tough materials. Rust resistant, they also serve as good general-purpose scissors in the garden or kitchen. Usable in the right or left hand, the handles have a composite plastic coating for good grip. 61/4Й long overall. AB508 Precision Scissors $9.95

* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Close-up of blades and gripping jaws

E These sturdy all-purpose scissors will endure abuse in the garden, kitchen and workshop. The solid 11/2Й long stainless-steel blades have micro serrations to prevent slippage during cutting, and a wire cutter for cutting thin wire, such as ties and electrical wire. Compact at 51/2Й long, they tuck easily into a pocket. The comfortably shaped polypropylene handles have non-slip rubber grips. Appropriate for both right- and left-handed use. 1+ 3+ AB535 All-Purpose Scissors, ea. $7.50 $6.70

Fixed length of 39Й

C. All-Purpose Scissors

Micro serrations

C Pruning 7

A&B

Wide bumpers cushion blade closure to reduce elbow fatigue.

Loppers ex from 27Й tend to 40Й.

Corona Professional Bypass Loppers These professional loppers were the clear favorite of our testers. Simple in design, they are strong and lightweight, featuring forged carbon-steel blades, aluminum handles with a UV-resistant, baked enamel coating, and wide bumpers that cushion blade closure to reduce elbow fatigue. The 16Й version weighs 11/2 lb and has a 11/4Й cutting capacity; it combines the compact size of a hand pruner with the extra reach and leverage of a lopper for a small, two-handed tool that is easily carried in your tool belt. The 36Й version (weighs 2 lb 13 oz) is the best all-purpose lopper we could ﬁnd, providing a clean cut on branches up to 13/4Й in diameter. Both are comfortable, well-balanced tools with a deep sap groove, self-aligning pivot bolt, and nut-retaining clip (to prevent loosening) – subtle design features that increased our appreciation for the quality of these loppers. A. EB320 Pro. Bypass Loppers, 16Й $49.50 B. EB321 Pro. Bypass Loppers, 36Й $72.50 C. Heavy-Duty Bypass Loppers А

Bypass loppers

These heavy-duty bypass loppers, with a cut branches up to 2Й in ratchet mechanism and extendable diameter. handles, will cut branches up to 2Й in diameter. The blades are carbon steel with a non-stick coating to reduce cutting friction. Weighing 3.3 lb, they are heavier than most bypass loppers but provide increased cutting power with reduced effort. The aluminum handles have comfortable rubber grips, and lock with spring-loaded pins to extend the tool from 27Й to 40Й overall, allowing greater reach and leverage. Made in Canada. EB310 Heavy-Duty Bypass Loppers $43.50

D. Heavy-Duty Anvil Loppers

If you are looking for simple, good-quality loppers, these are the ones. With cold-rolled carbon-steel blades (non-stick coated to reduce cutting friction), a unique lever mechanism to signiﬁcantly reduce cutting effort, and comfortably cushioned aluminum handles, they provide a nice balance between strength, heft and comfort. Weighing 3.85 lb, they have a cutting capacity of 13/4Й. Low-proﬁle bolts allow for close cutting without damage to the tree. Made in Germany. EB330 Heavy-Duty Anvil Loppers $66.50

Serrated lower jaw grips branches ﬁrmly.

Ratcheting action makes it easy to cut through tough branches.

E. Extreme-Duty Anvil Loppers А

These loppers are ideal for largediameter branches. With telescoping handles and a large ratcheting head, they will cut branches up to 3Й in diameter and extend from 28Й to 41Й. Blades are carbon steel with a nonstick coating to reduce cutting friction. Weighing 4.4 lb, they have aluminum pin-locking handles with comfortable rubber grips. EB311 Extreme-Duty Anvil Loppers $59.50

Serrated lower jaw grips branches ﬁrmly.

Loppers extend from 28 Й to 41Й.

Japanese Pruning Tools As is often the case with Japanese tools, the beauty of these lies in the simplicity of design and quality of workmanship. Robust in construction for long-term service, yet lightweight and balanced for comfortable use, each is an effective cutting tool for its purpose. The series includes a general-duty bypass pruner, large and small shears for more detailed work, and a folding handsaw for thicker branches. The pruner and shears are forged from heat-treated high-carbon steel, with highly polished blades to maximize sharpness. The blackened handles ﬁt nicely in the hand and have a simple locking catch. The large shears also have a brass knuckle guard. The handsaw, with a Damascus-etched carbon-steel blade, cuts quickly and cleanly on the pull stroke and is taper ground to reduce binding. The oil-ﬁnished wenge handle has a lock to hold the blade open. Made in Japan, these tools are a pleasure to use and will be prized in any collection.

H G

8 Pruning

F. G. H. J.

AB360 EB603 EB602 EB600

Bypass Pruner Large Shears Small Shears Handsaw

Total Length

Blade Length

73/4Й 10Й 8Й 12Й

21/4Й 4Й 21/2Й 5Й

$62.50 $95.00 $61.50 $67.50 М

A. Heavy-Duty Hedge Shears А Shears extend from 26Й to 34Й.

With extendable handles and a gear mechanism to increase reach and cutting force while reducing cutting effort, these are the shears you need for heavy growth. The carbon-steel blades with a friction-reducing coating are wavy in design to capture branches and reduce slipping during cutting. Weight is 2 lb 15 oz. The spring-pin locking handles (tool extends from 26Й to 34Й) are aluminum with comfortable rubber grips. Made in Canada. EB312 Heavy-Duty Hedge Shears $38.50

B. Japanese Hedge Shears

Of all the shears we’ve tested, these are our favourite. They can be used with the finesse of fine sculpting Sap groove shears but have the strength of forged hedge shears, in blade allowing heavier work. The 71/2Й blades are forged from heat-treated high-carbon steel, and then highly polished to maximize sharpness. The 18Й varnished oak handles have flared ends that prevent slipping. With a total length of 28Й, this tool provides extra reach while remaining light (1 lb 15 oz) and well balanced. Made in Japan. EB605 Japanese Hedge Shears $99.00

E. Long-Handled Pruning Saw

Shears Set (items C & D) EC520 light-duty shears and EC510 hedge shears are available as a set for a reduced price. EC505 Shears Set $54.50

F. Swedish Clearing Axe

Actual size

39Й handle

Assuming a sharp blade, the two main frustrations with pruning saws are inadequate handle and blade length. This 13Й pruning saw blade, coupled with a 39Й handle, allows people of average height to cut branches that are 10И off the ground. The 6 tpi curved blade permits both under-cutting and over-cutting at height. Japanese-style tooth-tip bevels enable fast, clean cutting with a smooth start. Also, since the teeth cut on the pull stroke, blade distortion and user fatigue are minimized. The blade (with two Chicago bolts for installation) E is available separately for those who want to make custom handles, easily made from 3/4ЙК11/4Й stock (incidentally, a wooden hockey stick handle has those dimensions). Blade made in Korea; handle made in USA. 09A03.55 Long-Handled Pruning Saw $24.50 09A03.56 Pruning Saw Blade only $18.50

G. Raspberry Cane Cutter

This clearing axe is designed speciﬁcally for cutting brush and small trees. The 7Й replaceable blade has 51/2Й exposed for cutting. It cuts faster with less fatigue than an ordinary axe because it weighs only about 2 lb, including the handle, and because its balance makes it ideal to use one handed while holding brush aside. The blade is sturdy yet, at just over 1/16Й thick, has minimal wedging action, allowing deep penetration. The blade can be resharpened the same way as a regular axe. Made in Sweden. ED701 Clearing Axe $52.50 ED702 Repl. Blade $14.95

Clearing old raspberry canes can be tricky. With hand pruners, you stoop headﬁrst into the thorns, and loppers are too awkward. We designed this cane cutter with a handle that adjusts from 30Й to 46Й long to suit your height, so you can prune canes while standing upright. Just extend the handle to the desired length and twist it to lock in position. Then hook the blade around the cane and pull upward. The sharp blade cuts cleanly and easily. An unusual yet useful tool for pruning or for clearing smalldiameter brush. ED725 Raspberry Cane Cutter $19.95 ED726 Repl. Blade $ 4.95 G

Extends from 30Й to 46Й.

Pruning and Trimming Shears A good value, the sturdy standard shears have wavy blade edges that trap branches and reduce slipping during cutting. Weighing 2 lb 14 oz, they provide a wide-angle opening that requires minimal arm movement. They have ﬁberglass handles, padded handgrips, an adjustable blade-tension knob, and a 9Й stamped, medium carbon-steel blade. 25Й long overall. Lightweight and comfortable, the light-duty shears are designed for tender growth and detail work. Not for trimming cedar hedges, they do nicely on light topiary, small hedges and grass. At 1 lb 8 oz, they are easy to wield with minimal arm fatigue. The curved handles let you keep your elbows closer to your body to reduce tendon stress. An integral tension-adjust knob maximizes cutting efﬁciency. 71/2Й stamped, medium carbon-steel blades. 22Й overall. C. EC520 Light-Duty Shears $36.50 D. EC510 Standard Hedge Shears $24.50

Actual size

All saws fold for compact storage.

Actual size

Pocketboy 170M comes with a storage case that clips to a belt.

Pocketboy and Gomboy Folding Saws E. Pruning Saw & Scabbard These Silky saws from Japan are impressive for both pruning and An excellent all-purpose pruning E general construction work. Each has an aggressive yet smooth-cutting saw. The 10Й long blade 9 tpi taper-ground blade that is suitable for use with green or dry cuts branches up to Detail of tooth pattern wood. The steel handles have textured rubber grips. All fold for 5Й in diameter. compact storage and easy transport. The Pocketboy 170M has a 61/2Й The diamondsharpened teeth long blade and is under 15Й long overall when open. At just over 8Й cut quickly and cleanly, leaving a smooth stub that minimizes long folded, it is a great size for backpackers (weighs just 7.2 oz) and disease risk. Cuts on the pull stroke for extra control. The handle comes with a plastic storage case that can clip to a belt. The Gomboy has a comfortable grip and the scabbard can be worn left or right handed. Overall 240M, with a 9Й long blade, is about 20Й long overall when open and length is 16Й. Good for both green and dry wood. 101/2Й long folded, and comes with a protective storage case. Weighs 9.6 oz. With a substantial 111/2Й long blade, the Gomboy 300M is EC653 Pruning Saw & Scabbard $19.50 241/2Й long overall when open and about 13Й long folded. Despite its length, it remains lightweight (11.6 oz), comfortable to use and easy F. Curved Pruning Saw to control. All have a lanyard hole at the end of the handle. The unique curved blade on this saw helps it to stay A. 60T60.13 Pocketboy 170M $33.50 A & B handles can be set in the kerf while 60T60.14 Repl. Blade, Pocketboy $21.50 in-line with the blade or F cutting. It also B. 60T60.34 Gomboy 240M $42.50 offset. lessens the overall cutting effort, because you 60T60.35 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 240M $25.50 concentrate less effort on positioning the C. 60T60.53 Gomboy 300M $52.50 blade. The Japanese-style teeth are extremely 60T60.54 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 300M $29.50 Detail of tooth sharp, and make a smooth cut that promotes pattern quick healing. 19Й overall with a 13Й long D. Silky Sugoi Pruning Saw Quick-release blade. Suitable for branches up to 5Й in diameter. Made in This professional arborist belt loop Japan. Comfortable wood handle. saw is exceptionally well made. Aggressive but EC630 Curved Pruning Saw $34.50 smooth-cutting, the 14Й long, 5.5 tpi blade is precision ground with a Japanese tooth pattern for clean, G D efﬁcient cuts on the pull stroke. To reduce binding in Detail of tooth the cut, the blade is taper-ground from tooth to back. G. Long-Blade Japanese Pruning Saw pattern It is also curved, making it easier to keep the teeth in G An excellent extension to our line of saws, the cut and to allow over- and under-cutting of a limb. this saw is designed to cut both dry and green wood up The special hooked end of the blade is sharpened for to 6Й in diameter. The long handle makes it comfortable quickly cutting through small-diameter brush. Hardto use two-handed. Measures 28Й overall and has a 13Й long blade. The blade chrome plating on the steel blade deters rust, and has very sharp, fast-cutting teeth, which are also impulse-hardened for long life. makes it easier to remove resin. The soft rubberized The blade is removable for storage or replacement. Made in Japan. handle helps reduce vibration transfer and provides EC710 Long-Blade Pruning Saw $48.50 Scabbard excellent grip in wet conditions and when wearing EC712 Repl. Blade $18.95 secured gloves. An included high-visibility yellow plastic to leg scabbard has a quick-release belt-attachment mecha- H. Aluminum Folding Saw А nism and comes with two removable hook-and-loop One advantage of this folding pruner is the built-in socket that H D belts to allow the scabbard to be secured to your leg. accepts any universal-thread extension pole. This feature allows the Lifetime warranty against defects in materials and saw to be used on those just-out-of-reach branches without having to workmanship. Made in Japan. resort to a more cumbersome pole pruner. The sharp 9Й blade provides a quick and clean cut through branches up to 4Й thick. And 60T70.11 Sugoi 360 Pruning Saw $79.50 for safety, it locks automatically when extended or closed. Folded for 60T70.12 Repl. Blade only $57.50 storage or transport, the saw measures a compact 121/2Й long. 203/4Й long overall. Aluminum and plastic handle. (Pole not included.) EC670 Aluminum Folding Saw $26.50 EC671 Repl. Blade $12.50 14Й D H Pole not included.

Hooked end for clearing smaller brush

Actual size

М Detail of tooth pattern

A. Jameson Professional Tree-Pruning Kit

Pole Pruner and Saw Widely used by hydro, phone and arborist This is an excellent combination of polecompanies, this professional tree-pruning kit mount tree pruning tools. The fiberglass pole is ideal for large, well-treed properties that extends from 64Й to a full 118Й long and can be require a reliable tool for regular maintelocked at any spot. The non-conductive pole is nance. It includes a bypass pruner head, a much safer to use than aluminum and stronger 13Й saw head, and either a 12И or 18И pole. than wood. Maximum effective reach is 16И for Reinforced with Kevlar® fiber for a sturdy, an average person standing on the ground. The pruner head has a true bypass blade that D lightweight shaft, the fiberglass pole comes provides a much cleaner cut than most pole in 6И snap-together sections with aluminum pruners. It also has a triple-action pulley for ferrule ends. The hardwearing forged pruner extra power to easily cut through green or dry head, with a 1Й cutting capacity, has a wood up to 11/4Й in diameter. double-pulley mechanism that reduces cutting effort. The true bypass blade cuts For larger branches, the saw has a 17Й blade that cleanly, and a heavy-duty recoil spring cuts on the pull stroke and a 14Й working surface to keeps it from sticking shut. The 13Й cut through branches up to 7Й in diameter. The Japanese-style pull-cut saw is hard-chrome Japanese-style tooth pattern cuts cleanly and quickly. plated with impulse-hardened teeth for An undercutting blade helps to prevent tear-out, and quick, clean cuts. A 16Й saw with a wider, the top hook not only prevents accidental disengagethicker blade is offered separately, but the ment from the saw cut, but also lets you grab and pull 13Й saw is ample for most uses. The 13Й saw branches down or out of the way. Both the blade and and the pruner head each include a pole the hook are sharp enough to remove small branches. adapter to make switching heads quick and We offer each element separately, as well as a set easy (16Й saw has no adapter). A serious at a discount. tool, built to last. C. PB143 Pruner Head only $22.50 PB160 *Tree-Pruning Kit, 12И $169.00 D. PB149 Pole Saw only $23.50 PB162 *Tree-Pruning Kit, 18И $189.00 E. PB141 *Telescoping Pole only $34.50 B. PB163 16Й Optional Saw Blade $ 32.50 PB151 *Complete Pole Pruning Set $69.50 * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Extends from 64Й to 118Й.

B D 16Й optional saw blade

Place hook of pruner head over branch.

Detail of tooth pattern

Pull rope pulley to cut branch.

When rope pulley is released, branch falls to the ground.

Detail of tooth pattern

Pruning 11

PROPAGATION

A. CowPots™ Б

Sterile and odorless, these biodegradable manure seed-starting pots have permeable walls that roots easily penetrate, becoming naturally air-pruned to form a dense, healthy root structure. When seedlings are ready to be planted out, the pots can be placed directly in the soil, minimizing transplant shock. The pots hold their shape for up to 12 weeks during propagation; once planted, they break down in 3 to 4 weeks, allowing unrestricted root growth while supplementing the soil with natural, nitrogen-rich fertilizer. Pots are 3Й square at the top and 27/8Й deep. Package of 18 pots (three six-cell flats). Approved for organic use by Baystate Organic Certifiers, Pennsylvania Certified Organic, and Quality Certification Services. XB656 CowPots™, pkg. of 18 $8.90

Naturally air-pruned

Pots can be placed directly in the soil.

Coir Containers F. Seed Spoon® А Coir (coconut husk) is an effective alternative to Anyone who has to plant very small seeds peat when starting plants. Coir containers have will love these seed spoons. Each spoon has a fibrous walls that absorb and retain water readily, small cup in the end that will pick up and hold allow air and water transfer for healthy root growth, one seed to let you place it exactly where you and promote air pruning of roots. Planting them want. Plunge the spoon tip into a pile of seed directly in the garden saves time, avoids mess and (placed in a container or your palm). When the prevents transplant shock; once planted, roots penespoon is removed, only one seed will be sitting trate easily, so plants become established quickly. in the small cup. If more than one seed is there, F F We offer round coir pots, 3Й in top diameter, as well use a smaller cup. The set of two spoons has as coir grow strips (one-piece units of multiple four different cup sizes. Can be used with seeds square cells). Grow strips make efficient use of up to 1/16Й in diameter. Any seed larger than that space, and you can carry several seedlings at one can be handled by conventional seeders or your See the Outdoor Planting section for a hand-held time (use scissors to separate cells for planting). fingers. Both a time saver and a seed saver. seed dispenser. Eight-cell grow strips measure about 5ЙК10Й, with AA150 Seed Spoon®, set of 2 $3.95 21/4Й square cells. Ten-cell strips measure 4ЙК93/4Й, with 13/4Й square cells. Either pots or strips can be G. Professional Seeder used to start seedlings or root cuttings; choose the This seeder picks up and releases even the larger containers for faster-growing plants. tiniest seeds one at a time with ease. Akin to a turkey baster, it works with a simple squeezeB. XB630 Round Coir Pots, pkg. of 24 $5.50 and-release action. You can plant single seeds C. XB643 8-Cell Coir Grow Strips, pkg. of 8 $6.80 as fast as you can move the seeder from your D. XB644 10-Cell Coir Grow Strips, pkg. of 10 $7.95 palm (or container) to the planting location. Polypropylene with a brass-tipped nozzle, it E. Coir Pellets comes with three color-coded nozzle attachA great medium for starting seeds or propagating ments, each appropriate for a different range of cuttings, coir is a biodegradable peat alternative Potmaker А seed sizes. A cap that snaps onto the bottom of made from coconut husk fibers, a renewable This smart little the seeder stores the nozzles and can also hold by-product of the coconut harvest. These device turns strips seeds while planting. compressed pellets are particularly convenient of old newspapers because you don’t need soil or pots. Just drop the AA155 Professional Seeder $24.50 into ideal starter pots for young transplants pellet into warm water and it expands to several and seedlings. No glue is required. Just roll times its original 13/4ЙК3/8Й size, making it ready A cap that snaps to and press to create an environmentally the bottom stores for planting immediately. A fine mesh covering the nozzles in the friendly pot that naturally decomposes in the holds it all together. When the plants have grown seeder. ground. Eliminates the need for disposable to size, you can drop the whole thing directly into plastic pots and flats. Forms 21/4Й dia. pots. the ground or into a planter. 1+ 4+ WP101 Potmaker, ea. $14.95 XB609 Coir Pellets, pkg. of 50 $9.90 $7.90 Three color-coded nozzle attachments, each appropriate for a different range of seed sizes.

D Seeds and pot not included.

C E B

12 Propagation

Cap for storing seeds or nozzles snaps to bottom of seeder.

Transfer cube into larger block for further growth.

A. Soil Block Molds

Homemade Soil Block Mix

Seasonal Item. Limited Stock. Amount Ingredients Use these molds to make your coir or New Zealand 40 litres/36 quarts own soil blocks for starting seedsphagnum moss aged and sifted compost lings. Filled with a simple potting 20 litres/18 quarts 20 litres/18 quarts sand mix that you prepare from coir, 250 millilitres/1 cup blood meal or fish meal compost, sand and soil amendments (instructions included), the 250 millilitres/1 cup rock phosphate or bone meal 250 millilitres/1 cup greensand or seaweed molds form lightly compressed 125 millilitres/1/2 cup lime blocks of planting medium that are firm enough that no pots are For best results, we recommend using this soil mix with required. Because the blocks hold the soil block molds. Add water as needed to obtain the consistency of masonry mortar. Recipe yields enough moisture well and permit good aeration, seedlings germinate and mix for about 400 2Й blocks. For smaller or larger batches, adjust quantities accordingly. grow quickly. As roots grow to the edges, they are naturally air pruned, forming a robust, fibrous root structure. When ready to be planted out, the blocks can be placed directly into the ground, minimizing transplant shock. The cube mold makes twenty 3/4Й cubes; the block mold makes four 2Й blocks. Removable inserts form a dimple on top of the block or cube to accept a seed. In the block mold, dimple makers can be replaced with included cube inserts that make a 3/4Й cavity in the block – you can start a seedling in a cube, then transfer the cube directly into the larger block for further growth. Molds are available separately or combined as a set. Produced by a small British firm, they are well made, easy to use, and reusable year after year. XK904 Soil Cube Mold $23.50 XK905 Soil Block Mold & Cube Inserts $33.50 XK906 Soil Cube & Block Mold Set $52.50

Cedar Potting Bench Seasonal Item. Limited Stock. Б A bench dedicated to filling flats Comes with four hang hooks, and pots, repotting or transplanting as well is a necessity for an active as assembly screws and gardener. This one is not only an two drive bits. ample size with its nearly 50ЙК26Й top (and 341/2Й high working surface), but is made of easily maintained, rot-resistant Eastern white cedar. It will last for many years in the dampest of environments. Solidly constructed, it has 4К4 leg posts and 11/4Й frame boards for stability and rigidity. Made of a PVC-coated hot-dipped galvanized wire grill, the work surface and lower shelf allow soil and water to run through freely and won’t rust. The top shelf holds small pots and supplies and has four brass self-tapping hooks to hang hand tools. Made in the USA, the bench comes flat packed and assembles in about 45 minutes (fasteners included). An ideal gardener’s workbench. Seasonal item; limited stock. XJ224 *Cedar Potting Bench $239.00 * A shipping surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

B. Seedling Sprayer Б

Most watering methods are too forceful for seed propagation, washing soil away from seedling roots and disrupting early, tender root growth. Not so with this sprayer. It produces a soft spray through the 3/4Й brass rose as you gently squeeze the rubber bottle, giving a light surface watering without disturbing the soil or seedling roots. A second rose is included for applying anti-fungal powders to prevent damping off, a common fungal problem with seedlings. The assembled sprayer is 11Й long and has a 12 oz reservoir. An invaluable tool to help ensure success when starting plants from B seed. Made in USA. Seedling Sprayer DB130 $16.50

Second rose applies powders.

C. Seed Keeper А

Our seed keeper conveniently stores used seed packages or harvested seeds in one location. Its plastic sleeves with zip locks keep C moisture out and the seeds in. It includes self-sealing reusable envelopes (with headings for jotting pertinent information) for saving your own seeds or to repackage, as well as a detailed information sheet on keeping seeds. The attractive 9ЙК141/2ЙК21/2Й binder ﬁts on a bookshelf and includes six plastic sleeves (enough to hold 36 seed envelopes), 20 envelopes, and the seed information sheet. Extra envelopes and sleeves are available. 1+ 10+ AA720 Seed Keeper $39.95 — AA721 Extra Envelopes (20) $ 7.95 — AA723 Extra Plastic Sleeve, ea. $ 2.95 $2.65 Propagation 13

Growing Indoors? Visit Us Online To view our full selection of indoor grow lights by Floralight® and Verilux®, search for "grow light" at

www.leevalley.com E. Self-Watering Propagator Set

A. B. C. D.

T5 Full-Spectrum Lights These self-ballasted grow lights are designed to be screw-mounted for easy installation. They produce light A with a color temperature of 6400 Kelvin, closely matching the wavelengths of natural sunlight, casting it C B D over an area equal to the length of the fixture by about 12Й wide. The lights can be used independently or up to eight can be linked to increase light coverage or intensity. Each light comes with a fixture, a bulb reflector, a high-output grow bulb and mounting hardware, but does not include a power cord. If lights are to be used independently, order one power cord per light. If you plan to link lights, you will need one power cord plus one coupler for each additional light to be linked (e.g., if you want to link three lights, order one power cord plus two couplers). The coupler is 103/4Й long; the power cord is 78Й long and has an integral on/off toggle switch. The 22Й light operates on just 24W per fixture; the 46Й light operates on 54W per fixture. PK510 T5 Full-Spectrum Light, 22Й $31.50 PK511 Repl. T5 Bulb for 22Й Light $ 6.95 PK514 T5 Full-Spectrum Light, 46Й $41.50 PK515 Repl. T5 Bulb for 46Й Light $ 9.95 PK516 Power Cord, 78Й $ 2.80 PK517 Coupler, 103/4Й $ 1.50

This unique self-watering unit holds seven individual propagators, each with its own humidity cover and airﬂow adjusters. In single-dome propagators it is difﬁcult to start more than one variety of seed at a time because different germination rates require you to remove the humidity dome too early for some varieties and too late for others. Seeded and watered trays are placed on a stand with a watering mat that draws from a reservoir below. At 30ЙК7Й overall, the unit can be used on windowsills 5Й or more wide, on tables in front of windows, or under lights. Made in England. AA718 Self-Watering Propagator Set $39.50

Seedlings are easily separated from cells.

E F. Rootrainers® А

Grooves minimize root spiralling.

F 141/4ЙК81/4Й frame included.

Deep-Root Seed Starters Б Used in commercial nurseries, these reusable deep-root seed starters have big cells with lots of rooting area to promote faster growth. The grooved sidewalls direct the roots straight down, discouraging root spiralling. Each cell has an opening at the bottom that air-prunes the roots and also lets you water from the bottom up (from a capillary mat or ﬂood table). Transplants slip out easily when pushed up through the bottom. Offered with either 72 cells per tray (each cell is 11/2Й wide by 3Й deep) or 32 cells per tray (2Й wide by 4Й deep). The smaller cells are more suitable for slower-growing plants, but either size can be used to root cuttings. Sold as a set of three rooting trays with three matching catch trays. Both starters measure 21ЙК10Й. These performed better than the other deep-root trays we tested, including heavy plastic trays that cost much more. G. AA655 72-Cell Starters, set of 3 $19.95 H. AA650 32-Cell Starters, set of 3 $19.95 14 Propagation

Similar to those used in commercial nurseries, this seed starter has hinged cells that open like a book so you can inspect root growth or remove the plant for transplanting. Roots are automatically air-pruned to create a denser root mass, and grooved sidewalls direct them straight down to minimize spiralling. Seedlings slide out easily, avoiding damage to the root system and associated transplant shock. Cells are 5Й deep by 11/2Й square. Each reusable polystyrene kit is made up of one 141/4Й by 81/4Й frame (requiring minor assembly) and eight four-cell books (for a total of 32 growing cells). Instructions included. Made in Canada. 1+ 3+ AA750 Rootrainers® Kit, ea. $24.50 $22.00

Grooves minimize root spiralling.

Substantial root mass encourages quick plant development.

Lee Valley Self-Watering Seed Starters А Anyone who starts plants from seed knows how critical regular watering is to the process. These seed starters provide water on demand through a non-rotting capillary mat, and create a minienvironment for the seedlings. Once the seed tray is ﬁlled with soil, the multi-legged stand is used to tamp the soil in place. The stand is then placed in the reservoir with the capillary mat draped over it; the mat is wetted as the reservoir is ﬁlled and the seed tray is placed on the mat. The clear dome minimizes evaporation and speeds germination. A water-level indicator lets you know if any topping up is needed. When the transplants are ready for setting out, the tray is pushed down over top of the stand pegs and out pop the transplants. Nothing could be easier and there is no transplant shock. The patented full-size seed starter has twentyfour 2Й square cells and is 15ЙК9ЙК7Й high. The windowsill model is suited to growing herbs or lettuce on a windowsill or for starting slowgrowing plants such as perennials. It has twenty-four 11/4Й square cells and is 15ЙК51/2ЙК7Й high. Compared with the full-size seed starter, it gets 50% more plants started in a given area, which is important when starting plants under lights or on a windowsill. Excellent, reusable seed starters made from a high-density polystyrene. 1+ 3+ A. AA700 Lee Valley Seed Starter $23.50 $21.15 AA702 Repl. Capillary Mat, Lg. $ 2.00 — B. AA715 Windowsill Seed Starter $21.50 $19.35 AA716 Repl. Capillary Mat, Sm. $ 2.00 — C. Double-Outlet Timer

A B

Clear cover Seed tray Capillary mat Growing stand

Seedlings receive water through capillary mat.

Turn growing stand over to eject seedlings.

Push onto stand.

D. Light Meter В

To grow healthy plants with artificial light, a regular schedule is important. This 115-volt, 15-amp indoor mechanical timer automatically turns lights (or pumps, greenhouse heaters, etc.) on and off. Settings are programmed in 15-minute intervals for up to 96 settings that repeat every 24 hours (good for hydroponic flood-and-drain pumps). Most timers have only one outlet, but this has a pair of three-prong grounded outlets, both activated by the timer. A manual switch can override the preset timing to turn the system on without losing your settings. Also suitable for lights and small appliances. UL and CUL certified. PK415 Double-Outlet Timer $22.50

Water reservoir

When growing plants indoors, it is often hard to know if they are getting enough light. This handy meter directly reads the amount of light (in foot-candles) from sunlight, high-intensity discharge lights and ﬂuorescent lights. No batteries are needed because the meter is powered entirely by the incoming light. Instructions and recommended light levels for various plants are included. PK933 Light Meter $26.50 See page 59 for a soil moisture and page 3 for a pH meter.

4Й Square Plastic Pots & Giant Plant Tray Б These low-cost square pots, made of tough, flexible polypropylene, are reusable from year to year. Perfect for starting vegetables, herbs and flowering plants, they measure 4Й across at the top and 35/8Й deep. Our giant plant tray (251/2ЙК171/2ЙК3Йdeep) fits two dozen 4Й pots. Useful for pot organization and transportation, and many other jobs from holding soil mixtures to carrying produce. Heavy UV-stable construction ensures a generation of use. E. BL291 4Й Square Pots (25) $11.00 BL292 4Й Square Pots (100) $32.50 F. XA101 Giant Plant Tray $33.50

E C

Propagation 15

Top Soilless medium

New roots Wound Water reservoir

Cutting at left is untreated.

A. The Rooter Pot

Each pot is 3Й in diameter and 4Й deep. This With the rooter pot system, in just 8 weeks winner of numerous international innovation you can produce a brand new plant of a size awards will save you money and make your that would take 3 years from seed or a gardening easier. cutting. Simply remove a strip of bark from The root stimulator we offer combines a roota branch on a mother plant, apply rooting stimulating hormone and a mild fungicide in a hormone, attach the rooter pot to the stem, gel carrier. Comes in a 50ml (1.7 oz) bottle, fill the reservoir in the base with water, and enough to do hundreds of plants. Also works on pack the interior of the pot with moist, soilall types of cuttings – softwood or hardwood. less (peat-based) potting medium such as AA640 Rooter Pots, set of 5 $14.95 sphagnum moss. Every week or two, add a B. 25K07.05 Curved-Tip Syringe, ea. Б $ 2.95 bit of water to the pot if necessary – we C. SG690 *Root Stimulator А $ 7.95 found our curved-tip syringe perfect for this. After 8 weeks (additional time Rooter Kit required for colder climates), if roots have A rooter kit is available that includes five developed, remove the newly rooted plant rooter pots, root stimulator and a syringe. from the mother plant and transplant it to a AA642 *Rooter Kit $23.90 container or directly into the soil. It couldn’t be easier, and the pots are reus* Root stimulator must be protected from freezing. Available between April and October only. able. Full instructions are included. Offered as a set of five pots with lids and 15 labels.

Grafting Tool The omega-shaped cut of this grafting tool eliminates the fiddly (and often inaccurate) work of V-notch and whip grafting. As long as you have rootstock and scion of the same diameter, two centered omega cuts will fit them together perfectly, giving you a stable graft, with maximum cambium contact, ready for taping. With a good taping job, no wax or whipping is needed. A six-sided grooved anvil keeps the cutting stock centered as you notch it. If the anvil wears over time, you can rotate it to one of the other five grooves. If the blade should dull, you have two spares for replacement. The only poorly functioning part of this tool is the bypass pruner tip. Do not expect it to make the kind of cuts you are accustomed to. Fortunately, the rest of the tool more than compensates. BL132 Grafting Tool $22.50 BL134 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 2 $ 4.95

Cuts ﬁt together perfectly for maximum cambium contact.

Two spare blades included.

D. The Plugger® Grafting Bit

F. Budding and Grafting Knife

Regular grafting techniques limit your choices. This bit lets you place a branch exactly where you want it, anywhere on a trunk or another branch. The bit has exactly the same taper as a standard pencil sharpener. To graft, you sharpen a 6Й length of scion (branch to be grafted) in a pencil sharpener and then use the Plugger in your drill to taper a hole to a depth so that the cambium of the scion mates with the cambium of the tree. Insert the tapered scion in the tapered hole and seal the join with grafting wax or tree wound dressing. In a couple of months, the new branch will be strongly growing in this new position. Full instructions are included. It is an easy way to introduce yourself to grafting, and create the exact plant shapes you want. Bit has a 10mm (3/8Й) shank. An extra-sturdy pencil sharpener is also offered separately. VA101 The Plugger® $16.50 E. 99K88.01 Pencil Sharpener $19.90 G.

Victorinox of Switzerland makes one of the finest propagation knives available. It has two blades. One is specifically suited to bud grafting, having a rounded blade and a bump on the top to pry open the bark after making a cut. The other blade is straight and is designed for making cuttings or scions. Each stainlesssteel blade is about 21/2Й long. When closed, the knife is only 4Й overall and easily fits in a pocket. Excellent quality. The grafting wax is used to seal the graft wound, holding in moisture while it heals and keeping out pests and disease. 1/4 lb bar. Industry standard formulation. Instructions included. BL130 Budding and Grafting Knife $29.50 SC205 Grafting Wax, 1/4 lb Б $ 8.50

D G Sharpen branch.

Taper hole.

E F 16

Put branch in hole.

Apply grafting wax.

CONTAINER GARDENING

A C

D. Soil Scoop Б

A. Miniature Spade

In a world where you can get 50 different digging tools for use in your yard, it is peculiar that so little is offered for indoor gardening. This 7Й spade serves a multitude of purposes indoors, and is equally useful when it comes time to transplant seedlings into beds. It lets you separate seedlings, with root balls intact, for low-shock transplanting. Made of hardened, ground and polished stainless steel. C. Small Garden Tools Set These are not feeble plastic tools. Made from AB550 Miniature Spade $4.50 glass-fiber-reinforced polypropylene, they are lightweight, strong, and non-rusting. Children B. Soil Moist™ Б will enjoy learning to garden with this brightly This potassium-based copolymer absorbs and colored selection of tools, suitably sized from stores over 200 times its weight in water. It 8Й to 9Й long. Adults can use them for indoor slowly releases moisture when soil begins to gardening, and they won’t scratch surfaces the dry, reducing the need to water. Because the way metal tools can. The set of six includes a crystals expand and contract as they absorb and wide trowel, four-prong cultivator, weeding release water, soil aeration is improved. The fork, narrow trowel, two-prong cultivator, and crystals last 3 to 5 years, and break down natuweeder. A great value. rally. Each 200g (7 oz) container has forty 5g (0.18 oz) packets; we recommend using one AA615 Small Garden Tools, set of 6 $11.50 packet for an 8Й pot. Not for use with food Charcoal plants. Appropriate for use indoors and out, it is E. SumiSoil™ center perfect for a sunny window box. These ceramic-coated, peppercorn-sized beads with XB312 Soil Moist™, 200g (7 oz) $14.50 a charcoal center can be used as a soil amendment or a soil One 0.18 oz package Ceramic coating of hydrated crystals alternative. Each bead fills an 8 oz bowl. absorbs up to 70% of its volume in water, slowly releasing water when the soil begins to dry, extending the period between waterings. The beads also improve root aeration, allow seedlings to be removed easily (avoiding damage to the root system and transplant shock), and help absorb odor. Each 1kg (35 oz) package fills about four 4Й diameter pots, or can be mixed in B a ratio of one part SumiSoil to 10 parts potting medium (use more SumiSoil for plants requiring greater hydration). Suitable for indoor and outdoor plants. Made in Japan. KD406 SumiSoil™, 1kg (35 oz) $18.50

This handy tool is like a cross between a trowel and a soil scoop, making it perfect for potting or planting jobs. It has a pick-like end that eases digging in hard soil and can be used to form shallow trenches for seeding. The 61/2Й long stainless-steel blade has serrations on each side to help in cutting through root-bound soil when transplanting or setting out bulbs. The whole tool is well balanced and ﬁtted with a comfortable hardwood handle. 12Й long overall. AD520 Soil Scoop $19.90

E Seedlings grown only in SumiSoil™.

Container Gardening 17

C A B

D Pot not included.

Potted Plant Supports C. Heavy-Duty Brush These small plastic supports are used to prop up A good cleaning brush top-heavy plants. We found them particularly is an essential garden useful for keeping tall plants from obstructing tool. For cleaning low-growing ones in mixed containers. Each spades, garden shoes, Flexible yet strong blade has an arc-shaped and many other items, horizontal section, this brush has a with small ribs to tapered shape that help hold leaves allows it to reach into D. Transplant Knife and stems in posicorners, while coarse With a thin (0.8mm) and flexible yet strong blade tion, and a stake palm-leaf bristles that easily slides along the sidewalls of pots, this with a fluted tip to aggressively remove residue and caked-on mud. knife quickly loosens and lifts plants from their A help secure the Ideally shaped for cleaning pots, it helps rid containers. The fine, sharp teeth then cut cleanly B shaft in the soil. them of pests and diseases, removes unsightly through the roots, splitting or butterflying the Available in two sizes: 53/4Й long by 33/4Й wide, calcification, and leaves pots looking like new. root ball before planting. The 51/2Й long hardened With an overall length of 11Й, the brush is 4Й in and 73/4Й long by 51/2Й wide. Colored green to stainless-steel blade is perforated at 1Й intervals to diameter at its widest point, tapering to 21/2Й at gauge planting depths and distances. Urethaned blend with foliage, they come in packages of Japanese ash handle. Total length is 14Й. Made six. Made in Japan. the top, and the ash handle has a clear varnish in Japan. finish. Handy to have in any garden shed. A. SX114 53/4Й Plant Supports, pkg. of 6 $6.50 B. SX115 73/4Й Plant Supports, pkg. of 6 $6.50 DB320 Heavy-Duty Brush, ea. $15.95 BL118 Transplant Knife $17.50 E. Herb Planter Set Б

With this compact three-pot planter set, you can grow a surprising amount of herbs on a windowsill or shelf. An included cardboard template helps you precisely space the seeds (not included), E allowing just enough room for each plant to grow without wasting space. Comes with a guide containing planting and care advice to help you get the best results. At 4ЙК4ЙК23/4Й deep, each pot holds about 16 oz (500ml) of soil and has a channel in the base to serve as a water reservoir. Excess water runs through drainage holes and collects in the 12ЙК31/4Й catch basin. Made in USA. XB672 Herb Planter Set $13.50

2Й. asin is 1 Catch b

Flower Towers Concealed channel for watering Easy to maintain, these tower-like planters The 11/2Й diameter ports create tall columns of are sized to fit common nursery plugs or seedblooms or foliage, starter cells. making eye-catching additions to a patio or outside wall. To get started, just place plants in position as you fill the column with potting mix. Keeping plants well watered is simple; a concealed channel in the middle of the planter has a series of holes along its length to let water seep out, helping ensure even saturation throughout. The freestanding model stands on a rigid, flared base for stability. It has 30 openings, is 331/2ЙК 6Й in Keyhole slots diameter and holds for mounting 10.5 litres (2.8 U.S. Freestanding F tower gallons) of soil. The wall-mount version has a flat back and two keyhole slots (on 37/8Й centers) for easy mounting on a wall or post. It has 12 openings, is 233/4Й high by 51/2Й in diameter and holds 8.5 litres (2.2 U.S. gallons) of soil. Both are made of tough, flexible polypropylene, with simple locking tabs so you can take them apart and store them flat at the end of the season. Ideal for annuals, herbs and strawberries, the planters can be reused several times. Made in U.K. F. XB525 Freestanding Tower, ea. $25.50 G G. XB526 Wall-Mount Tower, ea. $18.50 Wall-mount tower

Free standing

Hanging

Double-wall construction provides an insulating air space in the walls to help protect the soil against light frosts in spring and fall.

A. Self-Watering Planter А

Support stake (sold separately)

Suitable for use indoors or out, this large planter has a built-in reservoir to automatically provide plants with an optimal amount of water to help maxiG Double-wall G mize growth and yield. Great for construction provides growing a crop of tomatoes or a kitchen an insulating air space. garden of salad greens or culinary herbs, G. Stacking Pots the container holds about 2.13 cu.ft. (60 This compact, tiered G litres) of soil in just over 31/2 sq.ft. of space. container garden, Built-in composed of three At 131/2Й deep, it provides enough growing water reservoir stacking pots, is room for carrots or other deep-rooted crops. Pattern of X-shaped slots lets perfect for herbs or Its double-wall construction provides an Drainage port the water wick into the soil. decorative plant insulating air space in the walls to help protect displays. Measuring the soil against light frosts in spring and fall. The reservoir holds 2 U.S. gallons (7.5 litres), 13Й across by 16Й high, while a pattern of X-shaped slots in the ﬂoor of the liner lets the water wick into the soil. A it accommodates nine An upper ﬁll-port lets you top up the water as needed; a second port near the base allows plants and can be used excess water to drain and lets you easily monitor the water level. Eight holes in the liner hanging (chain securely hold our 7/16Й diameter stakes (XM206, available separately) for supporting included) or free standing. Each UV-resistant polypropylene taller plants. Made in Canada from durable polypropylene with UV inhibitors, the pot houses a water reservoir and three recesses that allow the container measures 33ЙК151/4ЙК131/2Й tall. A well-made, well-designed planter. soil to wick moisture up into the planter. Makes an attractive PL604 *Self-Watering Planter $49.80 layered planter that requires little space. * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. XB661 Stacking Pots $39.50

Fill-port

Holds 2.13 cu.ft. (60 litres) of soil.

Fabric Pots Б H. Grow Pots These odd-looking pots have Commercial growers value fabric pots because the porous material permits the aeration been popular with British and drainage needed for healthy growth. Proper ventilation ensures roots become natugardeners for years. Designed rally air-pruned, which helps them develop into a hardy, fibrous root system that is more to reduce the time required to efficient at absorbing water and nutrients. The ventilation also helps disperse excess heat. produce a crop vegetable, they are Although supple enough to fold flat easily for end-of-season storage, our fabric pots have shaped similar to a Bundt pan, with hemmed rims that help the pot walls remain rigid enough to hold their shape in use. Our a central core for planting and feeding and H 1- and 2-gallon pots are just the right size for small plants or seedlings, and the hook-andan outer trough for watering. This allows fertilizer loop seam in the side allows you to easily keep the plant, roots and soil intact when to be directed towards the higher feeding roots and water to be removing them from the pot, minimizing transplant shock. The three larger sizes have directed towards the lower watering roots, resulting in faster root sturdy nylon handles for easier handling when filled with soil. The 7-gallon pot is a growth and a healthier plant. Made of heavy-duty plastic, the 11Й convenient size for growing herbs and greens, the 10-gallon is ideal for tomatoes, peppers diameter pots can be set directly in a bag of soil (as is popular in or large perennials, and the 20-gallon is suitable for small trees, shrubs, potatoes or large England) for greenhouse use or they can be placed in garden soil. mixed plantings. With any of the Dimensions Volume They are ideal for a variety of vegetable plants (peppers, melons, three larger sizes, you can make B. XB871 7ЙК71/2Й 1 U.S. gal./3.8l $ 4.95 zucchini, cucumbers, and eggplant) but can be used with any plant small X-shaped cuts to allow small C. XB872 81/2ЙК81/2Й 2 U.S. gal./7.6l $ 5.50 that prefers to have the feeding roots in warm topsoil, such as roses plants to grow through the sides of D. XB862 14ЙК12Й 7 U.S. gal./26.5l $ 8.20 and delphiniums. Sold as a set of three. Made in England. the pot. Dimensions listed are E. XB863 16ЙК13Й 10 U.S. gal./37.9l $ 9.95 diameter by depth. Made in USA. F. XB864 20ЙК16Й 20 U.S. gal./75.7l $13.40 SG203 Grow Pots, set of 3 $29.95 Outer trough for watering

Central core for planting and feeding

Insert pot into hole in bag.

Seated grow pot

Bag of soil

F B

Plant support

Punch drain holes.

Grow pots can be placed in soil bags (not included) or directly in the garden.

D Naturally air-pruned

Container Gardening 19

A B C

Soil-Hydrating Kenaf Liners Б Made of the naturally absorbent fibers of the kenaf plant, these disc-shaped pot inserts help maintain soil moisture, reducing the need for frequent watering. Placed in the bottom of a pot, the liner slows drainage so water doesn’t run straight through the pot, allowing it to soak into the soil more evenly. Excess water runs off, but the insert retains a considerable amount of moisture, which it slowly releases into the soil as it dries. In addition, the lightweight, porous material permits good aeration, promoting air pruning of roots for healthy root growth. About 3/8Й thick, the inserts are available in 61/2Й, 10Й, and 121/2Й diameters to fit common pot sizes (please check the inside bottom diameter of your pots before ordering; oversize inserts can be easily cut to fit). Packages of two. Made in USA. A. XB856 61/2Й Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $3.10 B. XB857 10Й Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $6.50 C. XB858 121/2Й Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $6.95 D. UltraGrow Insert Б

Tips for Container Gardening Here is a compilation of 300 practical and creative project ideas for growing ﬂowers, vegetables and herbs in planters, window boxes and hanging baskets. The book covers everything from design principles and seasonal maintenance to suggestions for turning everyday objects into effective, eye-catching planters. It explains straightforward techniques to help you mix and match colors, texture and foliage, prepare suitable soil mixes, balance nutrients, keep planters well watered, and overwinter your container gardens. To inspire new design ideas, hundreds of color photos show examples ranging from strikingly simple to elaborate and exotic. Softcover, 8ЙК10Й, 202 pages, 2011. LA870 Tips for Container Gardening $14.95

Container Gardening Container gardens warm sooner in spring, giving plants a head start, and you can take them indoors when frost threatens. They block the spread of weeds and soilborne pests, and the soil won’t get compacted by foot trafﬁc, so it stays well aerated. You can control soil content, water, fertilizer, etc., and tend to plants without stooping. Best of all, by hanging or wall-mounting containers, or placing them in unusual spots, you can make the most of limited space, letting you add color to a balcony, deck, or even a rooftop. E. AirBase® Pot Inserts Б

Balancing and maintaining soil moisture is a constant challenge for container gardeners. This plastic insert has an integrated water reservoir with weep holes designed to balance soil moisture and provide drainage and aeration for healthy root development. The weep holes can be modified to complement plant requirements. Overlapping flanges automatically flex to fit pots with an interior bottom 5Й to 91/4Й in diameter. Helps prevent heat stress, root rot and overwatering of plants. Made in USA. 1+ 3+ XC500 UltraGrow Insert, ea. $6.75 $6.05

Inserted at the base of a pot, these polypropylene discs keep an open space below the soil to improve drainage, which helps prevent root rot caused by overwatering. Perforations in the top of the insert are small enough that soil stays on top, but numerous enough to let air in and allow excess water to drain. The inserts are available in diameters from 4Й to 9Й; measure the inside bottom diameter of your pot to select the appropriate size. Color may vary. 1+ 5+ XC520 4Й Pot Insert, ea. $1.30 $1.10 XC522 5Й Pot Insert, ea. $1.80 $1.50 XC524 61/2Й Pot Insert, ea. $2.40 $1.95 XC526 8Й Pot Insert, ea. $3.40 $2.85 XC528 9Й Pot Insert, ea. $3.90 $3.30

Five sizes available.

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

20 Container Gardening

Perforations improve airﬂow and water drainage.

D E

A. Plant Turntable

Pot Toes™ А E. Deck Protectors Б These economical spacers slide under a planter These ingenious deck protectors have dozens of and lift it off your deck, patio or walkway to small feet to let air flow freely underneath to prevent wood rot and staining. Suitable for any prevent stains, rot and other types of water size of round or rectangular planter, the lowdamage. Offered as a set of two; each one can profile spacers can be stacked where greater lift be center cored so the pieces can hold one small is required. Terra cotta or black in color, they and one large planter. Each protector measures are made of tough, weatherproof plastic that 12Й in diameter and holds a pot 1/2Й up off the will not break or chip. You will need three for surface. Made from a non-breakable highmost round pots, and four or more for a square density polymer. A simple solution to a or rectangular planter, depending on the size. common problem. 1+ 3+ Made in Canada. 1+ 4+ GD310 Deck Protectors, set of 2 $12.95 $11.65 GD324 Terra Cotta Pot Toes™, ea.$1.40 $1.15 D. GD326 Black Pot Toes™, ea. $1.40 $1.15 F. Pot Pads B. Cast-Steel Adjustable Plant Stand These simple, inconspicuous discs raise a Based on an unusual three-legged oil heater potted plant off the surface of a deck or patio, To order call 1-800-871-8158 stand we discovered at a vintage tool auction, helping avoid stains and rot caused by moisture this elegant and sturdy plant stand is adjustable trapped underneath the pot. They also make it to match the size of the pot it is holding. The easier to slide heavy pots over short distances, tripod design, wide stance, and broad, spadesince the lower domed portion of the disc is shaped feet combine to create an exceptionally made of a tough, low-friction plastic that glides stable support for pots with 7Й to 9Й diameter easily on flat surfaces. The upper portion of the bases. Suitable for use indoors or out, the stand pad is high-friction synthetic rubber for grip on raises the pot off the surface of a floor, deck or the base of the pot. Suitable for any pot with a patio, helping avoid damage caused by moisture bottom diameter of 6Й or greater, each set trapped underneath the pot. Raised flanges on includes four 2Й diameter by 1/2Й thick discs. the legs help support and secure pots against GD328 Pot Pads, set of 4 $6.50 tipping, and non-marring pads on the feet help avoid damage to floors. Made of cast steel with a durable powder-coat finish and stainless-steel bolts, it stands about 21/2Й tall. It weighs over 4 lb, supports up to 150 lb, and has a maximum footprint of about 16Й in diameter. PD807 Adjustable Plant Stand $29.95 A sturdy plant saucer mounted on a lazy Susan base, this simple device makes it easy to turn a large potted plant for tending or consistent sun exposure. Made of tough glass-reinforced plastic with UV inhibitors, the 12Й diameter saucer rotates smoothly on a ball-bearing race, and supports up to 250 lb. To serve as a catch basin, the saucer has a raised lip that helps contain overflow. With six smooth, non-marring feet, it keeps the pot elevated off the surface. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use. Sold in pairs. GD305 Plant Turntables, pr. $24.95 C.

Adjustable to hold pots with 7Й to 9Й diameter bases. 9Й 7Й

Plant stand is adjustable to match the size of the pot it is holding.

Pot Feet А Pots sitting directly on decks can cause wood to rot; on a patio they can stain. These strong and attractive terra cotta feet lift them to prevent such damage. Use two sets for large rectangular planters. 1+ 4+ AC331 Pot Feet, set of 3 $8.95 $7.65

Set of 3 Hanging Baskets These popular wire-frame hanging baskets come with pre-formed coir (coconut ﬁber) liners that provide excellent drainage and aeration. Each basket hangs from three 22Й long chains and provides an attractive way to display ﬂowering plants. Sold as sets of three, they are available in two sizes. The 14Й diameter size is appropriate for smaller spaces, and holds 8 litres (about 7 U.S. quarts) of potting medium. The 18Й diameter basket provides a dramatic display of color and is better for larger spaces. It holds 16 litres (about 14 U.S. quarts) of potting medium. Replacement coir liners are available separately. For a much fuller globe arrangement, try cutting holes in the coir and planting your annuals through the side. A substitute for soil, the coir block (sold separately) expands to 8 litres of potting medium. A. XB616 14Й Hanging Baskets, set of 3 $28.50 XB614 Repl. 14Й Coir Liner, ea. $ 3.95 B. XB608 18Й Hanging Baskets, set of 3 $39.50 XB607 Repl. 18Й Coir Liner, ea. $ 4.50

Baskets with coir liners sold in sets of three.

Coir block expands to 8 litres of potting medium.

Flower well sold separately.

1+ C. XB601 Coir Block, ea.

$ 3.90 $3.10

D. Flower Well

Hanging baskets dry out all too easily, especially outdoors. This reservoir maintains soil moisture between waterings and helps keep water from running through the bottom of the basket. It consists of a 33 ﬂ oz (1 litre) basin, 9Й in diameter, and a perforated cover with a central D duct. Put the basin in the bottom of any basket or planter 12Й or more in diameter and ﬁll with water. Fit the cover and add soil and plants. The soil in the duct wicks water up to the roots. When the soil dries, water from above as usual. Made in England from recycled plastic. XC499 Flower Well, ea.

$9.50

$8.50

Hanging basket and liner sold separately.

Kenaf Liners Б An ideal basket liner material, natural kenaf plant fiber (similar to jute) has excellent water retention abilities. In our tests it reduced runoff during watering and, more important, released moisture slowly, helping to maintain soil moisture longer than common coir liners. Available in pairs in two pre-cut sizes; the 22Й disc fits baskets from 12Й to 14Й in diameter, and the 25Й disc fits baskets from 16Й to 18Й in diameter. Easy to cut and shape, it is also available in a 40ЙК60Й roll for custom fitting odd-shaped baskets, such as our Stratford planter (EG210). Made in the USA. E. XB850 22Й Basket Liner, pkg. of 2 $10.90 F. XB852 25Й Basket Liner, pkg. of 2 $13.90 G. XB854 Liner Sheet, 40ЙК60Й $21.50 E 22 Container Gardening

G F

Visit us at www.leevalley.com М

A. Hanging Basket

C. Hanging Basket Pulley

This unique hanging basket has 12 removable screens that provide aeration and allow for planting of mature plants for instant all-around color. Constructed of a UV-inhibiting polypropylene, it has a top diameter of 131/2Й and includes a galvanized steel chain. An integral basin with a raised drain hole retains water to maintain soil moisture. Sold in sets of three, these baskets enable colorful, cascading ﬂoral displays. Made in England. XB641 Hanging Baskets, pkg. of 3 $37.50 B. Stainless-Steel Adjustable Hanger

This clever device lets you quickly lower C your hanging plants for watering or tending. Working much like a common roller blind, it has an internal ratcheting mechanism that locks or releases at any height within a 43Й range. To lower the basket, just pull the cord slightly, then ease the basket downward; to raise it again, just lift it to the desired height, then give a light tug to engage the lock. Can be used with or without the included swivel hook, which lets you turn the plant as needed for consistent sun exposure. Made from strong, UV-stable plastic, it is effective indoors or out with baskets from 4 lb to 25 lb. AE402 Hanging Basket Pulley $14.95

This cinching hanger converts virtually 1 3 any rimmed container into a hanging basket or planter. Quick to adjust, it securely holds containers All-Purpose Garden Hooks А up to 12Й in diameter and supports If you ever wanted to quickly hang a planter, bird feeder or lantern but 2 up to 20 lb. Made largely from didn’t have an easy method, you will appreciate the utility of these hooks. ﬂexible, stainless-steel wire for They can be hung over a nail, beam or branch and can even be linked strength and rust resistance, it has durable together to make a chain of hooks. Both styles are 16Й long; the small one plastic beads for wire guidance and nonhas 2Й diameter hooks at both ends, and the large one has a 2Й diameter marring, soft plastic tubing for grip on smooth container walls. Hanging hook at one end and a 41/2Й diameter at the other. The large one is more length decreases as the diameter of the container increases: a 4Й container suitable for use with branches. Either will hold more than 20 lb. 1+ 3+ will hang about 28Й from a hook, while a 12Й pot will hang about 20Й. An D. PD155 Small Garden Hook, ea. $3.90 $3.50 attractive hanger suitable for indoor or outdoor use. 1+ 3+ E. PD157 Large Garden Hook, ea. $4.20 $3.75 XB680 Adjustable Hanger, ea. $10.50 $9.30 F. Extension S-Hooks Sometimes you need only a few extra inches of length to properly hang a planter, bird feeder or lantern in its desired position. These 8Й hooks, with a 1Й hook at one F end and a 11/2Й hook at the other, can be hung over a nail, beam or branch. Green PVC-coated 5mm wire, they are useful for a variety of other applications, such as tool storage. Sold in packages of 10, they are great value. B PD151 Extension S-Hooks, pkg. of 10 $8.95

Usable on a variety of pot styles.

E E

D F Usable on a variety of containers.

Pot not included.

D A 91Й to tip of ﬁnial

C D

Pole is 81Й tall.

Hangers sold separately.

C Accessories not included.

D F

E A. B. C. D. E. F.

201/2Й ground screw included with A and B.

Garden Pole Sets Б These versatile poles provide sturdy mounts for birdhouses, feeders, hanging baskets or lanterns, and are available in freestanding or post-mount versions. Each of the two freestanding sets consists of a top fixture, three 28Й long steel tubes that fit together to form an 81Й tall pole, and a 201/2Й ground screw. The flange-top pole has a 31/4ЙК51/2Й mounting plate with eight screw holes (four mounting screws included). Standing 91Й tall to the tip of the finial, the three-arm pole has a top fixture with arms that project 14Й, with upturned hook ends to securely suspend items up to 10 lb. Not recommended for use in soft, loamy soil. Designed for use with the quick-connect hangers (available separately), the 271/2Й tall post-mount pole attaches to a wooden fence or railing post. It has a decorative finial tip and two 11/2Й wide L-shaped mounting brackets that offset the pole 21/4Й from the mounting surface. The optional pole extender fits all three pole sets, extending their height by 20Й. The quickconnect hangers slip onto any of the poles with a twist and wedge firmly in position at any height. The 8Й hanger holds up to 10 lb; the 16Й hanger holds up to 7 lb. All parts are made in USA from rust-resistant powder-coated steel. Weight capacity of each pole is 30 lb. EG215 Three-Arm Pole Set, 91Й $71.00 EG214 Flange-Top Pole Set, 81Й $58.50 EG216 Quick-Connect Hanger, 8Й $ 5.50 EG217 Quick-Connect Hanger, 16Й $ 6.50 EG218 Post-Mount Pole, 271/2Й $28.50 EG219 20Й Pole Extender $ 8.95

G. Pot Stand А

This stand supports several sizes of standard clay pots between 8Й and 9Й in diameter (the European standard of 22cm, which is about 81/2Й, ﬁts best). It holds the pot 20Й above the ground to put it in an attractive display position and give it adequate drainage. Made of steel with a durable polyester powder coat. Measures 26Й overall. Good for use beside a path or doorway. A great way to add vertical interest in your garden. 1+ 3+ EG205 Pot Stand, ea. $19.90 $17.90

Plastic cap (included) protects tube end during installation.

H. Three-Arm

Pots not included.

Garden Hanger А This garden hanger will enhance any bleak corner with hanging baskets, birdbaths or feeders. Three brackets with a clearance of 12Й from the pole can be adjusted for preferred height and angle. The top bracket and four 22Й long steel tubes form an 8И 4Й long pole (use fewer tubes for a shorter stand). The bottom tube is pounded into the ground as a stake and ﬁtted with a two-prong anchor that adds stability. The two remaining brackets snap in place anywhere along the length of the assembled pole, and are secured using included stainless-steel hardware. Each bracket supports up to 25 lb. UV-resistant black powder-coated ﬁnish. Once assembled and staked in ground, the hanger’s full height is 6И 8Й. Not appropriate for use in soft, loamy soil. Made in Canada. EG206 Three-Arm Garden Hanger $79.50

14Й hanging baskets sold separately (see page 22).

B Kenaf liner available separately.

Rustproof and UV stable, the planter will provide years of use.

B. Stratford Planter

Polymer straps detach and refasten.

PVC handles are height adjustable.

A. PotLifter™

Not just for moving large container plants, this efﬁcient hauling harness is great for easily and safely lifting tree root balls, rocks, or awkwardly shaped items with a low center of gravity. A tremendous help when landscaping. The strong anti-slip polymer straps detach and refasten to encircle and grip whatever you might be moving. The self-cinching nylon straps securely cradle objects up to 6И in circumference. The double PVC handles are height adjustable so two people can safely lift, balance and transport up to 200 lb without stooping or straining. Drawstring storage pouch included. XD305 PotLifter™ $29.95

This attractive planter box looks great mounted under windows or on deck rails. Made from lightweight, UV-stable reinforced poly resins, it won’t crack or rust and will provide years of use. Measuring 32ЙК8ЙК9Й high, it comes with two heavy-duty mounting brackets. Made in England. An ideal basket liner material, natural kenaf plant ﬁber has excellent water retention abilities that help to maintain soil moisture. Easy to cut and shape, a 40ЙК60Й roll is available separately. EG210 Stratford Planter $49.50 XB854 Liner Sheet, 40ЙК60Й Б $21.50

Clay pot not included.

Plant Stands These sturdy three-tiered plant stands are an excellent way to display your plants. The staggered shelf design and open framework offer ample light to each level. They can be used inside or outside, singly or grouped, to provide a variety of conﬁgurations. They create an eye-catching focal point when placed against a wall, in a corner or anywhere on a deck or patio. These all-metal stands, with green powder-coat paint, are available as a quarter-round unit or as a straight stand. The straight stand measures 24ЙК22ЙК34Й high; the quarter-round stand measures 22ЙК22ЙК34Й high. Units snap together in seconds. C. PL561 Plant Stand, Straight $74.00 D. PL563 Plant Stand, Quarter Round $69.00

C Pots not included.

Pots not included.

C Pots and tools not included.

To order call 1-800-871-8158

D D

Container Gardening 25

OUTDOOR PLANTING

B B. Rite in the Rain®

Weatherproof Notebook Б Developed for use by loggers in the Paciﬁc Northwest, the patented allweather paper in this notepad will not absorb water. It won’t curl or wrinkle from exposure to moisture, and you can write on it with an ordinary pencil without smudging or tearing the paper, even if it’s completely submerged. You can even take notes in a downpour if you have to. With rigid plastic covers and a top-spiral binding, the 50-page 4ЙК6Й notebook can be slipped into and out of a pocket without snagging. The pages are ruled on both sides with solid horizontal lines at 1/4Й (6mm) spacing, crossed by dotted vertical lines, forming a light grid pattern that is helpful for sketching. An excellent pad for use outdoors or in a basement, garage or shed. Made in USA. 88K90.01 Notebook, 4ЙК6Й $5.95

Covers 6050 varieties of plants.

A. Eden: Creative Gardeners’ Software А

Useful for any zone in North America.

Containing enough information to fill shelves of books, this easy-to-use software provides an integrated plant database, gardening guide and planning calendar all in one. Various search options help you readily pinpoint the information you need, to find plant entries based on flowering period, use, color and more. It covers 6050 varieties of annuals, perennials, trees, grasses and other ornamentals. Each entry includes the Latin and common names, color photos, a description, botanical information, and planting and care advice. It also contains a wealth of information on general topics from container gardening to pest control. The calendar lets you keep an ongoing record of your gardening activities from year to year for easy reference. Up to three different users can customize their own calendars with notes, links to plant listings, etc. PC compatible. Useful for any zone in North America. Language can be set to English or French. LL130 Creative Gardeners’ Software $29.50 See page 106 for a gardener’s design set that includes a color wheel, the book Designing Your Gardens and Landscapes, a sketch pad and a landscape design template. D. Gardener’s Color Wheel Б

Created speciﬁcally for gardeners, this color wheel has 18 pure colors, each with 6 tints and 6 shades and tones for 216 color variations. The 91/4Й diameter wheel is plastic coated with UV inhibitors to resist fading and moisture. Portable and easy to use at home or at the nursery, it will help you plan your dream garden during the winter and make thoughtful decisions come spring. Includes an instruction booklet. LC210 Gardener’s Color Wheel $12.50 Front of wheel

Back of wheel

E. Herb Wheel Б

This guide is packed with information for growing and using 16 different herbs. It shows a color photograph of each, along with straightforward advice on how to propagate, maintain and harvest it successfully. It explains how to preserve, store and cook with each herb for maximum ﬂavor, gives

C. Sunlight Calculator

Sunlight intensity is affected by many factors, such as season, time of day, and general shade conditions. Also, as a garden grows and changes, a spot that was sunny may eventually become less so. Designed for use during the growing season, this meter measures the duration and intensity of sunlight falling at a given spot over a 12-hour period, indicating results as full sun, partial sun, partial shade or full shade (to match common planting guidelines). Durable and water resistant, it is 71/2Й long with an ABS plastic stake and casing. Runs on three button cell batteries C (included). Helps you locate plants where they will grow best, and helps determine why certain plants aren’t thriving. AB906 Sunlight Calculator $25.50

examples of dishes it complements, and even lists suitable substitutes. 101/2Й in diameter, it is made of waterproof, UV-stabilized plastic. Made in USA. LG123 Herb Wheel $8.50 Plant Wheels Б These are not your average garden-planning guides. They provide an instant visual reference to help you select plants coordinated by height and by color, while also planning for continuous bloom through the seasons. Each wheel shows color photos of 25 common perennial, shade or annual plants (suitable for zones 4 to 8), with tall plants on the outer ring, medium ones in between, and short ones in the center. Just turn the rings to select various combinations, while comparing bloom times and light needs, indicated by symbols beside each photo. Speciﬁc plant details are listed on the back. Sold individually or as a set of all three, the 101/2Й dia. wheels are made of waterproof, UV-stabilized plastic. A great tool to bring along when choosing plants at a garden center. Made in USA. F. LG120 Perennial Wheel $ 8.50 G. LG121 Shade Wheel $ 8.50 H. LG122 Annual Wheel $ 8.50 LG124 Set of 3 Plant Wheels $22.50 М

Back of wheel

Front of wheel

H G

Viewﬁnder

Focus range setting

C. Lee Valley U-Bar Digger А Memory card slot

USB out port

Time-lapse camera captures a sequence of events as they unfold over time.

A. Time-Lapse Camera

With this 8 megapixel camera, you can produce high-quality stop-motion imagery capturing a sequence of events as they unfold over time. It can automatically take photos or short videos at intervals ranging from every 10 seconds, great for parties or sports activities, to once a day, suitable for capturing scenery as it changes through the seasons. You can adjust the focal distance from 8Й to inﬁnity. Measures 7Й tall by 51/2Й wide by 23/8Й thick. A rugged gasket-sealed housing protects against damage, moisture, heat and cold. Supplied with complete instructions, a fabric tape measure for setting focus, a built-in tripod mount and optional hardware for mounting on a post or tree. Four AA batteries not included. SD memory card required; a free 2-gigabyte SD card is available by mail from the manufacturer, but we also offer the camera with a card so you can use it right away. USB cable supplied. Additional technical speciﬁcations are listed on our website. AB940 TimelapseCam 8.0™ $104.00 AB944 TimelapseCam 8.0™ & 2GB SD Card $109.00

We have designed what we think 1 is the best U-bar digger available. Used to loosen garden beds at the beginning of the season, it provides results similar to a spade and fork, but rather than turning 2 the soil, it loosens it without disturbing the soil strata. Loosening down 10Й or more, it produces a deeply aerated planting bed. The two long handles provide extraordinary 3 leverage, allowing a person of average strength to loosen large areas of garden much quicker than with a spade and fork. Not suitable for clay or densely packed soil. Measures 58Й overall with ﬁve 10Й long high-strength alloy steel tines that span 18Й. Weighs 19 lb. All-metal construction with comfortable handgrips. Handles are removable for easy storage. LB101 *U-Bar Digger $139.00

* A shipping surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. D. Trench Digger

B. Vegetable Garden Planner Б

This handy tool greatly simpliﬁes garden planning by providing a single reference guide, eliminating your reliance on multiple sources for planting information. Adjustable to your grow zone and local frost dates, the sliding chart outlines appropriate seed starting, outdoor planting and harvest dates for 22 common vegetables*. Use one side of the planner for a spring planting (and early harvest) schedule, the other for planning a fall harvest. Includes instructions for use, information on planting patterns, and average frost dates. Sure to simplify your planning and planting process this growing season. LC220 Vegetable Garden Planner $3.50 * Vegetables listed are onions, tomatoes, peppers, melons, potatoes, sweet corn, cabbage, cucumbers, okra, pumpkins, summer squash, carrots, cauliﬂower, chard, peas, beets, broccoli, green beans (bush), radish, turnip, leaf lettuce, spinach.

This is an amazing general-purpose gardening tool. It D quickly makes a 10Й deep trench, even in difficult soils. Based on the design of a Swedish tool for fighting forest fires, it came to us from a customer who loved it for garden work. Our version has several modifications to better suit it to gardening and yard work in general. We lengthened the handle to 39Й and made it of vibration-dampening hickory. The 5Й wide head is curved to trap loosened soil for easy removal. The sharpened front edge, made from hardened carbon steel, slices through soil and roots. At only 31/2 lb, it is ideal for digging simple drainage trenches, burying hose, rabbitproofing fences (burying the bottom few inches), or even excavating transplant holes. Much simpler to use than a spade for these jobs, and much easier on the back. PG250 Trench Digger $42.50

E. Pulaski Axe Б

See page 133 for PlantSwatch™, a handy tool that arranges over 200 plants according to their feature color (bloom or foliage). It allows you to quickly ﬁnd plants that may blend in with current garden residents, or come up with a whole new selection. Includes annuals, perennials, trees, vines, aquatic plants and more. Each entry indicates hardiness zone, physical properties, preferred growing conditions and target season.

The Pulaski axe is a tool of the U.S. Forest Service and widely used by firefighters everywhere in forest fire control. The combination single bit axe and grub hoe makes short work of cutting through tree roots, unearthing stumps and excavating even in heavy clay soil. The 33/4 lb forged steel head has a 41/2Й wide axe blade on one face and a 31/4Й wide grub hoe blade on the other. The hardwood handle is about 35Й long. A superb, rugged tool for controlling overgrown brush. Weighs nearly 6 lb overall. Pulaski Axe 65U12.01 Repl. Handle 65U12.02

$79.50 $21.50

A. Seed Dispenser

This handy device takes the work out of sowing even the tiniest seeds. Turning the wheel on the handle creates a vibrating action that causes seeds to flow through the interchangeable baffles, over a series of ridges in the V-channel and drop off, one by one. This allows you to sow as precisely as you wish; the need for thinning A is virtually eliminated. Four baffles are included to accommodate different seed sizes. You’ll be surprised how far a package of carrot seed will go when using this efficient helper. Brightly colored so you can find it easily. It pays for itself by saving you seed and time. AA204 Seed Dispenser $8.50

C. Deep Sieve

This English-made soil sieve removes all stones 1/4Й in diameter and up, leaving a smooth soil for potting or ﬁlling ﬂats. Deeper than normal, it lets you work with ample amounts of soil. Strong poly construction with a metal screen bottom. Attractively priced. Measures 14ЙК13ЙК5Й deep. PT301 Deep Sieve $11.50 D. Stainless-Steel Riddle with 3 Screens

B. Bulb Baskets

These plastic stacking baskets are an ideal way to store bulbs; they are compact and allow full air circulation. E. Steerable Rolling Seat In addition, you can place the bulbs in the basket and With the added convenience of steering, this then plant both basket and bulbs directly in the soil. rolling seat has a comfortable metal tractorWhen the season is over, the basket is pulled from the style seat that is adjustable from 17Й to 20Й soil to remove bulbs and all. This is faster than high and swivels 360°, so you can position locating bulbs one by one. European made. 11Й in your body comfortably while working. diameter and 21/2Й deep. Sold as a set of three. The rolling base, constructed of 1Й diameter BL257 Bulb Baskets, set of 3 $8.95 powder-coated steel tubing, has four wide pneumatic tires that move easily through soil without sinking. Includes an under-seat poly tool tray and a rear storage basket for supplies. Useful not only for planting, maintenance and harvesting, but also for washing cars and painting. Measures 31Й long by 18Й wide and weighs 35 lb. Tools not E included. Some assembly required. PS211*Steerable Rolling Seat $98.00

Basket and tray provide storage.

* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Compacted soil

Loose soil

F. DeWit™ Double-

Overall length is 42Й.

Gardeners have been using riddles for years to sift twigs, stones and other debris out of their soils and composts. This riddle is more versatile than most because it comes with three interchangeable screens, each having a different mesh size (3/32Й, 3/16Й and 1/4Й), permitting a wider range of uses, including preparing soil for bonsai and ﬁlling ﬂats with compost. Made of stainless steel, it is 12Й in diameter. Includes a metal cross support on the bottom to give extra strength to the screens. Also good for winnowing beans. PR405 Riddle with 3 Screens $24.50

Handle Bulb Planter A real time-saver, this bulb planter allows you to separate loose soil and deposit a bulb or seedling in one operation. Simply place a bulb into the cone-shaped reservoir created by the blades, drive the blades into the ground, and open them to separate the soil and release the bulb. In compacted soil, the planter is used much like a post-hole digger to remove a plug of soil before planting. Made from carbon steel with 30Й long ash handles. The hinge doubles as a step when you need to apply more force when digging. Made in Holland. Double-Handle Bulb Planter PG134

$56.50

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Useful for other chores.

Easy to steer.

8Й o r 12 wide Й

Sweeps are adjustable to cut between or beside rows.

A F&G C

The plows can be positioned to open or close a furrow and for hilling.

C. Wheel Hoe Б

A. Lee Valley Sod Lifter

A sod lifter comes in handy for a number of tasks, such as preparing new garden beds, planting trees or laying patios. When you need a piece of sod to repair a bare spot in the lawn, the sod lifter can be used to make the transplant patch. Designed speciﬁcally to cut and lift sod, it is more effective for this job than a spade or other implement. However, most sod lifters are terribly expensive and designed to be used at much too low an angle, requiring you to get on your knees to position the handle and blade at the correct cutting angle. We remedied these drawbacks by redesigning the tool and offering it at a reasonable price. The tool measures 56Й overall, has a 9Й wide steel blade, and easily slices through any turf. The handle is made of resilient ash, and is topped with a tough but comfortable D-grip. PD210 Sod Lifter $69.50 B. Garden Weasel®

Designed in Germany, this time-tested cultivator has been available for nearly 40 years. Though there are countless imitators, none matches the performance of this original. It has three sets of intersecting tines that penetrate the soil easily as they roll over the surface. With a scissor-like action, the barbed tines break up and separate the soil, aerating it while also uprooting weeds. Each of the three sets of tines is detachable, so you can make a narrow cultivator head for use between plants, or remove the middle set to straddle a row. Measures 54Й long overall. The tines and handle are aluminum. The head is UV-resistant nylonreinforced plastic. A great tool for reducing the time and effort required to prepare a garden bed − just run it back and forth over the area you want to cultivate and you’re done. PG322 Garden Weasel® $29.50

D. E. F. G.

This tool’s design stems directly from that of the famed Planet Jr. wheel hoe, popular a century ago. The 11/2Й wide, 15Й diameter steel wheel makes it remarkably maneuverable, and the powdercoated steel base provides a sturdy mount for the attachments. The 58Й Amish-made hardwood handles are height adjustable. Three included removable tines are particularly good for shallow cultivation, breaking up and aerating compacted soil, preparing seedbeds, and raking debris from the soil surface. Optional sweep, plow and oscillating attachments are also available. The sweeps are adjustable to cut between or beside rows, running just below the surface to loosen soil and slice weeds off at the root. The plows can be positioned to open or close a furrow and for hilling. The oscillating attachments (8Й or 12Й wide) have hinged arms to pivot 20°, and the self-cleaning blade is sharpened on the front and back edges to cut through weeds and soil in both directions. The wheel hoe is a superb tool for preparing and maintaining garden beds, faster and with much less effort than a regular hoe, and without the noise and smell of a power tiller. Made in USA. PW105 *Wheel Hoe $169.00 PW106 Sweeps, pr. $ 49.50 Additional attachments for the PW107 Plows, pr. $ 49.50 wheel hoe are offered in the PW108 Oscillating Attachment, 8Й $ 24.50 Late Additions section. PW109 Oscillating Attachment, 12Й $ 29.50 * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Looking for a garden seeder? To plant in straight, evenly spaced rows, our precision garden seeder does the job with ease and speed. For details, search for "precision seeder" at

www.leevalley.com

Six interchangeable seed plates Six interchangeable seed plates

H. Handy Farm Devices

by Rolfe Cobleigh At one time, people regularly made things for themselves rather than buying them. Published in 1910, this book was one of many self-sufﬁciency guides of the day. It was intended for the small farmer, but is invaluable for anyone who wants to make or modify equipment for his or her own use. It is handy to know how to make such things as a simple wire splicer, wire tensioner, basic trellises, or easy concrete forms. It shows how to multiply your strength using lever and pulley mechanisms to move awkward, heavy loads, as when transplanting trees. Some details are dated, but much of the rest is of high utility. Numerous line drawings pack more information into the pages than would be possible with words and photos alone. Smyth-sewn softcover, acid-free paper, 6ЙК9Й, 288 pages. Reprinted in 2000 as part of our Classic Reprint Series. 49L80.27 Handy Farm Devices $12.95 H

A E G&H are approximately 22Й long overall.

D C G

Overall length is 381/2Й.

Sneeboer Hand-Forged Garden Tools These professional-grade garden tools are hand forged by a small family in the Netherlands. Made of stainless steel, they have unfinished hardwood handles for a good grip and excellent strength and durability when exposed to the elements. Most manufacturers try to make tools that do all things for all people. Not so with these – each is designed for a specific job A and does it very well. The cultivator has extremely sharp tines, so it does the work instead of your arm and wrist. It is set to the proper angle for use from a kneeling or seated position. Prevents hand fatigue. Beech handle. 11Й overall. F The transplant trowel is a workhorse. Its wellsharpened edges and tip make it easier to cut through roots. The blade is 6Й long and 33/4Й at its widest, with a relatively shallow bowl. Lets you move a good volume of soil quickly. Beech handle. 12Й overall. The potting trowel has a curved blade for scooping and depositing soil from the side instead of the end, making it easy on the wrist and reducing spillage. The 21/4Й wide blade has a sharply angled tip and works neatly around the walls of even the smallest pots. Beech handle. 101/2Й overall. Available in right- and left-handed versions. The traditional Dutch weeding fork has sharp tips and wide, flat tines that prevent weeds from breaking at the root before being fully removed. Beech handle. 101/2Й overall. Useful for planting multiple seeds and bulbs, the dibber has a finely sharpened tip that quickly pierces the soil to the desired depth and width. The ash handle offers a comfortable grip whether you are kneeling or seated. 5Й head and overall curved length of 16Й. A. PG404 Forged Hand Cultivator* $49.50 B. PG401 Forged Transplant Trowel* $46.50 E PG409 Cultivator & Trowel Set* $85.00 C. PG403R Forged Potting Trowel, Right $46.50 D. PG402 Forged Weeding Fork $46.50 E. PG405 Forged Dibber $34.00 F. PG403L Forged Potting Trowel, Left $46.50

Sneeboer Perennial Fork & Spade Every planting season, gardeners spend time digging, splitting and planting perennials. Using a long-handled garden fork, shovel or spade often means kneeling to work with the plant, standing to use the tool, and kneeling again. It is exhausting work. Hand forged by a small firm in the Netherlands, these professional-grade tools have 16Й T-shaped ash handles that are short enough to wield from a kneeling or seated position, or to dig in raised beds. Both have tempered stainless-steel heads that are perfectly sized and shaped for getting under bulbs or a mass of roots to pry them out. The well-formed 5Й tines on the fork are slightly curved to permit an efficient levering action. The spade has a sharp 5ЙК51/2Й flat blade. Each tool is about 22Й overall. Excellent quality. Available individually or as a set. G. PG398 Perennial Fork $ 59.50 H. PG400 Perennial Spade $ 59.50 PG396 Perennial Fork & Spade Set $109.00

Micro-Spade and Fork Our 381/2Й long trowel is a variety of gardener’s cane. One can stride through the gardens, swinging it casually as one might a cane, but able to stop and unearth the unwanted at will. The best technique is to step the trowel in behind an offender, then lever the handle backward (always one-handed in an elegant manner) to free the root. One then withdraws the trowel (until the point is just below the crown of the plant) and gives the back of the trowel a light toe kick, dislodging the plant completely while displacing little earth. All this is done in a lord-of-the-manor style, never soiling one’s hands or garments and, best of all, never having to stoop. It can be a nearregal action if done with panache. Later, the dislodged plants can be collected with a rake, preferably by some younger person related to the K. cane owner. This all sounds like it is not work at L. all, just a sort of carefree weeding walkabout.

J. Mini Shovel

For on-your-knees gardening, this tool has a short length and smallerthan-normal blade that make it just right for transplanting or pot ﬁlling. It is also excellent for children since it is a real shovel, not a piece of ﬂimsy tin. 27Й overall, it has a steel blade (51/2ЙК8Й) and wooden shaft with a plastic D-grip handle. Other obvious uses are for camping or as an emergency tool kept in the car trunk, but nowhere will you appreciate it more than in your garden. Weighs 11/2 lb. Mini Shovel CB215

$14.50

You will be able to experience it and decide for yourself come spring and ownership of this tool. Like our micro-spade, the fork allows you to work restricted areas without disrupting more soil than necessary – work that would normally have to be done with a trowel while kneeling. At 381/2Й long it is easy to use while standing and, weighing less than 1.8 lb (0.8kg), it is also easy to carry. The conical tips on the tines also minimize the force needed to penetrate the soil. Both are useful tools to carry when strolling through your garden. Caution: these are sturdy tools, but do not have the same strength as a full-sized spade or fork, and should not be used to turn sod or hard-packed earth and never to pry stones. 09A04.55 Micro-Spade, ea. $ 9.50 09A04.57 Micro-Fork, ea. $ 9.50 09A04.59 Spade and Fork Set $16.50

DeWit™ Hand Tools Lightweight and well balanced, these Dutch-made tools are incredibly strong. Each is laser-cut from a single piece of solid steel, so there are no welds or brazing to compromise strength. The tang is embedded deep in the ash handle and secured with a steel ferrule. The sharp, thin tines on the three-tine cultivator penetrate and separate the soil, aerating it, uprooting weeds and raking out debris. Overall length is 123/4Й; weighs 51/2 oz. The soil scraper is designed for scraping, chopping and backﬁlling soil, and is also great for furrowing. The 3Й head C B has a bevelled edge that A slices through and loosens soil while uprooting weeds. Overall length is 121/2Й; weighs 61/2 oz. Available individually or in a set of both tools. A. PG136 Cultivator B. PG135 Soil Scraper PG139 Dutch Hand Tool Set of 2

Folds to 51/2Й for compact storage in sheath.

E E. Mini-Spade

This product started life as a compact tool for campers and canoeists. It can be used to dig a mini-latrine or to shower dirt on a dying campﬁre to ensure it is out. However, it looks like, and is, an excellent gardener’s trowel as well. Made of stainless steel, it has a step at the base of the handle that serves as a spring blade-lock as well as a shelf for your hand when you are forcing the trowel into the soil. It comes with a robust nylon sheath that can hold the trowel on a belt or act as a cover if you carry it in your pocket or backpack. 9Й long overall, it folds to 51/2Й for sheath insertion. Weighs 6 oz. 09A04.52 Mini-Spade $6.95

$12.95 F. Long-Handled Trowel $12.95 It is hard to find a well-made long-handled trowel at a reasonable price. That is $23.50 why we developed this one. We import the head from a factory that specializes in stainless steel and mount it on a domestically made 18Й long hardwood C. DeWit™ Disc Weeder handle. The long handle makes it ideal for working in raised beds or gardening We found this simple tool to be surprisingly versatile. Because its broad, from a seated position. 3ЙК51/2Й blade. It is excellent value in a durable trowel. disc-shaped blade is bevelled around the full circumference, it is usable PD147 Long-Handled Trowel $21.50 right or left handed, and at any angle you find suitable. When held parallel to the ground, the thin blade glides easily just below the surface, English-Style Hand Tools quickly and efficiently severing weeds at the root. It can even be used as We had these stainless-steel tools made to our specifications to give you the a small edger for keeping garden borders tidy. Made from carbon steel, best tools and the best value. The maple handles were designed to create the 3 it has a 2 /4Й diameter single-bevel blade and an offset 5Й ash handle. most comfortable shape we could find. Even though the amount of steel was 12Й long overall. Made in Holland. kept to a minimum to make them as light as possible, the metal heads have all PG127 Disc Weeder $16.50 been tested to meet our strength specifications. The trowel is ideal for potting, planting and transplanting. The four-tine weed fork is a good general-purpose weeder. The Jekyll weeder is the perfect tool for removing persistent weeds between closely spaced plants; its rounded tines lift roots without severing them. Each G tool measures about 12Й overall. G. AB511 Trowel H. Weed Fork, Four-Tine

D D. Garden Hand Tool Set

This set includes a regular trowel, a graduated transplant trowel and a cultivator. Each one is constructed from an unbreakable and rustproof aluminum alloy that won’t bend or buckle in use. The formed rubber grips are insulated so they won’t transmit cold or become unbearably hot in the sun. They provide a natural grip on the top and bottom for your index ﬁnger and your thumb, which keeps the tools from sliding around in your hand when in use. Each tool measures 12Й long. AD810 Garden Hand Tool Set $18.50

K. L. M. N. O.

Radius® Ergonomic Hand Tools Many hand tools must be used at an angle that is awkward on the wrist. These tools have handles that are cleverly designed to let the strongest arm muscles do the work, while keeping the joints in natural positions. The large diameter of the handles (13/8Й) also makes them easier to grip – especially for arthritic hands. The blades and tines are made from a very strong aluminum-magnesium alloy, and all come with a lifetime warranty. Handles are about 6Й long. Sizes stated refer to head length by width. AD833 Cultivator, 7ЙК3Й* $11.50 Wrist maintains a AD831 Trowel, 51/2ЙК3Й* $11.50 natural position AD832 Bulb Trowel, 9ЙК21/2Й* $11.50 as you work. AD835 Set of 3 Tools* $31.50 AD834 Weeder, 9ЙК1Й $11.50 AD836 Soil Scoop, 83/4ЙК43/8Й $14.95 AD837 Set of all 5 Tools $54.50

AB513

$19.50 $17.50

J. Jekyll Weeder

AB515 $16.50 English-Style Tool Set of 3 AB517 $48.00

H F

O 31

Stainless-Steel F Mattocks These highquality, Japanese-made mattocks are 14Й Each blade edge has a single bevel. surprisingly lightweight and well 15Й handle balanced for A comfortable F G G one-handed Carbon-steel blade use. The cultivator mattock has a 4Й long, A. Hoe Dag™ Б four-tine cultivator end for digging and Superb for digging, planting, tilling, weeding and even chopping through clearing debris, and a mattock end (3Й long with a 23/4Й wide blade) for chopping roots, this rugged tool has been hand crafted in the USA for over 50 years. small roots and trenching. The pick mattock has a 3Й pick end for breaking up Weighing less than a pound, it is comfortable to wield and surprisingly compacted soil, and a 3Й long by 21/2Й wide mattock end. Each has a tough, rustnon-fatiguing in use. The 81/2Й arc-shaped blade has a 21/2Й wide edge resistant stainless-steel head, a 14Й long Japanese white oak handle with a rubber at one end and a 7/8Й edge at the other for precise work, each sharpened grip, and an exposed wedge that can be tapped to tighten the handle if required. with a well-ground single bevel. Heat-treated for durability, the blade Available individually or as a set, these are good tools for smaller gardens. is made from a single piece of rigid carbon steel and affixed with sturdy F. PA310 Cultivator Mattock $32.50 welds to the ferrule, then screwed and pinned to a 15Й seasoned hardG. PA312 Pick Mattock $32.50 wood handle. Easy in the hand; a workhorse in the garden. PA315 Cultivator & Pick Mattock Set $57.50 PA400 Hoe Dag™ $29.80 H. Polish Hoe B. Root Knife A number of customers asked us to Well made in Japan, this handy knife is useful for dividing perennials, carry a tool like this. It is great for H transplanting, and cutting roots and sod. It has a hardwood handle, preparing reluctant ground or hacking 3 H non-corroding brass rivets and a sharp 5 /4Й stainless-steel serrated sod and roots. It has a 40Й long hardblade. Measures 101/2Й overall. wood handle with a 10Й cast steel BL110 Root Knife $9.50 head. Both economical and sturdy, it is a great tool for those conditions that C. A Saw for All Seasons defy the regular selection. Weighs Originally designed to cut drywall, this makes an excellent root saw about 2 lb. Made in Poland. for gardeners. The 51/2Й double-edged blade cuts on the push stroke on PA430 Polish Hoe $38.50 one side and the pull stroke on the other. Anyone who has transplanted shrubs or mature asparagus plants knows how handy it is to have a saw J. Small Mattock to cut flexible roots; this one does it admirably because the pull-stroke A larger version of the mini tiller below, this tool side automatically tensions roots, making them much easier to cut. The is most suitable for working areas of heavy soil, flame-hardened teeth endure accidental rock strikes. Of course, the removing weeds and planting small trees. The 10Й double-sided head features a double-bevelled chisel point also makes it particularly efficient for cutting blade on one side and a three-pronged weed fork on the other. The starting a cut in the middle of a drywall panel. comfortable 26Й handle is made of resilient American hickory. Although very BL107 Drywall/Root Saw $9.75 strong, it weighs only 3 lb and is suited to one-handed use. Great for Hori Hori Knives removing old woody roots in planting beds. A cross between a knife and a trowel, this tool is useful for many tasks PA403 Small Mattock $23.50 such as planting, transplanting, grubbing, removing roots or deeprooted weeds, dividing perennials and cutting sod. Traditionally used Mini Tiller and Mini Planter in Japan to collect specimens for bonsai (hori means “digging”), the knife These are light, rugged tools for use in small garden plots or flowerbeds. With has a heavy steel blade that is dished, with a serrated edge on one side and a ductile iron head and 16Й long hickory handle, each weighs about 1 lb and is a sharpened edge on the other. Hardwood handle. Available with either a easily used with one hand. The mini tiller has a 41/4Й long three-tine end for carbon-steel blade or a rust-resistant stainless-steel blade. The stainless shallow digging and clearing weeds and debris, and a 17/8Й wide mattock end knife has graduations and an extra-sharp blade. Each comes with a belt to chop through small roots and smooth excavated areas. For planting and sheath and is approximately 12Й overall. Made in Japan. transplanting, the mini planter has a 43/8Й long pick to break soil and a 3Й D. BL112 Stainless-Steel Hori Hori Knife $32.50 wide planter end for digging. Ideal for working when kneeling. E. BL105 Carbon-Steel Hori Hori Knife $27.50 K. PA397 Mini Tiller $16.95 L. PA396 Mini Planter $16.95 PA398 Planter & Tiller Set $29.95 B

26Й

16Й

B D

J K

L М

Flat proﬁle

San-Kaku Hoes While these may look like something you’d carry into battle, they are truly effective hoes, and real workhorses in the garden. Popular in Japan for weeding and trenching, they have hardened stainless-steel spear points to break up soil and sever roots, and sharpened edges for slicing through soil to remove shallow-rooted weeds. Designed for use in a standing position, the long-handled hoe is 571/2Й long overall, with a 71/2Й long, 41/2Й wide head (minor assembly required; hardware and hex key included). The short-handled version, 18Й long overall with a 51/2Й long, 33/4Й wide head, is ideal for working on your knees, in raised beds, or in conﬁned spaces. Each has a comfortable, oval handle. Well made in Japan. For the curious, sankaku is Japanese for triangle. C. PA318 San-Kaku Hoe, 571/2Й $72.50 D. PA319 San-Kaku Hoe, 18Й $34.50

is 63Й.

Overa ll leng th is 5 7 1/2Й.

Overall length is 65Й.

Overall length

Forged Japanese Trowels Unlike conventional trowels, this Japanese version combines features of a knife blade and a trowel. Designed to easily cut through roots and penetrate soil, it is ideal for dividing plants, weeding and transplanting. The 7Й long by 31/2Й wide forged carbon-steel blade comes ground to a keen edge, and has a relatively flat profile, making it easy to maintain the edge with B a file. The Japanese oak handle is fastened with a steel ferrule. Available with a 7Й handle or with a 171/2Й handle for extra reach. Sold individually or as a pair. A. AB611 Forged Japanese Trowel, Long $24.50 B. AB610 Forged Japanese Trowel, Short $21.50 AB612 Forged Japanese Trowels, pr. $42.00

Ho-Mi Diggers The Ho-Mi digger (pronounced Hoe-Mee and meaning “little ground spear” in Korean) was ﬁrst made in Korea during the Bronze Age. The tool has been a standard for 5000 years. Strong, yet light, it E is hand forged from steel with a sturdy tang well ﬁxed in the handle. Two handle sizes are available: a short 5Й handle for single-handed use and a long 5И ash handle for use while standing (the longhandled digger is 63Й overall). The miniature plowshare design makes it perfect for opening the soil for seeding or setting out transplants, for weeding and for planting bulbs. The unique shape allows you to do many tasks (hilling, digging, weeding, and planting) with only one tool. Blade is 61/2Й long. Made in Korea. E. CB101 Short-Handled Ho-Mi Digger $18.95 F. CB103 *Long-Handled Ho-Mi Digger $39.50

Overa ll len gth is

18Й.

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

G. Lee Valley Rock Rake А

This rake winnows rocks as small as 3/4Й in diameter from soil. In well-tilled soil, it is easy to clear the top 2Й or 3Й completely of stones. You can then scoop them up in the 6Й wide basket-shaped head for transfer to a wheelbarrow or bucket. No more stooping to pick up stones or trying to rake them onto a spade. The tool is light (the head weighs only 3/4 lb) and has hardened steel tines that ﬂex without deforming. 65Й overall. Also ideal for harvesting potatoes. Patented. PC725 *Rock Rake

D E $49.80

* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

C F

Stainless Steel with Ergonomic Handles Lightly cushioned grip

Extra-long, seamless stainless-steel socket

Resin-encased steel shaft

Stainless-steel head

Unique spine adds strength to back of weeder.

Oversized steps are ergonomically designed for secure, comfortable foot placement.

Innovative blade designs suit a variety of gardening tasks.

Ergonomic Stainless Steel

Radius® Ergonomic Stainless-Steel Digging Tools

Length

Weight

Price

5 lb 4 oz

$ 44.50

PG101

Digging Spade

431/2Й 13ЙК7Й

PG102

Digging Fork

43Й

A&B PG103

111/4ЙК7Й 4 lb 13 oz

Digging Spade & Fork Digging Spade, Fork & Weeder

$ 44.50 $ 78.00

A, B &F

PG110

PG104

Transplant Spade

42Й

11ЙК61/4Й 4 lb 4 oz

$ 44.50

PG105

Border Fork

41Й

91/4ЙК51/2Й 4 lb

$ 44.50

C&D PG106

$115.00

Transplant Spade & Border Fork Transplant Spade, Border Fork & Weeder

$ 78.00

C, D &F

PG111

PG107

Shovel

411/2Й 11ЙК81/2Й 5 lb 1 oz

$ 44.50

PG108

Weeder

421/2Й 10ЙК2Й

$ 47.50

Radius® Ergonomic Carbon-Steel Planter G.

PG109

Carbon-Steel Planter

$115.00

Length 41Й

Head Size

Four times the gripping surface of conventional handles, with room for both hands.

Once the spring-ﬂowering bulb display is over, remove the spent flowers and expose the foliage to the sun. This will help the bulbs rejuvenate for the following year. For neatness in the garden, you could partially cut the browning stems and leaves or tie them back. You can also interplant spring-ﬂowering bulbs with perennials. As the perennials grow, they will hide the browning foliage.

A-F. Radius® Ergonomic Stainless-Steel Digging Tools

Head Size

Carbon-steel planter

4 lb 2 oz

Weight

Price

10ЙК31/2Й 4 lb 8 oz

$44.50

These tools are a real innovation in traditional digging tools. The large, comfortable circular handles allow a greater range of natural hand positions, avoiding wrist strain. The steps (found on all of the tools except the forks) are larger, higher set and offset slightly from the shaft, to provide a wider surface with better foot registration than traditional steps. The steps are also folded forward and slightly curved, which softens the corner to reduce ankle injuries. Last, the angle of the step is slightly greater than the traditional 90° relative to the blade, providing a better push angle. All tools have a resin-encased steel shaft core and a stainless-steel head; applying over 150 lb of prying force at the end of the handle does not break it. The line includes a digging spade and fork (for heavy digging, ground preparation and harvesting), a smaller transplant spade and border fork (for lighter work such as digging borders, transplanting perennials and working in close quarters), a shovel and a weeder. The versatile weeder, with its narrow blade, can also be used to loosen hard-packed and rocky soil, for digging in tight spaces, or as a long-handled dibber. The digging spade and fork are sold individually, as a matched pair, or as a set of three with the weeder, as are the transplant spade and border fork. Overall lengths, head sizes and weights are shown in the chart at left. G. Radius® Ergonomic Carbon-Steel Planter

With the same style of handle and step as the digging tools above, this planter has a resin-encased steel shaft core and a powder-coated steel head. The teeth easily penetrate soil to quickly create multiple 31/4Й diameter holes for bulbs and annuals. See the Tool Maintenance section for a Grobet Swiss® mill ﬁle suitable for sharpening spades and shovels.

34 Outdoor Planting

Stainless-Steel Spades, Forks and Shovel These strong, attractive tools have stainless-steel heads and weatherproof tubular steel handles with molded plastic covers. The spades and shovel have nicely ﬁnished foot treads, ergonomically designed handles and comfortable handgrips. The digging spade and fork are ideal for heavy digging jobs, double digging, ground preparation, and harvesting. The smaller border spade and fork are suited to digging in and around borders, transplanting perennials, mixing in soil amendments, and digging in close quarters. The border shovel is particularly useful for close work. The transplant spade is ideally sized for working in a conﬁned area. G. Toolstep Б

This clever item slides over the end of any digging tool with a handle less than 13/4Й deep and 61/2Й wide to form a step that makes digging easier, more efﬁcient, and kinder to your feet. Positioned in the center of the tool, it effectively transfers all applied weight straight down. The 4ЙК31/2Й anti-slip platform provides an excellent foothold for the front half of your foot. When levering soil, the toolstep will slide up the handle and out of the way. Perforations allow dirt to fall through. Made of ﬁberglass-reinforced nylon, it is both strong and light, weighing less than 200g (7 oz). Works equally well on spades, forks and shovels.

Steel-Handled Spades, Forks and Shovel A. B. A&B C. D. C&D E. F.

PG241 PG242 PG243 PG244 PG245 PG246 PG247 PG249

Digging Spade Digging Fork Pair, Digging Spade & Fork Border Spade Border Fork Pair, Border Spade & Fork Transplant Spade Border Shovel

Length Head Size Weight

Price

45Й 45Й

111/2ЙК7Й

44Й 44Й

9ЙК51/2Й 5 lb 4 oz 81/2ЙК51/2Й 4 lb 14 oz

45Й 43Й

11ЙК51/2Й 8ЙК6Й

$38.00 $38.00 $65.00 $36.00 $36.00 $62.00 $39.00 $36.00

6 lb 2 oz 5 lb 12 oz

11ЙК7Й

5 lb 10 oz 5 lb 2 oz

Radius® Junior Spade & Rake These tools are a good size and weight for children, and are suited for adults when kneeling or sitting or when tending raised beds. The spade has a sharp point, so less effort is required to penetrate hard-packed earth. Its wide, long steps are folded forward for comfortable foot registration. The rounded rake head has rigid tines, suitable for quickly moving soil or gathering debris. Each tool has a lightweight resin-encased ﬁberglass handle with a comfortable paddle-style grip. Heads are carbon steel with a powdercoat ﬁnish to resist rust. Though the spade can bear 55 lb of force at the end of the handle without breaking, it is not for uprooting saplings or prying large rocks. Overall lengths listed. H. PG124 Radius® Junior Spade, 36Й $16.95 J. PG125 Radius® Junior Rake, 39Й $16.95 PG126 Junior Spade & Rake Set $29.95

H J

Toolstep PG255 $12.50 G J

Clarington Forge Spades & Forks In operation since 1780, Clarington Forge is the last remaining forge in England that still produces garden tools. The head of each of these spades and forks is individually forged from a single piece of steel for strength and durability. In fact, these are the strongest gardening tools we offer, with a strength rating far in excess of the British standard (which speciﬁes that digging tools bear at least 121 lb of force at the end of the handle, and border tools bear 88 lb, without breakage). Though robust, they are not indestructible, so we do not recommend them for uprooting saplings or prying boulders. The shaft is American white ash with a traditional wood/steel combination D-handle grip. The digging tools are perfect for heavy digging, double digging, ground preparation and harvesting. The border tools are smaller, making them more suited to lighter digging or for gardeners with less strength. The rabbiting spade, with its narrow curved blade, permits digging and transplanting in close quarters without disturbing surrounding plants. Although originally used for opening up rabbit holes when a hunter’s ferret (used for ﬂushing out the rabbits) went astray, this style of spade makes a much better gardening tool. All the spades are treaded for comfortable digging. Overall lengths, weights and head sizes are shown in the chart. All are built to last a lifetime.

C D

A. B. C. B&C D. E. D&E

F. DeWit™ Spork

Clarington Forge Spades & Forks PG310 Rabbiting Spade PG331 Digging Spade PG332 Digging Fork PG333 Pair, Digging Spade & Fork PG334 Border Spade PG335 Border Fork PG336 Pair, Border Spade & Fork

Length Head Size Weight 42Й 101/2ЙК51/4Й 4 lb 8 oz 42Й 111/2ЙК71/2Й 5 lb 8 oz 5 lb 42Й 12ЙК71/2Й 9ЙК51/2Й 9ЙК51/2Й

40Й 40Й

Price $ 64.50 $ 62.50 $ 62.50 $109.00 4 lb 12 oz $ 59.00 4 lb 11 oz $ 59.00 $ 99.00

Spades are treaded for comfortable digging.

DeWit™ Hand Spork Combining the beneﬁts of a hand hoe and a cultivator, this unique tool has sharp teeth to easily penetrate hardened soil and grab deep-rooted weeds. A large surface area on the blade makes it useful for pulling and lifting soil, while the 3/4Й gaps in the blade riddle the soil and also reduce friction and suction. The angled 41/4ЙК31/4Й carbon-steel head, combined with an ash handle, gives a total tool length of 141/2Й. This is a high-quality and effective hand tool made in Holland.

The great beneﬁt of this tool is its ability to easily cut into hardened soil. Its unique carbon-steel head combines the functions of a spade and a fork – it has sharp teeth to penetrate soil, a large surface area for lifting and turning soil, and 1Й gaps in the blade that riddle soil while also reducing friction and suction when digging. The 93/4ЙК6Й blade is sized between a traditional digging spade and border spade, making it easy to wield. With the ash T-handle the total tool length is 46Й. Forged in Holland, this high-quality tool is an excellent addition to any garden shed for working soil in the spring and fall, moving perennials, and edging borders. PG130 Spork, 46Й $69.00

Hand Spork PG132 $39.00 М

Overall length is 46Й.

G. Leverage Cultivator Б

F G

Tines penetrate soil deeply.

This tool has many 1 advantages over commonly available cultivators. No twisting is required (as with claw tools) and an offset handle reduces the need to bend. The 73/4Й tines penetrate deeply to loosen the soil and provide aeration 2 before replanting the area. A well-balanced tool, it is simple to use by stepping on the wide center step, pushing down, and then pulling back on the handle. Made of UV-resistant powder-coated steel with an insulating plastic-coated T-handle. At 413/4Й long and weighing 51/2 lb, it is a sturdy tool that should last a lifetime. Made in USA. PG321 Leverage Cultivator $49.50

A. Flexible Gel Knee Pads В

Offering sturdy knee protection without feeling stiff or bulky, these are exceptional knee pads for garden and landscape work. The tough, puncture-resistant outer shell provides firm support to stabilize the knee against rocking, while its articulating ribs allow the shell to flex with your knee’s natural movements. A thick inner layer of soft cushioning gel conforms to the shape of the knee, helping distribute your weight away from painful pressure points. The mesh-covered foam lining has a pattern of ventilation holes, so your skin stays cooler and drier than with ordinary knee pads. Both straps have secure snap buckles and are easy to adjust; the lower nylon strap holds the pad in position, while the upper elastic strap lets the pad move with you without pinching or binding. Excellent support, without sacrificing comfort or freedom of movement. XH322 Knee Pads, pr. $26.50 B. Contoured Kneeling Pad

This unique pad provides ultimate knee comfort. Contoured to ﬁt both knees, it distributes pressure evenly over the knee and upper shin, eliminating painful pressure points. Made from non-absorbent closed-cell foam that moisture will never seep through, it is thick enough to protect knees during gardening, landscape work or home renovations. An integral handle makes it easy to carry and reposition. Well made in Germany. EE106 Contoured Kneeling Pad $22.50

C. Garden Kneeler

The unique design of this kneeler emphasizes freedom of arm movement and comfort in use. It has several Weight Weight distinguishing features. First, the kneeling pad is at on shins on knees ground level to minimize back fatigue. The reversed handles allow maximum freedom of forward and lateral A shift of 2Й on the pad transfers weight from knees to shins. arm movement in use, as well as greater stability when getting up or down. A contoured closed-cell pad distributes pressure evenly over knees and upper shins, and allows transfer of weight from one to the other by shifting only an inch or two. Finally, a tough silk cover bonded to the foam protects it and allows air circulation between limbs and pad. The all-steel frame containing C the 9ЙК19Й pad is ﬁnished in durable powder-coat paint and has handle-bar grips. 09A04.50 Garden Kneeler $37.50

D. Kneeling Strip Б

The length of this kneeling strip is what makes it so convenient. At 42Й long by 12Й wide, it provides plenty of room to maneuver, so you can work comfortably over a large area without having to get up to reposition the strip. To work along a garden row, we found leapfrogging a pair of strips to be especially efﬁcient. Made from a puncture-resistant closed-cell foam that D won’t absorb water, it is 1/2Й thick to cushion knees during gardening, landscape work or home renovations. It can be rolled for compact storage. Made in USA. EE108 Kneeling Strip, ea. $24.50 EE109 Kneeling Strip, pr. $43.50

E. Contoured Knee Pads

These knee pads have the best shape of any on the market. Their unique contour, combined with the water-resistant foam, creates a comfortable knee pad that is perfect for lightweight garden jobs. Nice and light so they don’t feel objectionable when doing more walking than kneeling. Strong, washable and mildew proof, they have E double elastic straps with quick-attach hook-and-loop fasteners. One size ﬁts most. XH305 Contoured Knee Pads, pr. $22.50 E

F. Lightweight Knee Pads А

All of those who tested these knee pads immediately liked them because their slim, low-profile design wraps around and cups the front of the knee, providing a close, comfortable fit without bulk. Lightweight but not light-duty, they are made of tough, yet flexible, closed-cell polyurethane F foam. They are water resistant, mildew proof, and suitably dense to resist Adjustable 1 elastic strap puncture and abrasion. The broad 1 /2Й wide elastic strap adjusts for a snug fit, and has a convenient hook closure. A practical and comfortable knee pad for those who don’t feel the need to wear something resembling goalie pads when working in the garden. Made in Canada. XH320 Lightweight Knee Pads, pr. $14.95

Convenient hook closure

Folding Kneeler Stool and Tool Holder Weeding low to the ground often means wet, cold, dirty and stiff knees. This kneeler solves the problem and, when turned over, provides a handy seat. The 22ЙК10ЙК17Й tubular steel frame has a green enamel ﬁnish. The platform has a comfortable, waterproof kneeling and sitting pad attached. Turn the kneeler over and the two support handles become legs and the platform a seat. Folds down ﬂat for storage. Made of tough nylon, the optional 12ЙК15Й multi-pocket tool holder attaches in either the kneeling or the sitting position. The kneeler and tool holder Folded Kneeling H are available individually or as a set. position position G G. EB410 Folding Kneeler Stool $39.50 Seated H. EB415 Kneeler Tool Holder Б $22.00 position EB416 Kneeler/Tool Holder Set $59.50

Accessories not included.

H G

FLORAL

A. Fingers-Free Snips

Cleverly designed to allow virtually full movement of your fingers while in hand, these Japanese snips leave fingers free for other tasks. Their ergonomic pistol-grip handles stay comfortably in position, so you don’t have to put them down to pluck a weed or tie twine. Just squeeze the thumboperated top handle to cut, and flick the convenient safety lock to hold the blades closed. The 11/8Й Leaves fingers free for long high-carbon steel other tasks. blades have surprisingly good reach for such a compact tool. They cut cleanly and are well suited for tasks such as deadheading, harvesting flowers and cutting twine. AB350 Fingers-Free Snips $14.50

B B B. Design Snips

Professional florists often use these 41/2Й long snips to quickly arrange and rearrange stem lengths. In use, they are hung on the ring finger while designing and then swung up into the hand for a quick snip here or there. As they are hot forged, they are particularly durable and well made. This tool will quickly become indispensable for anyone who does flower arranging. EB115 Design Snips $19.50 C. Deluxe Flower Gatherer

Underwater Stem Cutter Б Anyone who gardens or enjoys cut flowers should have this underwater stem cutter. It not only makes fresh flowers last longer, but it can revive wilted flowers. Recutting the stems of wilting flowers re-establishes the flow of water and nutrients (explained below). The unit has a heavy, glass base and a stainless-steel blade. All components are dishwasher safe. EH201 Underwater Stem Cutter $21.50 A magnified cross section of a flower stem shows a cell network like a bundle of straws that conducts water and nutrients up the flower stem. When a flower is cut, air is drawn into the open cells, creating a partial blockage in the bottom 1/2Й of the stem.

This flower gatherer is three useful If the stem is cut under water, air tools in one. It has a razor-sharp blade cannot enter the cells. The water bead to cut the flower stem (leaving a clean that clings to the stem end seals the cut) and an integral spring clip to hold stem as it is transferred to a vase. the cut bloom, which is helpful if C you’re reaching with one hand to the back of a border. It has a thorn-stripping notch E. Florist’s Stem Stripper Б for roses and a serrated section for crushing Before placing flowers in a vase, it is important stems to increase water absorption. Designed to to remove excess foliage from the stems, both to be used with either hand. 6Й long with 11/4Й blade. limit the organic matter that stands (and decomMade in Germany. poses) in the water and to remove AA101 Flower Gatherer $16.50 any harmful thorns. This 6Й long D. Traditional Chinese Scissors stem stripper is popular with This style of scissors has been made for over 300 years in China. Hand forged, they have a hard steel layer florists because its large, spring(for the sharpened edge) laminated to a softer iron backing that supports the more brittle hardened layer. loaded handle and finger holds They come razor sharp. Their blade strength and sharpness make them useful in the shop, the garden provide significant hand protection or the kitchen, or for crafts. Overall lengths are 51/2Й to 81/2Й. An excellent buy in traditional tools. with a secure grip for both right45K10.10 Chinese Scissors, set of 4 $15.50 handers and lefties. It is also kinder to stems than many other stem strippers. Just insert the stem, squeeze the tool and drag it down the stem. Made of fiber-reinforced polyethylene with non-rusting aluminum blades, this is an efficient, easy-to-use tool. Florist’s Stem Stripper DB312 $11.50 D

6Й blossom crown Hand form vase to any shape you want.

D 5Й blossom crown

A F

B 4Й blossom crown

Haws Vase D. Collapsible Vase Similar to vases used by professional florists, This clever vase comes flat, as thin as a sheet of F. Flexible Blossom Crown this tall cylinder holds the stems of cut flowers cardboard. To mold it, you just fill it with hot water For lavish bouquets or just a single flower, this deep in the water, while protecting both the stems and hand form it to any shape you want. You then pliable wire floral arranger bends to fit virtually and the blooms from damage. Can be used to hold empty the vase and refill it with cold water to freeze any vase. The blossom shape has “petals” of floral arrangements or to carry fresh-cut flowers the shape. After use, you can re-flatten it for storage various sizes to position and support stems from the garden. Made in England of hot-dipped by putting it back in hot water and smoothing it of different thicknesses over the entire vase galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish, flat. Measures 11ЙК6Й. Makes an attractive showopening. Crimped over the top of a vase, it can these non-rusting vases are packed in sets of two. case for a gift of flowers. be used flat or shaped into a dome to provide 1+ 3+ The 1.5l (0.4 U.S. gal.) size neatly holds small stem support near the blossom, and will hold a GB412 Collapsible Vase, Blue $6.95 $6.25 floral arrangements, while the 2.5l (0.7 U.S. gal.) bouquet together when lifted out to change the size is ideal for large or cascading displays. water. It can also be placed at the bottom of a Available in a titanium or ruby color. bowl or other vessel to hold stems from their ends. Rustproof powder-coated galvanized steel, A. GB402 Titanium-Color Vases, set of 2 $42.50 it is available in pairs of 4Й, 5Й and 6Й diameters B. GB403 Ruby-Color Vases, set of 2 $42.50 (for vase openings with a maximum outer diameter of 1/4Й less than the stated diameter), C. Bottle-Washing Kit Б or in a set of three (one of each size). A versaThis is a great way to clean bottles, vases or other tile flower accessory at an economical price. narrow-necked vessels. Put some water into the dirty container, insert the funnel into the neck, BC225 Set (3) Crowns, 1 of each size $9.95 and then pull the filtering plug, releasing about BC222 4Й Blossom Crowns, pr. $6.50 350 tiny stainless-steel ball bearings. Swishing BC223 5Й Blossom Crowns, pr. $6.95 the water and bearings produces an effective BC224 6Й Blossom Crowns, pr. $7.50 E scouring action (even in corners and below the To order call 1-800-871-8158 neck), dislodging residue and debris without E. Tiered Vase Б scratching. Once finished, re-insert the plug and Excellent for flower arranging or rooting, this glass empty the bottle into the funnel. Water and debris vase is made up of seven miniature vases in three G. Vase Brushes drain out, while the bearings remain in the funnel. tiers. Simply cut all the flowers the same length, These long-handled brushes have a multitude Snap the lid back onto the kit for storage. For use and the vase does the arranging for you. Each of uses. They are great for reaching into and on any container with a neck greater than 5/8Й, it individual vase is 23/4Й tall with a 11/8Й dia. cleaning almost any type of glassware, including vases, jugs and bottles. They are the best way is equally effective on carafes and stainless-steel opening; overall height is 6Й. Perfect for smallto clean teapot spouts, for example. The insulated flasks. stemmed flowers that can be tricky to arrange, combination of natural pig bristles and cotton and for those delightful little bouquets that small DB315 Bottle-Washing Kit $23.50 tips is effective for cleaning. The set of three hands bring home. Pull plug to brushes includes one each of 1/2Й, 3/4Й and 11/4Й DB252 Tiered Vase $ 17.50 Swishing the release bearings. water and diameters. All are 131/2Й long. These are highbearings quality German-made brushes that would produces an be welcome in any kitchen. effective scouring DB303 Vase Brushes, set of 3 $9.50 action.

C G Floral 39

B. Botanical Field Press Б

Lightweight, compact, and easy to bring along on outings, this self-contained set lets you collect specimens of flowers, leaves and grasses and press them on the spot. Freshly cut plants are placed between the layers of thick blotting paper, separated by corrugated cardboard inserts; this permits the absorption and aeration needed for fast drying, which helps preserve natural color. Outer panels made of birch plywood keep the layers rigid and protected as you tighten two adjustable hook-and-loop belts around the bundle, compressing the contents with firm, constant pressure. Includes ten sheets of blotting paper and six pieces of cardboard, enough to hold five separate layers of specimens at once. Measures 9ЙК12Й. Made in USA. GM402 Botanical Field Press $22.50

A. Lee Valley Microwave Flower Press А C. Flower Drying Silica Gel Crystals Д This microwave oven press dries flowers in This way of drying flowers preserves the 3-D minutes, and preserves colors far better than shape of the flowers. To use, cover the flowers the slow-drying process. and foliage with the dry The press comes with two absorbent pads of Crystals are silica gel crystals (being natural wool and two sheets of broadcloth that reusable. careful to support leaves sandwich between two stout kiln-fired terra cotta and petals as you place slabs. The slabs (weighing 3 lb each) are heavy the crystals). After several enough to ensure plants are pressed flat. days the crystals will Microwaving forces moisture out of the plant absorb the moisture from through the wool and out of the press. The the plant, leaving you with terra cotta slabs moderate the drying process, completely dry flowers. You can use the silica preventing the problems of over-fast drying. gel conventionally in a sealed container, or With over 70 sq.in. of pressing area, it speed up the process by putting it in an oven measures 83/4ЙК83/4Й, and will fit inside any (where it takes only a few hours to dry the microwave oven with a minimum interior material) or microwave oven (where it takes dimension of 101/2Й. The dried flowers and only a few minutes). The crystals are reusable foliage can be mounted on cards or behind indefinitely by recharging (drying) them in an glass. Full instructions are included. Patented. oven for about 30 minutes. Mixed in with the GM430 Microwave Flower Press $44.50 colorless crystals are indicator crystals that GM433 Lg. Repl. Wool Pads (2) $14.50 change color as they absorb moisture to indicate GM435 Lg. Repl. Cloth Pads (2) $ 4.95 when recharging is required. Contains 2kg (4.4 lb) of pure silica gel crystals. Visit us at www.leevalley.com GM450 Flower Drying Crystals $18.95

Japanese Kenzan Vases These small vases with integral kenzans make simple, striking flower arrangements. Unlike traditional kenzans, these have a black powdercoated, cast-iron cup to house both the brass needles of the kenzan and enough water for your plants. The weighted D base makes them heavy enough to support taller floral arrangements, and a rubber bottom prevents scratching and slipping. The round version, 2Й in E diameter at its widest point and 11/2Й tall, can also be used as an insert in woodworking projects (by drilling or turning the same diameter hole). The square version is 13/4Й wide by 11/2Й tall. Kenzans are particularly suited to ikebana, a Japanese style of flower arranging that emphasizes symmetry and simplicity, but they can be used for almost any style of floral arrangement. Used individually or in a grouping, these high-quality Japanese vases make attractive displays and unique gifts. 1+ 3+ D. BC230 Round Kenzan, ea. $10.95 $ 9.15 E. BC231 Square Kenzan, ea. $11.95 $10.00

Cover ﬂowers completely with silica gel crystals.

Example of ﬂowers dried in silica gel crystals.

Pressed Flower Art by W. Eugene Burkhart Jr. This book not only covers techniques for pressing and drying flowers and foliage, but also provides ideas for compositions. With color photographs, it gives clear step-by-step instructions for drying flowers, using clamped flower presses, books, or microwave presses, with projects for every skill level. Designs include a single bloom preserved as a botanical specimen, two-dimensional pressed-flower garden scenes, and cutwork designs using pieces of colored petals in mosaic-like images. Spiral bound to lie open flat. Hardcover, 9ЙК11Й, 159 pages, 2008. LA826 Pressed Flower Art $21.50

Concave Cutters Bonsai trees are trimmed to the desired shape by carefully removing certain branches and stems. These specially shaped cutters have rounded, sloping jaws that are designed to cut close to the trunk, making a slightly concave, tapered cut that heals quickly into an inconspicuous scar. The jaws are slightly offset, creating a narrow overbite for tear-free cutting. Available in two sizes, 71/2Й and 8Й long overall. G. BC121 Small Concave Cutter $47.50 H. BC120 Medium Concave Cutter $56.50

Traditional Japanese Bonsai Tools Bonsai is an art, but the process isn’t as complicated as you might think. Though it has been widely practiced in North America for decades, its popularity has grown in recent years as many people discover how easy and enjoyable it is as a hobby. With a few specialized techniques, and the right tools to execute them properly, you can achieve impressive results, even using common shrubs and native plants. For beginners and experts alike, well-made tools help ensure success. All of these tools and accessories are manufactured in Japan to strict standards of quality, and are simply superb to use. The shears, cutters, and wire-shaping tools are high-carbon steel with a black lacquered ﬁnish.

A B

M. Knob Cutter

D E K G M L

A. B. C. D.

Aluminum Wire Lightweight, malleable and easy to cut, aluminum wire is the material of choice for training limbs of bonsai trees. It is strong, has very low stretch, and holds its form once shaped, allowing a tight, secure wrap. Corrosion resistant, it has a dark-bronze anodized ﬁnish that looks inconspicuous among tree limbs. It is available in four gauges to suit the thicknesses of the branches being tied. (Length in metres listed in brackets.) BC130 Alum. Wire, 2mm (23.4m) $9.50 E BC131 Alum. Wire, 2.5mm (15m) $9.50 BC132 Alum. Wire, 3mm (10.4m) $9.50 BC133 Alum. Wire, 3.5mm (7.6m) $9.50

Wire-Shaping Tools These tools are specially designed for working with aluminum bonsai wire. Both tools have rounded noses to permit work close to the bark without damaging it. The 7Й pliers have toothed jaws for good grip. The 8Й cutter pinches through aluminum wire up to 3.5mm in diameter. E. BC126 Long-Nose Pliers $39.50 F. BC127 Wire Cutter $49.50

Trimming Shears Shears are essential tools for removing leaves and shoots when trimming the tree to the desired shape, and for clipping fine roots when potting it. Since most cuts are made using the tips of the shears, these have been designed with a unique overbite to ensure clean cuts at the tip. Three styles of shears are available. The 7Й long roottrimming shears have robust 2Й blades to let you selectively cut tough root fibers within the root ball. The regular shears, 71/2Й long overall with 2Й long blades, excel at fine, controlled cuts to remove outer stems and leaves. The slender long-handled shears, 7Й long overall with 15/8Й long blades, are ideal for reaching deep into foliage, so you can trim close to the trunk without disturbing nearby growth. All shears have wide, looped handles that are comfortable to grip and easy to maneuver. J. BC123 Root-Trimming Shears $15.50 K. BC124 Regular Shears $15.50 L. BC125 Long-Handled Shears $15.50 A knob cutter is used to trim larger limbs close to the trunk. Similar to the concave cutters, this tool’s rounded jaws make concave cuts that heal quickly and smoothly, but the longer handles provide greater leverage when cutting through thicker woody branches. The knob cutter can also be used to take small, progressively deeper bites when making tricky or drastic cuts that require a cautious approach. 81/4Й long overall. BC122 Knob Cutter $54.50 N. Bonsai Tweezers Used for plucking dead leaves and removing other unwanted material, these double-ended, oversize stainless-steel tweezers are 81/4Й overall. They have offset tweezing tips at one end to access hard-to-reach spots, and a curved blade at the other for digging or scraping away debris around the base of the plant. BC128 Tweezers $8.50 O. Bonsai Turntable

This turntable lets you easily rotate a bonsai to examine the plant or work on it from a convenient angle. The 101/2Й diameter MDF platform stands 21/4Й on a hardwood base. It rotates on a lazy-Susan bearing, which can be locked in any position. BC129 Bonsai Turntable $36.50 Floral 41

STAKING & TRELLISES Cane Connectors With these versatile connecA tors, you can link canes or poles to build an array of garden structures quickly and B easily. The sleeves snugly hold any support from 5/16Й to F 5/8Й in diameter; the ﬂexible ring linking the sleeves lets you orient them in almost any direction. The three-arm version is useful for making simple triangular structures or can be combined to make cubic forms. The four-arm version lets you build more complex structures. Made from green EPDM rubber, they are durable, weather resistant and reusable. 1+ A. EA231 3-Arm Connector, ea. B. EA232 4-Arm Connector, ea.

B B

C. Downspout Trellis

The great advantage of this trellis is that it can make downspouts disappear. The three 8Й semi-circular sections (each 36Й long) will completely cover a downspout. They can also be used to surround posts or just as tall narrow trellises. Made from heavy 8-gauge powder-coated steel wire. A versatile, useful and attractive product. Downspout Trellis, set of 3 FG211

Set of 3 trellises is 108Й long.

$25.00

$2.60 $2.30 $2.80 $2.50

8Й 4Й

Tripod Cap This simple connector lets you quickly create a tripod to support climbing plants. The UV-resistant, malleable plastic cap tightly secures three stakes between 1/4Й and 1/2Й in diameter. The green color is unobtrusive in the garden, and the soft, wide top protects against eye and face injury. Sold in packages of 10. Made in U.K.

Stakes not included.

Cap holds stakes between 1/4Й and 1/2Й in diameter.

36Й

3+ М

EA226 Tripod Caps, pkg. of 10 $4.95 $4.20

D. Wall Trellis Kit Б

E. Garden Arch

This is an ingenious product. With it, you can make a trellis of any shape and put it almost anywhere. To make a trellis, use the silicone glue to bond a number of the anchors to a wall or window. Next, string the wire from anchor to anchor to create a frame. Finally, use the vinyl tape to support plants on the newly created trellis. Extremely versatile, it adheres to virtually any surface. The glue is easy to remove with a putty knife. Kit includes 90 anchors, 175И of wire, a roll of vinyl tape and a tube of silicone glue. Made in USA. FG215 Wall Trellis Kit $24.50

This arch, made of 7/8Й dia. steel tubing, is ideal for supporting A selection off and displaying climbing roses and ﬂowering vines. Measuring 44Й aluminum wide by 88Й high, it is both tall and wide enough to stand before an garden entrance or to cover a main pathway. Comes with two types of feet: arbors is offered in the one type to mount to a ﬂat surface, the other to stick directly into the Hardscaping g ground (5Й deep). Makes an excellent focal point in your garden. section. Sides are approximately 15Й wide. (Minor assembly required.) FG201 *Garden Arch $54.50 * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

E D

Sample trellis shapes

D E Assembles with either ﬂat-mounting or in-ground feet.

11/4Й mesh 30И×117И bale shown.

Trellises for vining vegetables

Support trellis

A B

H C

A. B. C. D.

Victorian String Holder & Garden Twines This reproduction Victorian string holder is cast in steel, instead of the more fragile cast iron. The halves twist apart for insertion/removal of string or twine, and the top has a tab for hanging. About 41/2ЙК41/2Й, it works best with string or twine balls about 3ЙК3Й (not included). Great for garden use, both our 240И sisal ball and 200И jute ball ﬁt our string holder. Strong and coarse, the sisal is suited to rough tasks such as bundling branches. The softer jute, which is green to blend into foliage, is ideal for tying plants to trellises, etc. It also comes in a l lb roll (about 515И). 1+ 5+ 01K26.90 Victorian String Holder, ea. $17.50 $14.90 EA214 Sisal, 240И Ball $ 2.80 — EA212 Green Jute, 200И Ball $ 2.50 — EA210 Green Jute, l lb (515И) $ 5.50 —

Garden Netting Made from soft multi-strand nylon twine that has a break test strength exceeding 50 lb, this netting has no “memory” like plastic nets, so it will not tangle and is easy to store. Since each junction is tied with a knot, it can be cut to any size without unravelling. Available in two mesh sizes with 11/4Й squares or 1/2Й squares. The netting with 11/4Й mesh squares is perfect for making a trellis suitable for peas, beans, squash, cucumbers and other vining plants. The 1/2Й mesh size is more suited for protecting new plantings from animals and birds (be sure to close the netting at the bottom so birds can’t get underneath it). We offer the 11/4Й mesh netting in a 30ИК29И size and H in the full bale size of 30ИК117И. The 1/2Й mesh netting comes in 12ИК29И and 12ИК117И sizes. All can be cut with scissors. Excellent value in netting that is rotproof and reusable for many seasons. H. PA201 11/4Й Mesh Netting, 30ИК29И $ 42.50 J PA203 11/4Й Mesh Netting, 30ИК117И $145.00 J. PA205 1/2Й Mesh Netting, 12ИК29И $ 42.50 PA206 1/2Й Mesh Netting, 12ИК117И $145.00 Visit us at www.leevalley.com

K. Trellis Netting Б

This soft woven nylon trellis netting has large, 7Й square openings so you can reach through it for easy tending and harvesting. At 56Й wide and 175Й long, it can easily be cut to size and is perfect for growing many types of plants vertically, allowing you to grow a great deal more in a limited area. Each strand has a 60 lb breaking strength, making it suitable even for heavy crops. Great for tomatoes, beans, peas, cucumbers, melons, squash and many ﬂowering climbers.

E E

Netting Clips Used to link two sections of netting, the 1Й long net-to-net clips have symmetrical hook ends to capture netting strands. The 11/2Й long netto-wire clips have a wide hook at one end for hanging netting, and a narrow hook at the other to bind securely on trellises or other supports made of thin-gauge wire or twine. Made in Germany from UV-stable polypropylene. E. EA193 Net-to-Net Clips, pkg. of 50 $4.95 F. EA194 Net-to-Wire Clips, pkg. of 50 $4.95

Trellis Netting, 56ЙК175Й PA220

$10.50

G. Netting Stakes

Netting is great for protecting berry patches but is often difﬁcult to support. This set of 10 poly stakes makes it easy. Just push the pointed end into the ground and drape the netting overtop; side arms keep it supported in place. Stakes can be joined to make them taller. Each stake measures about 11Й overall.

Netting Stakes (10) 1+ 3+ PA250 $4.75 $4.05

A C

Square column

Folded V-shaped supports

Overall length is 6И.

A. Tomato Spirals

The easiest way to support indeterminate or semi-determinate tomatoes is with these tomato spirals. Instead of being tied to a stake, the plant is allowed to grow into the spiral, which provides a natural support. This is the most popular way to support tomatoes in many European countries and is easier than trying to tie half-mature or fruitladen plants to wooden stakes. They are also great for beans and cucumbers. Each steel spiral stake is 6И long. Sold as a set of ﬁve. XM101 *Tomato Spirals (5) $23.50 * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. B. Permanent Stakes

35Й stakes shown.

These steel stakes are sealed inside a heavy plastic coating to prevent rust and ensure durability. They are perfect for staking up tomatoes or other tall plants. Unlike bamboo or wood stakes, they will not rot in the ground or snap in two under the weight of a bountiful crop. Can be used over and over. Surface is textured for grip. Two sizes are available: 35Й long by 7/16Й dia., or 70Й long by 5/8Й dia. XM206 35Й Stakes, pkg. of 10 $15.50 XM208 *70Й Stakes, pkg. of 10 $29.50 * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Lightweight steel tube Plastic coating

Typical tomato cage

Tomato trellis

Much heavier construction than typical tomato cage supports.

Flat against the wall

C. Lee Valley Tomato Trellis А

This is the strongest (and most handsome) upright support available. In our tests, a bumper crop of tomatoes caused tomato cages and even tomato ladders to collapse, but this 58Й long (about 48Й high above ground when inserted) tomato support was able to hold the load. No other staking or tying is necessary, because the plants grow up the middle and the cross-braces hold the weight of the fruit. Great for supporting tomatoes, cucumbers, squash or even beans or peas. And best of all, integral hooks and eyes allow you to join them together to make a zig-zag in-ground trellis, a closed structure of any shape (e.g., square, triangular), or a ﬂat against-the-wall trellis. Offered as four interconnecting steel frames that make two V-shaped supports, one 8Й square growing column or a 33ЙК48Й trellis. One V-shaped trellis will support more than 100 lb. Durable polyester powder-coat ﬁnish. PD160 Tomato Trellis $76.50 D. Tomato Cage for Planters

Supporting tomatoes in a planter can be difficult. This three-sided cage is the answer. Easy to install, the 6Й wide cage stands 20Й tall when in place. The 29Й legs give a full 9Й of in-soil support. Place around the plants when they are young and they will grow through the openings in the sides to become self-supporting. Can also be configured as a flat trellis measuring 20ЙК19Й. A great solution to a nagging problem. Made of plastic-coated steel. 1+ 3+ CA401 Tomato Cage, ea. $13.95 $12.50

Notches for extra grip

Cap of 35Й stake

Cap of 70Й stake channelled for holding twine.

М Can be conﬁgured as a ﬂat trellis or as a cage.

C. Plant Clips

These are like clothespins for plants. They let you stabilize and support plant stems by clipping them to stakes, leaving ample room in the center loop of the pin to avoid crushing and chaﬁng. Can easily be attached using one hand. Offered as a package of 12 clips.

EA112 Plant Clips, pkg. of 12

$5.95 $5.00

Stake not included.

E A. Veggie Cage® Б

This spiral cage supports A plants without the need for ties. Developed for use with cucumbers, pole beans and indeterminate tomatoes, the spiral design contains lateral growth to prevent sagging. It attaches to the top of any round or square stake (spiral stretches to a maximum of 7И high) using an integral screwclamp, while a spike at the bottom of the spiral secures it in the soil. Simply plant the seed or seedling at the base and allow the plant to grow within the spiral. Made of durable plastic, it collapses for storage. Also suitable for climbing vines such as sweet peas, morning glory and clematis; the tendrils wrap themselves around the spiral to create an attractive ﬂoral tower. 1+ 3+ PL107 Veggie Cage®, ea. $8.95 $8.00 B. Grow Spiral

Here is a perfect way to B tame a potted vine. Just unfold this compact spiral and attach each end to a 36Й (or shorter) bamboo or hollow metal stake. Push one end of the stake into the soil and it creates a spiral on which to train your plant. Inexpensive, compact and useful. Made in England from galvanized steel. Provides 9И of growth along the spiral, but it is all kept in an area only 3И in height. 1+ 3+ PL105 Grow Spiral, ea. $8.95 $8.00 B

D Twine Clips & Support Hooks А Commercial growers use these clips and hooks to train and support plants. The clips are the ﬁrst we have found designed to be used with twine; they hinge shut, clamping onto any string under 1/8Й in diameter and encircling stems up to 3/4Й in diameter. Gaps in the collar provide aeration. The 43/4Й hooks work with the twine clips to support up to 5 lb of fruit-laden branches, allowing heavy fruits to ripen fully on the stem. Alternatively, they can be used with any horizontal staking support no larger than 5/8Й. Made of polypropylene with UV inhibitors, these simple, effective clips and hooks are an excellent value. 1+ 3+ D. EA190 Twine Clips, pkg. of 50 $3.95 $3.35 E. EA192 Support Hooks, pkg. of 25 $3.95 $3.35 F. Vine Clips

These inexpensive clips make simple work of securing vines and thin stems to trellises or supports up to 1/2Й thick. Just squeeze the tabs between your thumb and foreﬁnger to open the jaws, leaving your other hand free to position stems or hold foliage out of the way. When released, the clip springs back to its original shape, capturing the stem and support within the hooked jaws. Made of ﬂexible polyethylene with UV inhibitors, they are reusable season after season. Colored green to blend with foliage, they come in packages of 100. Made in South Africa. EA198 Vine Clips, pkg. of 100 $4.95

G. Fingertip Plant Clips Б

Stake and pot not included.

Stake not included.

This flexible plastic clip fits comfortably over the tips of your index finger and thumb, so you can quickly gather foliage and simultaneously secure it G to a stake or line. Simple to use, the clip opens and closes in unison with your fingers’ natural movement and locks shut when you pinch your fingertips together. Capable of securing stems up to 1/2Й in diameter, the reusable clip is bright green with leaf-shaped ends to help blend with foliage. Sold in packages of 50. Made in USA. EA116 Fingertip Plant Clips, pkg. of 50 $10.95 45

A. Paper Ties

This Japanese paper ribbon is a surprisingly strong and durable tying material, making it well suited to garden use. Supple enough to tie with ease, the ﬂat, densely pleated 1/2Й wide band provides a broad bearing surface with rounded edges that won’t bruise plants or cut into delicate A stems. Made from two strips of 100% unbleached recycled paper, it is biodegradable and can be left in the soil or tilled under at the end of the season. Also handy for bundling yard waste or recycling, as well as for gift wrapping, crafts, etc. Supplied in a 10m (33И) roll. EA120 Paper Ties, 10m (33И) $4.95

B. Velcro® Plant Tie Б

F G

Ideal for supporting ﬂoppy plants in the garden or potted plants in your home. Offered as a 30И roll with fuzz on one side and micro-hooks on the other, it can be B cut with scissors into dozens of small ties. Strong and reusable.

30И Velcro® Plant Tie, ea. 1+ 3+ EA175 $3.60 $3.20 C. Soft Rubber Tie

This versatile tie has a pliable galvanized steel wire core for strength, covered with a cushioning layer of rubber to avoid damage to plants or other materials being held. Cut to length with scissors, it C binds in place with a few easy twists and grips well to stay put. Useful for securing plants to stakes or trellises, assembling cane structures or quickly bundling materials in general. Easy to reposition, remove and reuse, it is UV-stable, 3/16Й (5mm) in diameter and comes as a 5m (161/2И) roll. EA118 Soft Rubber Tie, 5m (161/2И) $4.95

F. G. This versatile tying material has a chain-like H. proﬁle; just cut it to length with scissors J.

D. Chain-Lock Tie

D D

and pass an end through one or more of the rings to form loops, ﬁgure eights, etc. The K. narrow rings lock with a simple 1/4-twist; another twist releases the band for adjustment or removal. Load rated to 20kg (44 lb), the 7/16Й wide reusable banding is made of UV-resistant polypropylene and comes in two 5m (161/2И) rolls. EA196 Chain-Lock Tie, 10m (33И) $6.80

E. Arbor Tape Б

Though traditionally used by professional arborists as a guy for newly transplanted trees, this durable tape is a versatile tie for quickly and reliably securing materials. Made of tough, rot-resistant polypropylene, the 3/4Й wide ribbon-like material is ﬂat-woven with rounded edges to provide a wide, smooth bearing surface that won’t abrade or cut into surfaces. The tape is also supple, making it easy to tie and untie – knots won’t jam after loading. Supplied in a 100И roll, the weave is strong (900 lb break strength) and lockstitched to prevent fraying or unravelling when cut. One of our favorites, it comes well tested and recommended. Made in USA. EA137 Arbor Tape, 100И roll $24.50

Wide, ﬂat webbing with rounded edges won’t damage bark. Ends won’t fray when cut.

To use our arbor tape for staking young trees, we recommend using a loose slip knot above the lowest branch, then tying the other end to a wooden ground stake. Leaving the tape slightly slack allows the roots to develop and support the tree on their own, yet ensures the tree is braced during strong winds. Secured in this way, it will hold well for several seasons, yet allows for tree growth and prevents accidental girdling.

Quick-Release Rubber Ties Easy to secure and quick to release, these rubber ties are great for tying woody vines to trellises, or saplings to stakes, as well as for bundling hoses, extension cords or other loose material. Simply stretch the elastic loop around the material and over the anchor-shaped hook to lock it securely. You can instantly release it with one hand by twisting the anchor sideways. Made from a strong, UV-stable H synthetic rubber compound that can stretch up to double its length. For use indoors or out. Available in 4Й, 8Й and 12Й lengths (for use on items that are 11/4Й to 21/2Й in diameter, 21/2Й to 5Й and 33/4Й to 71/2Й respectively), as well as in a sample pack containing four 4Й ties, four 8Й ties, and two 12Й ties. Made in Belgium. EA121 4Й Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $4.95 EA122 8Й Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $6.95 EA123 12Й Rubber Ties, pkg. of 10 $7.95 EA124 Sample Pack of 10 $4.10 The Well-Tended Perennial Garden by Tracy DiSabato-Aust There are ways to prolong the perennial blooming season, and this book explains several methods. Along with sections on basic soil preparation, proper plant selection and garden layout, it delves into deadheading, dividing, thinning, and various pruning techniques that encourage plants to continue blooming much longer than expected. Half of the book is an encyclopedia of over 175 plants, giving the hardiness zone, physical attributes, and ﬂowering months, with details on pruning and other key maintenance information. There are journal pages to record your own successes (and failures), and a typical schedule for when to do what. Hundreds of color photographs. Hardcover, 71/2ЙК101/2Й, 383 pages, 2006. LA352 ... Perennial Garden $26.50

K М

A. Stem Supports

These are plastic-coated steel stakes with open loops that inconspicuously hold topheavy blooms upright. Ideal for use with gladioli, tulips, lilies and many others. Made in England. 1+

Ring is hinged for easy installation around plant.

10+

D. Lee Valley Peony Support

SX101 24Й Support, ea. $3.70 $3.10 $2.80 SX103 36Й Support, ea. $4.40 $3.75 $3.30

Height-adjustable clamp

This is the best peony support made. Redesigned with a hinged hoop to more easily encircle the plant, it is so effective because you install it only when needed and it is fully height adjustable. Simply drive the 4И long steel bar into the ground next to the plant, open the hinged hoop, put it around the plant and click it into the support clamp. The support is available with either the standard 18Й diameter hoop or a larger-diameter 25Й hoop. The hoops are interchangeable to accommodate peony growth. The support clamp is adjustable to exactly the height you want, to give you the best spread but still keep your peonies well supported during wind or rain storms. The hoops are 1/4Й dia. steel with an aluminum rivet hinge, and the bar is 1/2Й dia. steel; all have a dark green, tough powder-coat polyester ﬁnish. The clamp is powder-coated aluminum with solid brass ﬁttings – a rustproof combination. This peony support will last for generations. PD801 18Й Peony Hoop with Stake $36.50 PD805 25Й Peony Hoop with Stake $39.50 PD802 18Й Peony Hoop Only $22.00 PD806 25Й Peony Hoop Only $25.00

Staking a plant early in the season not only minimizes root damage, but allows the plant to cover the support as it grows, making the support virtually invisible.

B. Stake Pointer А

18Й 25Й

Heightadjustable ring

This cutter works much like an oversized hand-held pencil sharpener to put a smooth, evenly tapered point on round stock up to 11/2Й in diameter or square stock up to 1Й, creating a stake that can be easily driven into the ground. Effective on dry or green wood, it quickly shapes B the tip to a 60° cone. It has a rustproof anodized aluminum body, an adjustable E. Brick Clip® Fasteners Б O1 tool steel blade, and a hex shank for use These handy clips let you quickly attach items to brick without in in an electric drill or hand brace with a 3/8Й or larger drill chuck any way damaging either the bricks or the mortar bond. Great for (not for use in a drill press). A fast, simple way to sharpen stakes for tying up vines, holding a trellis in place or hanging wreaths on a plant supports, small fences or other garden structures. Made in Canada. brick wall. Clips securely snap in place by hand and each can hold 05J46.60 Stake Pointer $59.00 up to 25 lb – no tools are needed for installation. Offered in three 05J46.30 Repl. Blade $23.50 sizes: the standard size fits on brick from 21/8Й to 21/2Й in height; the large size fits on brick from 21/2Й to 23/4Й in height; the extra-large C. Sectioned Plant Ring size is designed for bricks 3Й to 31/8Й high to suit most houses built The great advantage of this plant ring is its three split sections that let in Canada since 1970. Please measure your bricks before ordering. you encircle and support a group of stems, eliminating the need to feed Note: mortar line must be recessed; clips won’t work on flush or all stem growth through a fixed opening. Simply designed, the 10Й diamextruded mortar. eter ring has a center clasp that fits onto any stake from 7/16Й to 3/4Й in Std. Brick Clip® Fasteners (4) diameter (such as our XM206 and XM208 stakes), and can be adjusted AC450 $8.95 in height as the plant grows. Each section clips together like two puzzle pieces. Made in U.K., the UV-resistant, green styrene plastic blends with Lg. Brick Clip® Fasteners (4) foliage. Set of six rings. AC455 $8.95 PL415 Sectioned Plant Rings, pkg. of 6 $9.95 X-Lg. Brick Clip® Fasteners (4) AC457 $8.95 When tying plant stems to supports, loosely tie soft materials (such as jute, cotton ribbon or nylon) in a figure 8 to leave ample room for plants to grow and to prevent bruising the stems.

Each section clips together.

C C

Visit us at www.leevalley.com Stake not included.

CLIMATE CONTROL Open

Notched for irrigation line

48 Climate Control

Collapsible Cloches В Б Allowing installation and removal that is fast, easy and gentle on plants, these wrap-around cloches also pack flat so they take up B very little room in storage. Simply gather foliage within the cloche as you enclose it around the plant; once set, the cloche holds its shape, forming a sturdy, freestanding structure to shield plants against frost or other harsh conditions. Upper flaps interlock to form a domed roof that can be opened for ventilation or watering. Notches at Staking tab the base let you feed an irrigation line through E Stakes not Flaps included. the cloche, and perforated interlock. tabs accept ground stakes (not included). Suitable for seedlings and low-growing crops, the E. Garden Cloches А small cloche stands about 11Й tall with a 9Й diameter base; the large These plastic cloches act like little greenversion is about 18Й tall with a 14Й diameter base and has a cutout houses, both by protecting your seedlings in the roof to accept a garden stake, making it ideal for tomatoes from frost and by warming the surrounding or peppers. Made in USA from durable, semi-translucent plastic. soil. They have a 1Й vent hole in the top to Packages of three. Reusable season after season. prevent overheating. The 1Й lip around the A. ED805 Small Cloche, pkg. of 3 $11.50 outside is for anchoring them. They measure B B. ED806 Large Cloche, pkg. of 3 $18.50 10ЙК10ЙК9Й high. Should last for 10 years under normal use. Made from recycled plastic pop bottles. C. Super Red Mulch ED903 Garden Cloches, pkg. of 10 $19.50 From time to time research comes up with some astounding results. This is one of them. When this Visit us at www.leevalley.com red plastic mulch is put on the soil under tomatoes, it will increase yields by up to 20% over black mulch, and makes the fruit set earlier. It works by reflecting F. Frost Protectors А a certain spectrum of light back to the plants, which These frost protectors allow you to plant in turn triggers photosynthesis to stimulate rapid tender seedlings (tomatoes, peppers and growth and development. The research was done by eggplant) into the ground ahead of schedule. C a number of universities and our own tests proved They can lengthen the growing season by up it accurate. It also conserves moisture, blocks weeds to 8 weeks. Basically a series of joined, flexand warms the soil to encourage growth. 4И wide ible plastic tubes that are filled with water and 30И long. Punch small holes to allow rain to to make a freestanding cylinder 18Й across, penetrate. Also works with strawberries. Most they protect seedlings with a wall of water effective in cooler regions. 1+ 3+ that not only insulates, but actually releases EC220 Super Red Mulch, 4ИК30И $12.50 $11.25 warmth, yet still provides sufficient ventilation. If a late or early frost hits, the part of the D. Tomato Crater Б plant inside the protector will be undamaged This simple device makes tomatoes grow faster by freezing temperatures down to 16°F (-9°C). and bigger. It suppresses weeds, blocks cutworms, Sold in packages of three. 1+ 3+ concentrates water at the roots, ED801 Frost Protectors (3) $14.50 $13.00 and warms the soil to increase root growth. It even helps prevent blossom end rot. The two-part design makes it easy to put in place after the seedling is planted. Set on the soil under the plant, the red crater will increase yields and make the fruit set earlier. (Research done by a number of universities has shown that red reflects a certain spectrum of light back to the F plants, which in turn triggers photosynthesis to stimulate rapid growth and development.) Made in USA from heavyduty plastic, the crater can be used over and over for many years. 11Й in diameter. Set of three craters. SG101 Tomato Craters, pkg. of 3 $24.50 Closed

Cutout for stake

A C B

A. Ventilating Cloche

B. Shade Cloth

Adjustable vent controls

The main advantage heat and humidity. of this cloche is its adjustable vent that lets you control heat and humidity levels within the cloche. Made from UVresistant plastic to ensure long life, each cloche comes with three galvanized steel stakes to secure it against wind and animals. 12Й high by 131/2Й wide, including a 3/4Й lip. Sold as a package of ﬁve, these are an excellent way to create microclimates in your garden to extend the growing season. 1+

ED945 Cloches, pkg. of 5

$31.50 $28.30

Visit us at www.leevalley.com D. Frost Blanket

This 61/2ИК30И (2mК9m) blanket is made of spunbonded polypropylene that is fuzzy on the underside and water repellent on the top side. With a weight of 80g/m², it is 33% heavier than the majority of blankets, which are usually 60g/m². The fabric is tear and puncture resistant and the dark green top color minimizes deterioration in sunlight. Our overnight tests in a zone 5A area during March and April of 2012 showed a typical difference between inside and outside air ranging from 2°F/1°C to 7°F/4.3°C without using any performance improvers such as watering the soil before installation or putting jugs of warm water under the blanket. A typical example was: - Ambient air temperature at ground level 23.6°F/-4.7°C - Ground temperature 48°F/9°C - Temperature under blanket 31.2°F/-0.4°C - Degrees of protection 7.6°F/4.3°C 09A04.70 Frost Blanket, 61/2ИК30И $24.75

Optional hoops

Shade cloth is great for covering lettuce before it bolts, cooling greenhouses, shading patios and gazebos, etc. Creates 50% shade and, therefore, lowers the temperature of Shade house the air around the plants. The green cloth is made of a tough UV-stable poly material that has a rated life of over 5 years with constant outdoor exposure. The tight-knit weave will keep out most insects. It is 2mК4m (61/2ИК13И) and can be stretched horizontally over beds or held on hoops. The optional hoops are 76Й long to readily cover a 3И wide area. BL612 Shade Cloth, 61/2ИК13И $20.50 XL802 Optional Hoops, pkg. of 10 $18.90

C. Floating Row Cover

Absolutely the best way to grow perfect cabbage, broccoli and cauliﬂower is by keeping ﬂying insects out. This light, semi-transparent, spunbonded material is just right for putting over your plants for extended periods of time to protect them from insects, wind, hail, and light frost. Measures 7ИК50И (350 sq.ft.). Ensures early crops due to faster germination, and protection from the ravages of nature. Can be used over and over. Pile soil on the edge to hold it down, leaving enough space under the cover to permit plants to grow. A great environmentally friendly insect barrier. Can be cut with scissors. XC505 Row Cover, 7ИК50И $19.95

F. The Veggie Gardener’s Answer Book

by Barbara W. Ellis This is a book with an ambitious goal – to answer every question you will ever need to ask about your vegetable garden. With hundreds of informative, clearly explained answers, it will certainly cover a great many of them, with an emphasis on organic solutions. It is divided into two main sections, one that focuses on general gardening topics, followed by a crop-by-crop guide dealing with speciﬁc vegetables from artichokes to okra. A comprehensive index helps narrow down the search. Written in a conversational but concise style and ﬁlled with practical tips any veggie grower can use, it will be appreciated by both beginning and experienced gardeners. Softcover, 41/2ЙК61/2Й, 431 pages, 2008. LA944 Veggie Gardener’s Answer Book $12.00

E Frost blanket unfolds to 61/2И (2m) wide by 30И (9m) long.

E. Stainless-Steel Ground Pins

Ground pins are particularly useful for pinning down garden fabrics such as frost blankets and row covers. The 63/4Й (170mm) long pins are made of electropolished stainless-steel rod, 1/8Й (3.5mm) in diameter. The 3/4Й (19mm) loop at the end makes them easy to insert and distributes the force exerted on the pinned fabric. Sold in bags of 20 pins. 09A04.75 Ground Pins (20) $13.50

Bamboo stakes not included.

Structure shown uses four garden-frame bracket sets. (Wood and cover not included.)

C. Garden-Frame Bracket Set

A A. Shrub & Potted Plant Protector

With these simple brackets and some inexpensive 1К2 lumber, you can quickly build structures such as cold frames, trellises or row cover supports. Each bracket set contains three pieces to make one triangular form; by adding horizontal supports into the channels provided, you can link two or more triangles to make stable structures of nearly any length. You then just apply the protective material of your choice (e.g., ﬂeece, shade cloth, netting) over the structure. Made of rust-resistant powder-coated steel, they are a great way to build sturdy, lowcost garden structures. The brackets are also compatible with our raised-bed kit (XK651), so you can build covers or plant supports sized to match the frame of the raised bed. 1+ 4+ XK659 Bracket Set $8.50 $7.65

E. Fabric Pins

Use these sturdy plastic spikes to hold down landscape fabrics, row covers or netting. Sold as a package of 10 spikes. Each measures 51/2Й long. 1+

EC205 Fabric Pins, pkg. of 10 $3.75 $3.20 Seasonal Item. Limited Stock. This convenient tent-like cover protects shrubs and tall potted plants in cold weather. During E spring and fall, the thick, breathable synthetic fleece material traps warm air inside, helping insulate the plant against frost damage. It can also be used as a long-term shelter during the winter D. Plastic Row Cover Kit Б months, acting Growing heat-loving vegetables is tricky at best in most northern regions. This pre-slit 0.8 mil polyA as a barrier to ethylene row cover, supported by the included hoops, greatly increases your chances of success by snow and ice. The providing up to 4°F of frost protection and, more important, by elevating daytime temperatures by two-way zipper allows easy installation and 10° to 30°F. The slits open and allow excess heat to escape during periods of extreme heat. At night removal, and lets you open the cover to ventiand on cool days the slits remain flat and closed, reducing convective heat loss and maintaining higher late, inspect or tend to the plant as needed. A interior temperatures. It can move up your first harvest date by two weeks and, with some crops (e.g., drawstring lets you cinch the bottom snugly watermelon), it permits a crop where one would otherwise be impossible. Film is 6ИК 50И. The 10 around the base of a plant or container. Sizes metal hoops are 76Й long, and bend to cover a 3И wide row (about 20Й high). given are overall height by maximum bottom XL803 Row Cover Kit $29.50 diameter. Limited stock. 1+ 3+ XL804 Extra Plastic, 6ИК50И $ 13.90 XC512 Plant Protector, 59ЙК29Й $12.50 $11.25 XL802 Extra Hoops, pkg. of 10 $18.90 XC513 Plant Protector, 78ЙК39Й $18.50 $16.65 B. Garden Staples™ Б Kit includes plastic and hoops. Wooden frame and red mulch not included. Simple yet effective, these 4Й long steel staples are ideal for securing landscape fabric, protective garden netting, floating row covers, soaker hoses, burlap, and heavy-duty tarps and covers. Made in USA. EC210 Garden Staples™, pkg. of 40 $9.95

D B

50 Climate Control

C. Peel-and-Stick Zipper

Designed for use with vapor barrier to seal off work zones at construction sites, this adhesive-backed zipper is also ideal for creating a simple resealable access doorway in a greenhouse, cold frame, indoor grow room or other structures made with plastic sheeting. It installs in minutes without special tools and will permanently bond to any clean plastic sheeting, letting you restrict air movement for temperature and moisture control. The 84Й long, heavyduty #5 zipper is sewn to a 950-denier high-density polyethylene backing that has a permanent high-tack acrylic adhesive. Also useful for providing access to dusty work areas, shrink-wrapped boats, plastic tent structures and ice shacks. Instructions included. Sold individually.

A. UV-Resistant Tape

Peel & Stick Zipper, ea. 1+ 4+ This is an excellent transparent tape for 97K20.05 $9.95 $8.95 outdoor use. Made from UV-resistant plastic and UV-resistant acrylic adhesive, it won’t break down in the sunlight and is perfect for patching greenD house plastic (it’s waterproof A and will outlast the greenhouse plastic itself), taping windows or bundling products for outdoor storage. Unlike most other tapes, the adhesive will not come off the tape and stick to bundled items even when left outdoors in full sunlight for a year or more. 2ЙК100И roll. Although it looks green in the roll it is virtually E. Heat-Activated Window Opener clear when applied. Controlling temperatures in a cold frame or greenhouse is straightforward with this automatic PM215 UV-Resistant Tape $8.50 D. Multi-Purpose control. It incorporates a gas-charged cylinder of Fabric Clips Row covers should be put in place as soon as adjustable volume. As the temperature rises, the Commercial young plants are in the ground. Leave enough gas expands; it will open a 15 lb window, more than growers have used room between the cover and the plants to allow for adequate in cold frames and greenhouses. A simple these oversize growth. It is important to secure all of the edges by adjustment lets you control the operating range. As grommet-like clips burying them under a layer of soil to keep insects temperatures fluctuate, the 121/2Й long unit will open for years, since their out. Some plants thrive under a row cover for the locking teeth easily and close a window as necessary to prevent disasentire season, but for plants such as cucumbers, and firmly grip ters. Made in England. Non-rusting anodized peppers and squash, this cover must be removed open-weave fabric, aluminum and powder-coated steel. when the flowers begin to appear, to allow pollinating insects to do their work. Ideally, the covers and once secured AM401 Window Opener $49.50 would be removed only during the day. provide two convenient fastening points. A central B. Eyelets hole accepts cords, These tough plastic eyelets make it easy to tie stakes or bungees, down a sheet, tarp, fabric or plastic film. Just and a sleeve lets fold the material over, put the eyelet halves on you attach cords either side of the material and hammer together or wires, either fixed for a permanent, strong connection. The mateE in place or threaded rial can be held in place with cord or rope up through for a sliding to 1/2Й in diameter. Works well with our floating connection, such as row covers, shade cloth and plastic films. when making a BL623 Eyelets, pkg. of 10 $4.20 shade-cloth curtain. Made of UV-stable plastic, they are 15/8Й in diameter. Great for use with outdoor fabrics such as shade cloth, netting or burlap. Supplied in a package of ten. Made in Israel. B XH524 Fabric Clips, pkg. of 10 $4.80 Climate Control 51

COMPOSTING & FERTILIZING F C

Kitchen Compost Pails А These are the best plastic kitchen-scrap pails that A. Countertop Compost Pail we have found. The small pail (9ЙК8ЙК8Й) holds Not only is this stainless-steel pail 4 litres (1 U.S. gallon) of material. The large pail attractive for countertop use, it has two (9ЙК8ЙК11Й) holds a full 7 litres (1.85 U.S. gallons). Hung activated charcoal filters in the lid to inside a Each includes an activated charcoal filter to absorb door, the absorb odors. The polished finish requires odors and will sit on your counter, under your pail is only a quick rinse with soap and water to easily lifted counter or even hang inside a door (where it can Filters in lid absorb odors. off for clean. Unlike plastic, stainless steel won’t be easily lifted off when you want to empty it). emptying. take on the smell of onion scraps or the color of beet juice. Measuring Filters should be changed every 4 to 6 months. 11Й tall by 7Й in diameter, it holds 4.4l (1.16 U.S. gal.) of kitchen scraps. Replacement filters are available separately. Made of long-lasting Replacement filters (that should be changed every 3 to 6 months) are and easy-to-wash polyethylene. available separately. E. XG227 Compost Pail, 4 litres $18.50 XG140 Compost Pail & Filters $42.00 F. XG225 Compost Pail, 7 litres $21.00 XG142 Repl. Filters, set of 2 $ 3.95 G. XG213 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 3 $ 8.50 A

Stainless-Steel Compost Pails These stainless-steel compost pails won’t take on the smell of onion scraps or the color of beet juice (as plastic containers often do) and are handsome enough to keep on the countertop if you wish. The small pail measures 71/2Й high by 8Й in diameter and holds up to 4 litres (1 U.S. gallon). The large measures 81/2Й high by 91/2Й in diameter and holds up to 6 litres (1.6 U.S. gallons). Each includes a stainless-steel handle and lid. Just needs a quick rinse to clean. An excellent-quality product. B. XG155 SS Compost Pail & Handle, Sm. $19.95 C. XG150 SS Compost Pail & Handle, Lg. $23.95

Compost is one of the best soil additives available. Not only will it add a complete range of nutrients, but the organic matter will improve the soil structure. It also adds a whole host of beneﬁcial products, including humic acid (that has several good effects including an increased rate of nutrient absorption) and various fungi that create an underground mycelial web that works symbiotically with roots by freeing and transporting nutrients.

D. Compostable Bags

One of the biggest complaints people have with composting is the build-up of food residues and smells in compost pails that are not cleaned thoroughly. These bags avoid this problem by letting you lift compost cleanly out of its container for disposal. Made primarily from vegetable oil and cornstarch, the bags begin to break down at about the same rate as other vegetable material when micro-organisms from organic matter are present, leaving no harmful chemicals or residues. The bags hold 3 U.S. gallons (10 litres); we suggest changing bags every 3 to 5 days. Not to be confused with so-called biodegradable plastics that merely break down into tiny plastic pieces and remain in the soil for years. (Check with your municipality – not all accept these bags for curbside compost pick-up.) Made in Belgium. XG181 Compostable Bags, roll of 25 $ 7.50 XG182 Compostable Bags, roll of 100 $22.95 52

H. The Truth About Organic Gardening

by Jeff Gillman There are many pesticides that are supposedly safe for humans but destructive to unwanted critters, and fertilizers that claim to be kind to the environment while they greatly boost plant productivity. Gillman has scrutinized over 100 of these options to reveal which live up to the hype and which do not. Includes advice on using cover crops to replace soil nutrients, applying garlic oil to control weeds, adding a nectary to keep pest-eating insects in your yard, and relocating unwanted rodents with live traps. Synthetic options are also discussed to round out the debate. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 208 pages, 2008. LA357 Truth About Organic Gardening $10.00 М

A. Dual-Batch Rolling Composter А

With two separate side-by-side compartments, this rolling composter lets you continuously cycle two Built-in batches of compost from your kitchen churning scraps and yard waste. Once you have baffles filled one compartment, leave this first Solid wall batch to age while adding fresh mateseparates rial to the second compartment; when compartments. the first batch is ready, the compartment can be emptied to accept new material, while the second batch is then left to break down, continuing A the cycle. Turning the barrel every few days introduces air into the compost, speeding decomposition. Internal baffles aid mixing, and an adjustable vent lets you control airflow. The sliding lid provides access to the contents, with symbols to identify which compartment contains new material and which one is being left to age. With each completed batch, simply rotate the lid to ensure correct identification. Finished compost is produced in just 4 to 6 weeks. The 26ЙК28Й UV-resistant polypropylene barrel stands 36Й tall on the galvanized aluminum frame. Each compartment has a capacity of 2.5 cubic feet. Made in Canada. CT106 *Dual-Batch Composter $109.00

* A shipping surcharge of $10.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. B. Wire Compost Bin

This extra-large composter holds 22 cubic feet of lawn and garden waste, making it especially useful for composting leaves and grass clippings. Made of heavy-gauge 1/8Й steel wire with a polyester powder-coat ﬁnish, it has pull-out corner rods to make everything accessible. Bin measures 36ЙК36ЙК30Й high. Two or more bins can also be joined together, if desired, for ease of turning. WT110 *Wire Compost Bin $32.50 * A shipping surcharge of $7.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. C. Compost Bin Б

A good choice for small gardens as a composter for leaves and other yard or vegetable waste, this bin is adjustable from 22Й to 42Й in diameter, and will hold up to 29 cu.ft. of material at maximum capacity. Small holes in the bin walls allow aeration without letting contents escape. Made of durable recycled polyethylene, the bin is 36Й tall and includes four stakes, fastening hardware and instructions. A simple, effective composter. XG316 Compost Bin $39.50 D. Composter Bracket Set

These heavy-duty brackets allow you to D make a composter that fits the space you have available, providing 48 cu.ft. of capacity at its largest configuration. It is based on one of the original designs by Sir Albert Howard, a founder of organic gardening, with the D boards angled and spaced to provide good air circulation and moisture to promote decomposition. Easy to assemble, the set includes four powder-coated steel brackets that hold a total of twenty 1ЙК6Й wooden boards (that you supply). Screws included. It is recommended that some boards be left unscrewed for quick removal, to easily access your compost for turning and removal. At a height of 3И, the recommended maximum dimensions are 48Й long by 48Й wide (but this can be reduced to fit available space). Makes an effective and sturdy composter. CT110 Composter Bracket Set $84.50

Wood not included.

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit us at www.leevalley.com 53

17Й long

20Й long

83/4Й long

Compost Moisture D. Soil & Compost Meter & Thermometer Thermometer The moisture content This thermometer is D and temperature of your perfect for measuring compost are important compost and soil factors that inﬂuence how temperatures because D quickly and efﬁciently the glass tube is materials break down. shielded by a chromeThese two tools let you plated copper case, reliably monitor commaking it safe to thrust posting conditions in into even rocky soil your pile. Each has an and clumpy compost. extra-long stainlessThough compact and rugged, its protective shielding steel probe to reach means that it requires longer dwell time for reading into the middle of the than more exposed thermometers. Two minutes is A pile for a quick and usually enough. Has both Celsius and Fahrenheit accurate reading. scales, and reads from -10° to +110°C (14° to 230°F). The 20Й long compost Particularly useful for checking soil temperature thermometer has an easybefore planting (to avoid seed rot), and monitoring to-read dial face that compost temperature to see if it needs turning, measures from 0° to watering or other treatment. 83/4Й long. 200°F, and has markings to indicate decomposition speed AA235 Soil & Compost Thermometer $9.50 zones. Organic matter decomposes slowly in the Steady Zone (80° to 100°F), faster in the Active Zone (100° to E. Soil Test Kit Б 130°F), and most rapidly in the Hot Zone (130° to 160°F). When you plant in soil of unknown chemistry, you Made of stainless steel. risk the well-being of your plants. This comprehenThe 17Й long compost moisture meter detects moisture sive soil test kit tells you exactly the state of your soil, so you can only at the tip; you can insert the probe to the desired depth adjust it to suit the plants you wish to grow. Includes everything and read the needle position on the display, which provides needed to perform ten tests for each of four different factors: readings on a relative scale from one to ten. A simple calipH (acidity/alkalinity), nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. bration screw lets you pre-set the display to indicate the The kit contains test tablets, mixing chambers, dropper, color optimum moisture level according to your preferences; comparison chart, test instructions, information on pH preferfor subsequent readings, it will show you whether moisture ences for various plants, and instructions on how to alter your is higher or lower than the pre-set. It can also be used as a soil chemistry. We found it easy to use, yielding quick results. quick-reading probe to test relative soil moisture, as when AA211 Soil Test Kit $16.95 checking the span or penetration depth of an irrigation system. AAA battery included. Great tools for those who actively manage their compost, available individually or as a set. A. CT102 Compost Thermometer $31.50 B. CT103 Compost Moisture Meter $34.50 CT104 Moisture Meter & Thermometer $56.50

C. Soil Moisture & pH Meter

Trusted by horticulturalists for over 60 years, this meter requires no batteries or chemical tablets, accurately measuring two key soil variables with a single handheld probe. The easy-to-read needle gauge indicates a precise reading, eliminating guesswork when applying soil treatments. Insert the tip into the soil for 3 to 5 minutes; the bi-metal probe measures moisture content from 0 to 100%, and pH from 3.5 (strongly acidic) to 8 (moderately alkaline). You can toggle between the two readings at the push of a button. A reference chart on the side indicates how much limestone treatment to add (per acre or 1000 sq.ft.) to optimize soil pH. To ensure consistent, accurate readings, any accumulated oxidation should be removed from the metal sensor plates using a sheet of conditioning ﬁlm (two included, each good for about 20 uses; replacements are available). The meter comes in a protective vinyl storage sheath. Made in Japan. AA212 Soil Moisture & pH Meter $129.00 AA213 Conditioning Film, 12 sheets $ 9.95 C

Bi-metal probe

Gauge Push button to toggle between readings.

Conditioning ﬁlm

F. Organic Compost

Accelerator А This is an all-organic natural concentrate that accelerates the breakdown of waste vegetation into rich humus. All-natural nutrients and enzymes. Package weighs 700 grams. Compost Accelerator SG501 $12.50

C. Compost Aerating Tool

This long-handled aerator is used to mix and aerate compost. Unlike many aerators, it has wings that fold ﬂat against the shaft for easy insertion, but unfold when it is pulled out again, providing a lifting and stirring action. The resultant mixing in of air and exposure of material to the surface assists oxidation, speeds decomposition, and helps to eliminate odors caused by anaerobic micro-organisms. 36Й long. XG401 Compost Aerating Tool $29.00

Compacted

Aerated

Overall length is 661/2Й.

A. The Complete Compost Gardening Guide

by Barbara Pleasant & Deborah L. Martin Two garden pros have joined forces to explain how compost gardening is an option for any homeowner. Starting with the basic tools, they go on to explain the various materials that can be added to a compost pile (and those that should not be added). They describe the techniques that get the best results, depending on what space is available and whether you want to use a self-contained unit, an above-ground method or an underground system, all with or without the aid of earthworms. Includes a section on plants that can aid in the composting process. Softcover, 8ЙК101/2Й, 319 pages, 2008. LA653 ... Compost Gardening Guide $15.50 A good substitute for manure, decayed leaves (called leaf mold) can be used to enrich soil. Heap them in a partially shaded spot protected from wind, keep them wet and well tamped down, and turn them every few months. When ready, sift the leaf mold through a coarse sieve. Mix it into garden soil prior to planting, and keep some to use as mulch in garden beds and under shrubs. For potting mix, combine one third leaf mold with equal parts compost and sand.

Fertilizing while you water not only saves time but ensures even application, reducing the chance D of over-fertilizing and burning plants. This siphon mixer makes application easy. Just prepare any watersoluble fertilizer in a pail, attach the siphon unit to your faucet, drop the siphon line into the pail and turn on the faucet. As the D water passes through the siphon unit, fertilizer is automatically drawn up from the pail and blended with the flowing water. This in turn is sent to a hose end, sprinkler, soaker hose, etc., to feed the plants. The siphon automatically mixes at a rate of 16:1 (16 parts water to 1 part fertilizer) but the final application rate can be adjusted by diluting or concentrating the liquid fertilizer beforehand. An integral backflow preventer keeps the fertilizer from backing up into the water source, or water into the fertilizer, if there is a loss of pressure. Full instructions included. Maximum hose length of 50И. Made in USA. AL817 Brass Siphon Mixer $24.95

Overall length is 36Й.

D. Brass Siphon Mixer Б

E. Hose End Sprayer

B. Lee Valley Compost & Mulch Fork А

The long, slender, closely spaced tines of this fork are particularly suited to handling mulch and compost. It can also be used for picking up stones greater than 1Й in diameter. With a basket shape, it holds leaves, wood chips, etc., well and is much more effective than a shovel in such material. Comes with a traditional 54Й ash handle with a curved ferrule. 661/2Й long overall. PD223 *Compost & Mulch Fork $66.50 * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

This useful sprayer lets you dispense a variety of water-soluble materials directly from a garden hose. As water flows through the sprayer, material (vinegar, soap, fertilizer, etc.) placed in the attached container is precisely diluted to the proportion you have set on the dial (in 14 increFan Shower Jet ments ranging from 1 tsp to 8 oz per gallon). The sprayer operates just like a regular hose-end spray gun, with a trigger control, a front dial to set the spray pattern to shower, jet or fan, and a water-stop quick-connect fitting to attach it to a garden hose. Made of translucent polypropylene, the container Water-stop quick holds 1.2l/40 oz, with metric and Imperial connect graduations on the side. A mesh filter on the intake tube prevents blockage. The sprayer will also connect directly to Bayer®, Spectracide® and Ortho® brand bottles (may not be compatible with Three spray containers available in all patterns E regions) and includes an additional extra-long intake tube for these taller containers. EL464 Hose End Sprayer $13.50 Three inner thread sizes for direct fit to a variety of bottles

Extra-long tubing for taller bottles

WATERING

Haws Watering Cans World renowned for their unique qualities, Haws watering cans are perfectly balanced for use without undue strain. Made in England, they have been the choice of discerning gardeners for decades, and make appreciated gifts for any gardener.

B Haws Metal Watering Can Made of galvanized steel, this can is covered with a durable powder-coat paint in British racing green. Its extra-long spout provides easy access to the rear of borders. The included removable oval brass rose is fitted to the spout with the holes facing upward, producing a fine, soft spray that is gentle on young plants and causes minimal erosion. When the can is tilted, the water exits the rose in an upward direction and then falls, simulating a gentle rain. The optional round brass rose provides a fine spray that exits almost in line with the spout. A. XB903 *Metal Can, 9l (2.4 U.S. gal.) $99.00 B. XB906 Optional Round Brass Rose $22.50

* A shipping surcharge of $5.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Haws Plastic Watering Can

This plastic can is light, impact resistant and well balanced. Comes in forest green with a brass-faced rose as well as a teapot spout. The rose and spout are held in “parking spots” on the can when not in use. Holds about 5 litres (1.3 U.S. gallons). XB910 Plastic Can, 5l (1.3 U.S. gal.) $29.50 D. Haws Slim Watering Can

This design has a slim 7Й proﬁle that makes it easy to carry and store. Its continuous handle is comfortable to grip and makes balancing and pouring easy. Hot-dipped galvanized steel with a powder-coated ﬁnish, it has a capacity of 5 litres (1.3 U.S. gallons), and features a brass rose for gentle, non-erosive watering. XB912 Haws Slim Watering Can $72.50

E. Haws Traditional Watering Can

Based on a 19th-century design, this can holds 4.5 litres (1.2 U.S. gallons) and is made from long-lasting galvanized steel, painted in British racing green using the hand-dipped method. It features a ﬁne rose for gentle, non-erosive watering, and two comfortable hardwood handles. The brass bail and rose provide added rustproof durability. XB915 Haws Traditional Can $84.00

F. Haws Conservatory Can

A perfect small watering can, made in the standard Haws design, this highdensity polyethylene can is specially suited to indoor use. The spout and handle are molded so there are no seams to worry about. Comes with two detachable spout ends: a brass-faced rose and a teapot-like downspout for precise watering. Holds about 2 litres (2 quarts). XB904 Conservatory Can, 2l (2 qt.) $21.50

G. Haws Copper Watering Can

This beautiful copper can comes with a detachable extra-ﬁne brass rose that makes it perfect for indoor watering. It can be maintained as polished copper or allowed to oxidize to a beautiful deep green. Holds 1 litre (1 quart) of liquid. XB907 Copper Can, 1l (1 qt.) $69.00

H. Haws Indoor Watering Can

This high-quality metal can is suited to indoor use. It is galvanized and then powder coated to ensure that it will last for generations. Holds 1 litre (1 quart) of water and has a ﬁne brass-faced rose. XB919 Indoor Watering Can, 1l (1 qt.) $57.00

G H 56

In 1885, the Englishman John Joh Haws patented a new design of “watering pot”, as it was calle called then. Prior to this, watering can handles were positioned on th the top of the container, but Haws’ patent placed a round handle aat the rear, making it comfortable to pour from when ﬁlled to any le level.

A. DIY Rainwater Reservoir Kit

Supplying the key components needed, as well as step-by-step plans and instructions, this kit makes it straightforward to build your own rainwater reservoir. Made of two layers of 4-mil food-safe plastic with durable heat-welded seams, the bladder holds up to 95 U.S. gallons and serves as a watertight liner for a walled structure that you build. The plans show how to make a 36ЙК28ЙК21Й container that holds up to 65 U.S. gallons and can be painted or stained to match decks and fencing. Also included are all the exterior-grade screws you need, plus a selection of UV-resistant PVC hose ﬁttings for connection to a header hose and diverter that you supply. The completed rainwater reservoir can be placed 70И or more from a downspout (depending on elevation). A simple, practical garden project within the skills of most. Lumber not included. WT328 DIY Rainwater Reservoir Kit $64.50

Poly header hose can quickly be installed to run water from your downspout diverter to your new rainwater reservoir kit. It is economical and easily buried or covered. To make a header hose, order a length of 5/8Й hose and two 5/8Й hose/faucet connectors. If you need a downspout diverter, ours installs on standard 2ЙК3Й or 3ЙК4Й downspouts, and has 5/8Й dia. outlets threaded to accept standard hose ﬁttings. XC269 5/8Й Poly Header Hose, 50И $15.40 XC267 5/8Й Poly Header Hose, 100И $25.70 XC279 5/8Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 2.80 WT326 Universal Downspout Diverter $21.50

B. Soil Moist™ Б

D. Deep-Root Watering Spikes

Example of completed rainwater reservoir

One 0.18 oz package of hydrated crystals ﬁlls an 8 oz bowl.

This potassium-based copolymer absorbs and stores over 200 times its weight in water. It slowly releases moisture when soil begins to dry, reducing the need to water. Because the crystals expand and contract as they absorb and release water, soil aeration is B improved. The crystals last 3 to 5 years, and break down naturally. Each 200g (7 oz) container has forty 5g (0.18 oz) packets; we recommend using one packet for an 8Й pot. Not for use with food plants. Appropriate for use indoors and out, it is perfect for a sunny window box. XB312 Soil Moist™, 200g (7 oz) $14.50 C. IV Drip Watering Kit

Probably the best way to describe this watering kit is to compare it to an intravenous drip system used in hospitals. This kit uses a 21/2 gallon water bag that hangs on a post or wall and a 16И (5m) long tube that delivers the water to six adjustable drippers. A full bag of water will give you about 12 hours of watering using all six drippers on the lowest setting. Great for slowly watering planters, grow boxes or rows in your garden. You can also set individual drip rates for each plant. Tubing and drippers come unassembled so you can cut the hose and place the drippers exactly where you need them. Made in England. Heavy-duty poly construction makes it reusable year after year. XB160 IV Drip Kit $22.50 XB161 Replacement Hose, 16И $ 3.95 XB163 Replacement Drippers (6) $ 4.95

To make a quick-release deep-root watering system, simply fill a pop bottle with water, screw on one of these 5Й long watering spikes, and push the spike into the soil close to the plant. Water runs through small holes in the spike and flows directly to the root zone where it is most needed. Depending on soil conditions and the size of bottle used, it usually takes several hours to discharge. If you also add a water-soluble fertilizer, you can feed your plants at the same time. Great for watering tomatoes, landscape plants, or plants in large pots. Offered as a package of six spikes. AK202 Watering Spikes, pkg. of 6 $9.50 Haws Watering Jug Available in ruby or British racing green, these traditional watering jugs have sturdy, comfortable handles for carrying water from source to plant. Made in England of hot-dipped galvanized steel with a durable powder-coated finish, each holds 1.8l (0.5 U.S. gallon) and measures 73/4Й tall with a 51/2Й bottom diameter (4Й top diameter). An attractive alternative to conventional-style watering jugs, they also double as containers for floral display. E. GB407 Watering Jug, Ruby $26.00 F. GB406 Watering Jug, Green $26.00

F 57

D A G

Fine spray tip

Roots encircle terra cotta stake.

D. Bottle-Top Waterers

G. Plant Nanny™

These waterers convert plastic pop bottles into handy, lightweight watering cans. Sold in a package of four, each with a different color of tip for easy identification of function and bottle contents. Two of the waterers give a fine spray; the drencher gives a wider spray and denser coverage; the weeder has a single nozzle to provide accurate spot watering or application of weed-and-feed solutions. They fit most pop bottles but may not fit all water bottles. Ideal for use in the home or greenhouse, in small gardens, or on a patio. Made in U.K. XC495 Bottle-Top Waterers Set (4) $4.95

A. Watering Bulb

This beautiful watering bulb is still made in the Polish glassworks that originally designed and developed it. Although these art-glass bulbs are individually hand blown, they are durable and built to last, and will water your potted plant for up to a week; as the soil dries in the pot, it will draw the water from the bulb. Measures approximately 31/2Й by 13Й and holds about 13 oz of water. Because the bulbs are hand blown, each has unique variations in color and size. 1+ 4+ E. Collapsible Canvas Bucket А XC479 Watering Bulb, ea. $9.50 $8.55 Collapsible fabric buckets like these were commonly used on farms across North America from the early days of the settlers up until the PlantMinder™ Water Bulb Great Depression of the 1930s. They are useful Anyone who has lost a potted plant to over- or because they are lightweight and hold water well, under-watering will appreciate this item. Simply yet collapse for easy storage. On first use, some pre-soak the porous terra cotta cone in water, then water will seep through the fabric but it becomes push it into the soil of any container plant. Fill it more watertight as it absorbs water, making each and the accompanying PVC heat-resistant globe strand of fabric expand. Very popular with with water, or water and liquid feed. The cone will campers, because it weighs only 1/2 lb. It also allow just enough water to seep through its microporous walls to promote healthy root growth. makes a great soft-sided pail to carry fruits and Available in two sizes. Measuring 3Й in length, vegetables without bruising them. Measures 9Й with a globe 3Й in diameter, the mini size is for across and 10Й high, and holds a full 2 U.S. use in containers 5Й to 10Й in diameter, and holds gallons. Hand washable. 1+ 3+ 11 fl oz (1/3 litre) of water that will last up to PA745 Collapsible Bucket $16.90 $15.00 3 weeks. The standard size, suitable for larger containers, measures 5Й in length, with a 41/2Й F. Automatic Plant Waterers diameter globe. It holds 33 fl oz (1 litre) of water This high-quality, European-made waterer autothat will last up to 6 weeks. Offered in convenient matically keeps a potted plant’s soil at the ideal multi-packs, these handy devices remove the moisture level. Fill the ceramic cone with water guesswork from watering a container garden. and push the cone into the soil, then place the Store indoors during winter, as freezing tempersupply hose in a nearby container of water. It atures may cause breakage. Made in England. draws water into the pot as needed. For indoor plants. 4Й long with a 32Й hose. B. XC480 PlantMinder™ Mini, pkg. of 4 $27.50 1+ 4+ C. XC482 PlantMinder™ Std., pkg. of 2 $25.95 XC475 Plant Waterers, set of 2 $12.95 $11.65

For use indoors or out, this handy device is ideal for plants that need a consistent water supply. You simply fill a plastic pop bottle with water, screw on the plastic adapter, set the terra cotta stake in the soil next to your plant, and insert the adapter into the stake. Water seeps slowly and steadily through the semi-porous ceramic, wicking into the soil below the surface for up to two weeks. At a glance, a low water level in the bottle tells you it’s time for a refill. An efficient, convenient watering system, it is also an excellent way to keep transplants healthy until the roots are established. 1+ 4+ XC483 Plant Nanny™ Stake, ea. $3.95 $3.55

Color may vary.

F C

58 Watering

C Roots grow around cone and are undamaged when cone is removed.

Ideal moisture Water immediately

Time to water

Too wet

Legend on back

261/2Й ﬂexible cord

Ideal moisture

A 41/4Й bi-metal probe Color-coding is the same for each style of WaterStik.

Outdoor use

E E. Moisture Meter

A Ensuring houseplants are never underwatered or overwatered is key to maintaining their health, but determining a plant’s true watering requirements isn’t easy. This simple soil-moisture monitor eliminates the guesswork, letting you know when plants need water, and – just as important – when they don’t. Effective with plant types from desert to tropical, it can be used for instantread testing on plants all around the house, or for constant monitoring of a single plant. In the instant-read mode, four color-coded LED lights indicate if soil moisture is too high (blue), ideal (green), low (yellow) or dangerously dry (red). Left in the soil, it monitors constantly, alerting you when the plant needs water by subtly blinking either yellow or red, depending on urgency. Runs on two included button-cell batteries. AB922 WaterStik™ $16.50

A. WaterStik™

The best way to make sure you aren’t inadvertently overwatering or underwatering a plant is to test the actual moisture content of the soil. Requiring no batteries, this meter has a bi-metal probe that gauges the conductivity of the soil to measure moisture content, indicated by readings from 0 to 10 on the display. By consulting a companion guide, which lists moisture requirements for 170 plant types, you can determine whether the plant needs water immediately, has good moisture, or has been over-watered. For example, a reading of 4 indicates adequate water for a hibiscus, while a nasturtium (optimum moisture level 7) would need to be watered. The 261/2Й long ﬂexible cord lets you hold the meter in one hand for easy viewing, while using the other hand to insert the 41/4Й probe into the soil. An easy, accurate way to assess your plant’s true watering requirements. AB928 Moisture Meter $14.50

C. Outdoor WaterStik™

Keeping outdoor gardens properly watered can be tricky, since drainage and exposure to sun and wind may vary widely. This simple outdoor soil-moisture monitor eliminates the guesswork. It can be used for instantread testing on various plants, or for constant monitoring of a single location. In instant-read mode, four colorcoded LED lights indicate if soil moisture is too high (blue), ideal (green), low (yellow) or dangerously dry (red). Left in the soil, it monitors constantly, alerting you when the plant needs water by blinking either yellow or red, depending on urgency. It has two settings to get accurate readings in soil with high sand content, or in soil with a greater proportion of clay or loam. Runs on three included button-cell batteries. AB926 Outdoor WaterStik™ $17.95

B. Watering Mat А

Visit us at www.leevalley.com Often called a capillary mat, this item is a common sight in large greenhouses where automatic watering is a necessity. Just set your D. Indoor Watering System Ideal for the absentee plant owner, pots on top and this mat will absorb water from this watering system keeps up to a container (or sink) to water plants through the 20 plants watered for up to 40 drainage holes from the bottom up. Constant days. It’s also suitable for use root growth is encouraged, as plants are never in the greenhouse where growth overwatered or underwatered. An excellent way success is dependent on a continto water soil blocks or plants that don’t like water uous, measured supply of water. on their leaves. Also a good way to keep your Powered with a single 9V battery plants watered while you are away from home. that you supply, the timer has four Measures 36ЙК72Й. Comes with a plastic program settings that let you set the underlay. (Bucket and pots not included.) water valve to open twice daily to PM121 Watering Mat $19.95 deliver a total of 120ml (4 oz), 60ml (2 oz), 40ml (1.5 oz) or 30ml (1 oz) of liquid per emitter per day. The kit includes a 24l (6.3 U.S. gal.) durable plastic reservoir, 10m (33И) of hose, and enough spikes and drippers to accommodate 20 individual plants. More than one emitter can be used for plants with greater watering requirements. Reservoir measures 13Й square. A convenient, efﬁcient method for keeping plants healthy, and a great gift. Made in Italy.

Indoor Watering System XC550

$99.00 59

G C

Two outside outlets have removable couplers that can be used at the other end of hose.

Ball valve operation

D Open Closed

G The Best Shut-Off Valves Ever D. Y-Connector with Shut-Offs Most control valves and faucets have internal Perfect for use with your irrigation system. This mechanisms that substantially reduce water metal Y-connector can be attached to your faucet to flow, even when they are completely open. run two hoses at once. The connector has a shut-off Hoses not They are also commonly difficult to operate. valve in each branch that can also be used to reguincluded. These shut-off valves overcome both problems. late pressure (useful when running your irrigation The internal mechanism is a cross-drilled ball system from one branch). Lets your faucet do G. Four-Way Water Distributor that can be fully opened or fully closed in a double duty. This Italian-made water manifold is made quarter turn. The polished stainless-steel ball AB106 Y-Connector $8.50 from rugged ABS plastic – it will never in an all brass body operates with a 31/2Й long corrode or seize up. Four independent outlets handle that is a breeze to turn. The oversized E. Four-Way Brass Manifold supply water to hoses, sprinklers or irrigation internal openings dramatically increase water Made of long-lasting solid cast brass, this manifold systems from a single faucet and each outlet flow compared with other in-line valves. They is threaded to connect to standard faucet and hose has an easy-to-turn flow-control knob. All make wonderful in-line shut-off valves to let you fittings, and will supply water to four devices such outlets have quick-connect couplers to let you control sprinklers without having to run back to as hoses, irrigation systems and mist systems. Each switch out hoses or attachments. The outer the hose bib every time. For cantankerous faucets, outlet has its own leak-proof shut-off ball valve. The two couplers can be unscrewed and a hose you can attach one directly, turn the faucet on shut-off valves and the faucet connector are rubber can be attached directly to the distributor. full and then use the smoothly functioning ball coated to be easier on the fingers. Supplied with a (Those couplers can then be used at the other valve for shut-off or general control the rest of manifold-to-wall stabilizer arm so no stress is end of the hose for accessory attachment.) the summer. The valves have standard male placed on the faucet. Adding a hose kink eliminator Especially when used with timers, it is a and female fittings. Available in two styles, is recommended. As with all water connectors, be convenient means of managing the water straight or Y-valve. Both are excellent valves sure to remove it from the faucet before frost hits. supplied to various areas with different at remarkable prices. 1+ 3+ AL218 Four-Way Brass Manifold $22.50 irrigation needs. Should not be exposed to A. AL220 Straight Valve, ea. $13.50 $12.15 freezing temperatures. B. AL228 Y-Valve, ea. $23.50 $21.15 F. Faucet Lock Attaching a hose kink eliminator between An effective way to protect an outdoor faucet from your faucet and distributor provides increased unauthorized use, this locking cap simply threads flexibility and reduced strain on the main onto the end of a standard threaded faucet, and cannot connection when hoses are pulled. Without hose be removed without the key. The lock consists of two AL852 Four-Way Distributor $32.50 kink eliminator parts: an inner threaded cap that secures to the faucet end, and an outer housing. When the key is removed, the outer housing spins freely against the inner cap, H preventing removal of the lock. When the magnetic key is inserted, it triggers a mechanism that fixes the two parts together, allowing them to be turned With hose kink in unison so the lock can be removed. An internal eliminator gasket helps seal the cap against the faucet end C when tightened. Made of non-rusting zinc alloy C with a durable electro-plated paint coating, each lock includes two keys. If you order more than one C. Hose Kink Eliminator lock, they will be randomly keyed. Trying to get the last few inches of reach by AL102 Faucet Lock $16.50 pulling on a hose often causes it to kink at the faucet. Once kinked, it more readily kinks the H. Easy-Turn Tap Grip Б next time, shutting the water off and causing This pliable grip snaps onto a variety of tap material fatigue, which eventually leads to handles to increase leverage and to cushion leaks. This 6Й kink eliminator simply connects and protect your hands. Readily fits all stanbetween a standard hose and faucet, bending dard 2Й diameter tap styles (commonly found F in a smooth curve under tension to prevent on faucets, propane tanks and indoor unwanted kinks and extend hose life. The 3/4Й plumbing), including 5, 6 and 8-lobe faucet I.D. reinforced PVC hose has a stainless-steel keys and oval shut-off valves. Great for use on spring protector and machined brass fittings. outdoor taps. Sold individually. 1+ 3+ AE302 Hose Kink Eliminator $8.95 AL101 Tap Grip, ea. $3.50 $2.95 60 Watering

Assembled

C C

Assembled

Compression Hose Couplers & Mender These well-made ﬁttings let you durably mend 5/8Й diameter hose or quickly add a male or female coupler to an end – without tools or adhesives. Just cut the hose end square, slip the two interlocking parts of the coupler onto the end, and hand tighten the parts together to form a secure, watertight connection. Made from aluminum and brass, with synthetic rubber washers and cushioned collars for good grip, even when wet. A. XB421 5/8Й Male Compression Coupler $4.95 B. XB422 5/8Й Female Compression Coupler $4.95 C. XB420 5/8Й 2-Ended Comp. Hose Mender $5.95 D. O-Ring Washers

O-rings seal better than flat rubber washers in faucets and hose couplings. D Not only do they last longer but they seal with less pressure. Offered as a set of 10 O-rings. Made of long-lasting EPDM – the same stuff 20-year pond liners are made from. They fit standard 3/4Й hose couplings. Economically priced. AB109 O-Ring Washers, pkg. of 10 $3.40 The Nonstop Garden by Stephanie Cohen and Jennifer Benner This book offers advice on how to create a lowmaintenance garden that stays attractive all year. The first section, titled “Nuts and Bolts”, explains the broad principles behind the author’s four-season approach to garden design. Subsequent sections describe trees and shrubs as the main attractions, providing structural elements that define the garden space (even in winter), complemented by a “supporting cast” of bulbs, annuals and other plants. A finishing touches section deals with incorporating decorative and functional items such as birdhouses, container gardens, sculpture, and garden structures. There are 10 garden designs to illustrate the ideas presented, including a scented garden, a garden for wet sites, and a winter wonderland garden. Easy-to-read charts and appendices let you select plants for year-round beauty in any zone. Illustrated with color photographs and watercolors throughout. Softcover, 81/2ЙК10И, 248 pages, 2010. LA943 The Nonstop Garden $15.50

Brass Quick Couplers Б These quick couplers are the perfect answer to the frustration of threading and unthreading hoses, H. Zinc Shut-Off Valve This zinc shut-off valve allows you to turn off hose attachments and sprinklers. Made of solid the hose at the end where you use it, rather than brass, they allow you to connect and disconnect running back to the faucet each time. Can be used quickly just by sliding the spring-loaded ring in many different configurations such as with about 1/4Й. Offered as a set, they are also available sprinklers, water wands or our soaker hose separately because you often need more male systems. Lifetime replacement guarantee. fittings than female. A simple solution to one of AL800 Zinc Shut-Off Valve $5.95 life’s little frustrations. Built to last. 1+ 5+ E. AL904 Male Fitting, ea. $3.70 $3.30 If you get leaking at a hose coupling, and a new washer F. AL903 Female Fitting, ea. $7.60 $6.80 doesn’t solve the problem, add a second washer. This AL905 Male & Female Set $9.80 $8.80 often fills the gap that is causing the leak. G. AB107 Repl. Step Washer, ea. $1.10 $1.00 Indoor Faucet Adapter With this simple connector, you can easily attach a hose to an indoor faucet. Designed to fit standard threaded faucets, it includes adapters (with built-in aerators) for internal and external threads that can be left installed if desired, and a plastic quick-connect hose fitting. The quick-connect fitting has a sliding bracket to lock it securely to the faucet adapter. Made in Germany. XC474 Indoor Faucet Adapter $24.50 1

Faucet adapters

Bracket slides to lock quickconnect ﬁtting to faucet adapter.

Quick-connect hose ﬁtting

J. Silicone Washers А

Made of silicone, these washers compress to effectively seal fittings with minimal tightening. The highly flexible material can be used with either hot or cold water and won’t shrink, crack or tear easily. The bright yellow color makes them easy to find if dropped. Sold as a package of six. Made in Canada.

Silicone Washers, pkg. of 6 AB110 $2.95 Four nubs ﬁx washer in place.

1/8Й thick

silicone

Water-Stop Quick Connects What sets these apart from ordinary quick-connect couplers is that they instantly shut off water flow when disconnected, so you never have to kink the hose or run back to shut off the faucet when changing accessories. Easy to install, the connectors thread onto standard hose and tap fittings and simply snap together using spring compression, eliminating the frustration of threading and unthreading components. Pulling the spring-loaded collar on the female fitting allows disconnection. The water-stop feature comes from a valve in the K female fitting that automatically closes when the couplers are separated. Available as a set as well as individually, since you often need more male L fittings than female. Made of polypropylene, they are black with bright orange accents for visibility. Should not be exposed to freezing temperatures. Made in Italy. 1+ 5+ K. AL918 Male Fitting, ea. $1.95 $1.75 L. AL919 Female Fitting, ea. $3.95 $3.55 AL920 Male & Female Set, ea. $5.50 $4.95

Flow of water stops instantly when coupler is disconected.

3/4Й Lifetime hose

5/8Й Lifetime hose

1/2Й common hose

Rugged polyurethane hose 50И hoses shown.

B Nylon kink eliminator at each end

A. Lifetime Hose Б

This is the last hose you will ever need to buy. Virtually indestructible, it is made of eight-layer construction (many hoses have only one layer) and has a burst strength of 500 psi, well above that of a regular hose. Still, it is only 2/3 the weight of a rubber hose. The outer layer is glossy and abrasion resistant; it remains flexible even in cold weather. The 5/8Й and 3/4Й inside diameters permit greater water flow than the more common 1/2Й diameter. At 60 psi and using 50И of hose, the approximate flow rate in gallons per minute is 10.5 for a 1/2Й, 18 for a 5/8Й and 31 for a 3/4Й dia. hose. This means much less waiting for watering cans to fill up. The hoses have heavy-duty brass couplings. The 5/8Й size has a flex collar at the faucet end to prevent kinks. Each is guaranteed by the manufacturer for as long as you own it. A super buy. Comes in 25И, 50И, 75И or 100И lengths, and in 5/8Й or 3/4Й diameters. The manufacturer includes a free spray nozzle (approx. $8.00 value) with the 100И hoses only. XB106 Lifetime Hose, 5/8ЙК25И $23.50 XB101 Lifetime Hose, 5/8ЙК50И $38.50 XB108 Lifetime Hose, 5/8ЙК75И $53.50 XB103 Lifetime Hose, 5/8ЙК100И $69.00 100И hoses XB115 Lifetime Hose, 3/4ЙК25И $36.50 come with a 3 / free spray nozzle. XB111 Lifetime Hose, 4ЙК50И $53.50 XB117 Lifetime Hose, 3/4ЙК75И $76.50 XB113 Lifetime Hose, 3/4ЙК100И $98.00

All too often, hoses labelled as lightweight are also light-duty since they are made of poor-quality materials prone to kinks, splits and leaks. Not this one. It is made from rugged polyurethane with nickel- and chrome-plated ﬁttings and nylon kink eliminators at either end. It resists abrasion, punctures, and degradation due to UV exposure, ensuring years of reliable use. Lightweight without sacriﬁcing strength, it is 1/2Й in diameter and available in lengths suitable for watering suburban yards or balcony gardens. When empty, the 25И hose weighs less than 11/2 lb, and the 50И length weighs just 3 lb – either is a good choice for those who lack the strength to haul a heavier-gauge hose. FDA approved for use with potable water. Made in USA.

Sprayer not included.

Lightweight Hose, 25ИК1/2Й dia. XB124 $33.50 Lightweight Hose, 50ИК1/2Й dia. XB122 $52.50

C. Wall-Mount Swivel Hose Reel

Reel swivels 180° when

Unlike ﬁxed hose reels that must be set either parallel or perpendicular to the wall, mounted on corner of house. this one swivels in a radius up to 180º, making it easy to unwind the hose from any direction. Made of sturdy, rust-resistant powder-coated steel, the 18Й diameter reel and 20Й wide mounting bracket are built to last. The swivel mount and reel rotate smoothly, and the spool handle has a textured coating for good grip. The reel holds 100И of 5/8Й or 75И of 3/4Й Lifetime hose. It includes a 5И leader hose with brass ﬁttings to connect the unit to a standard 3/4Й faucet. For convenient winter storage, the reel can be lifted off the mount without removing the main hose or bracket. * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to Mounting hardware included. *Swivel Hose Reel XB133 $109.00

our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Shown open to 90°.

Closed

Hose on reel not included.

62 Watering

Nickel- and chrome-plated ﬁttings

B. Lightweight Hose Б

Top View

Hose can be pulled from any direction.

In regions with below-freezing weather, it’s important to empty water from all your irrigation components and watering accessories – including hoses, timers, nozzles, valves, sprinklers, watering cans and rain barrels – to prevent damage caused by the water expanding as it freezes. Open ball-type valves (on nozzles, Y-valves, and shut-off valves) to a 45° angle when not in use; leaving them totally open or closed will trap small amounts of water that will crack the valve as it freezes. It is best to remove valves and timers from outdoor faucets and store them in a warm place.

Cushioned upper frame handle stands 36Й high. Close-up of soaker hose weeping.

Lifetime hose not included.

Stable unit with rugged steel frame

A C. Compact Hose-Reel Cart

Cushioned reel crank handle

This is a reliable hose-reel cart sized just right for suburban lawns and gardens. Well balanced and durable, it has a rustproof powder-coated steel frame, rubber-tread wheels, brass ﬁttings and cushioned handles; holds 100И of our 5/8Й (or 75И of 3/4Й) Lifetime hose. The 5/8Й faucet-connector hose is 5И long, Brass ﬁttings and the 16ЙК19Й footprint allows for at each end of included 5И hose compact storage. Built to last. XB134 *Compact Hose-Reel Cart $95.00

A. Fast-Rate Soaker Hose

This weeping hose is suitable for quick, controlled watering of selected areas. It works well underground, on top of the ground or under mulch. Run this hose back and forth among your plants in whatever pattern you choose. Because this method of watering minimizes evaporation, you achieve the same results as with surface sprinklers, but with 70% less water. The leak * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside rate is 30 gallons per hour per 50 feet. A very of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service efﬁcient method of watering. For optimal results for shipping rates. we do not recommend use at levels below 25 psi. Comes in a length of 50И with a 5/8Й inside diameter. We recommend using our 25 psi pressure D. Wrought-Iron Hose Hanger А regulator with this hose. Our attractive scrolled hose hanger is hand made from wrought iron. It easily holds 200И XC123 Fast-Rate Soaker Hose, 50И $19.50 of hose, and if you mount it up high you can XC312 25 psi Pressure Regulator, ea. $ 8.95 store your hose in long loops that don’t kink or twist when taken off the hanger. Mounts on a wall using screws or lag bolts (not included) through the two small openings on the back. Protected with a durable polyester powder-coat B paint. Measures 14ЙК7ЙК11Й. A great way to neatly organize your hose. FG125 Wrought-Iron Hose Hanger $39.50

Rubber-tread wheels

E. Classic Hose Hanger А

Hose not included.

A version of this holder that fits extension cords is offered in the Storage section. B. Hose Holder Б

This unique hanger is designed to reduce the frustration of knots and tangles that often occur while unravelling hoses. Nine fingers, spaced 11/4Й apart, firmly hold and separate eight individual layers of hose; each layer accommodates two loops of hose up to 3/4Й in diameter. Simply push the hose between the fingers, fixing the hose in position. Give a slight tug to free one loop at a time without tangles. Made of UV-resistant polypropylene, it holds over 100И of hose. Mounting hardware not included. AK510 Hose Holder $12.75

This high-quality hose hanger is as attractive as it is practical. The curvature of the bracket reduces the drop-off angle of the hose, eliminating kinking from the hot sun. Made to last from non-rusting cast aluminum with a UV-stable bronze powder coating, it is 18Й wide by 9Й high by 5Й deep. When installed on a wall at a height that accommodates 3И long loops, it holds up to 125И of 5/8Й hose or 100И of 3/4Й hose. Made in Canada. FG130 Classic Hose Hanger $79.00

Hose not included.

E E

Hose not included.

Watering 63

F F. Lee Valley Hose Guide Б

We designed this hose guide with a number of advantages over typical hose guides. First, it is convenient; it is quick to place and easy to remove and replace for mowing. Second, the hose drops in straight from the top, and it will not accidentally come out (unless lifted straight up!), so you can snake hose through a garden or around corners with conﬁdence. Third, it is made from 5/16Й steel rod with a powder-coat ﬁnish, so it is virtually indestructible in normal use. Finally, it is well priced; an excellent buy. Measures 151/2Й overall.

Hose Guide, ea. AK470

$8.50 $7.50

G. Spike Hose Holder А

Hose not included.

Lee Valley Hose Stand Now you can have a hose stand and water outlet anywhere on your property. No need to drag long hoses around or go back to the house every time you want to turn on or shut off the water. The solid steel stand has a durable forest-green powder paint, is 50Й overall and 38Й tall installed, and holds 100И of 5/8Й hose. It has an easy-to-use solid brass ball valve that, by virtue of its large internal opening, does not decrease water ﬂow, unlike a regular faucet. A saddle keeps thinwalled hose from kinking in the sun. The stand is ideal in a vegetable garden, on the side of the house where you don’t have a faucet, or just hooked up with the optional Lifetime 6И (5/8Й I.D.) hose to get you clear of shrubs next to the house. Stand also available without the ball valve faucet. (Hoses not included.) Designed by Lee Valley. A. XB794 Stand & Ball Valve $69.50 B. XB105 Optional Hose, 6И Б $ 9.95 C. XB791 Stand only, no valve А $39.50 D. Faucet Extension

This portable water valve on a 20Й stand lets you put your water outlet anywhere you want it in your garden. It can be attached to any length of D garden hose and the hose can be buried to create a semi-permanent watering station. We also offer a 6И section of 5/8Й I.D. Lifetime hose to let you use it just far enough away from your foundation to prevent tramping through ﬂowerbeds or shrubs to get to the tap. Solid brass ball valve on a forest-green steel stand. The ball valve has an easy-to-use handle and, by virtue of its large internal opening, it does E not decrease water ﬂow, unlike a regular faucet. EP746 Faucet Extension $39.50 E. XB105 Opt. Hose, 6И Б $ 9.95 64

A standard hose nozzle can be set to deliver anything from a solid stream to a ﬁne spray. Until now, the primary drawback was that it also required a gardener to hold it while it did its work. Our hose holder lets you set your spray pattern and angle the nozzle wherever you want it in the full range from horizontal to vertical. For many watering jobs it avoids the tedious task of attaching and detaching cumbersome sprinklers. The hose easily winds into the coiled head, which holds it securely yet releases it quickly for hand use. Metal holder is about 28Й long overall. Fits all sizes of garden hose (not included). A simple but useful device. G AK401 Spike Hose Holder $8.50 H. Hose Guide Б

If you’ve ever mutilated a tender plant by unwittingly dragging your hose over it, then this hose guide is for you. Placed at the corners of growing beds, it will protect plants. Made of heavy plastic, the guide comes in two pieces. The spike-shaped bottom half is pushed into the ground to make a permanent base that sits ﬂush to the soil. The upper half inserts into the base and rotates smoothly as a hose is pulled by it. This piece can be removed for easy lawn mowing, then quickly replaced in the base. Measuring 12Й overall, 4Й remain above ground when installed. Darkgreen color. Also used at corners of buildings to prevent abrasion of your hose. Hose Guide, ea. AK302

$7.50 $6.70 H

Upper half of guide rotates, allowing hose to move freely.

Textured gripping surface

Rubber head Rubber-encased aluminum body

Mist

Soaker

Fan

Narrow spray

A D. Deluxe Watering Set

Spray pattern adjustment

Jet

A. Heavy-Duty Hose Nozzle

Built to last, this sturdy Reaches up to 30И aluminum nozzle is (with 5/8Й hose at 60 psi). encased in rubber to protect it from damage and provide insulation to keep cold water from chilling your hand. The spray adjusts from a high-pressure jet that reaches up to 30И (with 5/8Й hose at 60 psi), through various cone-shaped spray patterns (ranging from narrow to wide), to a high-volume, low-pressure soaker setting. It is 5Й long overall, with a 31/2Й handle that offers a generous gripping surface. Lifetime replacement guarantee. AL600 Heavy-Duty Hose Nozzle $12.95 B B

Indestructible Nozzles Б These foolproof industrial nozzles have a unique on/off trigger that is activated simply by flexing the rubber hose with one hand to generate and regulate water flow. Releasing the hose shuts the water off again without dripping. With no moving parts to break, the nozzles are almost indestructible and won’t leak. The jet nozzle, a powerful all-purpose sprayer for washing around the home and yard, reaches second-story windows with ease (total horizontal reach is 33И using a 3/4Й dia. hose at 60 psi). The fan nozzle works best for watering large gardens, as it easily reaches a distance of 22И (using a 3/4Й dia. hose at 60 psi). Rubber with brass fittings for standard hose connections, each is 87/8Й long. Available individually or as a pair. B. AL401 Jet Nozzle $29.95 C. AL400 Fan Nozzle $29.95 For maximum watering efficiency, water infrequently but deeply, and AL402 Pair of Nozzles $56.00

Unequalled for watering potted plants, patio plants, seedlings, and hanging baskets, this system comes with either a 25И or 50И self-coiling hose that springs back into a neat coil about 17Й or 30Й in length respectively. The hose has a 3/8Й inside diameter that provides good water flow, and its 3/4Й brass couplings fit standard garden faucets and hose-end accessories. The 16Й stainless-steel wand comes with two of the best interchangeable rose heads available. The fan spray rose is ideal for greenhouse use as it provides an incredibly fine spray that won’t damage emerging seedlings. The narrow spray rose is more suited to watering potted plants. The wand has an on/off trigger valve and comes with standard brass fittings that will connect to a regular garden hose. An adapter is included for connecting the hose to a kitchen or bathroom tap. Hose material is opaque to eliminate algae build-up. Hoses are also available separately. Not for use with hot water. XC455 Deluxe Watering Set, 25И $35.00 XC457 Deluxe Watering Set, 50И $46.00 XC471 Coil-Up Hose, 25И $16.50 XC472 Coil-Up Hose, 50И $27.50

Fan spray

E. Coil Hose Basket

Our coil hose is compact but still beneﬁts from dedicated storage space. To make it easier to store the 25И or 50И coil hose we designed this footed basket, which also has hanger brackets for fastening to a wall. Made of powdercoated steel. Measures 36ЙК6ЙК6Й.

Hose available separately.

Coil Hose Basket XB780 $15.90

use a water timer.

F F. Haws Brass Water Wand

For over a century, Haws of England has made the finest watering cans, with unique watering roses that deliver a soft rain-like spray that is gentle on plants and soil. Haws has combined the benefits of the brass rose with the convenience of a high-quality watering wand. This solid brass wand has a powdercoated steel trigger handle to control water flow, and a unique brass ring mechanism to lock the trigger in the on position. Weighing 11/2 lb and measuring 24Й long, this is a beautiful, well-made garden tool that will last a lifetime. PB312 Brass Water Wand $73.00

1Й spray rose included.

J. Trigger Valve

G. Water Wand

This sturdy aluminum wand is the same type used by professional nursery workers. The durable construction ensures that it will last for generations. It is coupled with a heavy-duty trigger valve that gives water on demand and a 1Й dia. aluminum spray rose. The trigger valve is also available separately (see item PB310 at right). The complete unit measures 40Й overall and has brass ﬁttings. The optional 2Й aluminum rose is ideal for watering high volumes of plants, such as masses of ﬂats or pots in a greenhouse. This wand will also do double duty as a driveway washer (see page 117 for spray tip). PB300 Water Wand $33.50 H. PB303 Optional 2Й Rose $ 5.50 G

Our heavy-duty trigger valve has standard ﬁttings for use with any hose and watering wand lacking a trigger. It has a comfortable grip with a simple throttle that sets water ﬂow and holds its place so your hand can remain relaxed during watering. 61/8Й long. A simple way to upgrade your existing watering wand. PB310 Trigger Valve $8.95 J

Thumb control

Optional 2Й spray rose

Watering 65

Shower

Spray pattern adjustment

Fine spray Water ﬂow control

Jet

Trigger release button Quick-connect hose adapter

Fan

Medium

Mist Quick-release trigger mechanism automatically locks when pressed.

Trigger locked

C. Water Gun

This unusually comfortable spray gun has the trigger mounted on the front rather than the back, which makes it easier to hold and squeeze. The water gun can be set to spray water without any further squeezing of the trigger. The grip is insulated so your hand won’t turn numb from cold water, and the brass nozzle is inﬁnitely adjustable from a ﬁne spray to full action, making this water gun suitable for a wide variety of jobs. The nozzle can also be removed to expose a standard hose thread that will accept a variety of attachments. Great for spot watering or cleaning up after planting. AL825 Water Gun $12.95

C Full action

A. Comfort-Lock Spray Pistol

One reason we really like this Italian-made sprayer is that it has a comfortable, quick-release trigger mechanism that automatically locks when pressed, so you can water for long periods without need for a fatiguing death grip. We also like the large rubber grip on the nozzle end that lets you adjust the spray pattern easily (shower, jet, fan or mist) even with wet hands. Water Turn to adjust ﬂow is controlled with an oversize thumb knob on the back of the nozzle head. Made of UV-stabilized ABS and rubber, the sprayer is lightweight and strong, with an insulated handle to keep cold water from chilling your hand. Comes with a universal quickconnect hose adapter, with a water-stop feature that automatically cuts the water supply when switching quick-connect attachments. Should not be exposed to freezing temperatures. An excellent tool, and one of our favorites. AL850 Comfort-Lock Spray Pistol $24.50

Adjusts from soft to heavy ﬂow.

Flood

B Stream

B. Multi-Pattern Water Gun Gentle shower

Jet

Mist

This trigger-action nozzle has a dial front with ﬁve different spray patterns: mist, gentle shower, jet, stream and ﬂood. Very useful for a variety of watering and cleaning jobs. The gentle shower is good for watering plants without eroding the soil around the roots. The jet and stream settings are useful for cleaning soil and debris off walkways, stairs or patios. Lifetime replacement guarantee. AB101 Multi-Pattern Water Gun $14.95

D. Fast-Fill Nozzle Б

Originally a mechanics’ tool for filling radiators, this thumb-operated nozzle provides an adjustable flow for precise control, making it ideal for garden use. A soft flow efficiently waters potted plants without splashing or displacing soil, while a heavier stream is better for quick filling. The angled spout is easy to aim, and at only 5/8Й in diameter is a good size for fitting into the ports of reservoirs or selfwatering planters. Made of zinc alloy with brass fittings and a rubber spout. Made in USA. AL840 Fast-Fill Nozzle $15.95 Brass Nozzles Б These durable, solid brass nozzles fit any standard garden hose. The fogging nozzle creates the dense mist so useful in starting seeds and cuttings. It can be mounted above benches and used to automatically water pots and flats and increase humidity. Great for watering fine seeds (in flats or new lawns) where a heavier water flow would cause erosion. The sweeper nozzle produces a high-pressure stream of water suitable for sweeping drives and sidewalks, flushing eavestroughs, washing cars, etc. The internal design makes it effective at creating a smooth stream. A must for every garden, the traditional hose nozzle can be adjusted to spray anything from a fine mist to a sharp stream. E. AL815 Brass Fogging Nozzle $7.95 F. AL801 Brass Sweeper Nozzle $3.90 G. AL902 Brass Hose Nozzle $9.90 E

F G G

Distance adjustment ring Shut-off valve Spray adjustment screw

Flow is automatically reduced at the apex, minimizing water loss due to wind drift.

Filter washer

A. Pattern Impulse Sprinkler

If you have an irregularly shaped lawn, you A will appreciate this new impulse sprinkler. Unlike a standard sprinkler, this one has an adjustable ring in the base to raise or lower the sprinkler head, which varies the spray distance as it moves along its circular route. There are twelve adjustment points, each with five height settings to change the spray reach from 20И to 45И (our tests, using 5/8Й dia. hose at 60 psi). If you place the sprinkler in the same orientation each watering, Up to twelve variable spray you need only set the adjustment ring distances are possible once. Like regular impulse sprinklers, depending on ring position. this one has a trip lever and collars to control rotation, from full to partial, and is adjustable to produce a fine to heavy stream. Made of UV-resistant plastic, the stable base measures 111/2ЙК83/4Й. Includes a water shut-off valve so you can test the settings on the fly without getting soaked. AB172 Pattern Impulse Sprinkler $24.50 B. Telescoping Sprinkler Tower

Second hose connection for in-series use Trip lever Collars control rotation from 10° to 360°.

Windresistant sprinklerr

A E

C. Spot Sprinkler

Height-adjustable from 27Й to 51Й, this telescoping sprinkler tower can be raised as your garden grows, reaching over obstructions to water plants from above. Adjustable for distance, it covers a radius up to 40И (5000 sq.ft.) in two passes − one pass covers the outer part of the range and a second pass sweeps back in a closer arc, ensuring thorough, consistent coverage. Two dials set the range of horizontal swing from a narrow 20° arc to a full 360°. Installation or repositioning is a breeze; the tower mounts on a triangular ABS base with three 61/4Й stakes to anchor it ﬁrmly. A versatile watering device. AB120 Telescoping Sprinkler Tower $39.50

Ordinary oscillating sprinklerr

This tiny sprinkler has no moving parts (which can break down) but puts out a ﬁne rain-like spray covering an area up to 20И in diameter. The inner construction creates a vortex, forcing the water to exit in evenly dispersed droplets. Amazingly, a similar design was originally marketed in 1899 but was out of production for most of the following century. 31/2Й overall. Made of nonrusting zinc/aluminum. Great for watering small lawns or gardens, or for focusing the water on one particular spot. XB150 Spot Sprinkler $9.80

E. Wind-Resistant Sprinkler By automatically reducing ﬂow at the apex of its swing, this oscillating sprinkler limits spray height to minimize the amount of water lost or redirected due to wind drift. This makes it easier to ensure water goes only where it’s needed and is more consistently applied. The oscillation is easily adjusted from full to partial swing, or just to one side. Total coverage is up to 3,800 sq.ft. (352m²) using 5/8Й dia. hose at 60 psi. Made largely of UV-resistant plastic, with a sturdy 7ЙК18Й aluminum base for stability. Filter washer and nozzle-cleaning pin included. AB174 Wind-Resistant Sprinkler $29.50 Rain Tower Watering Patterns Circles

Adjusts from 27Й to 51Й.

Part circles

First pass

Around corners

C C

Second pass Covers a 40И radius in arcs of 20° to 360°. For larger areas, tower can be set to rotate 360°.

Tower can be raised as plants grow.

Odd shapes

Squares and rectangles

D. Rain Tower Б

The Rain Tower is a unique dual-height sprinkler. It can be set at one of two heights, 41Й or 72Й, to allow a gentle rain-like irrigation of lawns or gardens without the dry spots normally caused by tall plants and other obstacles. It applies the water in a uniform manner so you can deep water an entire area without ﬂooding at one end. Can be set for several different patterns: full circle, part circle, square, rectangle and odd shapes. Folds into a slim, compact shape for storage. Manufactured by a leading agricultural irrigation company. Size of area irrigated depends on water pressure and pattern selected. PE701 Rain Tower $79.50

Radius Sprinkler of throw

Watering 67

Wobbler® Sprinkler Б We really like this sprinkler for its ability to emit a gentle, rain-like water ﬂow with uniform coverage. Called a Wobbler sprinkler due to the rocking, spinning motion of the waterB dispersion mechanism. A Operates with water pressure as low as 10 psi. An integral A water-pressure regulator prevents misting of the water A. Perrot Impulse Sprinkler A stream, a common This is the best impulse cause of uneven coverage. Available separately, sprinkler that we have tested. or with a ﬁve-leg It gives a consistent and even sprinkler base that distribution of water droplets. The distrib stands 36Й high action is smooth and precise, providing (enough to reach a far better bet result than the poorly made over most plantimpulse sprinkler heads that are so ings) and common. commo We offer this as a complete distributes water unit (head (he and spike base) or as the up to a 35И radius head only, on to replace a cheap head on for use in garden your current sprinkler. Waters up to cu beds, or with a 3500 sq.ft. sq D spike base that DS107 Impulse Sprinkler Sprink Head & Base $37.70 distributes water DS106 Impulse Sprinkler Head $31.50 up to 25И for lawn use. Made in USA. An impulse sprinkler is effective for use on large lawns B. DS116 Wobbler® Sprinkler only $10.50 because it disperses water to a wide area. C. DS120 Five-Leg Base & Sprinkler $49.00 D. DS122 Spike Base & Sprinkler $16.70 Flexible spray outlets

Ground spike

1/2Й connection for riser or ground spike

Plugs

T-ﬁlters help prevent sprinklers or other watering devices from getting clogged by mineral buildup or debris. They are recommended for use with any hose attachments that have ﬁne outlets, or with any devices supplied by well water or other water sources with high mineral content.

G. T-Filter Б

This in-line filter has a 150-mesh stainless-steel screen to remove even the smallest particles. Best suited for use with well water. It should be flushed periodically to remain efficient. XC221 3/4Й T-Filter, ea. $7.50

H. Bubbler Spot Soaker E. Noodlehead™

Watering irregularly shaped gardens with a sprinkler often wastes water on areas that don’t need it. This sprinkler waters an area of any shape with its 12 flexible PVC hoses, each with 3 spray outlets. Aim the hoses just where water is needed, bending and turning them to adjust height, distance and angle. Reaches 10И in any direction (at 45 psi), covering up to 400 sq.ft. At 31/2Й in diameter by 4Й tall, it is inconspicuous enough to set up permanently and includes a ground spike for this use. It also has screw holes to mount it on a fence or eaves to water from above. To adjust the sprinkler’s height as your garden grows, an optional riser is available; its 8Й, 16Й and 24Й levels reach over plants or obstructions. The sprinkler and riser have 3/4Й connectors to fit a regular garden hose, and the riser has a connector to fit the sprinkler. An easy way to avoid watering decks and driveways. AB118 Noodlehead™ $19.50 F. AB119 Riser for Noodlehead™ $14.50

The name “bubbler” is somewhat of a misnomer, since this spot soaker doesn’t actually aerate or bubble water. Instead, water percolates through layers of polyethylene mesh bafﬂes, seeping out of many small ports to provide a steady but diffused ﬂow that minimizes soil erosion. It is great for targeted watering of delicate plants, new transplants, or in areas where sprinklers can’t reach, such as under dense shrubs. Made of durable, rustproof aluminum. XB170 Bubbler Spot Soaker $7.50

H F E Flexible watering patterns

68 Watering

Spot soaker is ﬁlled with layers of mesh bafﬂes.

A. Four-Zone Timer

Using this simple digital timer, you can run four separate water lines to different areas of your yard or garden, each on an independent schedule. The 23/8ЙК11/2Й LCD screen clearly shows each schedule as a separate screen view, so you can quickly review the line’s settings at a glance. Intuitive to use, the four-way programming button lets you navigate through the four schedules and adjust settings using simple up, down, plus and minus commands. Each outlet supplies water at any of 11 pre-set intervals (from once a week to six times a day), for a duration ranging from one to 240 minutes in one-minute increments. A rain delay setting lets you postpone watering cycles by up to three days, and a manual setting permits watering between cycles, all without altering the pre-set schedule. The display unit is detachable from the hose manifold for programming. Works with water pressure of 20-80 psi. As with all water connectors, be sure to remove it from the faucet before frost hits. Two AA batteries not included. Straightforward management for complex watering systems, and particularly helpful in areas with daily watering restrictions. AL239 Four-Zone Timer $64.50

Detachable display unit Four-way programming button Coupling nut

L-bracket rotates

Manual setting

B. Digital Double-Outlet Water Timer

This Italian-made timer makes it easy to automatically water two areas with different watering requirements. Two independent outlets can be programmed to release water up to three times a day on any or all days of the week, for durations ranging from one minute to 23 hours, 59 minutes. Programming is straightforward using just three buttons, and the large LCD screen provides easy-to-follow programming cues. A manual override lets you water between cycles or pause them without altering settings. It has a low-battery indicator, and saves settings for 15 minutes while you change the 9V battery (not included). The UV-stable ABS housing is waterproof, and quickconnect couplings let you remove hoses easily. Works with water pressure of 15 to 174 psi. A smart, efﬁcient way to manage watering, and useful for municipalities with daily watering restrictions. The timer should not be exposed to freezing temperatures. AL238 Digital Double-Outlet Timer $109.00

Easy-to-Set Water Timers Quality and versatility set these timers apart. The analog model takes seconds to program. One dial sets watering frequency, with nine options ranging from every 3 hours to every 14 days. A second dial controls watering duration, with a range of ten settings from 2 minutes to 9 hours. A delay-start button postpones activation for 1 to 23 hours, so you don’t have to wait for the right hour to set the unit. The digital model’s ﬂexible programming makes it ideal for use in areas with daily water restrictions. With an LCD screen and easy push-button programming, it can be set to water on any or all days of the week, up to four times per day, for a duration ranging from 1 minute to 12 hours (in 1-minute increments). Manual override buttons let you water between cycles, or pause them, without altering the settings. It has a low-battery indicator, and it stores settings for 30 seconds while you change the battery. Each model has a weatherand UV-resistant ABS housing and requires a 9-volt battery (not included). They deliver 5.2 gallons per minute at 30 psi, and may be used with water pressure from 10 to 80 psi. The timers should not be exposed to freezing temperatures, and we recommend changing the battery once a year. C. AL235 Water Timer, Analog $45.50 D. AL236 Water Timer, Digital $47.50

C Watering 69

E Wheelbarrow not included.

B A A. Tree Drip Irrigation System Б

Many newly planted trees are damaged or killed due to inadequate watering during their first year. This large watering tube helps establish trees by ensuring they are sufficiently watered Drippers can be E for up to two weeks at a time. removed for cleaning. The 15-gallon tube slowly releases water through a drip emitter; it is unique among B. Tree Irrigator Б E. 80-Litre Water Bag tree-watering solutions as it Useful in areas without running water, or This irrigating ring gets water right to the roots saturates the soil during the for irrigating where a hose can’t reach, this of trees. Just place it around the base of the trunk first few days, and then slowly 80-litre/21-gallon bag is an excellent option for and fill it with a hose. It holds 15 U.S. gallons reduces water flow (as the transporting, dispensing or temporarily storing (57 litres) of water, which slowly drips out of the water level decreases in the large amounts of water. Made from durable emitters over 5 to 8 hours, depending on soil type. bag, so do pressure and drip 10-mil thick plastic with strong heat-welded This gives the roots a full drenching without any rate). Reduced watering seams, it has an integrated wide-mouth spout runoff or wasted water. Water-soluble fertilizer encourages the growth and sealing cap. Designed in Europe, it is certican be added at the same time. Made of of feeder roots as the tree fied as food safe in the E.U. (to date, no North UV-resistant vinyl, it is lightweight and folds for learns to adapt to drier American certification has been sought). When storage. Drippers can be removed for cleaning periods. Once empty, the filled, the bag measures about 35ЙК24ЙК61/2Й if necessary. Helps in periods of drought and polyethylene tube is refilled reduces transplant shock in newly planted trees. thick and weighs about 80kg/176 lb. It comes and the watering process is Fits trunk diameters of 5Й or less. Remove from with a non-slip mat to help prevent the bag from repeated. Fertilizers can be tree when empty. Also good for deeply shifting in a wheelbarrow during transport or combined with the water. watering tomato plants. pouring. Folds flat for storage. A simple concept, A worthwhile investment but incredibly useful in remote locations. WS255 Tree Irrigator $24.95 to ensure healthy growth of WT321 Water Bag, 80l $9.95 new trees. Made in USA. C. Cast-Iron Pitcher Pump This is a very economical pump for shallow F. Barrel Tap Tree Irrigation System, ea. 1+ 3+ wells (20И deep or less), rain barrels or cisterns. This solid brass tap can be installed onto any barrel, WS260 $14.50 $13.05 It attaches to common 11/4Й I.D. pipe fittings pail or other large container. It lets you drain the container directly through (available from any plumbing supply store) and the tap, or you can connect has a replaceable leather flapper valve and leather Plunger a hose to it and direct the flow plunger. Although replacement leather gaskets valve to wherever it are offered, you should get a decade or more is needed. of service before needing replacements. Safe C Comes with full for use with drinking water, it also makes a Plunger instructions for great emergency pump for wells, cisterns or installation on sumps. In the garden, it is an attractive and Flapper valve plastic or metal containers. The fittings make it useful pump on barrels or near ponds. Just like leak-proof on both. the antique ones, this cast-iron pump can be left outdoors indefinitely. Measures 15Й overall. WT315 Barrel Tap $19.95 Installation and maintenance instructions are included. Weighs 16 lb. PD710 *Cast-Iron Pump $54.50 D. PD712 Repl. Set of Gaskets $10.50 * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

The maximum theoretical distance that water can be lifted by suction is 33.9И (when at sea level and 70°F); the average practical limit for pitcher pumps is 20И. Hand pumps can also be used on deep wells, but it is necessary to put the valve combination in or near the water level and connect the lift valve to the handle with a rod of suitable length.

Drip and Low-Flow Irrigation As more communities face water restrictions, many people are discovering how simple and practical drip and low-ﬂow irrigation can be. These systems are easier to set up than they may appear, and once installed, they not only conserve water, they save a lot of work. Just think how much time and effort you spend over the course of the season winding and unwinding hoses, attaching and moving sprinklers, and so on. These systems are ideal for those who would rather pull weeds than haul hoses to water them. Also known as micro-irrigation, drip and low-ﬂow watering systems use much less water than conventional methods. They regulate the amount of water supplied, taking the guesswork out of watering rates. They distribute water close to individual plants,

Planning Your System Choosing Components To plan any irrigation system, consult our free Irrigation Design Guide. Full of general irrigation and layout advice, it explains how the various components work, and can help you decide which emitters suit your needs. The product descriptions on these catalog pages, and the charts on pages 75, 76 and 78 can also help guide your selection. Once you’ve chosen emitters, you can plan a hose system to supply water to them. For over 100И, use 5/8Й header hose; otherwise, 1/2Й is fine. Determining Your Flow Rate To plan the system, it helps to know how much water flow is available. Time how long it takes to fill a 5-gallon pail with your faucet. If it takes 1 minute, the rate is 5 gallons per minute (300 gallons per hour); if it takes 2 minutes, it’s 21/2 gallons per minute. Use the charts on pages 75, 76 and 78 to see if you have enough flow to run the chosen emitters. If they take more water than is available, split the system into separate lines on timers set for different times of day. Installing the Header Hose A header hose is the main 1/2Й or 5/8Й diameter hose that supplies water from the faucet to the system. Using a faucet connector, attach a header hose long enough to reach the desired areas. Optional components, such as timers, can easily be added. If the pressure is over 30 psi (or unknown), use a pressure regulator for trouble-free operation. To prevent blockage, a filter

so water goes only where it’s needed, soaking slowly into the root zone. Water isn’t wasted on walkways and weeds or lost to evaporation and wind. Not only are these methods extremely efﬁcient, but they are also inexpensive, unobtrusive, and easy to install. Our free Irrigation Design Guide will help you plan the most effective irrigation system at the lowest cost. To help you get started, we’ve assembled some basic kits covering a variety of situations. These kits are the easiest way to set up a complete system, but we also offer a full range of compatible components and accessories, all durably made to commercial-quality standards in the USA or Australia, leaders in drip irrigation manufacturing. These versatile and interchangeable parts make it easy to expand any of our kits or to design your own customized system by following the simple steps outlined below. You can even adapt your system to changing seasons, crops or conditions, expand it to cover new areas, or completely reconﬁgure the system from year to year with surprising ease. Planning the system is the key to success, and the information on this and the next 7 pages, as well as the tips in our Irrigation Design Guide, can help you plan and install an effective, customized irrigation system in any garden.

is recommended. T-connectors and elbows press-fit onto the header hose to make branches and 90° bends in the line. Finally, a compression end seals the end of the header hose. Installing Feeder Lines Feeder lines connect the header hose to individual emitters. With a hole punch, make holes at appropriate places in the header hose. The feeder lines fit onto simple one-piece connectors, which press-fit snugly and easily into the holes, without glue, gaskets or other parts. Installing Emitters All hose-end watering devices, such as sprinklers, soaker hoses, drippers, bubblers or misting jets, are called emitters. Adjustable emitters let you regulate the flow to fine-tune the watering pattern, while pressure-compensating emitters provide consistent coverage regardless of slope or hose length, which could otherwise affect water pressure. All our emitters attach easily to 1/4Й feeder line without tools, adhesives or connectors. Cut feeder lines to length, position them and press-fit them into the emitters. Irrigation 71

IRRIGATION KITS If you don’t know where to start in assembling an irrigation system, one of the following kits may be of help. As always, all our other irrigation parts are compatible with these kits and adding more parts can easily expand any of them. A. Fence-Mount Sprinkler Kit Б

Adjust water ﬂow by turning dial on sprayer.

A Fence-mount Tilt sprayer to set the set-up spray distance.

B Garden border kit set-up along a fence

Plants along fences, walls or foundations often do not get enough water. We devised a sprinkling system that is not only easy to install and low in cost but is also versatile and effective. It consists of a main line that can be attached to a fence or wall and into which you punch holes and mount the sprayers exactly where you want them. Each sprayer is adjustable; you can turn the dial to adjust the water flow or tilt the sprayer to set the spray distance. For plants that don’t like water on their leaves, set the line close to ground level so only the soil gets sprayed. The kit contains 50И of 1/2Й header hose, seven adjustable sprayers (two 90° and five 180°), one compression end, one hose connector with a filter washer, a hole punch (for making holes in the header hose), 10 hole plugs (for filling unwanted holes), and instructions. If you are not weaving the line through a chain-link fence or some other structure that will support the hose and hold it in position, you will also need the included set of 10 mounting clips (with screws). Extra parts available separately. Can be attached to any of our other watering kits. The optional backflow preventer (not shown) can be used to keep hose water from being drawn back into the main water line. A XB820 Fence-Mount Sprinkler Kit $33.50 XC311 Backflow Preventer, ea. $ 4.40 B. Garden Border Watering Kit Б

Specifically designed to water borders and gardens on the perimeter of a property, or standalone beds, this kit includes 15 spray jets – five each of circle, half-circle and quarter-circle patterns (see description on page 77) to let you pick and choose the right combination for your situation. It also has 10 stakes and 10 risers (to get the water up B over tall plants), 50И of 1/2Й header hose, 50И of 1/4Й feeder line, 10 straight connectors, a faucet connector, a compression end and a hole punch. In all, enough to water a 40ИК5И border or a 50ИК10И stand-alone bed – or up to 500 sq.ft. Consumption varies with configuration. Consumes about 200 gph when watering 500 sq.ft. XC605 Garden Border Watering Kit $39.50

Alternative garden border kit set-up

C. 100И Soaker System Б

Considered one of the best methods of irrigation, this 1/4Й inside diameter porous rubber pipe connects to your water supply and sweats evenly from end to end. It can be placed on top of the soil or buried to directly feed the roots. Because it doesn’t throw water into the air, it greatly reduces water loss from evaporation. C It is also the most suitable method of irrigating plants that don’t like to get their foliage wet (not suitable for lawns). Best of all, it can be cut and shaped to meet your speciﬁc needs. The leak rate is 20 gallons of water per hour per 100И. The starter system includes 100И of soaker hose, 50И of 1/2Й poly header (main line) hose, ten 8Й stakes and a selection of connectors. Most parts are also available separately to expand the system. Can be attached to any of our other irrigation kits. Instructions included. XC355 100И Soaker System $48.50

Typical soaker system set-up

T-connectors join ½Й drip pipes to header hose.

Row garden set-up

72 Irrigation

D. Row Garden Watering Kit Б

This is a good starter kit for watering a row garden, such as a vegetable garden. It comes with 100И of drip pipe with 1 gallon per hour pressurecompensating drippers (described on page 75) installed every 12Й, 50И of 1/2Й header hose, and connectors (5 Ts, 1 elbow, 5 compression ends, and a faucet connector). You can configure it however you want, but there are enough parts to water five 20И long rows. Covers 200 sq.ft. Water consumption is 100 gph. Easily extended by adding more drip pipe and fittings. XC601 Row Garden Watering Kit $64.50 Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+ XC223 1/2Й T-Connectors (5) $ 6.30 $5.65 XC225 1/2Й Straight Connectors (10) $ 7.80 $7.00 XC227 1/2Й Elbow Connectors (5) $ 5.20 $4.65 XC231 1/2Й Compression Ends (5) $ 6.30 $5.65 XC257 Drip Pipe, 100И $44.50 —

E. Raised Bed Watering Kit Б

Ideal for watering one raised bed up to 30И long or two 12И long beds. The kit is complete with ﬁve variable-output Spectrum™ spikes (see description on page 77), 50И of 1/2Й header hose, 50И of 1/4Й feeder line, a faucet connector, E a compression end and a hole punch. Sample Covers 180 sq.ft. Consumes up raised-bed set-up to 100 gph. For use with plants 12Й or shorter. Raised Bed Watering Kit XC603 $27.50

A. Gravity Feed Watering Kit Б

Many customers have asked us for a watering kit that will work with a non-pressurized source such as a rain barrel. This kit will do just that. For best operation there should be 3И or more of drop between the faucet and the drippers. (It will start to work with only 1И of drop, but not optimally.) Includes 20 drip spikes with a leak rate of 1 gph, 50И of 1/2Й inside diameter (I.D.) header hose, 50И of 1/4Й I.D. feeder tube, a yellow hole punch, and connectors (1 compression end, 20 of the 1/4Й straight connectors and a hose/faucet connector) to make a system to water up to 20 plants. Excellent for use with tomatoes or other large vegetable plants. Easily extended by A adding more tubing, drippers and connectors. Made in USA. XC609 Gravity Feed Watering Kit $39.50 Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+ XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.30 $3.85 XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.40 $3.95 XC237 1/2Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 3.10 $2.80 XC251 1/2ЙК50И Poly Header Hose $12.50 — XC235 1/4Й Straight Connectors (10) $ 1.90 $1.70

A Typical gravity feed set-up

B. Deck Garden Watering Kit Б

This kit is ideal for watering planters and pots on a patio or deck. It includes 10 pressurecompensating drip spikes with a drip rate of 1 gph each, 50И of 1/2Й inside diameter (I.D.) header hose, 50И of 1/4Й I.D. feeder tube, a yellow hole punch, and enough connectors (5 elbow, 10 of the 1/4Й straight connectors, 1 compression end and a hose/faucet connector) to cover most small decks. Includes 20 hose mounting clips to hold the header hose under the deck, for instance. Makes easy work of maintaining up to 10 potted plants. Easily extended for larger decks by adding more tubing, drippers and connectors. Note: for large plants, 2 gph drip spikes are also available. XC607 Deck Garden Watering Kit $39.50 B Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+ XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.30 $3.85 XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.40 $3.95 XC307 1/4ЙК50И Feeder Line $ 7.60 $6.80 XC251 1/2ЙК50И Poly Header Hose $12.50 — XC236 1/2Й Elbow Connectors (5) $ 3.95 $3.55 XB829 Hose Mounting Clips (10) $ 3.90 $3.50 XC235 1/4Й Straight Connectors (10) $ 1.90 $1.70 XC332 5Й Feeder Line Stakes (10) $ 3.00 $2.70

B Typical set-up on 15ИК15И deck. Shown on deck exterior for clarity, but can be mounted under the deck as well.

C. Shrubbler® Drip System

Many people shy away from irrigation systems because they look difﬁcult to install and appear unsightly among the plants. However, this system is quick and easy to install, and much of it can be buried out of sight, just below the soil surface. Unlike many drip irrigation systems, this one uses unique “Shrubblers” that are adjustable to emit from 0 to 13 gallons per hour (at 30 psi). Although Shrubblers are generally unknown C to gardeners, they are an industry standard in commercial irrigation, where tens of millions of them are sold yearly for use in commercial plantings, nurseries and garden centers. When a Shrubbler is fully open, it will irrigate a 3И dia. circle. At lower settings, it works like a very small sprinkler or drip tip. Included in this system are 25 regular Shrubbler spikes, 50И of 1/2Й poly header hose, 50И of 1/4Й feeder line, various connectors, an in-line ﬁlter, a hole punch and instructions. Extra components are available, should you wish to expand it. Ideal for use in gardens, borders, planters and pots. XC350 Shrubbler® Drip System Б $47.50 XC345 Extra Shrubbler® Spikes (25) $16.00 D. Low-Cost Extension Sets Б

This is a very economical extension hose for bringing water from your tap to your garden. It includes 100И of poly header hose, one hose/ faucet connector and one compression end. Available in 1/2Й or 5/8Й inside diameters. XC243 1/2ЙК100И Extension Set $24.90 XC241 5/8ЙК100И Extension Set $26.90 D

E. F. G. H.

An Easy Way to Water Hanging Baskets H Hanging baskets are a pain to water. They dry out quickly and are difficult to water without spilling. It is far easier to water them automatically by running a 1/4Й feeder line up to them from a header hose and hanging a variable-flow mister (see description on page 77) over the top of the E basket (a single basket a short distance from the faucet requires only a 1/4Й feeder line and a 1/4Й G faucet connector). The gentle flow won’t erode the soil, yet waters the basket thoroughly. An adjustment knob lets you increase or decrease the flow to match the watering time that you have set. Consumes 0 to 7 gph per basket. 1+ 5+ XC423 Variable-Flow Misters (5) $5.10 $4.60 XC307 1/4ЙК50И Feeder Line $7.60 $6.80 XC235 1/4Й Straight Connectors (10) $1.90 $1.70 XC245 1/4Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $2.80 $2.50

C Shrubbler® system used for watering in-ground and potted plants.

E F

Easier watering of hanging plants.

DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS A. 25 psi Pressure Regulator Б

A 25 psi pressure regulator

B Backﬂow preventer

D 1/2Й or 5/8Й hose/faucet connector

L 1/4Й hose/faucet connector

C T-ﬁlter connects to 1/2Й or 5/8Й watering systems.

G 1/2Й

or 5/8Й T-connector

O Feeder line stake

P Poly stake

Q 8Й galvanized stake

Prevents faucet water pressure from rising above 25 psi. Supports Suitable for drip or soaker systems. XC312 25 psi Pressure Regulator, ea. $8.95 N. Hose-Mounting Clips For attaching 1/4Й or B. Backflow Preventer Б 1/2Й hose and tubing Also called an atmospheric vacuum breaker, this unit prevents to wooden structures. water from re-entering (and potentially contaminating) the water supply source. Attaches directly to the faucet. Includes 5+ Clips (10) 1+ a stainless-steel filter washer. XB829 $3.90 $3.50 XC311 Backflow Preventer, ea. $4.40 O. Feeder Line Stakes C. T-Filter Б Used to hold 1/4Й and 1/8Й This in-line filter has a 150-mesh stainless-steel screen to feeder lines and drippers off the remove even the smallest particles. Best suited for use with ground, these top-loading stakes have thick well water. It should be flushed periodically to remain efficient. triangular bases for stability. Often used in XC221 3/4Й T-Filter, ea. $7.50 conjunction with pressure-compensating drippers Header Hose and Fittings Б (XC411 and XC412). 1+ 5+ A header hose (5/8Й or 1/2Й) delivers water from the source to XC332 5Й Feeder Line Stakes (10) $3.00 $2.70 5 the watering system. At 30 psi, and using a /8ЙК50И hose, the P. Poly Stake approximate flow rate is 720 gallons per hour; for a 1/2ЙК50И 6Й stake for holding header hose or dripper hose hose, the flow rate is approximately 420 gallons per hour. in place. 1+ 5+ Straight connectors, T-connectors and elbows have doubleXC293 Poly Stake, ea. $ .95 $ .85 barbed sleeves that press-fit into sections of header hose to make branches or 90° bends in the line. Compression ends Q. Galvanized Stakes are used to seal the end of the header hose. Can be used anywhere to hold hose in place. 1/2Й and 5/8Й Header Hose and Fittings 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ D. XC237 1/2Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 3.10 $2.80 XC337 8Й Galvanized Stakes (10) $4.40 $3.95 XC279 5/8Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 2.80 $2.50 E. XC251 1/2ЙК50И Poly Header Hose $12.50 — S XC269 5/8ЙК50И Poly Header Hose $15.40 — U XC252 1/2ЙК100И Poly Header Hose $23.50 — XC267 5/8ЙК100И Poly Header Hose $25.70 — F. XC230 1/2Й Straight Connectors (10) $ 4.95 $4.45 T XC272 5/8Й Straight Connector, ea. $ .95 $ .85 R 1 G. XC234 /2Й T-Connectors (5) $ 4.50 $4.05 XC274 5/8Й T-Connector, ea. $ 1.50 $1.35 H. XC236 1/2Й Elbow Connectors (5) $ 3.95 $3.55 Connectors XC276 5/8Й Elbow Connector, ea. $ 1.50 $1.35 J. XC231 1/2Й Compression Ends (5) $ 6.30 $5.65 R. 1/4Й Straight Connectors Attach 1/4Й feeder line to larger tubing (1/2Й or 5/8Й) XC277 5/8Й Compression End, ea. $ 2.10 $1.85 through a hole punched in the wall of the larger tubing. 1+ 5+ XC235 1/4Й Str. Connectors (10) $1.90 $1.70 E Z 1/4Й T-Connectors & Cross Connectors 1/2Й or 5/8Й 1/4Й E 1/2Й or 5/8Й 1/2Й drip header Split a 1/4Й line to branch out to two or three V poly K soaker hose 1/4Й feeder line pipe header hose watering devices from a single feeder line. hose 1+ 5+ Feeder Line and Fittings Б S. XC233 1/4Й T-Connectors (10) $2.20 $1.95 1/4Й Hose and Fittings T. XC222 1/4Й Cross Connectors (10) $3.20 $2.85 1/4Й polyethylene tubing, 50И long, for connecting drippers, sprayers and sprinklers to the main header hose. 1+ 5+ U. Hole Plugs F 1/2Й or 5/8Й K. XC307 1/4ЙК50И Feeder Line $7.60 $6.80 Made a mistake and punched a hole in the straight 1/4Й Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $2.80 $2.50 wrong place? Use these hole plugs to fill it in connector L. XC245 M. In-Line Valves again. Also for plugging the ends of 1/4Й feeder In-line shut-offs are handy, especially when you are far from line or soaker hose. your faucet and want to make XC341 Hole Plugs (20) $2.10 T 1/4Й cross K some adjustments. They can 1/4Й connector also be used to manually feeder S zone (break into parts) a line 1/4Й T-connector watering system. They Q P 8Й have barbed connectors Poly O R galvastake that fit inside the hose. 1/4Й straight Feeder nized For 1/2Й or 5/8Й hose. 1+ 5+ line connector stake stake XC405 1/2Й Valve, ea. $3.10 $2.80 XC407 5/8Й Valve, ea. $3.10 $2.80 U H Hole 1/2Й or 5/8Й plug elbow connector

M 74

N Hosemounting clip for 1/4Й or 1/2Й hose

1/2Й

or 5/8Й in-line valve

N Hose mounting clips for 1/4Й or 1/2Й hose

100 10 20 1 2 1 2

V. Drip Pipe Б

Landscaping

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Irrigation Design Guide XC000 FREE CC. Deep Drip Watering Spike

Drip Spikes This pressure-compensating drip spike is useful wherever rising and falling elevations or long header hoses could affect pressure. Attaches to 1/4Й feeder lines coming off a header hose. Just 2 spikes, one on either side of the trunk, are often enough to water a small tree. Also good for use with gravity-feed water sources such as rain barrels. Built-in insect bafﬂes and ﬁlters help prevent blockage. Requires a straight connector and 1/4Й feeder line to connect to header hose. Available in 1 gph and 2 gph versions. 1+ 5+ XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $4.30 $3.85 XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $4.40 $3.95

Inserted deep into the soil, this watering spike supplies water at the root level, encouraging deep root growth while minimizing loss to evaporation. Made of a tough ABS/PVC composite, the Fabric 14Й long liner hollow perforated spike has a fabric liner that lets water seep through slowly while blocking roots from penetrating. You can even add granular fertilizer after driving the spike in with a mallet. A slot in the cap permits connection to a 1/4Й irrigation line, or you can simply position a regular garden hose over the open top and let water trickle in slowly. An excellent way to water trees and shrubs. Deep Drip Spike XC101

J 1/2Й or 5/8Й compression end (closes off hose at the end of a run). See facing page.

$9.95 $8.95 CC

Header hose T-connectors

Y elbow connector

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

This low-proﬁle pressure-compensating dripper (it really trickles rather than drips) is ideal wherever rising and falling elevations or long header hoses could affect pressure. Can be installed directly in the header hose or on the end of 1/4Й feeder lines coming off a header hose. Built-in insect bafﬂes keep pests from blocking the lines. Also great for keeping birdbaths topped up. 1+ 5+ XC411 1 gph Drippers (5) $2.80 $2.50 XC412 2 gph Drippers (5) $2.80 $2.50

XC223 1/2Й T-Connectors (5) $6.30 $5.65 BB. XC225 1/2Й Str. Connectors (10) $7.80 $7.00 XC227 1/2Й Elbow Connectors (5) $5.20 $4.65 Soaker Hose A 1/4Й inside diameter porous hose that weeps or drips over its entire length. Attaches to header hose with 1/4Й connectors. (The 100И hose is also available as part of a kit; see page 72.) XC323 1/4ЙК50И Soaker Hose $14.95 XC325 1/4ЙК100И Soaker Hose $27.90

1/2Й

✓ ✓ ✓

AA. Pressure-Compensating Drippers

Not to be confused with soaker hose, this solidwall, flexible 1/2Й tubing has pressure-compensating drippers installed in it every 12Й. Cheaper than buying the tubing and drippers separately. Connects to 1/2Й fittings used with the header hose. Each dripper leaks at a rate of 1 gallon per hour. Can be cut into smaller pieces. XC257 Drip Pipe, 100И $44.50 1/2Й Compression Fittings for Drip Pipe These ABS compression fittings firmly grab the outside of a standard 1/2Й I.D. (5/8Й O.D.) drip pipe. W. X. Y. Z.

Trees & Shrubs

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Raised Beds

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Pots & Planters

1ИК100И 1ИК50И 1ИК100И 1 plant 1 plant 1 plant 1 plant

Free Irrigation Design Guide Our free irrigation design guide will help you plan the most effective irrigation system at the lowest cost. View the guide on our website at www.leevalley.com or request a copy with your order.

Overall length is 14Й.

V. XC257 Drip Pipe, 100И Z. XC323 Soaker Hose, 50И XC325 Soaker Hose, 100И AA. XC411 1 GPH Drippers XC412 2 GPH Drippers BB. XC408 1 GPH Drip Spikes XC409 2 GPH Drip Spikes

Ornamental Beds

Pattern

DRIPPERS (based on 20 psi at emitter)

Vegetables

Drips Coverage

Drip

Gallons per Hour

DRIPPERS

Deep drip watering spike

Drip pipe

T-connectors join 1/2Й drip pipes to header hose.

X 1/2Й

straight connector

V 1/2Й

drip pipe

Z 1/4Й

soaker hose

BB Drip spike

The drip pipe requires compression ﬁttings (J, W, X, Y). 1/2Й

straight connector (see facing page)

Dripper can be mounted at the end of a feeder line or directly into the side of a header hose.

1/4Й

W 1/2Й T-connector

E 1/2Й or 5/8Й poly header hose (see facing page)

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. Q.

XC417 XC346 XC344 XC360 XC362 XC421 XC429 XC427 XC425 XC415 XC423 XB823 XB825 XC254

Mini-Bubblers Reg. Shrubbler® Spikes Reg. Shrubbler® Barbs P.C. Shrubbler® Spikes In-Line Shrubbler® Spikes Spectrum™ Spikes 1/4-Circle Spray Jets 1/2-Circle Spray Jets Full-Circle Spray Jets Misting Jets Variable-Flow Misters 1/4-Circle Variable Sprayers 1/2-Circle Variable Sprayers Pop-Up Sprinkler

0-30 0-13 0-13 7.5 0-13 0-20 11 21 31 5 0-6 0-24 0-24 11-31

0И-1И dia. 0И-3И dia. 0И-3И dia. 1И dia. 0И-3И dia. 0И-12И dia. 5И 4ИК8И 10И dia. <3И dia. 0И-3И dia. 0И-9И 0И-9И 4И-10И dia.

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

Landscaping

Cooling

Trees & Shrubs

Raised Beds

Pots & Planters

Propagation

Ornamental Beds

Full circle

Vegetables

Pattern

SPRAYERS (based on 20 psi at emitter)

Half circle

Coverage

Quarter circle

Gallons per Hour

SPRAYERS

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

A. Mini-Bubblers

part of a kit on page 73.) The regular Shrubbler E. In-Line Shrubbler® Spikes This adjustable piece is used for quickly is available with a spike or a barbed base. The These have the same adjustable watering soaking a small area. Turning the cap on top spike-based Shrubbler is held in place on a built-in pattern as the regular Shrubblers (left), but are adjusts the flow rate. Attaches to 1/4Й feeder line ground stake, and attaches to a 1/4Й feeder line designed to be installed in series. Each has an coming off a header hose. 1+ 5+ coming off a header hose. The Shrubbler barb inlet port and an outlet port, allowing water to XC417 Mini-Bubblers (5) $4.30 $3.85 has a 3/8Й long stem that press-fits into a hole flow to other Shrubblers further down the line. punched into a header hose. We also offer a Up to six emitters can be linked consecutively Shrubbler® Spikes & Barbs non-adjustable pressure-compensating Shrubbler to a single 1/4Й feeder line coming off An industry standard in commercial irrigation, (with spike base only) that emits a consistent a header hose. A great way to water large Shrubbler sprayers provide 360° coverage, with 1И throw, useful wherever rising and falling containers or rows requiring several emitters, eight streams radiating out from the emitter head. elevations or a long header hose could without having to run multiple feeder lines. The regular Shrubbler has a twist-operated valve affect pressure. 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ in the head, so you can set throw distance and flow XC362 In-Line Shrubbler® (6) $4.80 $4.30 rate (0 to 13 gph at 30 psi) for each emitter inde- B. XC346 Reg. Shrubbler® Spikes (5) $ 3.80 $3.40 XC345 Reg. Shrubbler® Spikes (25) $16.00 — pendently, based on local watering needs. At low settings, it irrigates a small radius like a tiny sprin- C. XC344 Reg. Shrubbler® Barbs (5) $ 3.00 $2.70 Visit us at www.leevalley.com kler or drip tip. At higher flow rates, water reaches D. XC360 Pressure-Compensating $ 5.70 $5.15 Shrubbler® Spikes (5) farther, up to 3И in diameter. (Also available as A

E D

0И-1И

0И-3И

1И 0И-3И

D B Shrubbler®

Regular spike (includes connector)

Pressurecompensating Shrubbler®

1/4Й

feeder line

Minibubbler (includes connector)

E In-line Shrubbler® spike

C Items A, B, C & E have adjustable ﬂow rates.

Regular Shrubbler® barb 0И-3И

1/2Й

76 Irrigation

or 5/8Й poly header hose

0И-9И

0И-9И 0И-3И 5И

4ИК8И 10И dia.

0И-3И

Quarter-circle spray jet

Half-circle spray jet

Full-circle spray jet

Misting jet

Spectrum™

Spikes This is one of the most popular low-volume sprayers on the market. It gives a full-circle vortex spray of ﬁne water droplets. The ﬂow is fully adjustable by turning the cap. Attaches to a 1/4Й feeder line coming off a header hose. 1+

O 12Й rigid riser

XC421 Spectrum™ Spikes (5) $5.30 $4.75 P Spray Jets These three styles of low-cost sprayers can be installed directly to the header hose or to a rigid riser (XC443) and support stake (XC441 & XC439). Offered in three styles: quarter-circle, half circle and full circle. 1+ 5+ G. XC429 Quarter-Circle Jets (5) $1.70 $1.50 H. XC427 Half-Circle Jets (5) $1.70 $1.50 J. XC425 Full-Circle Jets (5) $1.70 $1.50 K. Misting Jets

A standard mist tip with no ﬂow control. Must be mounted directly to the header hose or to a rigid riser (XC443) and support stake (XC441 & XC439) and attached to the header hose with 1/4Й feeder line and a connector. 1+ 5+ XC415 Misting Jets (5) $3.10 $2.80 0И-12И Full circle spray of ﬁne water droplets

M Quarter-circle variable sprayer

12Й support stake

Half-circle variable sprayer

Q. Pop-Up Sprinkler

L. Variable-Flow Misters

Install spray jets directly to header hose or on a rigid riser.

L Variableﬂow mister

Misting is great for propagating cuttings, starting seedlings, or very gently watering almost any plant. It’s also a perfect way to cool off on hot days. This misting tip has a variable-flow control knob so the cone-shaped spray on each tip can be individually adjusted as needed. Attaches to header hose, risers or 1/4Й feeder lines coming off a header hose. When hung upside down from a feeder tube or rigid riser, it is an ideal non-eroding way to water a hanging basket. 1+ 5+ XC423 Variable-Flow Misters (5) $5.10 $4.60 Variable Sprayers These sprayers have variable-flow control knobs on them to vary the throw and flow. Must be mounted on a rigid riser (XC443) and support stake (XC441 & XC439) or attached directly to the header hose. These sprayers are included with the fence-mount sprinkler kit XB820 (see page 72). 1+ 5+ M. XB823 Quarter-Circle Sprayers (2) $3.95 $3.55 N. XB825 Half-Circle Sprayers (5) $8.50 $7.50 Risers and Support Stakes The 12Й long rigid riser is a 1/4Й inside diameter semi-rigid tube that is used to hold sprayers and sprinklers in position above the ground. Attaches to the side of either size of support stake. Risers and stakes are made of UV-stabilized materials for long life. 1+ 5+ O. XC443 12Й Rigid Risers (5) $3.10 $2.80 P. XC441 12Й Support Stakes (5) $4.10 $3.70 XC439 21Й Support Stakes (5) $6.80 $6.15

This pop-up sprinkler can be installed anywhere on a standard poly header hose, and will start to operate on only 6 psi of water pressure. Includes three interchangeable emitter heads (XC425, XC427 & XC429) to set the spray pattern to water a 1/4, 1/2 or full circle. You can also easily mount other emitters (XC415 misting jets, XC423 variable-ﬂow misters, and XB823 & XB825 variable sprayers, not included) for alternative spray patterns. Pop-Up Sprinkler, ea. 1+ 5+ XC254 $9.00 $8.10 Pop-up sprinkler includes items G, H & J, but will accept G to N.

With water ﬂow, the spinkler pops up 5Й high.

Variable sprayer on rigid riser held by support stake.

F Spectrum™ spike (includes connector)

Q Pop-up sprinkler 123/4Й

Irrigation 77

A. B. C.

XC431 Upside-Down Mini Sprinklers XC433 Variable Mini Sprinklers XC438 Rotor Rain® Sprinkler

20 0-26 20-30

Full circle Vegetables Ornamental Beds Lawns Cooling Landscaping

Pattern

SPRINKLERS (based on 20 psi at emitter)

Half circle

Coverage

Quarter circle

Gallons per Hour

SPRINKLERS

20И dia. ✓ ✓ ✓ 0И-23И dia. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 26И-30И dia. ✓ ✓ ✓

B A. Upside-Down Mini Sprinklers

Used primarily overhead to water inside greenhouses and shade houses, this is specially designed to water while hanging upside down from a header hose. It can also be used over sun-baked patios to give a quick cool-down on a hot day. Commercially it is also popular to keep cattle cool. Very even distribution. 1+ 5+ XC431 U.-D. Sprinklers (5) $4.90 $4.40

26И-30И

B. Variable Mini Sprinklers

This sprinkler has a variable-ﬂow control knob on it to vary the output and ﬂow. The water distribution is very uniform. Can be mounted high on rigid risers (XC443 on page 77) for even greater range. 1+ 5+ XC433 Variable Sprinklers (5) $6.20 $5.55

A Upside-down mini sprinkler 20И

C Rain®

Rotor mini sprinkler

B Variable mini sprinkler

C. Rotor Rain® Mini Sprinkler

This is the largest of our mini sprinklers. It emits a rotating pattern of rain-like spray 26И to 30И in diameter (depending on psi). It is efﬁcient, spreads water uniformly, and is low in cost. Each sprinkler head mounts on a 12Й jumbo stake and connects directly to a 1/4Й feeder line – consumes 20 to 30 gph, 15 to 30 psi required. 1+ 5+ XC438 Rotor Rain® Sprinkler w/Stake, ea. $3.80 $3.40

D. Water Pressure Gauge

This water pressure gauge attaches to any outdoor faucet or garden hose to give a reading up to 100 psi. Useful for diagnosing problems, troubleshooting irrigation lines, pinpointing underground pipe leaks, or to determine if a regulator is required on pressure-sensitive irrigation systems or soaker hoses. With the addition of a Y-connector at the spigot, the pressure gauge can also be used to monitor and regulate backpressure in an irrigation system. XC130 Water Pressure Gauge $8.50

0-23И Variable mini sprinkler can be mounted on rigid riser and support stake (see page 77).

E. F. G. H. J.

Tubing Cutter & Punches To cut tubing or to punch holes to attach sprayers, use the following handy tools. The yellow punch and the manual punch are designed for small systems, with the manual punch being the more comfortable of the two. The professional punch makes it possible to rapidly punch a large number of holes. XC259 Pro Hole Punch, ea. Б $11.50 XC459 Yellow Punch, ea. $ .90 E XC339 Manual Hole Punch, ea. Б $ 1.80 XC261 Tubing Cutter, ea. $11.50 Flow-Rate Discs F Great for providing water to your drip or low-flow watering system at a constant, reduced pressure. Each disc maintains a specific flow rate. Set includes one each of 10, 30, 60 and 90 gph. These can G be used at any threaded coupling point to reduce the water flow. XC239 Flow-Rate Discs (4) $4.90 H Filter Washers Filter washers are an easy way to remove the particles from your water source. Screening is 60 mesh, which filters out particles down to 250 microns. XC343 Filter Washers (3) $3.00 O-Ring Washers O-rings seal better than flat rubber washers in faucets and hose couplings. Not only do they last longer but they seal with less pressure. Offered as a set of 10 O-rings. Made of long-lasting EPDM – the same stuff 20-year pond liners are made from. They fit standard 3/4Й hose couplings. Economically priced. AB109 O-Ring Washers, pkg. of 10 $3.40

K J

78 Irrigation

1/2Й or 5/8Й poly header hose

1/2Й

or 5/8Й compression end

WEED CONTROL

Stainless-steel head is etched with centimetre and inch markings.

A. All-Purpose Lifetime Weeder Б

Textured handle

Designed to last a lifetime, this little workhorse not only allows you to attack deep-rooted weeds with accuracy, but can also be used as a dibber to pierce holes in the soil for planting seedlings or bulbs. The tapered, 8Й long durable stainless-steel head is notched with centimetre and inch markings to assist with plant spacing and planting depth. Made in the USA, it has a comfortable, bright yellow vinyl handle that makes it easy to ﬁnd in the garden. PG420 All-Purpose Lifetime Weeder $19.95

Ove rall leng th is

Carbon-steel blade

E. CobraHead® Weeder Б

Simple yet effective, this tool acts much like a long, slender claw to quickly Pulls roots in pull weeds from the soil. tight Though it has a slim neck spaces. with a spear-like tip to let you work accurately in tight spots without damaging adjacent plants, it is a sturdy tool; it is nearly impossible to bend, even if used to pull the most stubborn of taproots. While designed as a weeder, it also serves well as a cultivator or furrowing tool. Treated with a durable powder-coat ﬁnish to resist rust and wear, the carbon-steel shaft is hardened for strength and rigidity, while the 8Й handle is made of a tough, lightweight composite material that is textured for grip. With an overall curved length of 173/4Й, it is usable in the right or left hand. Made in USA. PG140 CobraHead® Weeder $24.95

13 1 /2Й.

Hand-forged, laminated 41/2Й carbonsteel blade

B. Traditional Japanese Weeder

Traditional tools are often the most effective, and this one is no exception. Japanese made, it has a thin, sharp blade that slices easily through weeds just below the soil surface. It is lightweight, comfortable to use and maneuverable around closely spaced plants. The hand-forged, laminated 41/2Й blade combines a hard carbon-steel face with a shock-absorbing softer steel back for increased durability. Hardwood handle. For right-hand use, the tool is 131/2Й long overall. Well made and effective. PA324 Japanese Weeder $21.50 Toothed, tapered jaws pull weeds without breaking them.

C. Stainless-Steel Weeding Pliers

Excellent for spot weeding, these Japanese stainless-steel pliers hold with authority and precision. The toothed, tapered jaws provide a ﬁrm mechanical lock on soft material for pulling weeds without breaking them. A 30° offset tip lets you grasp weeds at or below the soil surface, and provides knuckle clearance when held parallel to the ground. Used with the right or left hand, the pliers are 7Й overall with polypropylene handles. A well-made tool that offers better grip and reach than ﬁngertips, and makes tidy work of troublesome weeds such as crabgrass. PD420 Weeding Pliers $16.50

To order call 1-800-871-8158 F. DeWit™ Disc Weeder

C 1

D. Yankee Weeder

This unique garden tool is made to our speciﬁcations and is ﬁtted with a strong maple handle. At 15Й long, it is ideal for edging gardens, digging weeds out from cracks in walkways, or weeding around closely spaced plants. Very well made. EE500 Yankee Weeder $19.80

We found this simple tool to be surprisingly versatile. Because its broad, disc-shaped blade is bevelled around the full circumference, it is usable right or left handed, and at any angle you ﬁnd suitable. When held parallel to F the ground, the thin blade glides easily just below the surface, quickly and efﬁciently severing weeds at the root. It can even be used as a small edger for keeping garden borders tidy. Made from carbon steel, it has a 23/4Й diameter singlebevel blade and an offset 5Й ash handle. 12Й long overall. Made in Holland. PG127 Disc Weeder $16.50

Kneelers & Knee Pads For a selection of kneelers and knee pads, see the Outdoor Planting section. XH322 XH320

EB410 EE108

Weed Control 79

Most annual weeds can be killed simply by cutting them at or just below the surface of the soil using a hoe. Weeds that regenerate easily from the root, such as quack grass, need to have the entire root removed. For this job, a sharp-tined cultivator works well, especially on large patches of spreading weeds. We offer a variety of hoes but find it difficult to recommend one over the others, as each responds to specific user preferences. When determining your needs, consider how tight the spaces are in your garden and the type of movement you are most comfortable with, as well as any additional uses you might want in such a tool. All have appropriately angled heads, well-sharpened edges, and strong wooden handles. Of course, the best weeding tool is one that eliminates the need to weed altogether, and for this we suggest weed barriers or mulching.

Tool A.

Cultivator

Half-Moon Hoe

Swoe

Shufﬂe Hoe

Collinear Hoe

Loop Hoe

Slim Draw Hoe Japanese Draw Hoe

Function

Additional Features

Pulls weeds Loosens and aerates the soil and their roots Good for edging and furrowing Shape of tip makes it effective in tight spaces. Excellent for ornamental or vegetable gardens Horizontally positioned blade cuts into the soil by raising or lowering the handle only slightly Two different-sized blade attachments allow work in open or tight spaces Cut weeds at Loop design lets you see where the complete hoe or near the blade is at all times, avoiding accidents that slice soil surface plants other than weeds Good for hilling and trenching

J&K San-Kaku Hoes

Sneeboer Forged Cultivator & Half-Moon Hoe Forged, polished and sharpened by hand in the Netherlands, these are tough, high-quality stainless-steel tools. The 60Й lightly waxed ash handles absorb sweat from the hand and are less slippery than varnished wood. Overall tool length is 67Й, providing good reach without the need to bend. The cultivator’s sharp tines penetrate soil with ease, loosening and pulling weeds and their roots (instead of cutting them at the surface) while aerating the soil. The head, 31/2Йat its widest point, is easy to maneuver in tight spaces. The half-moon pull hoe is great for cutting Method of Use Tool Length Blade Width weeds near the surface and for moving soil. Its gooseneck provides the perfect angle so Pull action 67Й 31/2Й the user doesn’t need to adjust position. Pull action 67Й 61/4Й Also ideal for edging, furrowing or tight Shufﬂing push-pull work. The head is 61/4Й 66Й 5Й action at its widest by 11/2Й. Shufﬂing push-pull 68Й 7Й A. PG601 Forged Cultivator $ 59.50 action B. PG602 Forged Half-Moon Hoe $ 59.50 Sideways 66Й 6Й & 4Й PG605 Cultivator/Hoe Set $109.00 sweeping motion Sweeping motion in a near-vertical position Pull action

56Й

3Й

58Й

41/2Й

Good for digging and hilling

Pull action

55Й

9Й

Good for weeding and trenching. Spear points break up soil

Pull action

571/2Й or 18Й

41/2Й or 33/4Й

A B

C. Lee Valley Swoe

F. Lee Valley Loop Hoe

We designed this F loop hoe to make weeding easier in congested areas. Not only is the hoe only 3Й wide, but the loop design lets you see where the complete hoe blade is at H all times, avoiding accidents that slice plants other than weeds. The thin, spring-steel loop slides through the soil with minimal resistance H. Japanese Draw Hoe and stays sharp both because of hardness This is an excellent-quality hoe for and its thin cross section. Designed to preparing soil for seeding or transbe used in a near vertical position (like planting. Useful for digging or hilling, a collinear hoe) it is very easy on the it also makes a good weeder since the D. Lee Valley Diamond Shuffle Hoe back, letting you use a motion much sharp blade easily slices through soil The great advantage like sweeping. 54Й shaped ash handle, and roots. It has a 9Й wide blade and is of this hoe is that 56Й overall. 55Й long overall. Made in Japan, it has it positions the a hardwood handle and a hand-forged, BL125 Lee Valley Loop Hoe $39.50 D blade perfectly laminated blade that combines a hard horizontal, so carbon-steel face with a shock-absorbing G. Lee Valley Slim Draw Hoe you can cut softer steel back for increased durability, A full-size, standard draw hoe is into the soil and construction that made Japanese chisels useful for weed control as remove weeds famous. Strong yet lightweight, this is a well as hilling from below the traditional tool with a long history of use and trenching, surface just by raising in Japan. but is often G or lowering the handle slightly. Using too wide for PA320 Japanese Draw Hoe $59.50 it in a back-and-forth shuffling motion, use around letting it glide along the ground, allows closely spaced San-Kaku Hoes you to work for long periods without plants and can While these may look like something straining your back. Blade is 7Й wide be too heavy for you’d carry into battle, they are truly and sharpened on all edges. Mounted extended use. We effective hoes, and real workhorses in the on a 60Й ash handle for an overall tool redesigned this hoe, making garden. Popular in Japan for weeding and length of 68Й. Made by Lee Valley. it narrower, lighter and substantially trenching, they have hardened stainlessmore user friendly. It is easier to use, not steel spear points to break up soil and Lee Valley Diamond Shuffle Hoe just because of reduced size and weight, sever roots, and sharpened edges for PD347 $34.50 but because it is so much more maneuslicing through soil to remove shallowverable than a full-size hoe. The blade is rooted weeds. Designed for use in a E. Lee Valley Collinear Hoe 41/2Й wide. 54Й ash handle, 58Й overall. standing position, the long-handled This hoe is a joy to hoe is 571/2Й long overall, with a 71/2Й Made by Lee Valley. use. It is extremely long, 41/2Й wide head (minor assembly PD343 LV Slim Draw Hoe $29.50 lightweight with a required; hardware and hex key included). thin blade designed The short-handled version, 18Й long for cutting Easy Hoeing overall with a 51/2Й long, 33/4Й wide head, weeds, not Hoeing doesn’t need to be an onerous is ideal for working on your knees, in moving task. The objective is to keep weeds at raised beds, or in confined spaces. Each E earth. bay while cultivating the soil to create a has a comfortable, oval handle. Well The blade kind of micro-mulch that reduces evapomade in Japan. For the curious, san-kaku is offset so the bottom edge is in line ration. To remove most weeds you only is Japanese for triangle. with the bottom edge of the handle need to slice through the stems just below J. PA318 San-Kaku Hoe, 571/2Й $72.50 the soil surface. Whacking, chopping or (hence the name collinear). This keeps K. PA319 San-Kaku Hoe, 18Й $34.50 moving large quantities of soil will lead the blade travelling in a straight line to sore muscles and a waste of energy. even after hitting an obstruction. Instead, position the blade almost parallel Designs where the leading edge of to the soil surface and slide the blade the hoe is forward of the handle line about 1/2Й under the soil to cut down the (more usual) require more effort to unwanted vegetation. K keep the blade under control. The hoe Hoeing is easiest when the weeds are just is designed to be used in a sweeping H emerging, but difficult when they are full motion beside you, rather than in front grown. Clearly the best method is to cultivate your garden frequently. Cultivating of you. The two included blades are every other day will give superb results; if 6Й and 4Й wide and are easily removed that is not feasible, once a week is obvifor sharpening or for replacing. The ously better than once a month. 4Й blade is most suited for use around To slice through weeds quickly and closely spaced plants. The tool is 66Й easily you will need a hoe with a sharp, K overall with a 60Й ash handle, long thin blade. A sharp hoe requires less enough to allow you to work with your effort to use, and the thinner the blade, the back straight. One of the best weeding less soil you will end up moving unneceshoes available. sarily. Sharpen a hoe by using a mill file and putting a 30° to 45° bevel angle on PD131 LV Collinear Hoe $57.00 Overall length is 18Й.

Overall length is 55Й.

Overall length is 571/2Й.

This style of hoe is favored by many. Its 5Й wide stainlesssteel blade is used in a push-pull motion to cut weeds just below the soil surface. C Comfortable and strong, yet lightweight, the 60Й kiln-dried ash handle sets the blade at the correct cutting angle for quickly weeding ornamental or vegetable gardens. Overall tool length is 66Й. PD215 Lee Valley Swoe $44.50

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

the blade. Weed Control 81

Step on lever.

Tilt handle to pry weed out.

Remove weed. Center claws over weed.

Grampa’s Weeder® This elegant weeder was ﬁrst produced in the early 1900s, but manufacturing was abandoned when materials were diverted to the war effort during WWII. A timeless tool, it works with a simple technique that is fast, easy and doesn’t require any stooping. Simply center the claws over the head of the weed and step on the foot lever to push the claws into the ground. Tilting the handle levers out the weed without breaking the root near the surface. Like most weeders, it works best after a rainfall when the soil is moist. Appropriate for deep-rooted weeds such as dandelions, as well as shallow, densely rooted weeds such as plantain. With a cast steel head and lightly varnished ash handle, its total length is 46Й. The satisfaction of cleanly pulling an intact taproot makes weeding with this tool almost a pleasure. PT705 Grampa’s Weeder® $27.50

B A

2 Overall length is 39Й.

Lee Valley Dandelion Diggers C. Water-Powered Weeder Originally called the Star Patent Daisy This is a truly revolutionary Grubber when it was made in England gardening tool. Designed a century ago, this tool was used for to remove the entire root removing long-rooted weeds from lawns of taproot weeds, it C and gardens. We bought one of the old is ideal for use cast ones, liked it, and had it reproduced with dandelions. as a steel forging for improved toughness. By creating a The great advantage of this design is the high-pressure stream of water wide spoon-shaped shoulder behind the that blasts a hole beside the V; this large bearing surface lets you actuoffending root, it loosens it so ally lever weeds out rather than have the that the whole weed can be easily neck of the tool sink into the ground or plucked from the ground. Just cut into the turf as happens with other squeeze the trigger and gently dandelion diggers. The hardwood handle push the wand down into the gives you lots of leverage. The shortground alongside the root – the handled digger is 24Й overall with an water drills the hole with little 18Й handle; the long-handled digger is effort. After the weed has been 60Й overall with a 54Й handle. The longer pulled, the water soaks in and the hole handle lets you work while standing up. ﬁlls itself, leaving a smooth-looking lawn. The weeder comes with a twoA. PD201 Short-Handled Digger $21.50 part wand, and can be shortened by B. PD203 Long-Handled Digger $29.50 half if you prefer to work on your knees. Measures 43Й overall. Also useful for removing or straightening fence posts, or as a fast and tidy way 1 to make narrow, pre-watered holes for planting small bulbs such as lilies-of-the-valley or bluebells. A AL829 Water-Powered Weeder $49.50 2

Overall length is 43Й.

Overall length is 60Й.

Turn tool counterclockwise to remove weed.

D. Corkscrew Weeder

Initially skeptical, we tested this odd-looking tool, and to our surprise it performed very well, removing the entire taproot – even very long ones – nearly every time. Made in the Netherlands, it has a carbonsteel corkscrew-like tip and an ash T-handle. Just place the tip over the weed, press lightly and turn; the spiral screws into the dirt surrounding the root, loosening its hold. A ﬁrm tug removes the weed and root along with a plug of soil; just unscrew it by hand for disposal. 39Й long overall. Not recommended for soils with high clay content or those that are either very loose or densely compacted, it is most effective in moist, medium-packed earth. PG129 Corkscrew Weeder $39.00 To order call 1-800-871-8158 М

Non-slip grip handle

A. Giant Weed Torch Б

If you have a large area to flame, this is the torch for you. It’s a great way to get rid of weeds on patios or between paving stones without resorting to chemicals. It’s also great for removing ice from walkways. Because you can kill weeds by applying only enough heat to shrivel them, you can cover a lot of area quickly with this 100,000 BTU torch. The 29Й wand is attached to a 10И long hose. It connects to any standard refillable propane cylinder (North American only), the 20 lb barbecue cylinder being the most common. Not suitable for lawns. Made in USA. CSA certified. To be operated in accordance with local bylaws. Comes with instructions and a spark striker. PT615 Giant Weed Torch $79.00

Propane cylinder not included.

Flame adjustment valve

Narrow outlet emits a focused ﬂame, ideal for chemical-free spot weeding.

1Й diameter outlet

E. Mini Weed Torch Б

B. Weed Slicer

The sharp blade on this Japanese weeding tool is ideal for slicing and lifting weeds and moss out of cracks in patios, dry-stone walls and pavement. Very thin to slip into tight gaps, yet corrugated for rigidity, the 3Й blade is stainless steel. The sharp corner lets you pry out weeds; the radiused corner allows smooth, catch-free slicing when drawn toward the user. It measures 9Й from blade tip to the end of the sturdy plastic handle. AD882 Weed Slicer $9.50 AD883 Repl. Blade $3.90

A more compact version of our giant weed torch (at left), this one has a narrow outlet that emits a focused flame, ideal Spark striker included. for chemical-free spot weeding in gardens or on walkways. The adjustment valve lets you set the exact flame intensity you want. You need only apply enough heat to shrivel the foliage, which in turn causes the root to atrophy. The torch is also great for removing ice from walkways. Measuring 32Й overall, the 25,000 BTU torch with non-slip handle uses a standard propane cylinder (not included; available from any hardware store). Depending on the root system and time of year, some weeds may need a second treatment before they perish. To be operated in accordance with local bylaws. Made in USA, it is CSA certified and comes with instructions and a spark striker. PT610 Mini Weed Torch $49.95

Crack Weeders A weeder is useful in any home, whether or not it has a garden. It solves the problem F. Weed Brush of removing grass, weeds and moss growing in Keep cracks between interthe cracks of patios and walkways. Our regular locking bricks and patio stones model has a comfortable plastic handle molded free of moss, debris and shallowonto the hardened steel blade, and measures rooted weeds with this brush. 10Й long overall. For those who prefer to weed The 11/2Й long, brass-plated while standing, the telescoping model has a steel bristles converge to create hardened stainless-steel blade attached to a 30Й a wedge shape that effectively anodized aluminum handle that extends to 46Й scrapes material from cracks and locks in place with a twist of the wrist. with little effort. The 4Й wide by 13/8Й deep by 11/2Й high beech C. EE310 Crack Weeder $ 5.90 head can be held by hand or D. PD405 Telescoping Crack Weeder $16.50 attached to a handle; it is counterbored to accept any commonly available tapered, 3/4Й diameter wooden handle (screw included). Made in Holland. C PD402 Weed Brush $11.95

Handle not included.

A A. Original Woodman’s Pal® Б

Once a staple of the U.S. army, this extraordinary tool has been made by the same family-run company in Pennsylvania since 1941. More versatile than a machete or an axe, it excels at cutting through overgrown vegetation – even roots and small trees. It weighs 1 lb 9 oz, providing enough heft to chop through wood, yet is superbly balanced, reducing fatigue in prolonged use. Made of cold-rolled steel hardened to Rc47, the 111/2Й blade has a long double-bevelled edge for cutting hardwood or other coarse materials. To help prevent mishaps, the last inch at the tip is unsharpened. Designed to cut canes or saplings, the singlebevelled sickle blade can also be used to hook into cut branches to clear them out of the way. Shielded by a metal knuckle guard, the handmade leather handle offers a comfortable grip. Supplied in a woven nylon sheath with an internal pocket to hold the included sharpening stone, it is simply the best hand tool we have ever seen for clearing land. Made in USA. PA409 Woodman’s Pal® $95.00

Woven nylon sheath and sharpening stone included.

B. Biodegradable Weed Barrier

100% biodegradable and compostable, this weed-blocking film is perfect for preventing B unwanted weed growth without the use of chemicals. It’s a nonpolyethylene film based primarily on corn products. It prevents weed growth, retains soil moisture and raises soil temperature. Certified for organic production in Norway, and has all the highest European and North American approvals. Biodegrades completely in the soil by the end of the season. In fact, it will slowly start to break down within two months of laying it on the soil, but remains intact long enough to block the weeds while your crops get established and in turn shade the soil. Can also be composted or safely burned. This is not to be confused with some other so-called biodegradable plastics that only break down into tiny pieces in the soil – but the tiny pieces remain for hundreds of years. This film totally and completely breaks down into natural organic by-products. Made in Norway. 5ИК30И roll. 1+ 3+ HP201 Weed Barrier, 5ИК30И Roll $16.50 $14.80 Just punch holes and plant.

Great for ﬂowers.

Great for vegetables.

D. Bill Hook

A traditional hedge tool in Europe, this bill hook is great for removing small brush and weeds. It is comfortably handled with a leather grip and end-hook to keep the tool ﬁrmly in your hand. Italian made; measures 17Й overall. PA405 Bill Hook $36.50 E. New Backyard Idea Book

C. Weed-Barrier Fabric Б

This tough, woven fabric is heavier and longer lasting than the more common fabrics sold in garden centers. It is ideal for walkways or around plantings to keep down weeds. UV-resistant, it won’t rot, mildew or break down from use of fertilizers and will last indeﬁnitely if protected from the sun with a top dressing of mulch. It will let air, water and nutrients pass through, at the same time as it will block out all light and prevent weed growth. (Water passes through at a ﬂow rate of 19 litres per second per square metre.) The fabric can be cut with scissors or a knife to accommodate your plants or size of garden beds. Weighs 4 oz/sq.yd. with a tensile strength of 130 lb/in. Roll measures 3ИК50И. EC255 Weed Barrier, 3ИК50И Roll $34.50

by Natalie Ermann Russell Written by the former editor of Martha Stewart Living, this outdoor design guide is a great source of inspiration to help make the most of any back yard. Beautifully illustrated with over 330 color photographs, it gives examples of decks, patios, pool and play areas, social spaces, and structures such as gazebos, sheds, and even treehouses. Many of the ideas can be achieved at a low cost with inexpensive or found materials, and Russell offers suggestions to adapt the concepts to any style of décor or size of garden. Softcover, 9ЙК101/2Й, 217 pages, 2010. LA839 New Backyard Idea Book $14.95 E

84 Weed Control

LAWN CARE B

Grass catcher sold separately.

A Traditional 18Й mower is height adjustable from 1/2Й to 21/4Й.

Ball-bearing mounted reels

Traditional 14Й mower is height adjustable from 1/2Й to 11/2Й.

Lee Valley Reel Mowers Reel mowers are becoming a more common choice for homeowners. Not only are they quieter and kinder to the environment than gas mowers, they also deliver a superior cut because they shear grass rather than tear it. Tearing gives an uneven cut and causes tip browning. As a result, reel mowers have replaced rotary ones as the mower of choice on golf courses and estates. While reel mowers require more heft than power mowers, these modern models are much lighter and easier to push than the heavy cast-iron versions of old.

A. B. C. D.

We offer three different Lee Valley reel mowers to suit your lawn and your pocket book. The 14Й mower is our smallest and lightest reel mower, perfect for those small lawns found around many urban houses. It worked well in our tests, cutting through even long and matted grass. The five-blade reel has 14Й wide blades (actual cutting width 13Й), and is height adjustable from 1/2Й to 11/2Й. Weighing only 19 lb, it has 8Й diameter wheels. The 18Й mower is a great all-purpose mower that cuts virtually any type of grass. Mid-size and mid-weight, it has greater cutting height than the 14Й mower but less than the 20Й mower (ranging from 1/2Й to 21/4Й). The five-blade reel has 18Й wide blades (actual cutting width 17Й). Weighing 24 lb, it has 10Й diameter wheels. The 20Й mower has the widest cutting path of all our reel mowers. Two quickrelease levers easily set the cutting height from 17/8Й to 3Й, allowing a higher cut for better soil moisture retention, more effective weed control and a lusherlooking lawn. The four-wheel design adds stability, with 10Й front wheels and 6Й rear wheels. This 30 lb, five-blade mower cuts virtually any type of grass. All Lee Valley traditional mowers have ball-bearing mounted reels for years of trouble-free service. All require some assembly and set-up, with assembly and maintenance instructions included. Made in USA. The grass catcher weighs only 3 lb and fits all three Lee Valley reel mowers. Constructed of fabric with a plastic base, it holds * A shipping surcharge of a full bushel of clippings. $10 applies in addition to our PA812 *Lee Valley 14Й Mower Б $ 99.00 regular shipping charges. For PA810 *Lee Valley 18Й Mower Б $139.00 areas outside of the Continental PA809 *Lee Valley 20Й Mower Б $159.00 USA, contact Customer Service PA803 Grass Catcher $ 31.50 for shipping rates.

Traditional 20Й mower is height adjustable from 17/8Й to 3Й.

Comparison of Reel Mowers 14Й LV Mower Cutting Height Cutting Width # of Blades Weight Wheel Diameter Sharpening

18Й LV Mower

20Й LV Mower

1/2Й

1/2Й to 21/4Й to 11/2Й 17/8Й to 3Й 13Й 17Й 20Й 5 5 5 19 lb 24 lb 30 lb 8Й 10Й 10Й & 6Й Sharpening Kit PA807 or Cylinder Sharpener EG703 (See page 109 for these products.)

Old-Fashioned Grass Clippers Old-fashioned sheep shears are a favorite with some gardeners for trimming grass or clipping small hedges and topiary. These cut well and are reasonably priced. They are, however, a light, inexpensive shear suited to garden use, not for shearing sheep. Stainlesssteel frame and carbon-steel blades. Old-Fashioned Grass Clippers EC530 $9.95

Lawn Care 85

29Й.

Twist-off attachments ﬁt into the telescoping handle.

Rak e te lesc ope s fro m2 1Й to

Handle telescopes from 25Й to 41Й.

31Й to 64Й.

Rake te lescop es from

Adjustable Fan Rakes These versatile rakes have adjustable fan heads that allow you to modify their size to suit the task. They are especially useful when cleaning up debris in restricted areas, such as under bushes, in window wells or in densely planted ﬂower gardens. The short-handled rake extends your reach when sitting or kneeling. With an aluminum handle and steel tines that fan from 41/2Й to 12Й wide, it is 29Й long when open and it compacts to 21Й. The long-handled version has tines that spread from 71/2Й to 22Й wide, and a handle that telescopes to 64Й long and A compacts to just 31Й for storage. Made largely from steel, it can be used for raking leaves and long grass, cleaning up around shrubs, dethatching small patches of lawn, etc. Durably constructed, Tines spread these are excellent from 41/2Й to 12Й wide. all-purpose rakes. A. PH203 Short-Handled Rake $12.50 B. PH202 Long-Handled Rake $16.50

C. Telescoping Garden Tool Set

This is an excellent light-duty tool set with twist-off attachments that ﬁt into the same telescoping (25Й to 41Й) handle. In raised beds, the 25Й length is about right. Otherwise, somewhere between 25Й and 41Й (depending on your height) is more suitable. The 31/4Й soil rake and 5Й fan rake are ideal for closely planted beds. The crack weeder keeps your walkways clean and the trowel lets you garden even when you’re wearing your ﬁnery. No longer do you have to wait for the “other half ” to get ready; you can stroll your gardens, winkling out weeds without stooping, never soiling your hands or clothes. A most useful set. PT905 Telescoping Garden Tool Set $26.50

Landscaper Bag This oversized woven polypropylene bag is perfect for gathering leaves, hedge trimmings, grass clippings, or any garden refuse. Sturdy and rot-proof, the bag has a ring at the top to hold it open and free your hands. Reinforced nylon handles at the top, sides and bottom make it easy to move and empty. The bottom is also reinforced with a layer of rigid polypropylene. 26Й in diameter, it is available in sizes small (22Й high) and large (29Й high). D. XM521 Landscaper Bag, Small $32.50 E. XM523 Landscaper Bag, Large $36.50

F. Leaf Bag Ring Б

Tines spread from 71/2Й to 22Й wide.

Bag not included.

It can be frustrating to try to transfer leaves into a paper yard bag that doesn’t stand fully open and easily collapses on itself. Inserted into a standard bag, this polypropylene ring holds the opening taut for easy ﬁlling. Whether the bag is ﬁlled in its standing position or laid down and raked into, this is a simple yet highly effective tool. Bag Ring, ea. XG185

$9.95 $8.95 D

B 86

G. Power Rake А

A. B. C. D. E.

Wire Rake Heads Б The closely spaced tines on these rake heads excel at gathering pine needles, mulch or other material too fine for a regular rake. The flexible, rust-resistant galvanized spring-steel tines are set in a polypropylene base at an aggressive angle, so you need not stoop or press down to stay in contact with the ground. They also dethatch well with moderate pressure. Each tine’s spring-coil base lets it deflect over obstructions. Heads are 6Й, 9Й or 21Й wide, with a 15/16Й diameter joint to fit standard 3/4Й handles with the thread removed (#8 screw not included). Sold separately, an 18Й fiberglass handle fits the 6Й or 9Й head for use while kneeling. The 55Й handle is suitable for use with any of the rake heads. PH107 6Й Wire Rake Head $13.50 PH106 9Й Wire Rake Head $14.80 C PH105 21Й Wire Rake Head $18.50 PH112 18Й Fiberglass Handle $ 9.50 PH110 55Й Fiberglass Handle $19.50 A

* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

A spring coil at the base of each tine lets it ﬂex upward if it meets an obstruction.

65 3/4 Й.

Overa ll leng th is

Power rake is an appropriate name for this rake. Not only does it perform the many functions of gathering leaves, raking soil or twigs, collecting apples and spreading top dressings, but it also passed a thorough torture test with ﬂying colors. The 24Й wide head has 25 tines and is attached to a 5И handle that has a rotating handgrip for a low or high angle of attack. On the push stroke the sweptback tines glide over the leaves, and on the pull stroke the upper shield prevents the accumulating pile of leaves from tumbling over the tines. It can also be used to push piles of leaves, grass clippings, etc., to another location. By its nature the rake rarely needs to be lifted while in use; it just glides about from spot to spot, which makes it very easy on your back. 653/4Й long overall. Highly recommended, it is available only at Lee Valley. PH101 *Power Rake $46.50

Raking without the BackSaver. Bend in back is pronounced.

Ergonomic handle adjusts to reduce back strain.

With BackSaver attached to the rake, posture is much more upright.

F. BackSaver Grip®

This ergonomically designed handle is an easy addition to straight-shaft tools. By changing the position and angle of your grip, it helps reduce back strain, fatigue, and stress injuries caused by repetitive movements. Made from ABS plastic, it can be used on any long-handled tool, such as a rake, broom, shovel or mop – anything with a shaft from 3/4Й to 13/4Й in diameter. The D-shaped grip is 61/2Й wide and projects approximately 6Й. It also improves stability and control when used with extension-handled overhead tools, such as paint rollers and tree pruners. AL120 BackSaver Grip® $11.95 87

Four times the gripping surface of conventional handles, with room for both hands.

Lightly cushioned grip

When planting grass seed, it is a good idea to sprinkle a mixture of equal amounts of topsoil, manure and peat moss, then distribute the seed and top off with more of the blend before watering. This both enriches the soil and minimizes seed loss to birds.

Thoughtfully designed to help you work comfortably and efﬁciently, this ergonomic edger is a real innovation in a traditional garden tool. The large circular handle accommodates a wide range of natural hand positions, so you can grip it from any angle to avoid wrist and muscle strain, while its durable TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) coating provides good grip. The 9Й wide stainless-steel blade has broad steps for secure foot registration. The step angle is slightly greater than 90° relative to the blade, to permit an efﬁcient pushing angle and to reduce the chance of your foot slipping off, helping avoid injuries. The strong carbon-steel shaft is encased in resin to resist rust and damage. About 38Й long overall, the edger weighs 4 lb. PG100 Ergonomic Edger $37.50 Oversized steps are ergonomically designed for secure, comfortable foot placement.

Stainless-steel head

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Trunk Wraps Б Powered string trimmers and lawn mowers can damage and sometimes kill trees with repeated abuse. As multiple knocks and cuts build up, wounds are left open to insect and fungal attack. Worse, a tree cannot survive when more than 50% of its circumference (at the same level on the trunk) has been “ringed” or “girdled”. To protect against damage caused by mowers and trimmers we offer two types of trunk wraps, but as always, the best solution is to keep the area around the trunk free of grass. Our clever bark wrap is made of a tough, ﬂexible poly material that has a memory and will always try to curl back up. Wrap it around any trunk up to 4Й in diameter (13Й circumference). Measuring 73/4Й tall, it will last for many years and expand as the tree grows. Especially valuable with newly planted fruit trees and ornamentals. The trunk guard, made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant plastic, covers trees up to 31/2Й in diameter and locks in place. Two or more can be linked to cover even larger trees. Used by professional landscapers, it stands 9Й tall. 5-year warranty. 1+ 5+ B. SC105 Bark Wrap, ea. $4.50 $4.05 C. SC125 Trunk Guard, ea. $3.80 $3.40 88 Lawn Care

Overall length is 37Й.

A. Radius® Ergonomic Stainless-Steel Edger

Overall length is 38Й.

Carbon-steel shaft is encased in resin.

The Organic Lawn Care Manual by Paul Tukey There are many books on ﬂowers, trees and other decorative ﬂora, but very few on the lawn itself. This one covers everything you need to start and maintain beautiful grass, using environmentally safe methods. It starts with determining your yard uses and needs, then describes soil composition, grass anatomy and available varieties. Separate chapters handle starting or renovating a lawn, making the transition to chemical-free maintenance, watering, controlling pests, weeds and diseases, and mowing. Includes several alternatives to grass, depending on the use of your lawn. Color photographs and drawings accompany the text. Softcover, 81/2ЙК101/2Й, 271 pages, 2007. LA647 Lawn Care $15.50

Hand-turned ash T-handle

D. Sneeboer Forged

D Wide, welded step provides strong, secure footing.

Stainless-Steel Edger This high-quality, professional-grade tool is hand forged by a small ﬁrm in the Netherlands. The 10Й wide by 43/4Й high stainless-steel blade may not be pretty, but it is solid and well sharpened to cut cleanly through turf. Made with a proper footstep and an attractive, hand-turned ash T-handle (13Й wide), this edger is both comfortable and well balanced. Measures 37Й overall. PG399 Forged Edger $99.00

Two or more trunk guards can be linked together.

A. Adjustable Grass Shears

B. C. D. E.

If you have ever accidentally ringed a young tree, sliced down some innocent flowers or sprayed Shears can be set at several gravel with your different cutting angles. power weed trimmer, you will appreciate the accuracy and peaceful A sound of these grass shears. They are indispensable for trimming in tight corners, close to walls, beside raised beds, or anywhere your push mower won’t go. F. Traditional Austrian Scythe The shears can be set at several This is a traditional Austrian scythe. The blade different cutting angles, from vertical through horiis wide, thin, lightweight and very sharp. It is zontal. The blades have a nice action and sound. mounted to a straight aluminum snath (handle) with grips that adjust to the height of the user. EC807 Adjustable Grass Shears $12.90 Because a razor-sharp scythe is essential, a water stone and watertight holster are also Universal Gas Trimmer Head & Line offered. Sold as a set of all pieces (blade, Traditional bump-and-feed trimmer heads often snath, stone and holster) or as individual jam, and can be frustrating to load with new line. components. A healthful and low-cost way This trimmer head uses cut-to-length line that to maintain or harvest a small acreage. Blade is locked in place with a central spring clamp. measures 29Й long, snath measures 59Й long. You simply press the button, poke the line through the head, and release the button to PC501 Scythe Blade $ 66.50 clamp it securely. Takes line from 0.095Й PC503 Aluminum Snath (handle) $ 52.50 to 0.135Й in diameter. Included are trimmer PC505 Scythe Stone $ 6.50 adapters and six strips of 0.095Й trimmer line. PC507 Watertight Holster $ 7.50 Curved-shaft version will fit most gas trimmers PC509 Scythe Set, 4 pcs. $119.00 made by Black & Decker, Echo, Homelite, John Deere, Makita, McCullough, Poulan, Visit us at www.leevalley.com Ryobi, Sears, Toro, Weed Eater and others. Straight-shaft version will fit most gas models by Echo, Homelite, John Deere, Jonsered, Kaaz, Makita, McCullough, Poulan, Ryobi, Toro, Stihl G. Long-Handled Grass Shears and others. For a detailed alphabetical list of all This tool is perfect for those who dislike makes and models, please visit our website or powered string trimmers, particularly because of the damage they often do to bark on young contact Customer Service. trees. At about 38Й tall, it gives just enough Our bi-component trimmer line has two reach to permit trimming without stooping. advantages over standard line. It has a flexible The cutting head rotates to allow vertical cuts nylon core (for strength), co-extruded with a hard, on growth overhanging walkways and patios, abrasive-resistant shell that is designed to inhibit and can be positioned in line with the handle fraying. Available in two sizes, 0.095Й diameter for low-profile storage. Ideal for trimming by 40И length, and 0.130ЙК150И, which is ideal grass along walkways, beside buildings for heavier work. and around trees. The 51/2Й blades have EC715 Curved-Shaft Trimmer Head $27.50 a low-friction coating for smooth operation. EC716 Straight-Shaft Trimmer Head $27.50 Great value in a high-quality trimmer. EC720 0.095Й Trimmer Line, 40И Б $ 3.50 EC722 0.130Й Trimmer Line, 150И Б $14.50 PC920 Long-Handled Grass Shears $29.50

Handles fold and blades lock closed for storage.

Blades rotate.

B D

Actual size

G B Shown on Weed Eater.

Press the button, poke the line through the head, and release the button to clamp it securely.

Blades align with handle for low-proﬁle storage.

Lawn Care 89

Our Website

Visit

Newsletter

Example of Sales and Special Buys

www.leevalley.com

to see our full range of woodworking, gardening, hardware and gift products. You can: • Click on What’s New for the latest in each product line • Browse extra photos and information or printable instructions for many products • Create your Wish List to help friends and family ﬁnd the perfect gift • Shop at your convenience, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week • Consult our instructional videos on a wide range of topics

Any of our catalogs may be obtained by:

• • • • •

calling 1-800-871-8158 requesting a copy when you order e-mailing customerservice@leevalley.com visiting our website (click on Catalog Request) dropping us a note

Hardware Catalog Published in October, our Main Hardware catalog offers over 250 full-color pages of one of the largest collections of hardware on the market. Woodworking Catalog We publish several woodworking catalogs throughout the year, featuring many new and unique products. Issued in September, our Main Woodworking catalog offers over 280 pages of high-quality hand tools and woodworking supplies.

Online Catalogs

Newsletters Published monthly, our newsletters contain technical information, company news, special event dates and other topics of interest to woodworkers and gardeners. You can view the newsletters online, or sign up to receive them by e-mail. Sales and Special Buys You can choose to receive e-mail notiﬁcations of our sales and special buys. Our opt-in e-mails are user conﬁgurable, and you can even sign up without registering on the website. View our latest woodworking, gardening and hardware catalogs online. Browse the pages or search for products, then click to add them to your cart. About Us Lee Valley is a family-owned business that has been serving woodworkers and gardeners for over 35 years, through both mail order and our retail stores in Canada. Many of our products are of our own design, including those made by Veritas Tools Inc., our manufacturing arm. When you call during business hours, you will be served by staff who are not on commission and whose goal is to answer your questions and give the best advice possible. You can rely on us for quality, value, and personal attention, and have 3 months to decide whether or not our products meet your expectations.

Privacy Policy At Lee Valley Tools Ltd., we understand the importance of protecting the privacy of our customers’ personal information. We are committed to complying with the current privacy legislation and guidelines. We continue to respect and protect the personal information of our customers. Be assured that we never sell, rent or share our customer list and you will not receive mail or e-mail from others as a result of being on our mailing lists. If you have any questions regarding the handling of your personal information, please view our Privacy & Security Statement on our website, or contact Customer Service.

Send a Catalog to a Friend If you have a friend you think would enjoy seeing any of our catalogs, send us their name and address and we will send them a free catalog of your choice. Your friend will not receive unwanted mail from others as a result of your request. (See our order form for more details).

Lee Valley Gift Card Lee Valley gift cards are available in any amount of $10.00 or more, and can include a personal message. They can be sent by mail, or as an electronic version by e-mail. Either one may be purchased and redeemed by phone, fax or mail order, or online. М

INDEX

Aerators .........................................29, 55 Aprons .......................................115, 159 Anchors....................... 49, 105, 120, 128 Arbors, arches .....................42, 102, 142 Axes, hatchet ....................9, 27, 84, 150 Backpack, picnic ...............................152 Back warmer......................................151 Bags: compostable ..............................52 garden collection ...........................86 tote .................................99, 159, 190 Baking supplies ........174, 178, 181-184 Barbecue accessories ................179, 188 Bark wrap ...........................................88 Baskets: garden..................................169 hanging ................................... 22-23 Bee nest..................................................3 Bench, potting......................................13 Binoculars ..........................................149 Birding ..................................... 154-157 Bonsai tools .........................................41 Book darts .........................................140 Bookends, book holder..............140, 185 Books ........................................ 132-143 Bottles ........................................147, 185 Bowls .........................................152, 176 Brackets: construction ........................ 50, 53, 102, 104, 105 shelf, wall .................. 107, 126, 127 Brushes, cleaning ........ 18, 39, 113, 156, 166, 167, 188 Buckets, pails ....... 52, 58, 112, 131, 169 Bulb planting ............. 28, 30, 31, 34, 79 Cables, stainless-steel ........................123 Calculator, kitchen ............................180 Camera, time-lapse ..............................27 Camping & Leisure ................ 147-153 Can crusher, opener ..................177, 190 Canning, preserving .................. 184-186 Carabiners ........................ 124, 129, 147 Carts & Wagons ............28, 63, 99, 191 Cell phone holster..............................159 Chain-saw multi-tool .........................112 Cherry pitter.......................................173 Citrus press, reamer ...........................175 Climate Control .......................... 48-51 Cloches ..........................................48, 49 Clocks ...............................................146 Clotheslines, racks .................... 120, 121 Clothing ................................... 158-166 Coir blocks, liners, pots ................12, 22 Colanders ..........................................176 Color wheels, swatches ..............26, 133 Compass ............................................149 Composting & Fertilizing .......... 52-55 Concrete colors, mixer, molds ..........106 Connectors: cane/pipe .................42, 103 deck .............................................108 hose..........................................61, 74 Container Gardening ......... 17-25, 192 Cookie dropper, racks .......................184 Cooling bandana, towel.....................158 Cord, twine .........43, 119, 124, 128-130 Corkscrew ..........................................189 Corn cutter, forks .......................174, 188 Croquet set ........................................153 Cups, measuring ........................111, 178 Cultivators ..........17, 27, 29-36, 80, 192 Cutting boards ..................................172 Dandelion diggers ...............................82 Deck building ....................................108 Deer fence ...........................................98 Deer ﬂy patches ..................................92 Dehydrator .........................................187 Deodorizer, volcanic ........................166 Dinner triangle ..................................152 Doormats, doorstops .................119, 166 Downspout accessories ......42, 116, 117

Driveway washer ..............................117 Drywalkers™ ...................................165 Duster ..................................................98 Edging .................................88, 104, 106 Egg poacher, timer ............................185 Electrical cord accessories .......117, 119 storage ..........56, 110, 124-126, 131 Eyelets .................................................51 Feathers & irons ...............................107 Fencing tool ........................................98 Fertilizing ............................................55 Fireplace accessories ....... 115, 152, 191 Fire steels ..........................................151 Flagpoles, ﬂags .................................107 Flashlights ......................... 118, 147-149 Floral ............................................ 38-41 Forks: cooking ..........................152, 188 gardening ........ 17, 30, 31, 34-36, 55 Frost protection ............................. 48-50 Funnel, canning ................................186 Garlic accessories .....................174, 175 Gift card ..............................................90 Gate hardware....................................108 Gloves .......................160-161, 164, 181 Grafting ...............................................16 Grater ................................................175 Greenhouse accessories ......................51 Grow-box hardware .................. 102-104 Grow lights .........................................14 Hammock ..........................................153 Hand Care ............................... 166-167 Handles ........ 25, 87, 110, 111, 113, 130 Hand trucks .........................................99 Hangers, plant ...............................23, 24 Hardscaping ............................ 102-108 Hardware ................... Separate catalog Harvest ..................................... 168-169 Hats ........................................... 162-164 Hearing protectors ............................115 Herb storage...............................177, 185 Hiking stick .......................................147 Hoes ............................ 29, 32, 33, 80-81 Home Solutions ........................ 112-123 Hooks .................. 23, 45, 110, 124, 125 Hoses & attachments .................... 60-78 storage ..............46, 62-65, 124, 126 Hydroponic lights ................................14 Irrigation systems ..............57-59, 70-78 Jacket .................................................158 Jar opener ..........................................177 Journals, notepads ...............26, 106, 140 Juicer ..................................................187 Kettle..................................................151 Kitchen ..................................... 170-190 Kite.....................................................153 Knee protection .............................28, 37 Knives: camping ....................... 150-152 garden .............. 16, 18, 32, 168, 192 kitchen ............... 170-171, 182, 189 Labelling & Marking ..... 100-101, 186 Lamps & lanterns ..................... 148-149 Landscaping ........................ 26, 102-108 Late Additions ..................... 3, 191-192 Laundry accessories .................. 120-121 Lawn Care ....................... 82, 83, 85-89 Lawnmowers & access. 85, 99, 109-111 Levels.........................................107, 108 Lights .....................14, 95, 118, 147-149 Liners: basket, pot ........................20, 22 Loppers .............................................7, 8 Luggage tags......................................123 Magnets ........................... 124, 127, 185 Magniﬁers ...........................95, 149, 167 Match case .........................................151 Mattocks ..............................................32 Measuring tools, cooking .........178, 183 Meters: light...................................15, 26 moisture ...................................54, 59

soil pH .......................................3, 54 Misters ..........................................77, 97 Molds: concrete .................................106 ice ................................................189 soil block .......................................13 Mortar & pestle .................................176 Moth traps ............................................93 Mulch, mulch fork ........................48, 55 Nail clippers.......................................166 Netting ..........................................43, 98 Outdoor Planting ........ 26-37, 191, 192 Pails, tubs ............. 52, 58, 112, 131, 169 Paper cutter ........................................122 Peelers ...............................................174 Pest Control............49, 92-98, 155, 164 Picking tools .................. 7, 38, 119, 168 Planners, garden .................27, 106, 140 Plans .......................................... 141-143 Planters ................................... 18-19, 25 Pliers, seal removal............................122 Popcorn poppers ................................189 Pot feet, saucers ..................................21 Pots ...................................12, 15, 16, 19 Presses: ﬂower .....................................40 food............................. 174, 175, 186 Propagation ................................. 12-16 Propane tank accessories ..................188 Pruning .......................... 3, 4-11, 38, 41 Pumps .................................70, 111, 114 Racks: cooking .........................181, 184 ﬁrewood ......................................115 laundry .................................120, 121 Radios, weather .........................146, 147 Rain gauges ...............................144, 145 Raised beds ............................... 102-104 Rakes ................................. 33, 35, 86-87 Ramp hardware ...................................99 Raspberry cane cutter ...........................9 Ricer...................................................187 Rock rake ............................................33 Rooters, root stimulator ................16, 39 Rope, ratchet, tensioners ...........129, 130 Row covers ...................................49, 50 Rust erasers .......................................111 Saws .............................. 6, 8-11, 32, 150 Scales ................................ 123, 178, 179 Scare owl, scare tape ............92, 98, 191 Scissors ...........................7, 38, 122, 173 Scoops, soil & seed ........ 17, 28, 31, 154 Scrapers .............................................122 Scythe & accessories ..........................89 Seed: spreaders .....................12, 28, 191 starters ..................................... 12-15 storage ......................... 13, 130, 131 Shade cloth .........................................49 Sharpening aids .......7, 89, 109-110, 172 Shears: grass ................................85, 89 kitchen ........................................173 pruning/hedge ...................6, 8, 9, 41 Shed kit .............................................105 Shirt ...................................................158 Shoes, slippers ..................................165 Shovels ....................................30, 34, 35 Sieves, sifting screens .........................28 Silica gel crystals ................................40 Siphons ...................... 55, 111, 114, 116 Sketch pads, gardener’s ....................106 Skewers..............................................188 Slicers ........................................173, 175 Slug & snail trap, barriers....................95 Soap ..................................................167 Sod lifter .............................................29 Software .......................................26, 157 Soil amendments ...........................17, 57 Soil test kit ...........................................54 Spades .................17, 30, 31, 34-36, 150 Spatulas......................................182, 183 Spice bottles, infuser .................185, 187

Spoons: cooking, measuring ....178, 186 Sprayers: clean-up ....... 65, 66, 114, 117 irrigation ................................. 76-78 pest control ..............................96, 97 plant ............................ 13, 55, 65-66 Sprinklers ............................67-68, 72-78 Spurtle ...............................................177 Stakes: netting ...............................43, 50 plant ...................................18, 44, 47 raised bed.....................................104 Staking & Trellises ....... 18, 42-47, 142 Stands, pot ...............................21, 24, 25 Staples ...........................................50, 98 Stem cutters, strippers ....................9, 38 Stone splitting ...................................107 Storage ............................. 115, 123-131 kitchen ............... 173, 177, 185, 189 Strainers ................... 169, 176, 186, 187 Sugar tester .......................................168 Sundials .....................................144, 145 Sweeper .............................................119 Tape, adhesive .......................51, 95, 119 Tarp holders ................51, 105, 127-129 Tea brewer .........................................177 Template, landscaping ......................106 Thermometers: cooking ...........179, 180 outdoor ................................144, 146 soil & compost .............................54 Tick remover .......................................96 Tie-downs ........... 46, 51, 105, 123, 124, 127-129, 153 Ties: plant ...........................................46 storage .........................................126 Timers ...................................15, 69, 185 Tires .....................................................99 Tomato craters, supports ........44, 45, 48 Tongs ........................................180, 186 Tool Maintenance ............... 7, 109-112 Towels, cloths ................... 113, 158, 190 Traps ............................................. 93-94 Trays: boot ........................................166 plant ..............................................15 Trellises ................................. 42-44, 142 Trench digger ......................................27 Trimmer accessories ...........................89 Trowels .............. 17, 30, 31, 33, 86, 192 Tubs, pails............. 52, 58, 112, 131, 169 Tumblers ............................................190 Tweezers .....................................41, 167 Twine, cord .........43, 119, 124, 128-130 U-bar digger ........................................27 Valves, watering ...............60, 64, 65, 74 Vases, vase brushes ......................39, 40 Walkway molds ................................106 Washing tools .. 39, 65, 66, 112, 113, 117 Wasp traps, deterrents ........................93 Watering ................................ 13, 56-78 Watering: cans, jugs .....................56, 57 mat ................................................59 reservoirs ..............18, 19, 22, 57, 59 spikes, bulbs .....................57, 58, 75 Weather & Time ..................... 144-146 Weed barriers ......................................84 Weed Control .............................. 79-84 Weeders, assorted ..................17, 30-34, 79-84, 86, 192 Weed torches ......................................83 Wheelbarrow accessories ..............70, 99 Wheels & tires ....................................99 Whisks ...............................................182 Window: box ......................................25 opener ...........................................51 seed starter .....................................15 washing .........................65, 112, 113 Wire links, wire tensioning system ...105 Woodworking .............Separate catalog Wrench extender................................112 Zipper, adhesive ..................................51 Index 91

I N D E X

PEST CONTROL

A. Garden Scare Owl

There are many scare owls on the market, but most aren’t very scary to birds. They are not realistic and Head rotates 360° and bobs up and down. have no movement. Sooner or later birds seem to ﬁgure out that either this is not an owl or it is a dead one. Our life-size owl is much more convincing. Not only does it have realistic eyes, but the head is carefully balanced so that it will move, nodding and turning, with the slightest air movement. Made from good-quality poly resin, it is durable and weatherproof. Useful in protecting soft fruits and tender shoots from birds. It is 17Й tall and should be mounted on top of a post for best effect. AT235 Garden Scare Owl $32.50

17Й

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit us at www.leevalley.com

B. CatStop®

Once cats start using a garden bed or a child’s sandbox as a litter box, it can be very difﬁcult to get them to stop. Using a heat-sensor trigger, CatStop emits a burst of ultrasonic sound to repel cats that come within a localized area. The heat sensor covers about 300 sq.ft. in a 105° arc in front of the unit, with a range of about 20И. The noise frequency sweeps from 21 to 25 KHz, a range audible to most cats but not to most humans. At 124 decibels, it will startle a cat, scaring it away from the area. Keyhole slots allow fence or wall mounting, or it can be set in the ground using the included stake. (Some white cats, older cats and exotic breeds cannot hear higher frequencies and may not be affected.) 9V battery sold separately. For outdoor use only. Weatherproof ABS housing. AT615 CatStop® $57.50 25K50.03 9V Alkaline Battery $ 4.95 20И

B 105°

20И

CatStop® unit can be mounted to a wall or fence using the included screws.

Main stake

Extension stake

C. Deer Fly Patches Б

We have tested this product and can vouch for its effectiveness. As you know, deer flies seem to land on silken feet and give you no warning before they rip out a piece of your carcass. C But their motto is: “Those whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad.” So, they fly round your head a dozen or more times before landing on the back of it. If you have one of our deer fly patches on the back of your cap, they will immediately be trapped when they land. The patch will not stick to your fingers, but will still trap the deer flies. It’s all small-scale jungle warfare. Offered in packages of four or twelve sticky patches, each measuring 21/2ЙК53/4Й. One patch will stay effective for several days. AB715 Deer Fly Patches (4) $3.95 AB716 Deer Fly Patches (12) $9.75 North American bats can be a gardener’s best ally in controlling insect pests. A single bat can consume over 1000 insects per night; their fare includes mosquitoes, moths, beetles, termites, ants, roaches, and crickets. A bat house mounted on a 20 ft post in a sunny spot will attract bats to your yard. D. C CatScat

A good deterrent for pets that want to use your garden as a litterbox. Also excellent for use on ga ledges to discourage pigeons or other nesting le birds. Comes as a package of four plastic bi spiked mats that you set in place by pushing sp the th integral anchors into the ground. They can be used full size or cut to fit the area. Each mat measures 81/2ЙК61/2Й. Spikes are 1Й long and m sufficiently flexible that they will not harm su people (or pets) as they discourage animals and pe birds. Made in England. bi BL661 CatScat, pkg. of 4 B $17.95

C. Hanging Wasp Trap A. Wasp Traps

Effective and A easy to use, these funnel-shaped collars ﬁt onto the tops of 1- or 2-litre bottles, creating instant wasp traps. Just add a few ounces of sugar water or other sweet liquid as a lure and wasps will ﬂy into the bottle and become trapped. Great at picnics and barbecues. Set of three reusable collars. Made in Denmark. EM234 Bottle Wasp Traps, set of 3 $5.95

A small wasp trap is perfect for hanging from branches of F. Waspinator® fruit trees where wasps, hornets One of the easiest ways to discourage wasps and yellowjackets congregate from hanging around your porch, patio or picnic and often destroy ripe fruit site is by using this simple mock wasp nest. in the process. Just add any Because wasps are territorial, they recognize the sweet liquid and the nest as a hazard to avoid. Made from lightinsects will ﬂy into the weight, recycled polyester fabric, it has an hole in the base where integral hanging loop and measures 12Й high. In they get trapped and our tests we found it deterred wasps, including eventually drown. Made of yellow jackets, up to 20И away. You may need heavy glass with two or more to cover large areas. A great altera cork stopper and a copper loop for hanging. native to conventional traps. 1+ 3+ Alternatively, feet on the bottom allow it to EM238 Waspinator®, ea. $8.50 $7.65 stand on a table. Measures 6ЙК31/2Й. EM230 Hanging Wasp Trap $13.90 D. Pantry Moth Trap Б

Simple and safe to use indoors, this non-toxic moth trap is an effective and long-lasting way Trap Б to control food and grain moths. Each comes This is a quick and with a powerful economical method of natural pheromone making multiple wasp lure that attracts moths and hornet traps. Simply D for up to three months, fit the funnels into the drawing them inside side of a 1- or 2-litre the trap, where they plastic soft drink bottle become stuck on the (that you supply) by adhesive lining. Trap cutting two slits for each can be placed on a shelf or windowsill, or hung funnel and inserting. on a string or nail using the convenient hang Add homemade attrachole. An adhesive-free strip at each end lets you tant liquid (recipe handle the trap without getting sticky. Package included) to lure wasps/ contains two traps and lures. Made in USA. hornets to crawl through AT216 Pantry Moth Trap, pkg. of 2 $8.95 the funnel and become trapped inside the bottle. E. Clothes Moth Traps Б Ideal for use at picnics Tineola bisselliella, otherwise known as the or barbecues. Sold in packages of six. Made common clothes moth, is notorious in its larval in USA. stage for chewing holes in fabrics made of EM232 Wasp & Hornet Traps, pkg. of 6 $9.95 wool, cotton or other natural fibers. If you have an infestation, this trap can provide an effective method of control. It uses a long-lasting pheromone and an adhesive liner to lure and capture male clothes moths, preventing them from finding a mate. With mating interrupted, the females are prevented from laying eggs, eliminating a new generation of moth larvae. Effective for up to three months, each non-toxic trap measures 5ЙК2ЙК31/2Й tall and is best used in an enclosed space such as a closet or drawer. B Package of two. Made in USA. AT217 Clothes Moth Traps, pkg. of 2 $8.95

B. Wasp & Hornet

Pest Control 93

F. Bug Trapper

An ideal device for trapping ﬂies, wasps, spiders, etc. You simply place the transparent pyramid over the insect on a wall or window, rotate it 180° (causing a door to slide closed), carry the insect outside, rotate the pyramid 180° again (letting the door slide open) and release the captive. No muss, no fuss, and no big welts. 16Й long in total. Made in England by environmentally sensitive people. AT220 Bug Trapper $8.50

C. Window Fly Trap А

A. Fruit Fly Traps Б

Fruit flies are annoying. At certain times of the year they seem to be especially pervasive, and are even attracted to citrus-based solvents! This is an incredibly efficient trap. The first one we tested cleared a kitchen in one day. Suspicious that something else might have been the cause, we opened the trap to find some 200 flies in it. Each trap will hold 10 times that number and is effective for a month or more. The non-toxic lure is irresistible to fruit flies and the entire trap can be discarded in your regular garbage when its time is up. Set of two traps. Each trap measures 4ЙК4ЙК2Й. 1+ 3+ AT215 Fruit Fly Traps, set of 2 $14.95 $12.95 B. Powder Fly Trap А

Often mistaken for common houseflies, cluster flies emerge from winter dormancy and gather in large numbers at sunny windows. Placed in a lower corner of any window where they congregate, this simple non-toxic trap can capture as many as 1000 before requiring disposal. Instead of using an attractant, the trap Fly enters trap and is covered with powder. takes advantage of the fly’s natural behavior; once it contacts the window pane, the fly instinctively descends into the corner, where the trap lies in its path. Entering through a slot in the top of the trap, it becomes coated with an extremely fine, natural powder derived from ground eggshells, which renders it unable to escape. The 93/4ЙК3ЙК13/4Й trap mounts Powder-covered fly is using two removable peelunable to escape trap. and-stick adhesive strips. For best results, place one trap in each window where you observe cluster flies. Made in Canada. EM225 Powder Fly Trap $19.95

1. Cover spider.

2. Rotate180°

to close door. No one likes to see flies buzzing against a window, but the sight of them stuck to flypaper is even worse. That’s why we like this trap, as it not only Indoor view captures houseflies, but hides them from view. Mounted with suction 3. Spider cups to the is now 4. To release, trapped. rotate180° inside of any to open door. window, the 33/4 ЙК71/2Й plastic frame holds an opaque, nonF toxic card with an adhesive side that faces the glass. Flies crawl inside and stick to the adhesive, remaining Outdoor view out of sight from inside the G. Spider Trap Б room. An Biting spiders are adhesive-free becoming a greater problem band at each in North America. As well as end of the card the wide-ranging Brown Recluse lets you easily discard and replace it as needed. and Yellow Sac spiders, which have Each trap comes with one card; replacements been with us for years, the more recent are available in packs of two. Long overdue, introduction of the Hobo spider in Seattle this is a highly effective fly trap. has resulted in a rapid migration in all direc1+ 3+ tions. They can now be found in B.C. and EM204 Fly Trap $5.95 $5.35 Alberta as well as most of the Western U.S. EM205 Fly Trap Refill, pkg. of 2 $4.95 $4.45 down to the 37th parallel. They are expected to eventually migrate to the East Coast. Sticky Traps Б This trap uses a spider attractant and a very These traps use bright colors and a sticky, nonsticky surface to trap spiders and almost any toxic glue coating on both sides to lure and crawling insect. To use, lay the capture insects. The bright yellow trap (6ЙК4Й) trap flat on the floor attracts whiteflies, fungus gnats and winged close to a wall, or aphids, while thrips (including African violet folded into a and western flower thrips) are attracted to the triangle to keep bright blue version (61/4ЙК4Й). You can stake pets and chilthe traps in a pot with the included wooden dren from stakes, or hang them using one of the perforastepping on tions. Available in packages of 10, the G the sticky water-resistant traps have a 1Й square grid surface. Although this pattern that lets you monitor the level of infestatrap will catch any spider, it is particularly tion. A simple pest control solution for use effective against the biting Hobo and Brown indoors or in a greenhouse. Do not use outdoors Recluse spiders. Completely safe and nonas birds and other wildlife may become trapped. toxic. Dispose of in garbage when full. Package D. AB717 Yellow Sticky Traps, pkg. of 10 $8.50 of five traps. E. AB719 Blue Sticky Traps, pkg. of 10 $8.50 AT225 Spider Traps, pkg. of 5 $9.50 Grid shows infestation level.

94 Pest Control

Soft bristles gently trap spiders. Released unharmed.

A. Long-Handled Spider Catcher

This curious tool has a long handle with a squeeze grip to catch, hold and release spiders while remaining squeamishly aloof (about 2И aloof, actually). A double ring of soft bristles encircles and gently traps spiders so that they can be relocated and released unharmed. (It easily reaches ceilings without strain.) Made of ABS and polypropylene plastic, it includes a cover to protect bristles when not in use. Sold as a package of two because you will always want to have one close at hand. AT218 Spider Catchers, pr. $24.50 Powdery mildew is one of the most widespread plant diseases. Characterized by a gray-white powdery dusting on leaf surfaces, it also causes young leaves to curl and twist as they develop. Spots usually appear on the lower surface ﬁrst, and then spread to the top of the leaf. To prevent powdery mildew, choose plant varieties that are resistant to the disease. Don’t overcrowd plants, as humidity encourages mildew growth, and use a drip irrigation system to keep foliage dry. As soon as the disease appears, spray regularly with a fungicide. Infected leaves and stems should be pruned out and discarded to prevent the disease from spreading.

E. Copper Blocker А

100И roll shown.

Placed around gardens, this pure copper wire mesh repels snails and slugs, because they don’t like touching copper. It can also be cut to length to stuff in cracks, gaps or other small openings in buildings to block birds, rodents or other animals. Rolls are 5Й wide and available in 25И or 100И lengths. A great non-toxic, multi-use pest-control product. SS407 Copper Blocker, 25И SS405 Copper Blocker, 100И

$15.95 $44.50 This copper tape effectively deters slugs and snails, since they don’t like touching copper. F. Copper Slug Rings А The adhesive backing sticks to smooth mateThese copper barriers are an effective, pestirials such as wood, ceramic and plastic, making cide-free way to protect selected plants from it ideal for protecting plants in pots, raised beds slugs and snails, which cannot stand coming or other containers. It can also be used to keep in contact with the metal. Simply encircle the slugs and snails off decks, steps and patio furniplant with the ﬂexible band, hook the slotted ture. At 2Й wide, this tape provides a broader, ends together and set the ring on the soil more effective barrier against large, determined surface. One 16Й band forms a ring about 5Й slugs than the narrower widths commonly B. 15-Power Lighted Loupe in diameter and 2Й tall; multiple bands can available. A pesticide-free solution that is safe This 15-power loupe has an integral lamp for be linked to protect larger plantings or form for people, pets and plants. Available in a 5m surface illumination – a handy combination for complex shapes. Supplied as a set of four (16И) roll, it provides a tidy, long-lasting and close inspection of plants to identify pests and bands. Made in Canada from 0.01Й thick pure effective barrier. 1+ 3+ 13 / diseases. The eyepiece has two 21mm ( 16Й) copper sheet. SS410 Slug-Repellent Tape, ea. $ 18.50 $ 16.50 diameter optical glass lenses, ground to miniSS412 Copper Slug Rings, set of 4 $8.95 mize distortion and coated to reduce reﬂection. D. Giant Slug & Snail Trap The plastic housing has a toggle switch for A unique trap that uses the time-tested method light control. Runs on three AAA batteries of trapping slugs and snails with beer. It has a (included). A great tool for the gardener. low roof to concentrate the beer aroma while 99K10.41 15-Power Lighted Loupe $27.80 keeping it fresh. Three internal reservoirs catch and drown up to 50 slugs and snails a night. Best of all, it doesn’t need to be buried, so no digging is required. Instructions included. Made in England. Beer not included. Measures With the slotted ends hooked 10ЙК8ЙК21/2Й high. together, the ring encircles and protects new plants. SS105 Giant Slug & Snail Trap $16.50 C. Slug-Repellent Tape

D F

D A. The Tick Key® Б

While a tick remover may seem like an odd product for us, you’d be surprised at the number of requests we’ve received to offer one. This is a good one, made in the USA, and endorsed by the American Canine Association. It works through traction, capturing the tick in the tapered slot and removing it intact as the key is pulled parallel to and then away from the skin surface. Made from durable aluminum, it can be attached to a key chain, stored in a wallet or hung in a convenient location. This is a good tool to have on hand during summer, especially if you take your 3 2 pet camping or to 1 the cottage. Color D. What’s Wrong With My Plant? may vary. (And How Do I Fix It?) Stamped Actual size by David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth side up The Tick Key® This visual guide simplifies the process of identiPull key away from skin. Slide the tapered slot Place the hole in the AB714 $6.50 Tick is removed easily. toward the tick. key over the tick. fying and curing a wide array of ailments affecting both indoor and outdoor plants. Even if you don’t know the plant species, the easy-to-follow illusB. Rolling Sprayer Б C. Backpack Sprayer Б trated flow charts guide you through the diagnosis, While many sprayers are heavy and awkward to Ideal for rough terrain, this excellent based on which part of the plant is showing symplug around the garden, this one has integral wheels sprayer has adjustable padded shoulder toms. By answering some basic questions and that make moving it much easier, and the 6И hose straps and quick-pull tabs for optimal comparing your plant to illustrations of various means you don’t need to move the sprayer every weight redistribution, making it conditions, you can quickly narrow it down to a time you spray a new plant. The unbreakable 28Й comfortable on your back. The pump specific cause, before turning to the page that polymer wand with shut-off valve comes with handle sits at waist level for easy pumping tells you how to fix it. The book covers problems four interchangeable nozzles (jet, mist, cone, while you walk, can be used right- or leftcaused by environmental factors, fungi, insects, spray) for various tasks. An oversized handle handed, and folds away conveniently diseases, nematodes and wildlife, and places makes it comfortable to pump with one or two for storage. emphasis on natural and organic remedies. It hands. As an alternative to hand pumping, this unit Made of UV-resistant, high-density includes a photo gallery showing representative also has an inflation valve that pressurizes the tank polyethylene, the sprayer weighs 8 lb, and examples of common pests and diseases, as well with the help of an air compressor. its reservoir holds 4 U.S. gallons (15 litres). as an appendix detailing problems specific to Long lasting and corrosion resistant, the highLong lasting and corrosion resistant, it is lawns. Softcover, 71/2ЙК9Й, 451 pages, 2009. density polyethylene tank with UV inhibitors holds translucent with both Imperial and metric LA942 What’s Wrong With My Plant? $19.50 3 U.S. gallons (11 litres). The translucent tank, with volume markings for measuring liquids. A volume markings in both Imperial and metric, makes 41/2Й wide opening allows easy filling and E. Upside-Down Sprayer it easy to measure liquids, and the 41/2Й wide opening cleaning of the tank. Finally, a sprayer that works the way it should – Ideal for spraying soaps, horticultural oils allows trouble-free filling and cleaning. at any angle, even with low liquid levels. A and organic pesticides and herbicides. Also Ideal for spraying soaps, horticultural oils and weight at the end of the flexible intake tube rated for spraying most garden chemicals. organic pesticides and herbicides. Also rated for always follows the liquid, ensuring good flow to Made in USA. spraying most garden chemicals. Made in USA. nearly the last drop. The nozzle adjusts from a EL452 Rolling Sprayer $69.00 EL454 Backpack Sprayer $119.00 jet stream to a fine mist, and an integral strainer at the intake prevents blockage. The head fits any standard screw-neck plastic container; the included 700ml (24 fl oz) container has metric graduations to 500ml. Useful with non-corrosive cleansers, pesticides and fertilizers. Made in C 28Й wand Switzerland. Now you can aim under leaves or in confined areas without straining to hold the sprayer at an awkward angle. DB112 Upside-Down Sprayer $8.95 A

Inﬂation valve

Sprays at any angle. Padded shoulder straps with pull tabs

Folding rightor left-handed pump lever

Holds 4 U.S. gallons

Flexible intake tube

B 6И hose

C E 4И hose

Holds 3 U.S. gallons

Wide opening with strainer

28Й wand

Comes with four nozzle tips

A. Trombone Sprayer

Adjusts from jet stream to ﬁne mist.

This sprayer reaches where most cannot, spraying the tops of trees and tall vines over 20И away. With a nozzle that can point in any direction, it adjusts from jet stream (for height and distance) to ﬁne mist (for shorter distances and greater width). Pumping the handles draws liquid through a 70Й black PVC hose. A weighted strainer at the hose end sinks into any pail of solution and ﬁlters debris. Nickel-plated brass, it is 35Й long when fully extended and packs to a compact 22Й for storage. Great for fruit trees or to combat gypsy moths and tent caterpillars. EL632 Trombone Sprayer $66.50 Water-stop quick connect

B. Hose End Sprayer

Nozzle adjusts from ﬁne mist to heavy spray.

E. Hand-Held Pressure Sprayer Б

This compact pressure sprayer is ideal for smaller tasks, either as a mister or for applying soaps, natural pest control solutions and fertilizers. Easily carried in one hand, with a comfortable oversized handle that locks in place, it has a 41/2И reinforced PVC hose for good reach and maneuverability. The polyethylene tank has an easy-ﬁll funnel top and 1/2 U.S. gal. (2 litre) capacity. The wand has a thumbcontrolled on/off valve, and the nozzle adjusts from ﬁne mist to heavy spray. Very useful for small gardens, greenhouses and indoor plants. Made in USA. EL462 Pressure Sprayer $22.50

This useful sprayer lets you dispense a variety of water-soluble materials directly from a garden hose. As water flows through the sprayer, B material (vinegar, soap, fertilizer, etc.) placed in the attached container is precisely diluted to the proportion you have set on the dial (in 14 increments ranging from 1 tsp to 8 oz per gallon). The sprayer operates just like a regular hose-end F. Spray-Can Pole Adapter Б spray gun, with a trigger control, a front dial to Three inner thread Situations that call for aerosol sprays are often those in Extra-long tubing for set the spray pattern to shower, jet or fan, and a sizes for direct fit to a taller bottles which you don’t want to be anywhere near the intended target, variety of bottles water-stop quick-connect fitting to attach it to a Three spray patterns or can’t get close enough to aim well. This simple pole-mount garden hose. Made of translucent polypropylene, Jet Shower adapter lets you operate the can remotely, safely out of harm’s the container holds 1.2l/40 oz, with metric and way. When spraying a wasp nest, for example, it lets you hold Imperial graduations on the side. A mesh filter on the can close to the nest for precise spray application, while the intake tube prevents blockage. The sprayer keeping a reasonable distance from both the angry wasps and will also connect directly to Bayer®, Spectracide® the spray. Better still, you don’t have to use a ladder to reach a ® and Ortho brand bottles (may not be compatible Fourteen dilution nest high off the ground. Designed to fit a standard 3/4Й diamFan with containers available in all regions) and settings eter threaded pole (not included), it has a pivoting head and an includes an additional extra-long intake tube for adjustable belt to grip common sizes of spray cans. Pulling the these taller containers. 149Й long string-line activates a lever that depresses the spray EL464 Hose End Sprayer $13.50 button on the can. Convenient, easy to use and far less wasteful than attempting to spray from a distance. Made in USA. EM236 Spray-Can Pole Adapter $24.95 C. Bug Blaster™ A high-pressure spray of water is an effective, pesticide-free method of 360° spray eliminating infestations of soft-bodied insects such as aphids, spider kills softmites, white flies or mealy bugs. This high-pressure 360° spray nozzle F bodied reaches areas under and around leaves not easily accessed with a insects and their regular spray gun. The spray kills soft-bodied insects and their eggs eggs. (heavy infestations may require a few applications) but will not harm hard-bodied insects such as ladybugs. We sell the Bug Blaster individually, or as a set with our aluminum water wand and trigger valve (40Й overall). Also a handy tool for cleaning the dirt and dust from plants. D EL660 Bug Blaster™ Б $10.95 Applying pruning sealer D. EL665 Bug Blaster™ & Water Wand $29.00 High-pressure 360° spray

C D

Pest Control 97

Deer Fence In many parts of the country, deer have become the main cause of damage to Tie ribbon gardens. We have tested deer fencing (not included) for several years and settled on this 3/4Й to fence for mesh in rolls 100И long and 7И high. visibility. Although 100И weighs less than 2 lb, the mesh is very strong, easily keeping rabbits and groundhogs at bay. With deer it depends on a scarecrow effect. Deer won’t breach it if they see it; the only problem is if they stumble upon it A at night. Deer have excellent night vision A but the mesh is nearly invisible at a distance of 20И even in daylight. For this reason we strongly recommend tying a An effective barrier to horizontal ribbon (or 1/4Й polypropylene rope) 3И to 4И off the ground as a visible animals, the fence is visible warning at all times. Made of high-density UV-resistant polyethylene, the mesh only up close. withstands both Actual size sun and cold. An Wire cutter Hammer Puller D effective and inexD pensive solution, it installs easily with staples (sold sepaD rately) and any small-diameter D. Fencing Tool B posts. Detailed This traditional tool has a single-point B Over 200 staples in a half pound. fence-building pulling claw designed to pull the U-shaped instructions and user tips included. D staples used to hold Staples barbed wire, page wire, Mesh fence can be attached to posts with a hand stapler; however, this method chain link, deer fencing, can cut through the mesh if too much force is used (particularly when stapling etc. It also has a serrated hammer face to minimize mis-strikes when into softwood). These traditional 3/4Й U-shaped galvanized staples are perfect for driving staples. Additional features are wire-stretching grips, nailthe job. They tap into place easily to hold mesh securely without cutting it. pulling teeth, wire-cutting notches on both sides, and high-friction Available by the half pound (over 200 staples), these are also useful to hold vines handgrips. The satin-ﬁnish chrome plating minimizes corrosion. on trellises or other wooden backing of any kind. 1+ 4+ 101/2Й overall. A. PA210 Deer Fence, 7ИК100И $26.50 $22.50 B. PA212 Staples, 1/2 lb $ 2.50 $ 2.15 64K03.05 Fencing Tool $14.50 C. Holographic Scare Tape Б

When this tape is placed outdoors it moves in the slightest breeze and reﬂects a rainbow of colors from its holographic imprint. It can be cut into strips and hung near fruit plants or vegetable transplants or strung out in long lines. The movement and changing shades and colors will help ward off birds. Offered as a 100И roll of tough metalized plastic ﬁlm. Can be cut to size with scissors. E. AT230 Holographic Scare Tape $8.50

Any mesh used outdoors could entangle unintended wildlife, but careful placement and the use of warning ribbons can minimize this risk. For example, if using the fence to deter deer only, consider leaving a gap of 6Й or more above the ground to allow small animals to pass.

Dusting Mill Б This lightweight hand-crank duster uses a squirrel-cage blower and a 151/2Й tube to put the dust (such as sulfur treatments or diatomaceous earth) exactly where you want it for effective control of pests and diseases. The included duster scoop attachment allows you to direct the dust up under leaves (where many insects hide) or direct the stream down and out of the wind for safety. May also be used in attics and crawl spaces. All parts are durable, corrosion-resistant plastic. Hopper holds about 2 cups (1/2 litre) of dust. 26Й overall (not including scoop attachment). Made in USA. XP601 Dusting Mill $44.50

C E

98 Pest Control

Universal Hitch Plate A simple retroﬁt for a riding tractor or ATV with a standard hitch-pin mounting hole, this 3-in-1 attachment provides separate mounting locations for a ball, pin and chain so you never have to exchange hitches. It accepts a ball hitch of any common size (max. shaft length 13/4Й), as well as a 1/2Й diameter hitch pin; a two-prong hook secures tow chains or ropes up to 3/4Й in diameter. Solid one-piece cast-steel body with a tough enamel coating to resist rust and wear. An anti-rotation bracket restricts plate movement, helping prevent damage to the plate or vehicle. AG719 Universal Hitch Plate $27.50

Ball hitch location

Storage channel for hitch pin

CARTS & WAGONS

Hitch pin location

Hitch pin (sold separately) shown in storage channel.

Ball hitch use (ball hitch not included). Can be used with a hitch pin (sold separately).

Two-prong tow hook (chain not included).

C. Folding Hand Truck

Quick-Connect Hitch Pin This durable quick-connect hitch pin is gentle on the knuckles. Simply depress the plastic handle and slide the heavy-duty nickel-plated steel pin into place. Release the handle to lock in place. The exposed portion of the pin is 57/16Й long and is designed to ﬁt any cart that uses a standard 1/2Й hitch pin. Periodic lubrication will protect it against the elements. AG714 Quick-Connect Hitch Pin $12.95

Depressing the handle retracts the toggles for pin insertion or release.

Depending on the location of your hitch connection, you may experience some drag over hilly ground or steep inclines due to the pin’s length.

57/16Й

The usual problem with a hand truck is where to store it when you are done with it. This hand truck folds to a compact 19ЙК30Й panel only 2Й thick and is easily stored in a closet or hung on a wall. It carries up to 275 lb (125kg) and has a 121/2Й bed to carry boxes, bags of peat moss or other large objects. Measures about 43Й tall when unfolded. 71/4Й dia. puncture-proof tires. Sturdy steel frame with aluminum handle. Weighs 111/2 lb. XD511 *Folding Hand Truck $119.00 * A shipping surcharge of $5.00 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

A. Ramparts® Top & Bottom Kit

D. Ultimate Carryall Wagon Wheels Using regular planks to load garden machinery This folding hand truck with removable tote is These 10Й pneumatic wheels into a truck or trailer can be dangerous if the ideal for carrying myriad items from groceries to are ideal for home-built projplanks shift on a slippery tailgate or the laundry. The water-resistant, durable polyester ects such as custom carts, machinery slips sideways as it tries to roll over tote has a 12ЙК10ЙК21Й primary storage area a dollies, wagons, etc. The the protruding plank-end. This kit provides an mesh top with drawstring closure, four outside central bushing rides on ball upper and lower end for each of a pair of planks, pockets, a sleeve to hold an umbrella, a detachable bearings and accepts a 5/8Й axle so the machinery can smoothly roll on and off. top, and large handles. The 39Й tall chromed-steel or bolt. Each wheel is rated to carry The included hardware also lets you temporarily cart, with a 10Й bed and 57/8Й dia. foam-filled 300 lb, so four of them together will hold fasten one end of each ramp to the tailgate. rubber wheels, easily travels up steps or through more than half a ton. For extra durability the Made of high-strength extruded aluminum gravel, and holds up to 60 lb. It doubles tires are tubed, not tubeless. 1+ 4+ alloy, this pair of ramps will support up to as a light-duty hand truck to haul VA253 Wagon Wheel, ea. $13.50 $12.00 1400 lb. Recommended for use with 8Й wide small boxes or recycle bins. Used in planks or 2К4 stock. Ideal for loading rotary combination, the carryall is great for B. Universal Flat-Free Tire and Rim tillers, lawn tractors, snowblowers, etc. taking items to the cottage, the picnic Made from tough, micro-cellular polyurethane (Wood not included.) site, an outdoor sporting event, etc. foam (stronger than rubber), this tire is hardwearing and puncture proof. It has the bounce BN101 Ramparts® Top & Bottom Kit $37.50 XD525 Ultimate Carryall $79.00 and load-handling characteristics of convenKit includes 2 upper and 2 tional air-filled tires and handles loads up Included lower ramparts. bungee cord to 500 lb. Measuring 141/2Й in diameter and secures 3Й wide, it has an 81/2Й steel rim and a 3Й wide loads on cart. 5/8Й, 3/4Й, and 1Й bearings as hub. Supplied with A well as a variety of spacers to ensure proper fit, it is a good retrofit for carts and wheelbarrows that normally use 141/2Й pneumatic wheels. Also suitable for custom carts or wagons. D XP230 Universal Flat-Free Tire $49.50 A Upper rampart

Lower rampart Example of ramparts in use (planks not included).

Various bearings and spacers supplied.

Micro-cellular polyurethane foam is hardwearing and puncture proof.

Tote can be separated from cart.

LABELLING & MARKING C A

D A B

Visit us at www.leevalley.com F. Brass Herb Markers

A. B. C. D. E.

Flower and Plant Markers Б These four styles of plant markers are perfect for labelling shrubs, perennials or rows of vegetables. Made of etched zinc, the writing surface provides a rustproof and inconspicuous method for identifying plants. A carbon pencil, grease pencil or permanent garden marker will create a durable, weatherproof marking. The regular marker stands 10Й high and has a 25/8ЙК7/8Й nameplate. The regular rose marker stands 11Й high, while the tall rose marker stands 211/2Й high; both have the largest writing surface, measuring 31/2ЙК11/4Й, and the wire actually pierces the label, making label loss virtually impossible. The hairpin marker, also 11Й high, features a vertical 7/8ЙК33/8Й nameplate that is crimped on the support wire over a large area, providing more stability against the heaving effects of ice and snow. Each style is sold as a set of 25 markers. A large-diameter carbon pencil is available separately. EA301 Regular Markers, set of 25 $14.50 EA307 Reg. Rose Markers, set of 25 $15.95 EA306 Tall Rose Markers, set of 25 $19.95 EA305 Hairpin Markers, set of 25 $16.50 EA302 Large-Diameter Carbon Pencil $ 2.20

G. Seed-Packet Stakes

This beautiful set of solid, 10Й long, die-cast brass markers looks terriﬁc in any herb garden. Offered as a set of eight − one for each of the most popular herbs: basil, dill, mint, sage, oregano, parsley, rosemary and thyme. They are rugged and durable. EA320 Brass Herb Markers, set of 8 $29.50

With these convenient stakes, you can mark rows clearly while keeping the information printed on the label close at hand for easy reference throughout the season. The two-piece plastic stake snaps together to form a water- and UV-resistant container (11/4Й wide by 33/4Й high, with a 2Й stake) that houses any empty seed packet up to 31/2Й wide. Sold in packages of ﬁve. Made in Russia. EA236 Seed-Packet Stakes, pkg. of 5 $2.50

100 Labelling & Marking

B C Wooden Markers Б D Whether you are planting vegetables or flowering annuals, these hardwood markers will C. Copper Plant Tags Б come in handy. The larger row marker (7/8Й There’s no need to worry that the information wide and 10Й long) is ideal for labelling your on these copper plant tags will wash off, D. Copper Pot Labels rows of vegetables in the garden, while the because they can be permanently engraved Perfect for marking potted plants or flats, these smaller flat marker (1ЙК33/4Й) is more suited to using only a regular ballpoint pen. Lightweight labels can be engraved with a ballpoint pen. and durable, they quickly attach to any plant or Place the label on a smooth surface like a pad of labelling flats or pots. The smooth surface stake with the included copper wires and will paper and press hard as you write. The letters makes both styles easy to write on. Though they weather to an attractive green patina. Sold in will form into the soft copper, creating a permaare reusable, their low cost makes them attracboxes of 50, they are a great way to permanent label. A nice alternative to plastic “stick” tive as disposable markers. Offered in packages nently identify and date shrubs, trees and other labels. Set of 20. Each label measures about of 50. woody plants. Surface measures 33/4ЙК3/4Й. 21/2ЙК2Й. A. AN207 Sm. Flat Markers, pkg. of 50 $ 4.70 B. AN205 Lg. Row Markers, pkg. of 50 $11.50 AN101 Copper Plant Tags, pkg. of 50 $13.50 AN109 Copper Pot Labels, pkg. of 20 $9.50

E Oversize Aluminum Markers А Made of strong, rustproof aluminum, these double-sided garden markers are oversize to provide a large writing surface so that you can mark plant names in large script for reading at a distance, or include plant-care information. Measuring 10Й tall by 23/8Й wide, they are 0.05Й (1.3mm) thick – rigid enough for years of use. They can be used in the soil or hung from trees and shrubs using the through-hole at the narrow end of the marker. Well made in Canada. 1+ 3+ EA330 Alum. Markers (5) $9.95 $8.95

E. F. G. H.

Lee Valley Plant Markers А Our plant markers offer several advantages. They are attractive and blend with surrounding vegetation, and the labels are replaceable. The 23/4ЙК1Й labels come in two styles, copper or polyethylene. The copper labels, when written on with a standard ballpoint pen, indent to create a permanent and beautiful marker. The polyethylene labels are weather, tear and abrasion resistant. They can be written on with an ordinary pencil, grease pencil or permanent garden marker, and are reversible. Each label slides into a pocket in the marker head and, because it is set on the stem at a 45° angle, it can be read from above or in front. The marker head and stem (11Й long overall) are made of molded plastic treated for UV resistance. Markers come in sets of 10, complete with 10 labels. EA602 Markers/Copper Labels (10) $18.50 EA608 Markers/Poly Labels (10) $18.50 EA607 Extra Copper Labels (10) $ 5.50 EA609 Extra Poly Labels (10) $ 5.50

H F

Labelling & Marking 101

HARDSCAPING Aluminum Arbors These are impressive arbors, both for their large stature and for the quality of construction. They create a striking focal point in the garden and, unlike commonly available arbors, these are built to last. Made largely from durable, rustproof aluminum with strong and tidy welds, they are weatherproof and maintenance free. Main post connections are secured with stainless-steel fasteners. All aluminum parts are ﬁnished with tough, fade-resistant powder-coat enamel. Easy to assemble; fasteners included. All are truly outstanding arbors and come with a ten-year warranty. C

C. Manchester Arbor

Arlington & Burlington Arbors Б Made in the USA, the Arlington and Burlington oak leaf motif, and plain cross supports over the arbors are both rectangular, measuring 109Й tall ﬂat top, providing ample structure to accommoand 673/4Й wide (for a 4И wide walkway) with 3Й date climbing roses and vines. thick posts capped with spherical ﬁnials. A. FG206 *Arlington Arbor $395.00 Suitable for smaller spaces, the Arlington is a B. FG207 *Burlington Arbor $899.00 simple two-post design with a single-beam top. * Due to the size and weight of the arbors, they are Measuring 22Й deep, the four-post Burlington shipped by truck freight. Contact our Customer Service dept. for shipping rates. has openwork side panels with a cast decorative

Raised-bed kit includes 8 corners and 16 straight connectors.

E Example of trellises made with the optional top kit.

E Patio stones, wood and netting not included.

Optional top kit includes 4 corner brackets and 2 hinges.

102

* A shipping surcharge of $30 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Raised-Bed Connectors With these connectors you can easily build a raised bed that is attractive, low cost and long lasting. Simply attach the heavy steel connectors and hardware to 2К4 lumber to make bottom and top frames. Then insert commonly available pre-cast concrete patio stones into the bottom frame, put the top frame on, and tighten the connectors. Included in the raised-bed kit are 8 corner connectors (enough for four corners with one connector at the top and one at the bottom of Variations of bed design using additional each corner) and 16 straight connectors (enough connector kits. for eight joints between stones, one connector at the top and the other at the bottom). With 24Й patio stones you will get a 4ИК8ИК24Й high raised bed; smaller stones make a smaller bed. We offer extra straight connectors and corner connectors if you wish to make a larger or differently conﬁgured bed. Connectors come with galvanized mounting hardware and instructions. Patio stones and lumber not included. The optional top kit lets you make a hinged top to cover the bed with plastic ﬁlm, row cover material or netting. You supply standard 1ЙК2Й lumber to make any size of top (recommended 4ИК4И maximum). It also locks in an upright position so it can be covered with netting and used as a trellis wall. Includes four corner brackets with two hinges. D. XK651 Raised-Bed Kit $74.00 XK653 Extra Corner Connectors (8) $35.00 XK655 Extra Straight Connectors (8) $25.00 E. XK657 Optional Top Kit $21.50 Connectors attach wood frame to patio stones.

Seasonal Item. C Limited Stock. The curved Manchester arbor stands a full 96Й tall, 47Й wide and 30Й deep, and has 2Й thick main posts for stability and an inner framework of slender pickets and rails to support vines. Seasonal item. Limited stock. FG205 *Manchester Arbor $325.00

Modular Raised-Bed Kits Seasonal Item. Limited Stock. Using only a mallet, these modular kits can be assembled in minutes. The square-bed kit forms a 42ЙК42ЙК6Й high single-tier bed. It includes four panels, four corner brackets, two straight brackets, eight ground stakes and eight stake caps. The twotier bed kit has ten panels, eight corner brackets, four straight connectors and 20 ground stakes and stake caps. In its standard configuration, it forms an 83ЙК42ЙК6Й lower tier, with a 42ЙК42ЙК6Й upper tier that provides an area for deeper-rooted plants. Two or more kits can be stacked or joined for higher or longer structures, or reconfigured to fit available space. The 173/4Й ground stakes can be driven deep into the ground, trimmed to height, or left protruding to act as supports for protective material such as shade cloth or pest netting. All parts are made of strong UV-resistant PVC that won’t crack, warp or rot. The hollow panels (with reinforcing ribs for strength) are 391/4ЙК6ЙК1Й. Made in U.K. This is a seasonal product with limited supply. A. XK630 Square Raised-Bed Kit $ 46.50 B. XK632 Two-Tier Raised-Bed Kit $109.00 A

A B

Example of alternative conﬁguration

Corner bracket

Straight connector

PVC Connectors These versatile connectors let you link sections of commonly available PVC pipe to build a wide variety of low-cost utility structures. Suitable for use indoors or out, they are available in eight configurations and in three sizes to fit 1/2Й, 3/4Й and 1Й inside-diameter PVC pipe. Made from high-grade PVC that is impact-, scratch- and UV-resistant, they secure to pipe with a snug friction fit, permitting disassembly for reuse or storage (PVC cement may be used for permanent installation). The open ring section of the Slip-T fitting allows a sliding or hinged pipe connection. All pipe connectors are sold individually. Supplied in packages of 10, the 4Й long U-shaped clips are designed to snap over the pipe to secure plastic sheeting, netting or other material. 1/2Й

PVC Fittings C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L.

Slip-T 45° Elbow 90° Elbow 3-Way T 4-Way Cross 3-Way Branch 4-Way Branch 5-Way Branch U-Clip (pkg. 10)

EA263 EA265 EA267 EA268 EA266 EA260 EA261 EA262 EA264

3/4Й

10+

$2.40 $2.15 $2.00 $1.80 $1.30 $1.15 $1.50 $1.35 $3.20 $2.85 $1.60 $1.40 $1.90 $1.70 $4.20 $3.75 $4.30 —

10+

$1.80 $1.60 $2.20 $1.95 $1.60 $1.40 $1.90 $1.70 $2.80 $2.50 $2.30 $2.05 $2.50 $2.25 $4.20 $3.75 $4.90 —

EA281 EA283 EA285 EA286 EA284 EA278 EA279 EA280 EA282

U-clips snap over pipe to secure netting or other material.

Link sections of PVC pipe.

Suitable for simple frames or complex structures.

1Й 1+

EA272 EA274 EA276 EA277 EA275 EA269 EA270 EA271 EA273

10+

$2.30 $2.05 $2.60 $2.30 D $1.90 $1.70 F $2.25 $2.00 $2.60 $2.30 $2.50 $2.25 $2.90 $2.60 H $4.20 $3.75 $5.70 — Hardscaping 103

Grow box shown measures 3ИК4И and uses 12 stacking corners.

Removable sides for wagons or utility trailers.

A A. Raised-Bed Grow-Box Corners

The advantages of gardening in grow boxes – less weeding, more control over water and fertilizer, and ease of tending and harvesting – are well documented. This set of stacking corners gives you everyWood not included. thing you need, except the lumber, to make one 8Й high tier out of nominal 1ЙК8Й material (or 2ЙК8Й material that has been chamfered for ﬁt). Each set includes four heavy-gauge galvanized steel stacking corners, screws for fastening the lumber, and instructions. A three-tier box gives you a bed deep enough to be both effective and convenient. Tall people might want four tiers for best height. A 4И wide and 8И long grow box is easy to reach across comfortably and prevents boards from bowing in the middle. The kit is also good for making removable sides for wagons or utility trailers, which can be collapsed ﬂat for storage when not in use. Several kits can make a stacking composter. 1+

XK605 Stacking Corners, set of 4

B. Pound-In Edging Б

The problem with installing conventional lawn edging is the necessity of digging a trench, laying it in, backﬁlling, etc. With this pound-in edging, installation is greatly simpliﬁed. Each heavy-plastic interlocking piece measures 61/4ЙwК51/2Йh. Using a rubber mallet, you hammer each piece into the ground, interlocking it with the previous piece. Installation couldn’t be simpler, and it’s easy to make curves and stagger the top level for going up hills (something you cannot do easily with conventional edging). Enough to make approximately 20И of installed edging. Comes with four 90° corner connectors and four T-connectors. Instructions included.

$14.95 $13.45

XK550 Black Edging, 20И Kit

$22.50

$20.00

C. Raised-Bed Stakes

C Example of a raised-bed conﬁguration using 18 stakes.

Sold in pairs, these stackable stakes make it simple to create a raised bed. Just mark out the area, drive the 11Й long stakes in where needed, and drop 2К6 lumber (not included) into the brackets on the stake. If you want the walls higher, stack the corner stakes on top of each other. Now ﬁll the box you’ve just created with soil and you have an instant raised bed. The brackets adjust to any angle between 60° and 180° to make a variety of shapes. A very simple way to make a raised bed. Made of fade-resistant ABS plastic.

C Lumber not included.

Create simple boxes or complex designs using the stackable raised-bed stakes.

D. Everlasting Aluminum Edging Б

This premium edging was designed by landscape architects and contractors to offer greater ﬂexibility in design and installation over other edging materials. Made from a resilient aluminum alloy that will not rust, rot or crack (common problems with steel, wood and plastic edging), the 31/2Й high symmetrical edging is easily Also available installed and features secure telein black. scoping sections for rigid joint connections. Ideal for creating mini retaining walls (resists frost heaving) for plant beds, patios, walks and driveways, it is quickly customized into smooth curves or tight circular borders. Supplied as a 24И kit (four 6И lengths of edging and eight stakes) in green or black. Highly recommended, this edging D will likely last a lifetime. XG660 *Green Edging, 24И Kit $59.50 XG665 *Black Edging, 24И Kit В $59.50 * A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. 104 Hardscaping

XK615 R-B Stakes, per pr. $14.95 $14.00 $13.00

E. Flexible Lawn Edging

With traditional lawn edging, it can be difﬁcult to mow grass right up to the lawn edge. This ﬂexible edging, with its accordion-like ledge, allows the wheels of your mower to ride effortlessly over the lawn edge, eliminating the need to E follow with an edge-trimmer. It can be used on straight or curved borders and has a minimum bending radius of approximately 10Й. It can create a seamless circle, and is ideal for use around trees, bushes and walkways. Made of green UV-resistant plastic, the interlocking pieces are 191/2Й long by 41/4Й high with a 2Й wide ledge. The kit contains 6 pieces and 14 plastic stakes, for approximately 10И (3m) of installed edging. Instructions included. XK560 Flexible Lawn Edging $25.50

A B. Easy Shed Kit

Drive spikes through the plate at a 45° angle.

Thread the eyebolt into the plate.

Building a shed is a cinch with this kit. The roof, usually the hardest part to build, is simpliﬁed since both peak brackets and plate brackets are supplied. You get both strength and simplicity of construction. B Walls and ﬂoors are easy to build following the included illustrated manual and materials list. One kit will make an 8И long shed, 6, 8, or 10 feet wide. For increased length, additional brackets are available. The kit hardware includes a Plate rafter-cutting template, 5 peak bracket brackets, 10 plate brackets (for attaching to walls) and 90 galvanized screws. For each 2И of additional length you will C need two more plate brackets and one more peak bracket. Use with 2К4s. Made of powder-coated steel. AC505 Easy Shed Kit w/Materials List $74.50 C. AC507 Extra Plate Bracket $ 4.50 D. AC509 Extra Peak Bracket $ 5.00

D Peak bracket

Wood not included.

Wire

E. Wire Tensioning System

A. Ground Anchor

Useful for everything from tethering a dog to keeping a tent or gazebo from blowing away, this versatile ground anchor is easy to install, and all of the components are galvanized for rust resistance. Simply drive the three 12Й spiral spikes through the 1/8Й thick steel plate and into the ground at a 45° angle as shown, then thread the eyebolt into the plate. The seated eyebolt projects 11/2Й (or less, if you inset the plate before spiking it). We tested it on a mature lawn seeded in a sandy Remove eyebolt when mowing. loam soil. It required 120 to 160 lb of vertical pull-out force to extract the anchor in shaded areas (from 140 to 210 lb in full sun, where soil is drier and ﬁrmer). At a 45° pull-out angle, it required 310 to 330 lb of force in both shaded and sunny areas (for comparison, a 13Й long, 3/4Й diameter auger anchor pulled out with only18 lb of force on a direct pull and 216 lb at 45°, on average). Extraction force varies according to soil type and factors such as compaction, root density and the amount of soil moisture. 09A08.20 Ground Anchor $11.50

This system can be used to tension wire fences, anchor fence posts, stabilize garden sheds, strengthen foot bridges, prevent wooden gates from sagging or cross-brace the legs of a workbench, as just a few examples. The kit includes 10 aluminum-bodied anchors with spring-loaded hardened steel jaws, 150И of 14-gauge high-tension steel wire (HTSW), a tensioning device, and two drills: a 27/64ЙК9Й twist drill for through-boring and a 5Й piloted counterbore for seating the anchors and insetting them when needed. The tensioning device is made speciﬁcally for 14-gauge HTSW, but the anchors are compatible with 121/2 gauge HTSW as well and will withstand up to 1600 lb when used in the anchor. 14-gauge HTSW will withstand up to 800 lb when used in the anchor. This leaves a 500 lb safety factor when tensioned at the recommended 250 lb to 300 lb maximum. Unlike unhardened wire, HTSW is elastic in use and does not deform. Additional wire and wire anchors are available separately. 09A08.10 Wire Tensioning Kit $29.50 09A08.01 Wire Anchors, pkg. of 2 $ 2.90 09A08.04 150И HTS Wire, 14-gauge $ 7.50

Cross section of wire anchor

Prevent a gate from sagging.

Stabilize a shed.

Before

After

Anchor fence or clothesline posts. Wrap wire around a buried boulder or log section. Use an anchor in the post.

Strengthen a foot bridge.

Eye bolt

Wire Links wires in the most Links are used for easy joining of fence wire, F common gauges guy wires, or even page wire of various sizes. (14 and 121/2 The wires are inserted from opposite ends of the device, and internal cam-action wheels prevent gauge), in our tests withdrawal. Type 1 links connect wires from they withstood 0.051Й (1.3mm) to 0.099Й (2.5mm) in diameter, tensile forces from Join two pieces of wire. including wire gauges 16, 14 and 121/2. Type 2 500 lb to 1100 lb. links are used for wire from 0.087Й (2.2mm) to Sold in packs of 10 links. 0.137Й (3.5mm) in diameter, including gauges F. 09A08.15 Wire Link Type 1, pkg. of 10 $14.50 121/2, 12 and 11. Used with high-tension steel G. 09A08.16 Wire Link Type 2, pkg. of 10 $17.50 Wire Links

U.S. Steel Fence-Wire Gauge

Gauge 16 14 Type 1 or 2 121/2 12 G. Type 2 11 F. Type 1

Diameter 0.0625Й 0.0800Й 0.0985Й 0.1055Й 0.1205Й

Weight 1.04 lb/100 ft 1.70 lb/100 ft 2.64 lb/100 ft 2.97 lb/100 ft 3.87 lb/100 ft

Type 1 links

Type 2 links

B A

G. Odjob® Concrete Mixer А

1. Fill mold.

2. Smooth the surface.

We offer this mixer in case you can’t ﬁnd one at your local hardware store. Mixes up to 60 lb of concrete mix or mortar in about two minutes. Add water and dry mix, then roll it on the ground. Internal bafﬂes churn the mix and in a couple of minutes it is ready to pour. Measures 18ЙК12Й in diameter. Perfect for use with any of our landscaping molds. BL901 *Odjob® Mixer $39.50

3. Remove mold.

Walkway Molds for Concrete These two molds make attractive walkways and patios. Just ﬁll each cavity of the mold, smooth the surface and, after 1 minute, remove the mold to start the next casting. The cobblestone casting measures 22ЙК22Й and uses 80 lb of concrete mix per casting. Each time the mold is moved, it’s rotated to give a matching connection with the section just cast. It comes with full instructions, including how to make curves, corners and different surface textures. The Belgian (rectangular) casting measures 20ЙК24Й and requires 60 lb of quick-setting concrete mix per casting. Instructions included. Both molds are C made of strong recycled plastic. 1+ 3+ D A. BL231 Cobblestone Mold Б $26.50 $23.90 B. BL905 Belgian (Rect.) Mold А $29.50 $26.50

E C

C. D. E. F.

* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Garden Molds Б These garden molds add flair and functionality to any garden. Available in two designs, the stepping-stone molds create stones approximately 151/2Й square by 2Й deep. The fish edging mold is 14Й wide, 7Й high and 11/4Й thick, while the Celtic edging mold is 151/2Й wide, 7Й high and 11/4Й thick. They produce stones consisting of a plain base that inserts 3Й into the earth to provide a growth barrier between your lawn and garden, and a 4Й decorative panel that stands above ground. Instruction booklets are included, covering coloring, finishing and sealing the stones, along with creative suggestions. One 60 lb bag of concrete mix yields three stepping stones or seven to nine edging stones. The molds are flexible so the concrete can be removed from the mold after setting. Each mold is guaranteed for 12 pours; however, with proper care, they can last much longer. Choose from our variety of cement colorants (see website) to add further interest. Stepping-Stone Molds 1+ 3+ BL245 Fish Mold, ea. $26.95 $24.40 BL246 Celtic Mold, ea. $26.95 $24.40 Edging-Stone Molds 1+ 3+ BL247 Fish Mold, ea. $13.95 $12.60 H. BL248 Celtic Mold, ea. $13.95 $12.60 J. J

K. L.

Gardener’s Design Set This set includes all the tools needed to design a new garden. It includes a color wheel, the book Designing Your Gardens and Landscapes, a sketch pad and a landscape design template. The 91/4Й diameter color wheel has 18 pure colors, each with 6 tints and 6 shades and tones for 216 color variations. It is plastic coated with UV inhibitors to resist fading and moisture, and includes an instruction booklet. The book’s author, Janet Macunovich, is the founder of the Michigan School of Gardening. She leads you through the steps of bringing a mental picture of your garden into reality, taking into account hardiness zone and plant compatibility. Spiral-bound softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 167 pages, 2001. The 81/2ЙК11Й template has all the common symbols needed to sketch out a garden design, including trees, shrubs, hedges, palm trees, ground covers, fences, bridges, walkways, gates, and more. Scale is 1/4Й:1И. An ideal companion, the 81/2ЙК11Й sketch pad has 96 sheets of paper that is whiter and heavier than usual stock. The inch graduations along the lefthand side and across the bottom are divided into increments of 12ths, so that architectural scales (e.g., 1/4Й=1И) can be applied. All items in the set are also available separately. LC215 Gardener’s Design Set $39.90 LC210 Gardener’s Color Wheel Б $12.50 LA642 Designing Your Gardens … $15.00 LC207 Sketch Pad, 96 sheets А $ 4.80 LC201 Landscape Design Template Б $12.95 L

106 Hardscaping

A A. Feathers & Irons

Rocks are wonderful to build with, but seldom come in the exact shape and size you want. For hundreds of years quarrymen have used feathers and irons to quarry rock to size. Now, on a smaller scale, you can do the same thing. Using a 3/4Й masonry bit (available at most hardware stores), you drill holes along the intended line, hang a pair of feathers (shims) in each hole and insert the irons (wedges). Then tap the irons deeper and deeper until the pressure splits the rock. Voilà! With a bit of practice, you quickly come to know what hole spacing to use on different types of stone. Comes as a set of three irons and six feathers. BL631 Set of Feathers & Irons $69.50

Flagpole & Flag Б A high-quality, easy-to-install flagpole isn’t always easy to find. This flagpole includes a 2Й diameter, 20И long anodized aluminum pole, an aluminum truck (pulley), rope, flag snaps, a ground sleeve (for quick installation), and a 3Й gold-colored aluminum ball. The five-section pole stands 18И above ground. Installation is easy and full instructions are included. Available separately, the 3ИК5И deluxe heavyduty nylon American flag features embroidered stars, double-stitched stripes and a quadruplestitched hem with brass grommets. Extremely well made. D. FP101 Flagpole, 18И $149.00 E. FP103 Deluxe American Flag $ 29.95

B B. Building Decks

This collection of 21 articles describes how carpenters and architects avoid the two worst enemies of porches and decks – trapped moisture and poor air circulation. Through detailed study of porches and decks they have built, these builders illustrate the traditional construction methods that work and those that don’t. Using these proven methods along with modern materials such as vinyl decking, pressure-treated lumber and water-repellent stains, they show how to build a deck or porch that will last. Numerous drawings and color photographs show important design and construction details. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 248 pages, 2011. 73L04.60 Building Decks $18.70 C. Post Level

For round or square pipes, posts, and rails, this versatile level makes it easy to ensure plumb or level installation. With two vials for plumb and one for levelling, it can be attached using the included elastic strap or with the four integral magnets for metal components. The tough, ABS body has a central hinge allowing a 270° opening for easy positioning on odd-shaped material. 25N43.10 Post Level $9.95

Spinning Flagpole & Adjustable Flagpole Top portion Bracket of pole rotates with flag. The top half of this flagpole spins with the slightest encouragement, eliminating the wrapping or tangling that occurs with static poles. Two powder-coated aluminum F pieces fasten together to form a 6И long, 1Й diameter pole with a G Flag not brass-colored ABS finial. included. Includes two sliding nylon collars to attach flags up to 36Й high, secured by nylon screws that feed through the flag’s grommets. The wall-mounted flagpole bracket adjusts to a dozen different angles, from vertical to horizontal. A thumbscrew secures poles up to 1Й in diameter within the 3Й sleeve, and locking fan gears prevent slipping once the angle of the bracket is set and tightened. Powder-coated cast aluminum with zinc-plated steel hardware. The base plate is 31/2ЙК21/2Й, with four screw holes for mounting to a flat surface. Available individually or as a set. F. FP111 Spinning Flagpole $29.50 G. FP112 Adjustable Flagpole Bracket $15.00 FP113 Flagpole & Bracket Set $39.95

C G

107

Post anchor

Titan® Post Anchor & Railing Connectors This is an excellent system for deck and porch railings; it is easy to install, unobtrusive, G G. BoWrench® extremely strong and helps prevent moisture Deck Tool Б damage. The all-steel hardware consists of a This heavy-duty wrench is formed base welded to a hollow shaft that is an excellent tool for decking embedded in the post or rail end. Installation or laying out tongue-and-groove is simple and fast: just cut a pilot channel with Posts shown with skirts attached. plywood. Easily positioned over a a hole saw, drive the shaft in (it’s bevelled for 2Й joist or stud, the tool provides the easy insertion) and screw the base down. Only leverage needed to correctly position the base shows, leaving a tidy, ﬁnished appearwarped lumber. The 24Й handle, offset to ance. The connection is tremendously C 22.5° rail Post skirt prevent skinned knuckles, can be used in either strong, since the shaft stiffens the join connectors a pull or push fashion (joist gripper and cam are and is supported by wood inside and out. reversible) and is designed to hold in position The base leaves space for air circulation D E while under full tension (i.e., handle is parallel and blocks water from wicking into end with joist) for quick board fastening. Minor grain, preventing rot. Finished in an assembly required. A solid tool made of heavyall-weather epoxy coat suitable for B 4К4 hardware kit 90° rail connectors gauge steel that is a good problem solver, ACQ-treated lumber. The post anchor especially for deck installers. is for nominal 4К4 stock and requires a 2 03K11.05 BoWrench® Deck Tool $62.50 11/4Й hole saw. A hardware kit of eight blackﬁnished 1/4ЙК3Й outdoor lag screws and four 3/8ЙК5Й galvanized lag screws is available separately (one kit needed per post), or you can supply your own. The optional post skirt covers exposed screw heads. The paired railing brackets for nominal 2К4 stock are available in 90° or 22.5° versions, both with mounting screws (3/4Й hole saw needed). An attractive 4 and durable system. A. 01S18.00 4К4 Post Anchor, ea. $14.90 B. 01S18.02 4К4 Hardware Kit, ea. $ 7.40 C. 01S18.03 Post Anchor Skirt, ea. $ 9.90 D. 01S18.10 90° Rail Connectors, pr. $13.70 E. 01S18.12 22.5° Rail Connectors, pr. $13.70 G

F. Gate Hardware Set

Made from heavy-gauge steel with a durable powder-coat ﬁnish, this set has all the hardware required to install a fence gate. The latch is designed for left- or right-hand installation and has a large tapered opening that guides the strike and secures automatically. An integral sliding pin is used to temporarily secure the latch in the locked position, but a padlock can be installed for greater security. The ornamental hinges measure 5Й high by 16Й long overall when open. The handle is 9Й tall and 1Й wide. This is good-quality hardware at an economical price. 01S16.99 Gate Hardware Set $27.50

H. Wood Magnet™

H Though it contains no magnets, this versatile levelling tool attaches to joists, studs and posts, freeing your hands to position the work and fasten it in place. U-shaped to straddle nominal 2Й stock (i.e., 15/8Й), it has a small amount of spring to provide clamping pressure, holding securely even in vertical applications (such as plumbing a wall). The vial arrangement also lets you rotate it 90° for use on stock up to 6Й square, using the V-notch for registration and the elastic strap to hold it. It can even be used to transform a long, straight board into a level for beams or sills. Molded from high-impact ABS, it has three level vials and a high-friction grip. At only 8ЙК33/4ЙК21/2Й, it stores easily in a toolbox. 61N02.07 Wood Magnet™ $11.90

H For more deck-building supplies or gate hardware, visit www.leevalley.com and search for "deck" or "gate". 108

TOOL MAINTENANCE C. Universal Sharpener

A. Shear & Scissor Sharpener

Applying a very different C concept in sharpening, the submicron carbide blade in this sharpener shaves the steel rather than abrades it. The action is like using a cabinet scraper instead of sandpaper to smooth wood – you get a smooth finish without using much force. The tool has been made possible by advances in carbide quality in recent years. It can be used to sharpen tools as big as a broad axe or as small as a fishhook. Axes, hatchets, hoes, knives of all sorts, scissors, etc., are all fair game. The slim tip makes it ideal for accessing the blades of tools such as curvedblade pruners, one of the ultimate sharpening tests for most people. The simple instructions allow a first-time user to succeed quickly. The folding blade, with safety guard built in, locks open or closed. The stainless-steel body has anodized aluminum scales with belt clip. 09A03.30 Universal Sharpener $18.50

Specifically designed for shears and scissors, this device quickly and efficiently sharpens both blades at once to the correct angle. Can also be used to sharpen just one blade at a time. The D. Diamond tungsten carbide sharpening piece is mounted Sharpening Stick in a sturdy housing that can be fastened to the With this little tool, workplace with the included screws. Perfect sharpening pruners for resharpening before winter storage or for and loppers is easy. frequent touch-ups during the gardening season. Simply swipe it Made in U.K. along the existing AG703 Shear & Scissor Sharpener $14.95 bevel of the blade. This B. Grobet Swiss® Garden Tools File 280x diamond polycrysA mill file is ideal for sharpening axes and talline sharpener is a one-step tool that leaves a nicely sharpened edge. At many gardening tools, such as shovels and 73/4Й overall, it collapses to 53/8Й to fit neatly in a pocket, and provides both hoes. This mill file is double cut on one side for a flat surface for sharpening pruners, loppers and scissors, and a half-round fast stock removal and single cut on the other surface to accommodate serrated edges. A narrow groove on one face will for smoothing the final edge. For sharpening even sharpen fishhooks. Good value, this is an effective tool that can be used axes, use the single-cut side and follow up with for numerous tasks. an oil stone. Garden tools need only a wellAG705 Diamond Sharpening Stick $9.75 formed edge, not a honed Double-cut side Reel Mower Sharpeners edge, and can easily be Sharp blades not only make sharpened in a few mowing easier, but they also miniminutes. About 111/2Й mize tip browning since they shear long overall with 7Й of more cleanly. The cylinder mower cutting surface. The inteSingle-cut side sharpener clamps to the bottom gral handle has a hole plate of a reel mower, sharpening for hanging. the blades to the correct angle as Garden Tools File they turn. Made from extruded 62W32.30 $11.50 aluminum, it is 20Й long, but can be trimmed to fit mowers as narrow as 10Й. Three replaceable abrasive strips are included. Replacement strips are available in packages B of three. The hand reel sharpening kit is suitable for use on our traditional mowers and most other American-made reel mowers. Includes lapping compound, application brush, crank handle, and instructions. Simply remove a wheel, apply the compound, and crank the handle. Keeps blades sharpened to perfection. Additional lapping compound (4 oz) is available separately. E. EG703 Cylinder Sharpener $25.95 EG704 Repl. Abrasive Strips, pkg. of 3 $ 7.50 F. PA807 Hand Mower Sharpening Kit Б $24.50 F PA808 Extra Lapping Compound Б $ 6.50

Groove Flat

Round

Tool Maintenance 109

A. Rotary Mower Sharpener

Used in a hand power drill, this grinding wheel quickly sharpens the blade of a rotary mower. A nonturning backplate holds the stone on the blade at the correct bevel angle. The stone is reversible. It can be used to sharpen spades, hoes and edging tools as well. Good for about 10 sharpenings. A (Not for use on mulching blades.) Rotary Sharpener AG702

Also sharpens edging and digging tools.

Clip stores cord end.

C. Spark Doctor™

For those without mechanic’s tools, this convenient 8-in-1 tool provides all you need for servicing spark plugs on the gas-powered equipment you’d commonly find in a shed. It includes three socket sizes (5/8Й, 3/4Й, and 13/16Й) to remove and replace spark plugs, a file, pick and brass wire brush to clean the plugs, and a gauge and tool to measure and set the gap. Compact and self-contained, it stores neatly in a toolbox or on a hook next to your garden equipment. A simple tool to keep your spark plugs in good working order. AG718 Spark Doctor™ $19.95 Metal file/pick

Brass brush Gap tool

Mounting hardware included.

D. Riding Mower

An easy retroﬁt for electric lawnmowers, trimmers or leaf blowers, these plastic hooks provide convenient onboard storage for a dedicated extension cord. Sold as a pair, they are easy to attach, reposition or remove. Snug the reinforced rubber belt onto the shaft or handle (up to 11/2Й in diameter), press down the belt-locking clip, then, using the included hex key, tighten the steel locking screw to secure each hook in position. A cord-retaining clip holds the loose end of the cord, so it stays neatly coiled until the next use. To release the entire cord, simply swivel both of the hooks. Capacity depends on cord gauge and hook placement (e.g., hooks spaced 18Й apart hold up to 100И of 16-gauge cord). AG720 Cord Storage Hooks, pr. $9.95 Swivelling both of the hooks releases entire cord.

$14.95

B. Cord Storage Hooks

Knob rotates as you steer.

Includes 5/8Й, 3/4Й and 13/16Й socket sizes.

Steering Knob If you have ever driven a riding mower, you will D immediately recognize the advantage of this steering knob. It makes turning the steering wheel a simple one-hand exercise, eliminating the hand-overhand labor required when making a sharp turn, backing up or parking a mower. An easy steering wheel retroﬁt, the 2Й tall plastic knob has a comfortable polymer rubber grip and a sealed roller-bearing base for smooth operation. Mounting hardware and instructions included. Color may vary depending on supply. This knob should be standard equipment on all riding mowers. AG715 Riding Mower Steering Knob $16.95 E. Mower Blade Clamp

Removing a lawnmower blade for sharpening or replacement can be an awkward, knuckleskinning chore. This clever device simpliﬁes the task. Clamped to the mower deck, the powdercoated steel bracket captures the blade, holding it steady while its bolt is removed or tightened. It is suitable for walk-behind and E riding mowers with single or double blades up to 3Й wide. М

Mower Blade Clamp AG704 $11.50 E

Gap gauge has metric and Imperial measurements. Compact for storage.

A. Handle Grip

C. Gas/Oil

Solute dilution ratios

Dilution Ratio Rotate collar Measuring Cup to align ratio with volume. Solvent This simple volumes measuring cup helps eliminate guesswork and potential for error when preparing a gas/ oil mix for a two-stroke engine. The cup’s rotating collar is marked with oil dilution ratios, while the cup itself is marked with gasoline volumes. Simply align the selected ratio with the desired volume marking, and then ﬁll the cup with the oil to the level indicated. The cup is printed with common oil-to-fuel ratios* for standard two-stroke equipment, ranging from 1:16 to 1:128. Comes with a convenient screw-cap funnel plus four clip-on color-coded markers for quick reference to frequently used ratios. A real frustration saver. BL271 Gas/Oil Cup, Imperial $11.50 BL272 Gas/Oil Cup, Metric $11.50

Fill cup with solute to level indicated.

* Some newer two-stroke engines do not require premixed fuel; however, most hand-held two-stroke engines, such as chain saws and trimmers, still do. Check the manufacturer’s speciﬁcations before use.

This comfortable cushion grip replaces torn or worn handle grips on lawnmowers, snowD. Rust Erasers blowers, etc. Made from high-density foam These pliable abrasive blocks are perfect 3 rubber, it is 11 /4Й long and accommodates for removing rust from metal tools. Each handles up to 3/4Й in diameter, and can be cut 3ЙК2ЙК3/4Й rubber-like block has abrasive shorter for use on hand tools. Integral adhesive embedded throughout, and works well wet or strips secure the grip once positioned. Color dry. They can be used like sandpaper on wood, may vary depending on supply. and will also clean up cookware – even sootAG717 Handle Grip $5.95 blackened camping pots. Available in coarse, medium and fine grit, or as a set of all three. Made in Germany. To order call 1-800-871-8158 BR201 Rust Eraser, Fine $ 5.50 or visit us at www.leevalley.com BR202 Rust Eraser, Medium $ 5.50 BR203 Rust Eraser, Coarse $ 5.50 BR204 Rust Erasers, set of 3 $14.95 B. Pocket Ref E. Transfer Siphon Pump Б An excellent reference book with 864 pages This is an effective tool for transferring water, packed with lots of handy information: beam oil or fuel (gasoline, diesel and kerosene) short lengths for 76 wood species, weights of matedistances. A positive-displacement pump, it rials, element tables, floor joist spans, concrete operates with an effimixtures, solvent properties, perpetual calendar, cient pump-action of etc. There are sections on automotive, general the T-handle, moving science, first aid and hardware. It even tells you liquids at a rate of how to calculate the gallons per minute coming 4 fl oz per stroke. out of a pipe or hose by measuring the arc of the Priming usually takes discharge. Very interesting reading. Softcover, only about three strokes 3ЙК51/2Й. Fourth edition printed in 2010. of the handle; you can 92W68.11 Pocket Ref $12.50 then extend the handle to allow siphoning action to move liquids at a rate of 1 gallon per minute, without having to continue pumping. The 1/2Й diameter PVC intake/outlet extension hose is supplied 8И long but can easily be cut to length. Measuring just 13Й long overall, the pump is compact for easy storage. A well-made tool, it is convenient for routine activities such as draining traps B and toilets when winterizing a cottage, or for removing fuel and oil from lawnmowers or snow blowers during maintenance. Made in USA. AG711 Transfer Siphon Pump $31.50

111

Accommodates box-end wrenches up to 1Й.

B. Mechanic’s Wrench Extender

The traditional extender for box-end wrenches is an iron pipe. Although a pipe works, it is awkward and requires two-handed operation. This steel extender can be used one-handed for either tightening or loosening a nut or stud. It has two powerful rare-earth magnets to hold a wrench ﬁrmly in position. For box-ends up to 1/2Й, it triples the leverage. For a 1Й box-end it doubles the leverage. Usable on all box-ends with shafts up to 7/16Й (11mm) thick. Used magnet-face up for tightening and magnet-face down for loosening, it holds the wrench ﬁrmly in either position. The handle has multiple ridges for better grip. Patent pending.

Built-in saw-ﬁle handle

A. Chain-Saw Multi-Tool

Mechanic’s Wrench Extender The TopSaw® multi-tool incorporates all the tools you need $24.95 for servicing your chain saw when you are in the field. The nine 09A05.05 tools it includes are 10mm, 13mm and 19mm sockets (which also double for 3/8Й, 1/2Й and 3/4Й nuts), 5/16Й and 1/8Й wide slot screwdrivers, a T27 Torx wrench, a 4mm hex wrench, a slim B bar groove cleaner and a built-in saw-file handle. All nine tools Rare-earth magnets hold fold into a 41/2Й long combination that can be carried in a pocket wrench firmly in place. or in the nylon sheath (with belt loop) that comes with it. It can save a lot of grief if you are in the bush and your chain saw tools are somewhere else. ¾Й wrench The TopSaw multi-tool can service all Craftsman, Efco/Oleo Olympik, Makita, Redmax, Cub Cadet, Hitachi, McCulloch (except models made before 1990), Shindaiwa, Dolmar, 1Й wrench Husqvarna, Poulan, Solo, Echo, Jonsered, Stihl (except models 051, 075, 076 and 090 made before 1990) and Tanaka chain saws. Wrenches may fit differently depending on size, style and brand. 09A05.12 Chain-Saw Multi-Tool $16.50

HOME SOLUTIONS Pail not included with pro washing set.

F E

C. D. E.

D C 112

Wrench not included.

Professional Window Washing Tools The heart of a professional window washing system is a good squeegee. It has to have a rubber (not plastic) blade and enough heft to maintain blade pressure on the window. Our 12Й wide solid brass squeegee has it all. The 12Й wide scrubber bar with microﬁber does a good job on dirt, grease and bug spots. The telescoping pole (extendable from 76Й to 16И) is a nice extra if you want to avoid ladder work. Its specially designed tip allows quick changing of heads. All parts are brass, aluminum or high-impact poly, so nothing will corrode. The 18Й rubber replacement blade can be cut to length. Set includes the brass squeegee, window scrubber and telescoping pole. The pail is ideally shaped for use with the scrubber. Inside dimensions are 131/2ЙК8ЙК91/2Й high. Holds 15 litres (4 U.S. gallons). SA101 Brass Squeegee $23.50 SA118 Window Scrubber А $14.50 SA133 *Telescoping Pole А $38.50 SA110 *Pro Set (above 3 items) $69.50 SA108 Repl. Rubber Blade, 18Й $ 5.50 SA112 Window Washing Pail А $14.50 * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

An inexpensive and effective solution for cleaning windows is 2 cups of water, 1/4 cup of white vinegar and a squirt of liquid dish soap. Cleaning your windows on a cool or overcast day will help prevent streaks.

Microﬁber bonnet for washing and drying

A A Gets into hardto-reach spots.

Spare head and three detachable bonnets

A. Glass and Surface Cleaner

Don’t believe everything you read. Despite what the carton for this product says, it’s not a panacea for glass cleaning. Yes, there are a number of places where it can be used, but where it excels is at performing one of the most miserable glasscleaning tasks – cleaning the inside of a car windshield. Its padded head pivots to adjust to surface angles and has a low-profile triangular shape to access corner recesses. It comes with three detachable (and reusable) cleaning bonnets, though in our tests, the nylon mesh bonnet for scrubbing and the microfiber version for washing and drying performed better than the terry-cloth attachment. A second head is supplied to let you quickly switch applications. The 14Й handle has a comfortable grip and will accept any standardthread extension pole for greater reach. While you’ll undoubtedly find other uses for it, the windshield application alone makes it worthwhile in our book. A handy tool at a good price. SA120 Glass and Surface Cleaner $18.95 B. Handle

Helper Б Many of us own B old buckets that are still useful but are missing their plastic grips, leaving bare wire handles that dig into the hand. This little helper easily snaps onto the wire handles of 1 to 6 gallon buckets, making it less painful to lug a load. They are also great for carrying plastic grocery bags! Polypropylene with a comfortable, wide grip. Made in USA. AC309 Handle Helper $2.20

Wash Brush & Pole А Getting the right tools for scrubbing siding, soffits and the inside and outside of greenhouses can be difficult, but this flow-through pole and choice of brushes do the job admirably. The aluminum telescoping pole extends from 54Й to 96Й (which gives an effective reach of 13И to 14И) and locks in any position. It comes with an on/off flow-control valve. With a hose connected, water can flow through the pole and out the middle of the brush head. Two styles of 8Й wide brushes are available – a regular brush and a soft-bristle brush. Regular stiffness would be used for most jobs except vehicle washing, where the soft-bristle style works wonders. C. SA113 Flow-Through Pole, 8И $26.50 D. SA119 Regular Brush, 8Й $12.50 E. SA111 Soft Brush, 8Й $13.50

C E

F. Chamois

Original chamois came from the skin of a mountain antelope (the chamois). As the antelope are now protected, the best chamois sold is made from split sheepskin and tanned by a process involving the oxidation of marine oils in the skin. Our sheepskin chamois is tanned with 100% cod oil, acknowledged as the best marine oil for this purpose. The softness and super absorbency of chamois made it popular for car washing. Long before cars existed, chamois was used for “leathering” wood, a cleaning process to remove wood dust or paint dust after sanding. Unlike many treated tack cloths, chamois cleans surfaces well and leaves no trace contaminants that can interfere with ﬁnishes. There are two to a pack (each measuring 26cmК37cm) giving you 2 sq.ft. of leather in total. 09A03.40 Chamois, pkg. of 2 $9.95

G. Concentrated Citrus Cleaner А Д

Made from citrus extracts, this concentrated biodegradable cleaner dissolves stuck-on gum and tar, and removes stains left by grease, oil, ink and lipstick, to mention only a few. Useful for removing label and sticker glues (great when removing price tags from presents), as well as pine sap or bugs from a windshield. While some natural cleaning products are more well-intentioned than effective, this one really works. It even has a pleasant citrus scent. Can be diluted with water for lighter duties or used undiluted for heavier applications. Made in Canada. 56Z99.14 Citrus Cleaner, 473ml (16 oz) $21.50

A. Garden Hose Siphon Pump

This is an efficient hand-operated piston pump for transferring or draining water. It has standard 5/8Й male and female hose connectors, allowing intake and output hoses of any length to be attached. The pump moves up to 15 fl oz per stroke and, once primed, it can continue operating as a siphon without further pumping. For use with water only, it is a simple means of draining backyard ponds or flooded pool covers. Durable PVC construction; 24Й long. AG712 Garden Hose Siphon Pump $24.50

C Flexible neck bends in any direction.

C. Flexible-Neck Sprayer

Attachable to any faucet, this ﬂexible-neck sprayer lets you wash down the sides of a sink or laundry tub and herd the residue along to the drain. It is particularly useful in laundry tubs, Stream Shower which are often used for chores ranging from boot cleaning to repotting plants. The spray is adjustable from a solid stream to a gentle shower. We use one in the Lee Valley greenhouse and have found it to be indispensable. Made in Italy. Standard adapters included. AK220 Flexible-Neck Sprayer $9.95 A D. Super Siphon Б

B. Transfer Siphon Pump Б

This is an effective tool for transferring water, oil or fuel (gasoline, diesel and kerosene) short distances. A positive-displacement pump, it operates with an efﬁcient pump-action of the T-handle, moving liquids at a rate of 4 ﬂ oz per stroke. Priming usually takes only about three strokes of the handle; you can then extend the handle to allow siphoning action to move liquids at a rate of 1 gallon per minute, without having to continue pumping. The 1/2Й diameter PVC intake/outlet extension hose is supplied 8И long but can easily be cut to length. Measuring just 13Й long overall, the pump is compact for easy storage. A well-made tool, it is convenient for routine activities such as draining traps and toilets when winterizing a cottage, or for removing fuel and oil from lawnmowers or snow blowers during maintenance. Made in USA. AG711 Transfer Siphon Pump $31.50

This looks like magic the ﬁrst time you use it; you just insert the valve end of the siphon in the liquid and move it up and down quickly. The mechanism starts the liquid moving through the tube. Once the tube is full, the siphoning action continues automatically. The 3/4Й I.D. copper siphon-mechanism comes with 6И of hose and a brass garden hose ﬁtting that lets you attach it to any length of garden hose. It is ideal for draining water from aboveground pools and barrels. BL270 Super Siphon $12.50

B D

114

C. Electronic Hearing Protectors

A. Lee’s Priceless Recipes

At the turn of the 20th century, it was popular to publish books that professed to include virtually all knowledge to date. Most popular of the genre were the books of “secret” recipes, revealing industrial secrets to the layman. First published in 1895, Lee’s Priceless Recipes covers an extraordinary range in its 3000 secrets. There are several hundred formulas for stains, paints, waxes, and false ﬁnishes of all types, as well as advice on tanning hides, preserving eggs, drying fruit and purifying rancid butter. Softcover, 41/2ЙК6Й, 370 pages, this is an exact reprint of the 1895 original published by Laird and Lee of Chicago. The signatures are Smyth sewn for a sturdy binding – the pages will not fall out. Reprinted in 1998 as part of our Classic Reprint Series. 49L80.01 Lee’s Priceless Recipes $9.50 B. Apron Tote Б

This functional nylon and polyester apron reduces back strain as it keeps your clothes clean when you carry ﬁrewood, bricks, bundles of brush, etc. Two straps loop over your shoulders to distribute weight more evenly, and leave one hand free to open doors or gates. Sized to ﬁt most adults. Carrying surface measures 20ЙК40Й. WT670 Apron Tote $36.50

Microphone w/FM Radio & Input Jack These triple-duty hearing protectors have a built-in FM radio receiver, a stereo input jack (complete with 3И cable) for use with CD and MP3 players, and electronic sound reduction that lets you balance the level of external sound you want to hear, while blocking all sound over 82db. Separate control knobs let you use the C features independently or balance them for use simultaneously. Passive noise reduction rating is 25db. The unit weighs 151/2 oz and requires two AA batteries (not included). Replacement Microphone volume pad set includes two ear cushions and two adjustment damping pads. Good value in a combined audio headset and hearing protector.

FM receiver

3.5mm stereo Radio volume input jack adjustment

Electronic Hearing Protectors 22R12.80 $49.90 Repl. Pads, set of 2 22R12.76 $ 5.00 Folds for easy storage.

D. ZEM Hearing Protectors Б

What sets these comfortable, lightweight (1.7 oz) hearing protectors apart is their ability to attenuate harmful noise while allowing speech to be clearly heard, so you can converse in a workshop or on a job site without compromising hearing protection. Developed in consultation with a professor at Syracuse University, their patented design redirects and dissipates high-decibel sound. Noise reduction rating is 26dB. Adjustable for size, they fold for easy storage. Two pairs of replacement cuffs are included; additional cuffs are available separately. 22R08.01 ZEM Hearing Protectors $24.50 E. 22R08.05 Repl. Cuffs, 2 pairs $ 2.90 F. Firewood Storage Rack Б

These supports work like giant bookends to hold ﬁrewood in place. The two tubular steel ends attach to any length of standard 2К4s (which you supply) to make a storage rack. Each support measures 41Й high and 121/2Й wide. Ideal for storing wood indoors or outdoors. WS203 Firewood Storage Rack $59.50

F B

115

A E Leaves stay on top of bristles, while water drains through.

A. Gutter Brush Б

This is one of the simplest methods for keeping your eavestroughs and downspouts clear. Resembling an oversized pipecleaner, the brush is made of 41/2Й diameter, UV-stable polypropylene bristles twisted in a double coil of galvanized steel. Slipped into standard 5Й wide eavestroughs (no tools required), it stays ﬁrmly in place to block leaves and debris from accumulating in gutters and downspouts, but is hidden from ground-level view. While leaves stay on top of the stiff bristles, water drains through easily. Annual clean-up of gutters is easy – remove the brush and shake it out. You can cover the entire length of your gutters with brushes, or place them only in problem areas and over downspouts. Available in a 12И kit containing four 36Й brushes, and a 30И kit with nine 36Й and two 18Й brushes. CA302 *Gutter Brush, 12И Kit $39.50 CA303 *Gutter Brush, 30И Kit $89.50 * Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $5.00 for CA302 and $8.00 for CA303. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

B B

Adjus ta exten ble down ds fro s m 38Й pout to 69 Й.

Flips up

E. Gutter Siphon Б

Inserted in the opening of any 11/2Й to 3Й dia. standard downspout, this tool siphons water through debris-congested gutters. The durable plastic shell blocks leaves and debris from the downspout, while an elevated slot in the underside drains rising gutter water. If submerged, the unit siphons water into the downspout to prevent overﬂow. Approx. 13/4Й high by 6Й long when installed. (Gutters still need an annual cleaning.) CA301 Gutter Siphon $7.50 Flexible Downspout Diverter Б This ﬂexible downspout will bend in any direction and hold its shape to wind through your landscaping to divert water away from foundations, trees, plants, shrubs and decks. UV-stabilized PVC, it extends from 25Й to 55Й long. Fits 2ЙК3Й or 3ЙК4Й downspouts (or can be cut to create a 4Й dia. round connection). It can also be used to divert water to a rain barrel. Available in green or brown. F. WT510 Green Downspout Diverter $14.95 G. WT511 Brown Downspout Diverter $14.95

B. Adjustable Downspout Б

This extender attaches to the end of your downspout to divert the water ﬂow away from your house, but unlike regular extensions this one can be directed anywhere in an arc of 180° as well as ﬂipping up out of the way when you need to mow the grass underneath. It telescopes from 38Й to 69Й. Made from PVC. Fits all 3ЙК4Й and 2ЙК3Й downspout pipes. WT515 Adjustable Downspout $22.50

Swivels 180°

Telescopes

C. Universal

Hose available separately. Can be used for ﬁlling one or two rain barrels.

Downspout Diverter This simple fitting offers a convenient way to divert water from a downspout to a rain barrel. It is easy to install on any standard 2ЙК3Й or 3ЙК4Й downspout, and the 5/8Й diameter ports are threaded to accept standard hose fittings for connection to a rain barrel hose (available separately). The double outlet lets you fill two rain barrels at once (two included caps let you seal any ports not in use). Made of UV-stable polypropylene, the diverter measures 31/4ЙК41/4ЙК7Й tall. The entire fitting can be easily removed for quick cleaning. Downspout Diverter WT326 $21.50

C 116 Home Solutions

D. Optional Hose, 6И Б

XB105

$ 9.95

Available in two colors. Each end ﬁts a different downspout size.

Recoil Downspout Sprinkler Б In various quality levels, these have been on the market for over 30 years; this one is particularly well made from heavy vinyl. When it is not raining, it stays tightly coiled at the bottom of your eavestrough downspout. When it rains, the water pressure in the downspout slowly unrolls the sprinkler and water sprinkles out from holes all along its 45Й length (it works even if only partly unrolled). Then, when it stops raining, it automatically rolls up into a coil again, out of the way of lawnmowers and trimmers. Available in three colors and adjustable to ﬁt any downspout with a circumference of 15Й or less. Prevents erosion and washout in your lawn and garden beds. Made in USA. A. WT501 Recoil Sprinkler, Green $10.95 B. WT502 Recoil Sprinkler, Brown $10.95 C. WT503 Recoil Sprinkler, Alabaster $10.95

G G

Copper Rain Chain Based on a traditional Asian design, this rain chain serves as a decorative but effective alternative to a regular downspout. Water from your eaves A cascades down the chain through a series of fluted crocus-shaped funnels and flows from the bottom of the chain, which can be positioned over a splash plate or rain B C barrel. Easy to install without tools or fasteners, the chain hangs from a powder-coated aluminum support bracket D. Driveway Washer (available separately) that inserts into a standard 3Й to 41/2Й wide downspout We designed this washer to send out a high-pressure, fan-shaped jet of opening of an eavestrough. Links are easily opened by hand, so you can water. This makes it ideal for washing down driveways, walkways and connect multiple chains (supplied in 3И sections) or remove excess links for patios. The complete unit includes a 36Й long aluminum wand, heavya custom fit. Made from copper with brass funnel connectors, the chain will duty trigger valve and a solid brass spray tip. The spray tip (also develop a weathered patina over time. available separately) fits any standard hose-end fitting or our water G. ET216 Rain Chain, 3И Section* $39.50 wand (PB300) shown on page 65. $ 4.95 SA117 Driveway Washer $29.00 H. ET217 Support Bracket * Please measure the height of your eaves before ordering to ensure you purchase an E. SA115 Spray Tip, Driveway Washer $10.95 adequate number of chain sections.

F. Trigger Valve

J. Sockitbox™

This heavy-duty waterproof box keeps J electrical cords and their power bars protected from the elements. Made of strong plastic, it has silicone weather seals in the lid and ports. Easy-locking clamps ensure box stays tightly sealed, and an Ingress Protection rating of 55 guarantees that water will not make its way in unless the box is submerged. With ﬁve ports, it is ideal for extension cords, transformers, timers and four-way power strips. The box can also be used to hold other accessories when not in use. Measures 153/4Й long by 51/2Й high by 13Й wide. PK420 Sockitbox™ $21.50 Silicone seals

E D J

Locking clamps Thumb control

A. Controlled Beam PIR Light

D Unlike any other LED light on the D market, this one is controllable in both the range of infrared motion detection and in the direction of light emitted, as well as having all the features of our other LED infrared A detection light (09A06.01). These include the ability to set the period of time the light will stay on once activated (5, 10, 30 or 60 seconds), choice of degree of darkness for activation, operational brightness of the light, easy wireless installation, an on/off D. Dynamo Worklight switch and six LED lights good for 80,000 hours. The built-in dynamo in this worklight ensures you It is ideal for use wherever you need enough light to check on room occupants (babies or ill people) are not dependent on batteries or a separate charger. but do not want to awaken them. The beam can be set so that the light will not shine directly on the It emits a bright, diffused light at two intensity occupant and will be activated only at the level you set, e.g., both light and detection beam can be set levels. One minute of cranking provides about 15 below mattress level so that anyone rolling over or lifting an arm will not activate it. Of equal value, if minutes of light at the high setting, depending on the occupant starts to get out of bed, the light will come on as soon as a foot touches the floor. The cranking speed. Includes a hanging hook as well as light is also useful in many other places where you may want a light that can be aimed in any direcintegral rare-earth magnets for mounting on any tion, not just at 90° to the mounting pad. A double-sided adhesive tape pad as well as screws and ferrous surface. Housing measures 12Й long by anchors are included for easy wireless installation. Four AAA batteries included. 21/8Й wide by 15/8Й thick; the LED array is about 09A06.02 Controlled Beam PIR Light $12.50 5Й long by 1Й wide. Limited quantity. 99K10.50 Worklight $15.95 B. LED Infrared Detection Light D This advanced six-LED motion detector can detect people up to 16И away anywhere in its 90° viewing range. It shuts off automatiOne minute of cranking Activations Battery provides about 15 life cally after 20, 60 or 90 per day (months) minutes of light at the seconds (you set the period high setting. 0 22 you want). Similarly, you B 10 10 set the light level at which it More styles of flashlights are offered in the 20 6 turns on, avoiding daytime Camping and Leisure section. 30 4-5 activation. A second light40 3-4 Trouble Light/Flashlight Holder level control lets you adjust This holder grips anything brightness to meet your minimum needs. Useful in from the smallest light closets, cupboards, nurseries, etc., it is ideal for to a 21/2Й diameter lighting stairways, since it requires no visible light flashlight and to detect movement. Attaches with an included provides a hands-free double-faced adhesive pad or two screws. Each way to focus light comes with four AAA batteries whose life depends F directly on a problem area. on the light settings you use. The adjoining chart The strong 1Й rare-earth magnet in the indicates how long the batteries should last at base (covered with a high-friction pad) lets you maximum brightness with the automatic shut-off 3/8Й in secure a light to a fender for a tire change, inside set at 20 seconds. The base measures about 3 B the hood for motor work, on the car roof as a diameter. For indoor use only. warning light. Adjustable to any angle, the holder 09A06.01 LED Infrared Detection Light $8.50 folds to fit a 1ЙК2ЙК41/2Й storage space. Our 21-LED flashlight is an ideal companion. Exceptionally bright, it acts more like a small spotlight, spanning a remarkable C Tubing can be distance. It is 13/8Й in diameter linked to form a and 31/2Й long. Comes with flexible, tapered C nozzle. three AAA alkaline batteries, enough to power it for 16 to ™ C. Vaccuflex Б 20 hours in continuous use. With this nozzle attachment, you can easily vacuum dust E. 67K74.40 Flashlight Holder $8.50 and debris from spots that can’t be accessed with an ordiF. 67K74.47 21-LED Flashlight $7.95 nary rigid nozzle. The set comes with four sections of vinyl Gripper adjustment knob 1 5 tubing* ranging from /4Й to /8Й inside diameter that can be linked to form a flexible, tapered nozzle; it also includes a Coated Locking for grip. knob for 2И length of 3/8Й dia. high-density polyethylene tubing that rotating arm can be bent into a curve but is more rigid for longer reach and greater control. Combined, the tubing sections form a single hose just under 84Й long, but each section can be cut E to length if desired. Two adapters are supplied to fit most Gripper for vacuums: the small adapter fits both 11/4Й and 17/8Й outside smaller lights diameter vacuum port cuffs; the large accepts 11/2Й and Folds to fit a 1ЙК2ЙК41/2Й 21/4Й outside diameter. A simple, effective means for storage space. cleaning in tight nooks and crannies. Made in USA. 12F01.15 Vaccuflex™ Set $14.95 1Й magnet Gripper for * 24Й of 5/8Й tubing, plus 12Й each of 1/2Й, 3/8Й and 1/4Й tubing. covered with larger lights high-friction pad

Soft-Touch Grippers This is a long-arm gripper with a difference – no matter how hard you squeeze the grip, it will never crush what it is holding, but it will hold anything firmly in place. For instance, this feature lets you take down a vase from an overhead shelf without the fear of crushing or dropping it. The rubber suction cups on the fingers give such an excellent grip that you can even pluck a paper clip or a dime off the floor. This makes it ideal for picking up litter inside or out without ever having to bend over. An outstandingly useful tool. Available in two lengths; with the 20Й size, you can pass an object to your other hand. C. GP101 Soft-Touch Gripper, 40Й $21.50 D. GP102 Soft-Touch Gripper, 20Й $16.95 D

Cord Lock Б Useful indoors and out, this snap-on sleeve keeps electrical cords from accidentally disconnecting. It also prevents long-term damage to connection prongs (but is not waterproof). 71/4Й long, it accepts plugs up to 11/2Й in diameter, and has adjustable internal gates for plugs of different lengths. 1+ 4+ 03K10.01 Cord Lock, ea. $4.90 $4.40

This unusual-looking device is designed as a reliable means to keep a door propped open a crack. It can be used to help let in a little fresh air, to prevent a door from slamming shut in a breeze, or to avoid having to fumble for a doorknob with your hands full, such as when carrying loads of groceries in from the car. When not in use, it can hang on a doorknob or handle from one of the hook ends, so it’s always where you need it. To use it, simply sling the other hook end around the door edge and onto the knob or handle on the opposite side. Made of a tough but flexible rubber compound, it is resistant to impact, weather and abrasion, and holds firmly in place as long as it is needed. At 73/4Й long, it fits most doors up to 31/2Й thick (depending on doorknob or handle placement). Simple and effective. 45K12.52 Flexy, white $9.95 B. Stoppy

Wedges have myriad uses around the house. Made from a flexible, weather-resistant rubber co-molded over a teardrop-shaped frame, this unique 11/16Й thick wedge fits into gaps up to 31/2Й wide. The soft exterior layer grips without marring door and window frames or flooring. Both stylish and functional. Made in Germany. Translucent Stoppy 45K12.55 $5.95

F G Utility Cord А Braided nylon is soft and durable with no tendency to curl or kink. We offer three thicknesses of strong, braided nylon cord. Each is a light sand color and comes in a 50-yard spool. E. EA129 50-yd. Cord, 45 lb test $ 4.50 F. EA131 50-yd. Cord, 96 lb test $ 5.95 G. EA133 50-yd. Cord, 190 lb test $ 8.95 EA135 Set of 3 Utility Cords, 1 of ea. $17.50

This tool picks up anything from tiny tacks and needles to large bolts, holding as much as 2 lb per sweep. Commonly used in shops to clear steel chips and shavings, it is equally useful for collecting hardware from driveways or lawns after construction work, or in living space to find dropped needles or a tiny screw from eyeglasses. The low profile lets you sweep under furniture and shelves. It will even collect magnetic coins buried as deep as 2Й in sand. The adjustable handle can be set at any length from 21Й to 47Й and the flexible neck increases maneuverability. Magnetic Sweep 09A03.21 $22.50

Ext end s fr om 21Й to

A. Flexy

47Й .

J. Magnetic Sweep

Magnet is 91/2Й wide.

H. Heavy-Duty Duct Tape Б

You may have noticed that the duct tape you buy today is thinner, weaker and less sticky than duct tape you could buy years ago. Ours is different – it is durable, won’t easily delaminate and has a strong gum adhesive that leaves virtually no residue when removed. We are showing a roll of regular duct tape beside ours for comparison – both rolls are 180И (55m) long, but our tape is 13 mil thick (vs. 7 to 8.5 mil for regular duct tape), and has considerably greater tensile strength at 45 lb per inch versus 19 for regular. You don’t need this tape for wrapping little parcels, but if you are patching a holed canoe or making an equipment repair where durability, tensile strength and water resistance are important, this is the tape you need. 17/8Й wide, available in a 90И or 180И roll. 180И roll of H 25U06.30 Duct Tape, 90И $ 8.50 regular duct tape 180И roll of 25U06.60 Duct Tape, 180И $15.50 119 heavy-duty tape

A. Folding Outdoor Clothes Dryer

This modern German-made clothes dryer is a far cry from the space-hogging rotary clotheslines of decades past. It folds into a slim, inconspicuous tower when not in use, and can be easily removed to leave your yard obstacle-free, or for off-season storage. Made largely of anodized aluminum, it is strong and lightweight. A smooth pulley mechanism opens or closes the arms in seconds; when opened, the dryer rotates freely, allowing you to hang laundry from a single position. It stands 208cm (82Й) tall, with a span of 292cm (115Й), and provides a total of 45 linear metres (147 linear feet) of line. Supplied with a durable plastic socket that embeds in a concrete base you make yourself (instructions included). A hinged lid keeps the socket from ﬁlling with debris when the dryer is removed. For installation without a concrete anchor, we offer a removable ground screw (see below). 01S17.55 *Outdoor Clothes Dryer $219.00

* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. Two adapters included.

B. Ground Screw

This removable ground anchor provides a secure mounting point for items such as rotary clotheslines, shade umbrellas or pole-mounted bird feeders. The central socket ﬁts items 55mm (21/4Й) in diameter, and two included adapters accept 40mm (15/8Й) and 50mm (2Й) diameters. The 14Й long threaded portion has deep threads (4Й major dia., 25/8Й minor dia.) for a ﬁrm hold in most soil conditions. Made from tough, UV-resistant plastic, it has drainage holes to prevent rainwater from accumulating inside, and a hinged cover to block debris when not in use. Made in Germany. 01S17.91 Ground Screw, ea. $32.50

Molded recesses accept rods for leverage when installing in hard ground.

Release lock button to retract line.

47Й

39Й

Retractable Indoor Clotheslines These units contain two, three or four retractable locking clotheslines; just pull out as many of the nylon lines as you need and afﬁx them to matching hooks set into a facing wall up to 16И away. When drying is ﬁnished, release the lock button to automatically retract the lines into the durable ABS housing. A good size for laundry or mud rooms, or over a bathtub or utility sink. Each line supports up to 11 lb. Made in Spain. C. 01S17.02 Horizontal Dryer, 2-line $19.50 D. 01S17.03 Horizontal Dryer, 3-line $28.50 E. 01S17.04 Horizontal Dryer, 4-line $38.50 Accordion-Style Drying Racks In use, these wall-mounted racks extend 25Й from the wall, yet collapsed they project only 41/4Й. Sturdily built from rustproof aluminum, with brass, ABS and stainless-steel components, the eight-bar racks are available in two widths. The 39Й version provides a total of 26 linear feet of drying space. The 47Й model offers over 31И of drying space. Both racks install on T-track mounts, allowing quick removal and reinstallation on additional mounts (available separately) placed in alternative locations (e.g., one indoors, one outdoors). Each rack supports up to 26 lb. Made in Spain. F. 01S17.81 Accordion Dryer, 39Й $59.50 G. 01S17.82 Accordion Dryer, 47Й $66.50 01S17.85 Additional Mounts, pr. $ 6.50

Rack extends 25Й.

120 Home Solutions

Traditional clothespin

Lee Valley clothespin has a stronger spring that extends over the sides to limit skewing.

Grooves provide secure ﬁnger grip.

B. Lifetime Clothespins

Anyone who regularly hangs laundry to dry knows you need durable clothespins with grip strength you can depend on. Made in Italy, our lifetime clothespins are star performers on both counts. These stainless-steel pins won’t rust or rot (and stain clothes), and feature a sturdy trapped spring for a secure hold in a design that won’t twist apart in use. They are comfortable to grip and easy to apply. If there were a league of professional laundry hangers, these would be their tools of choice! The 3Й long pins have a lifetime guarantee, and are sold in packages of twenty. Highly recommended. ET134 Lifetime Clothespins, pkg. of 20 $14.50

Shown actual size.

Trapped spring

C. Twisty Pegs™

A. Wooden Clothespins

Clothespins have degenerated in quality during the last 40 or 50 years, but these are good ones. They have a strong spring of a unique design that limits skewing so that they do not suddenly snap apart in use. Made from hardwood, they have small lateral grooves near the top to provide a secure ﬁnger grip. Eminently practical, and sold at a sane price. 09A02.05 Clothespins, pkg. of 50 $4.95 To order call 1-800-871-8158

A more colorful and unconventional alternative to our wooden clothespins. The single-piece design is executed in a tough, ﬂexible plastic that resists staining and mold when left exposed to the elements. They are best suited for the thinner lines typically found on indoor racks. For outdoor use, they are easy to keep clean (they are machine washable) for use with whites and delicates, and certainly won’t get lost in the grass when dropped. Sold in packages of 20 in assorted bright colors. Made in the UK. 1+ 3+ 01S17.90 Twisty Pegs™ (20) $9.90 $8.90

D. Hook-Anywhere Clothesline

Widely used in many parts of Asia, clotheslines of this design need no fasteners or special rigging for installation. Practical and economical, this one is quick to install and remove, making it ideal for setting up a temporary drying area, such as when camping or travelling. Made of polypropylene braided into a weave resembling a ladder, it has a pattern of small openings to help register clothespins and capture coat hangers, so articles don’t slide and gather in the middle of the line. Hung between two supports, the line’s broad, ribbon-like proﬁle lies ﬂat and resists rolling or slipping as a cord would. Comes with two nickel-plated galvanized steel hooks that allow easy mounting or length adjustment without having to fuss with knots. Supplied in a 5m (16И) roll. ET130 Hook-Anywhere Clothesline $4.50

E. Ceiling-Mounted Drying Rack

This sturdy rack has a locking quad-pulley system for easy height adjustment, even when fully loaded. When not in use, just raise it to the ceiling for clearance underneath. Made of anodized aluminum with sturdy plastic corner brackets, the 523/4ЙК301/2Й frame has ten 51Й nylon lines, providing over 40И of total drying space. Supports up to 26 lb. Made in Spain. 01S17.50 Ceiling-Mounted Dryer $79.50

D Rack shown in lowered position.

D Raise rack for clearance underneath.

Home Solutions 121

Shown actual size.

A. Seal Removal Pliers

The soft-drink, food and drug companies have all begun to use container seals for fluids. This type of seal is A almost impossible to remove unless you stab it with a knife and then remove it in sections, frequently leaving remnants of plasticbacked aluminum along the rim that will prevent the secondary seal in the twist cap from re-sealing the container after the initial opening. The needle-nose tips of these pliers have mating jaws that will grip any seal edge firmly, and the locking ratchet-bars on the handgrips maintain the pressure until the user unlocks them. Once locked onto the seal, the pliers are used much like a key is used on a canned ham. You just rotate it across the neck of the container; the seal wraps around the jaw pliers as you do it. When you unlock the pliers, the seal slides off. Up to this point some of you might have been muttering to yourselves that these tools are called hemostats, not pliers. Actually, they could also be called fishing pliers for hook removal, pressure clamps for fine model work, or even parcel-wrapping pliers since they excel at holding crossed ribbons in place as you tie a bow in them. As for their use in surgery, there are probably as many fly-fishing doctors who have such pliers attached to their fishing vests as use them in the O.R. 09A03.82 Seal Removal Pliers $2.95

B B. Precision Scissors

Flex Scrapers With thin, flexible blades that easily conform to both flat and contoured surfaces, these lightduty scrapers are superb for removing materials such as stickers, sap and paint splatter from glass, ceramic or wood. A series of grooves along the plastic handle allow the blade to be arched for convex or concave scraping. Stropping the stainless-steel blade against a flat piece of sandpaper will quickly renew the double-bevelled edge. The regular scraper has a flat handle and a 31/8Й wide blade suitable for scraping large areas quickly. With a 11/2Й wide blade and slim handle, the detail scraper allows precise, controlled scraping, and is supplied with a protective edge guard. Available individually or as a set (one of each size). Made in Japan. C. 25K21.60 Regular Flex Scraper $ 8.40 D. 25K21.61 Detail Flex Scraper $ 8.40 25K21.65 Flex Scrapers, set of 2 $14.90

Ceramic blade

E. Slice™ Ceramic Safety Cutter

F. Scissors You Can Run With Б

Now you can safely do what your mother always told you not to do – run with scissors. These stainless-steel scissors can be carried in a pocket or purse because they fold into a compact package that safely covers the blades. Precision made in the USA, they measure 33/4Й overall when open and 3Й when folded. Perfect for sewing, snipping open milk bags, and countless other small jobs. AB532 Folding Scissors, ea. $7.50

G. Clamshell Scissors

The current trend to use plastic clamshell packaging that is welded shut (to minimize shoplifting) is a curse for consumers. The plastic is thick and tough, creating ideal conditions for wounding yourself when trying to open it, particularly if you attempt it with a knife. We found that “crash” scissors, modiﬁed by removing the foot on the lower blade, will safely deal with the toughest of these packages. You just cut off a corner to get access to a single layer of plastic and then cut along one side. Of course, the serrated stainless-steel blades are still great for cutting wire, thin sheet metal, leather, or fabric. 7Й long overall. Clamshell Scissors AB522 $5.90 Clip corner & cut away packaging.

G 122 Home Solutions

Easily opens clamshell

packaging. Excellent for crafts, cutting wrapping paper or cellophane, as well as opening envelopes or plastic clamshell packaging, this superb little household cutter is a safe, effective substitute for scissors. The tiny ceramic blade is specially shaped and sharpened to zip through paper or plastic. What’s more, it will not rust and never needs sharpening. The plastic body is comfortable to grip and easy to control, and contains a small magnet for attachment to a fridge or ﬁling cabinet. 27K06.80 Ceramic Safety Cutter $5.95

A. Stainless-Steel Cables

Secures zippers on bags.

These versatile little (6Й long) cables can be used individually or can be joined together to make larger loops. Each 1/16Й diameter cable Actual size has machined and threaded chrome-plated brass tips, male and female, for quick connection and release. This feature makes them excellent key chains, but since an individual loop can support objects that weigh up to 80 lb, they can be put to many other signiﬁcant uses. For example, a 1/8Й diameter hole drilled through a hammer handle lets you securely attach a safety cord for second-story work, eliminating danger to those below. This same hammer with a loop on the end can easily be hung on a hook or nail. Other uses are limited only by the user’s imagination, since they can be joined together to make loops up to 9Й in diameter. Offered in packages of ﬁve. 09A04.35 Stainless-Steel Cables (5) $2.80

Kilograms

Pounds

Chestnut Tools® Portable Electronic Scale This compact, accurate and highly functional scale has features such as automatic shut-off, tare weight, display lock and audible feedback. It excels at weighing food in the kitchen, produce at the grocery store, or the one that didn’t get away on a ﬁshing trip. It can even save money by weighing luggage to avoid Strap overweight charges. The scale weighs in units included of kilograms, pounds or ounces, and can for weighing convert between units. It is accurate to 1% awkward for loads above 1kg (2.2 lb) and accurate to objects. 4% for loads between 0.25kg (0.55 lb) and 1kg (2.2 lb). Holds a maximum of 40kg (88 lb). Comes with loop straps for weighing awkward objects, such as luggage. 09A08.25 Portable Electronic Scale $9.95

B B. Security-Style Luggage Tag

A good idea that is just becoming popular is a luggage tag that shows only an initial and a last name. Most airlines require that you put your name, address and telephone number on your luggage. However, they will accept all the information being hidden except the name, as long as the address is accessible so they can direct lost luggage. They accept this anodized aluminum tag, which is ﬁrmly anchored by a stainless-steel cable that runs through the drilled hole in the address card and the sturdy aluminum card holder protecting that information. The brass nut that joins the two ends of the cable must be backed off to release the information. No longer can someone sneak a peek at your name and address as you await your turn at the check-in counter when leaving for vacation, only to return from vacation to ﬁnd your house has been ransacked. Package of four 15/8ЙК23/8Й tags. 09A04.30 Luggage Tags, pkg. of 4 $4.95

C. Ratcheting Cargo Bar

Almost a necessity for owners of pick-up trucks, this cargo bar prevents cargo from shifting in a truck box or trailer. It does this by using a ratchet action to put maximum pressure on the full-size rubber end pads to hold the bar in place across the box. Even the heaviest loads won’t move. Fits 40Й to 70Й wide boxes in pick-up trucks, vans and SUVs. Rust-resistant paint with cushioned end pads. Great for holding cartons, D. Trunk Organizer/ toolboxes, propane tanks and fragile items. Storage Bin This is a product anyone BN120 Ratcheting Cargo Bar $39.50 can use. We were dissatisﬁed with other trunk C organizers on the market, so C we designed our own. It has hinged rigid panels to give the sidewalls support, while allowing the two-compartment container to collapse into a compact 3Й thick bundle, making it easy to store (and easy for us to ship!). Made from a tough woven polyester, it has padded handles and piped edges, and measures 231/2ЙК13ЙК71/2Й when open. The coated interior surface helps to contain any spills, and makes it easy to clean. It is ideal for use in a car or truck, holding all sorts of items to keep them from sliding or rolling around as you drive, particuC larly for keeping grocery bags upright. In the home, it’s as useful as a basket for both storage and transport of anything from woodshop offcuts to children’s toys. Excellent value, and highly recommended. 25K15.30 Trunk Organizer/Storage Bin $17.50

STORAGE

Storage 123

G G. Victorian-Style

A A. Magnetic Cord Holder А

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Cords are great tie-downs, but they require something to attach them to. This chrome-plated holder has a low-proﬁle 1Й dia. rare-earth magnet with a 1/4Й cross-drilled hole to accept hooks, as well as a 1Й split ring for thick cord or hooks. The holding strength depends on the angle of pull and the thickness of steel it is attached to. It takes a 30 lb direct pull off 1/8Й steel plate or a 10 lb pull at 45° off typical 0.045Й truck-box steel. The 11/8Й dia. base has a non-marring, high-friction pad. 50K15.01 Magnetic Cord Holder, ea. $12.50 50K15.02 Magnetic Cord Holders, pr. $22.50 S-Biner™ These stainless-steel carabiners have double hooks with gate closures that let you quickly attach keys to a belt loop, a water bottle to a backpack or a lantern to a rope line, or fasten zippers together on luggage. Lightweight, strong and weather resistant. The 15/16Й size comes as a package of two; other sizes are sold individually. Also available in sets. Length

68K06.40 68K06.41 68K06.42 68K06.43 68K06.44 68K06.50 68K06.55

Max. Approx. Weight Opening

15/16ЙК2 3 lb 1/4Й 19/16Й* 5 lb 3/8Й 2Й* 10 lb 7/16Й 25/8Й* 25 lb 9/16Й 31/2Й* 75 lb 3/4Й S-Biner™, set of 4* S-Biner™, set of 6

Harness Hook A reproduction cast-iron hook with a black gloss ﬁnish. Suitable for mounting in a porch, shop or shed. Weighs just over l lb. One prong is 6Й, the other 21/2Й. The backing plate is 21/2Й wide by 4Й high. Blackened screws included. Harness Hook, ea. 1+ 10+ 00W92.05 $11.50 $9.80

H. Flat Twine® Б

$ 3.95 $ 2.30 $ 2.50 $ 3.10 $ 3.60 $10.50 $13.95

$3.50 $2.05 $2.25 $2.80 $3.20 — —

This clear plastic film both stretches and adheres to itself (it is similar to the plastic used in pallet wrapping). The great advantage is that, unlike tape, there is no adhesive to be left behind, or to lift paint or finishes. It is particularly useful for providing clamping pressure on fragile or awkwardly shaped objects – successive layers increase the clamping pressure. Comes complete with a dispenser handle and roll of 2ЙК650И (7800Й) film. Incredibly useful. 23K20.02 Flat Twine®, 2ЙК650И $11.90 23K20.03 Refill, 2ЙК650И $ 7.50 М

B. C. D. E. F.

CableClamp® These durable plastic clamps offer one of the fastest methods of securing anything from small electronic cables to bundles of rope, electrical cords or even hoses. Designed much like handcuffs, they snap around material. A trigger lever conveniently releases the jaws. Available in ﬁve sizes, the reusable clamps adjust to accommodate material up to about 1Й in diameter on the mini and small, 2Й on the medium, 3Й on the large, and 4Й on the mega. The medium, large and mega clamps have a through-hole for tying a lanyard. The medium and large sizes also have a curved handle for carrying or quickly hooking the clamp over a bar, as well as a D-ring for hanging on a peg hook. Colors as shown. 1+ 5+ 03K76.51 Mini Cable Clamp® $1.70 $1.45 27K07.46 Sm. CableClamp PRO® $1.50 $1.25 27K07.47 Med. CableClamp PRO® $1.95 $1.65 27K07.48 Lg. CableClamp PRO® $2.95 $2.50 27K07.34 Mega Clamp™ $4.95 $4.45 F E

Essentially an oversize double-ended carabiner, this is a versatile, heavy-duty storage hook. Great for hanging hoses or power cords, suspending supplies from a ladder, or storing and securing a variety of equipment. Each hook end has a 21/4Й opening and a spring-loaded stainless-steel gate closure that snaps shut securely, yet lets you readily add or remove items as needed. Made of tough, weatherresistant reinforced nylon, it measures 101/2Й long and supports up to 100 lb. Sold individually. 1+ 3+ 68K06.46 101/2Й S-Biner™, ea. $9.90 $8.90

D C

B 124 Storage

J. Large S-Biner™

Tools not included.

B D

Gripit® Tool Holders Б For tools with no handy hanging points, Gripit tool holders are an easy storage solution. A floating, high-friction roller securely wedges handles into place. The regular Gripit holds handles from 3/4Й to 11/4Й, while the adjustable C Gripit holds handles from 3/4Й to 17/8Й, thanks to the three-position side fence. Tools can be stored Tool Hooks head up or head down. Great for brooms, mops, These heavy-duty tool hooks are ideal to keep shovels, hoes, etc. Available individually, or as spades, forks, ropes, cords and other shed and a set of three regular or three adjustable Gripits garage paraphernalia off the floor and out of the with an 18Й mounting rack (both styles fit). way. Two double hooks will support a bin with Both rack and holders are made of weatherproof a sturdy lip. Made of strong zinc-plated steel, plastic. Mounting screws are included. 1+ they are sold as a package of five double hooks, 6+ six single 2Й hooks, or four single 3Й hooks. A. 99K86.01 Regular Gripit®, ea. $ 4.20 $3.75 B. 99K86.04 Adjustable Gripit®, ea. $ 5.40 $4.85 D. AC301 Double Hooks, pkg. of 5 $4.90 99K86.02 Set (3) Reg. w/Rack $19.50 — E. AC304 Single 2Й Hooks, pkg. of 6 $3.80 C. 99K86.06 Set (3) Adj. w/Rack $23.00 — F. AC305 Single 3Й Hooks, pkg. of 4 $4.20 G. Extension Cord Holder Б

This unique hanger is designed to reduce the frustration of tangled extension cords. Nine fingers, spaced 1/2Й apart, firmly hold and separate eight individual layers of cord. Simply push the cord between the fingers, fixing the cord in position. Give a slight tug to free one loop at a time without tangles. Made of UV-resistant polypropylene, it accommodates most cords up to 12 gauge. Mounting hardware not included. AK512 Extension Cord Holder $9.95

StudGrabber® Clips Б These simple spring-steel clips are ideal for organizing areas with exposed two-by framing, H such as basements, garages and attics. With sharpened tips and a cantilever design, they grab more securely as load is applied, yet are J easy to reposition. Nickel plated for rust resistance, they are coated for grip and have a 25 lb load rating. The tool storage clips are for garden implements, such as hoes and rakes, or anything with a T-shaped grip. The utility clips work well for hoses, extension cords, lawn chairs, or D-handled tools. Sold in packages of four. H. 93K84.03 Tool Storage Clips, pkg. of 4 $12.40 J. 93K84.02 Utility Clips, pkg. of 4 $12.40

Two double hooks will support a bin with a sturdy lip.

To make the springtime reunion with your garden tools an enjoyable (not a dreaded) experience, protect wood and steel from moisture, moving parts from dirt, and store tools in an organized manner. Enjoyment, after all, is what gardening is all about.

Storage Hook Set End the clutter. This 30-piece set will let you hang a hose, a ladder, a bicycle, and at least two dozen other tools, electrical cords, or sports gear items in a garage or storage room. All are galvanized steel with a non-marking vinyl coating. An excellent set at a fraction of the price if bought individually. 93K81.01 Storage Hook Set of 30 $18.50

Wrap-N-Strap® E The great advantage of these ties is that they remain attached while the cord or hose is in use, ensuring they never get lost. Made of rugged, ﬂexible rubber, each strap has a durable plastic button for attachment. The three smaller sizes (6ЙК1/2Й, 9ЙК1/2Й and 12ЙК3/4Й) are ideal for bundling extension cords, computer cables, or cords on power tools and household appliances. Brackets sold M individually. The 18Й and 24Й straps (both 13/16Й wide) are Wood not designed for bundling hose and greater lengths included. of heavy-duty cords. A simple, easy-to-use tool for cord and hose management. A. EA164 6Й Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 8.20 B. EA166 9Й Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 9.00 M. Heavy-Duty Shelf Brackets C. EA167 12Й Strap, pkg. of 5 $10.50 These are super shelf brackets. Two brackets will support D. EA168 18Й Strap, pkg. of 3 $10.50 up to 1000 lb. They have a durable white epoxy powder-coat E. EA169 24Й Strap, pkg. of 3 $12.80 ﬁnish. Sold individually. Length of bracket stated below, with length of vertical arm in parentheses. 1+ 6+ 17K35.07 67/8Й Bracket (5Й) $ 6.20 $ 5.55 17K35.12 101/2Й Bracket (71/2Й) $ 9.40 $ 8.45 To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit our website at www.leevalley.com 17K35.16 141/2Й Bracket (10Й) $11.50 $10.35 17K35.20 191/4Й Bracket (121/2Й) $14.50 $13.00

D Tie remains attached to cord.

Wall-Mount Storage Straps & Brackets This is an excellent solution for vertical storage. Each 30Й strap threads through a zinc-plated steel bracket (available separately) that is attached to the wall with a single screw. The polyester strap is made from durable 1Й wide webbing with a strong quick-release plastic buckle. The strap can be cinched like a belt around multiple loose items, bundling them together and holding them snug against the wall. Maximum 9Й in diameter; for large items, two or more straps can be linked. Ideal for storing lumber, moldings, PVC piping or anything else that refuses to lean against a wall without falling over. It can also be used to keep coiled hoses, ropes or extension cords neatly bundled and off the ﬂoor. Each bracket mounts with a #8 screw (not included). Quantities discounted, as we know you’ll want several!

F. 99K86.50 Bracket, ea. G. 99K86.51 30Й Buckle Strap, ea.

H. J. K. L.

$ .90 $2.20

$ .80 $1.90

Velcro® Cable Ties Б Quickly wrap and tightly cinch wires or cables together with these reusable ties. With hook-and-loop fasteners that are less aggressive than regular Velcro, they feed through themselves without snaring. They are easy to release, yet strong enough to hold securely. Available in rolls of 25, each gray tie measures 8ЙК1/2Й. Perfect for taming a tangled mess of wires. EA172 8Й Velcro® Cable Ties, roll of 25 $4.90

Gear Tie™ Flexible Ties Б N. Shelf Bracket Set These ties offer a near-irresistible combination of These powder-coated steel brackets install between wall utility and convenience. Everyone we show them studs in sheds, unﬁnished basements, garages, etc. Mount to can suggest myriad uses for them. Essentially the brackets on the studs, slide a shelf into the brackets and oversize high-strength twist ties, they are made hold in place with the two retaining screws. Any 1/2Й thick from a ﬂexible steel wire with a thick rubberized sheeting can be used (width and depth depends on the sheathing. They hold their form once shaped, spacing and thickness of the studs). Offered in sets of eight, making them easy to coil over cords or wires or with screws and instructions. 1+ 5+ secure around a bundle by twisting the ends 00S36.01 Shelf Brackets (8) $11.90 $10.70 together. They can even be formed for use as a light-duty hook or hanger. The tough, highN friction sheathing grips onto itself as well as the materials being held, providing a strong, secure N hold. Usable indoors or out, the ties are available in four lengths. Made in USA. 03K76.10 3Й Ties, pkg. of 4 (Green) $4.50 03K76.15 6Й Ties, pkg. of 2 (Blue) $4.50 03K76.20 18Й Ties, pkg. of 2 (Yellow) $5.80 03K76.30 24Й Ties, pkg. of 2 (Black) $6.20

L М

Overall w idth is

5И.

Tools not included.

Overall height is 5И.

B Heavy-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars These strong magnetic tool bars are made from a series of ferrite magnet inserts sandwiched between two 3/16Й thick by 1Й steel bars and enclosed with yellow plastic strips. The maximum weight capacity or pull strength is 20 lb for a flat 1Й wide object. In actual use, much depends on the amount of surface area that contacts the magnet and where the bulk of the weight is relative to the magnetic inserts, but these are not weak-kneed tool bars and will handle 3 to 5 lb round-handled tools easily. E. Garden Tool 16Й The 13Й length mounts on 81/4Й centers and weighs 2 lb. The 24Й length mounts on 16Й centers and Organizer 16Й An excellent weighs 3 lb 14 oz. Suitable for use in the shop or garage, or mounted on unfinished walls. tool organizer A. 99K45.01 Magnetic Tool Bar, 13Й $15.50 for the garage B. 99K45.03 Magnetic Tool Bar, 24Й $23.50 or shed, this durable polyMagnetic Tack Strip mesh fabric tool holder has 16 This clever mounting system uses magnetic tacks to storage pockets – eight are 29Й neatly hold paper, photos and other thin materials deep for long-handled tools, without damaging them. The lightweight, flexible steel and the rest are 81/2Й deep to hold mounting strip is 48Й long by 3/4Й wide, backed with a smaller hand tools or accessories. durable peel-and-stick PSA foam for permanent attachFour adjustable quick-release Cut to custom ment to a wall or other clean, dry surface at any angle lengths as straps hold hose, rope, power from horizontal to vertical. The strip can be used full needed. cords, or tools too large to fit in a length or cut into shorter lengths with scissors, and pocket. Grommet-reinforced hangcomes with six magnetic tacks, each with a 1/4Й rareholes at 16Й centers let you attach it earth magnet in the 7/16Й diameter plastic base. Each to finished or exposed-stud walls. tack clings to the metal strip with enough strength to At about 5И square, this makes effective use hold several sheets of paper. Additional magnetic tacks of wall space. are available separately in a package of six. Aside from XH530 Garden Tool Organizer $49.50 the many obvious uses in the home or workplace, we found this system particularly convenient to hold project plans open above a workbench. 50K25.14 Tack Strip & 6 Magnetic Tacks $14.95 50K25.08 Extra Magnetic Tacks (6) $ 9.50 Bin Brackets А To keep lipped bins off the floor and out of the way, hang them on these low-profile wall brackets. Compatible with most bins that have a rigid formed lip of at least 1/2Й high with a 5/16Й projection*, they are easier to install than shelving and make economical use of space. A simple way to keep materials contained and accessible. C. Brackets for Finished Walls

Made of a strong ABS/polycarbonate compound, each of these 21/4ЙК101/2Й brackets holds up to 50 lb and mounts easily to a ﬁnished stud wall. Two holes in the middle allow the bracket to be mounted on a stud for ﬁrm support; holes at each end permit screwing into plywood, panelling or drywall (anchors included). Sold in pairs with installation hardware (four screws and two drywall anchors per bracket). 1+ 3+ 99K86.20 Brackets, pr. $9.95 $8.95

D. All-Purpose Bin Bracket

This bracket has mounting holes on 16Й centers to span two studs, allowing quick installation, even on bare two-by framing in unﬁnished basements, sheds, etc. Made of a strong ABS/ polycarbonate compound, it measures 111/2ЙК18Й and supports 50 lb. Sold individually with four mounting screws included. Made in Canada. All-Purpose Bracket, ea. 1+ 3+ 12K17.45 $11.50 $10.35

F. EZ Grabbit™ Tarp Holders Б

These clever holders offer a simple way to secure tarps and other sheeting materials. Fastened anywhere on the material, the holders interlock to prevent slippage, wedging tightly as pressure is applied and preventing ripping by spreading the load over a wide area. They accept more than one layer of material, so you can join tarps or gather corners together. Holes allow mounting to wooden surfaces with screws (not included). Ideal to secure loads and make shelters, walls, or windbreaks, each holder is 6Й long with a 50 lb max. load capacity. Glassﬁlled molded resin, each includes an 18Й rope tie-down leader. An excellent design with many uses. Color may vary. 1+ 5+ 00K09.24 EZ Grabbit™ (4) $9.95 $8.95 F

Mount on 16Й centers.

* Please note that some bins may ﬁt off-center because of the reinforcing web molded into the underside of the lip.

Can be mounted to a wooden surface to create a temporary canopy.

G E

Feed cord through the Pull cord up to adjust Pull down into V-notch bottom. tension. to lock cord in place.

Use splice attachment to join two pieces of cord.

Deck Anchor This simple device provides a removable anchor point for securing ropes, cords or wires to a deck. To install, just slip the stem between horizontal deck boards and give it a 1/4-turn to hold it in place. Made of strong nylon-reinforced PVC with UV inhibitors, it is effective on any board spacing from 3/16Й to 1/2Й. The small anchor ﬁts boards up to 11/4Й thick, and is 31/2Й long overall with a 1/2Й eye to attach a cord or hook. The large size ﬁts boards up to 13/4Й thick, and is 5Й long with a 1Й eye. A clever design. 1+ 5+ A. XH526 Sm. Anchor, ea. $2.80 $2.50 B. XH528 Lg. Anchor, ea. В $4.80 $4.30

Eyelets These tough plastic eyelets make it easy to tie down a sheet, tarp, fabric or plastic film. Just fold the material over, put the eyelet halves on either side of the material and hammer together for a permanent, strong connection. The material can be held in place with cord or rope up to 1/2Й in diameter. Works well with our floating row covers, shade cloth and plastic films. BL623 Eyelets, pkg. of 10 $4.20

G Rubber Cord Б Used by the U.S. Army, this versatile tie-down system couples a tough EPDM cord with adjustable and detachable hooks and splices, to make it easy to safely secure materials. Cut to custom length with scissors, the 24И long, 3/8Й diameter UV-resistant EPDM cord is strong (150 lb tensile strength), can stretch to double its length before breaking, and remains elastic to temperatures as low as -40°C/-40°F. The non-marring glassreinforced nylon attachments slip onto the cord and lock at any position, allowing you to ﬁne-tune the cord length and tension. Sold in pairs, two types of attachments are available: a splice for joining two lengths of cord or to make a slipknot end, and a 1Й hook. Each has a V-shaped notch to capture and wedge the cord. Made in USA. 1+ 4+ E. 99K69.80 3/8Й Rubber Cord, 24И $16.50 — F. 99K69.85 Splice Attachment, pr. $ 1.90 $1.60 G. 99K69.83 Hook Attachment, pr. $ 1.90 $1.60 H. KnotBone™

C. Adjustable

D. Flat Adjustable Bungee Strap

Bungee Bungee cords are a staple of car trunks, trailers and bike C carriers. This bungee has a 28Й cord that can stretch to 42Й, but its real advantage is that it can be adjusted to any length you need down to 6Й. Just tighten to set the size and wrap the tail end around the hook to lock it. The loose ends can be attached to the strap for neatness. The hooks are made of sturdy ﬁberglass-reinforced nylon and have carabiner-style stainless-steel spring clips for secure attachment. The cord has a high-density rubber core wrapped with a durable UV-rated woven outer casing. A smarter and more useful bungee. 1+ 4+ 68K06.65 Adjustable Bungee, ea. $4.95 $4.45

A substantial improvement over round bungee cords, this flat 5/8Й wide strap will not roll or easily move once positioned. Its large surface area also minimizes load damage. The strap is adjustable to any length between 9Й and 48Й, and can stretch to 72Й – enough to span the width of a pickup truck bed. Just tighten to set D the size and wrap the tail end of the strap around the Strap lies flat. hook to lock it. The loose ends can be clipped to the strap for neatness and safety. The sturdy fiberglass-reinforced nylon hooks have carabiner-style stainless-steel spring clips for secure attachment. The strap has a high-density rubber core wrapped with a durable UV-rated woven outer casing. 1+ 4+ 68K06.68 Flat Bungee, ea. $9.50 $8.55

If the granny knot is the only knot in your repertoire, then you will ﬁnd this ingenious device useful. It is an effective substitute for an array of knots and fasteners, and can be used to bind two cords together, form an anchor loop at the end of a cord, or add a loop at any point on its length. Three quick steps (clip, wrap and lock) are all that are required to make a strong, versatile connection. As easy to loosen and remove as it is to tie, it is compatible with any cord from 2mm to 3.5mm (approximately 1/16Й to 1/8Й). The set of four connectors comes with 25И of 2.5mm dia. cord. Also available separately in 50И hanks, the cord has a highly reﬂective material woven into it for greater visibility in areas where tripping is a hazard. 68K06.60 KnotBone™ (4) & 25И Cord $8.95 68K06.61 Cord, 50И $9.95

H D

Adjustable up to 72Й.

128

A. Tarp Clip

Made from glass-filled nylon, this versatile clip has 1Й wide serrated jaws that clamp firmly to tarps, cloth or other flexible sheet material up to 1/4Й thick without perforating. Clamping pressure is applied by sliding the locking collar up the tapered body, where it engages in a series of toothed stops to lock it in place. Pressing a lever releases the collar for easy removal. A 1/2Й diameter hole allows the clip to be tied to a rope or secured with bungees. 31/4Й long overall, with a load capacity of 50 lb. 1+ 5+ 10+ 00K09.02 Tarp Clip, ea. $2.40 $2.00 $1.80

B. Rhino Tarp Clip

This clip is different from other tarp clips in several ways. The clamping area is larger, and there is a hook as well as an eye at the end. With its positive lock mechanism, it can support loading forces of 50 lb. Accepts rope up to 1/2Й in diameter. It is invaluable for gripping plastic ﬁlm and other sheet material. 1+ 5+ 10+ XH522 Rhino Clip, ea. $2.95 $2.50 $2.20 C. Wedge Clamp Б

This is an effective clip for sheet materials with or without a hem, including boat covers, vinyl signs, thin metals or even torn tarps. Instead of clamping jaws, the clamping force comes from a pair of spring-loaded knurled aluminum rollers that wedge against material inserted into the clip. It securely grips material up to 3/16Й. The swivelling eyelet provides a mounting point for ropes or bungees. Made from polycarbonate and reinforced nylon, it has 45 lb of holding capacity. Made in the USA, it is versatile, tough and simple to use. Sold individually. 1+ 4+ 00K09.04 Wedge Clamp, ea. $6.95 $6.25

Rope Ratchets Б A unique ratcheting tie-down that quickly and easily secures a wide variety of items. Simple to operate – just attach the two hooks and pull the rope until tight. The ratcheting mechanism keeps the tension on the rope. Quick-release lever. Made from strong glass-ﬁlled nylon with integral parts of die-cast zinc. The 1/4Й rope has a maximum load capacity of 150 lb, and the 3/8Й rope has a maximum load capacity of 250 lb. 8И of rope is included with each. F. XH515 1/4Й Rope Ratchet $ 9.95 G. XH517 3/8Й Rope Ratchet $17.50

Tent tie-down

Canoe tie-down

Figure 9™ Rope Tensioners Anyone who has difﬁculty with knots will appreciate these simple devices that allow you to quickly tighten rope and release it with equal ease. They can be used at rope end or mid-way to tension and secure a load. Cast from aluminum alloy, the regular tensioner is approximately 3Й long by 21/4Й wide, and the carabiner style is about 43/8Й long by 23/8Й wide. The carabiner model adds a spring clip for quick attachment to a D-ring or screw eye. Both have a load rating of 150 lb (67.5kg), and accept rope from 1/8Й to 3/8Й in diameter. Instructions are laser engraved on the surface. Available individually or with a 25И hank of 1/4Й multi-ﬁlament polypropylene rope (assorted colors). 1+ 3+ D. 99K69.55 Tensioner, ea. $ 5.40 $4.85 99K69.60 Tensioner & Rope, ea. $ 9.90 — E. 99K69.57 Carabiner, ea. $ 6.40 $5.75 99K69.62 Carabiner & Rope, ea. $10.90 —

D E

CamJam™ Cord Tightener Excellent for binding and tethering loose items quickly, reliably and without having to tie complex knots. With the carabiner-clip end anchored to a fixed D-ring, loop or grommet, you simply feed a cord (up to 4.75mm/3/16Й in diameter) through the body and pull firmly until taut. The cam-action stop mechanism locks the cord in place until you release it by lightly pressing the stop. About 21/2Й long, it is made of sturdy glass-reinforced nylon with a spring-loaded stainless-steel carabiner closure. A 50И hank of 2.5mm diameter cord is available separately; it has a highly reflective material woven into it for greater visibility in areas where tripping is a hazard. 1+ 5+ 68K06.62 CamJam™, ea. $2.90 $2.60 68K06.61 Cord, 50И $9.95 — 129

G. Grabbit™ Bag Handle

Partition a bag to separate its contents.

D Gripstic™

Clips В These stick-shaped clips zip across the tops of plastic bags, holding them closed more securely than common twist ties or spring clips. They are quick and easy to use – simply fold the open end of the bag and slide a Gripstic over it to lock the fold in place. Even shaking the bag upside down won’t dislodge the clip. You can also use them to partition a bag to separate its contents. Made of durable polypropylene, they are dishwasher and freezer safe. Available in small (71/4Й), medium (83/4Й) and large (111/4Й), in packages of four per size, or as a set of eight

Gripstic™

Slide a over the fold to lock it in place.

A. B. C. D.

including two small, four medium and two large. Designed for resealing opened food packaging, they are also useful in the workshop and the garden for bags you need to open and close frequently. EA176 Small Gripstic™ Clips (4) $5.90 EA177 Medium Gripstic™ Clips (4) $6.20 EA178 Large Gripstic™ Clips (4) $6.80 EA179 Gripstic™ Clips, set of 8 $9.95

Seal-a-Bag™ Б Everyone we have shown this item to has a use for it, whether in the garage for sealing goods such as seed or fertilizer, in the shop for keeping shellac flakes and granular materials clumpfree, or in the kitchen to reseal dry goods. A simple interlocking clamp, it fastens across the top or corner of any plastic, foil or paper bag, instantly forming a secure, airtight seal. Just place the two interlocking parts on either side of the opening and press-fit them together. Measures about 11/8Й wide and 14Й long; two or more can be linked for oversize bags or it can be cut smaller with scissors. Made of durable, flexible polyethylene, it is easy to open or reposition. Dishwasher and freezer safe. A useful, effective sealer. Made in USA. 1+ 10+ EA155 14Й Seal-a-Bag™, ea. $2.40 $2.00

Strap-A-Handle Strap-A-Handle cinches around hard-tocarry loads, bundling them together with a 2Й wide woven nylon belt and adding a sturdy EVA foam handle. The 48Й strap is best for narrow items such as lumber, pipe, or rolled carpet. Two people can even use two handles in tandem to move long objects. Rated to 75 lb, it has a robust metal H-ring that adjusts the strap length. The 96Й strap is for broad, bulky loads weighing up to 40 lb, such as boxes, bags of soil or pet food, or bulk grocery packages. Its strong nylon buckle has a double-sided slide release to adjust the length on either side of the buckle, so you can position the handle as needed. E. 88F02.48 48Й Strap-A-Handle $ 9.50 F. 88F02.96 96Й Strap-A-Handle $11.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158

This product creates an instant handle on bulky bags of material such as seed or G soil. You can even secure it to the edge of a tarp to pull a load of leaves or trimmings to the compost bin. The two-piece design wedges with bag or tarp material as weight is applied, providing Two pieces interlock to hold material securely. a strong, reliable gripping point for loads up to 50 lb. Made from durable glassfilled molded resin, it is easily removed or can be left in place to keep the bag sealed and serve as a storage hanger. 1+ 5+ 00K09.20 Grabbit™ Handle, ea. $8.50 $7.65 Single-Braid Utility Rope А This rope has a supple, plaited polypropylene cover over a multi-filament polypropylene core. A generalduty rope, it is strong, compact and easy to knot. Lightweight and durable, it won’t absorb water or mildew as cotton ropes do and is ideal for recreational boating; it floats. The 1/4Й dia. rope has a rated breaking strength of about 1100 lb with an elongation of about 28%; the 3/8Й dia. rope is rated at 1740 lb with a 35% elongation. Both are supplied in 50И hanks in assorted colors (no choice, unfortunately). A great value. H. 99K69.50 1/4Й dia. MFP Rope $10.90 J. 99K69.51 3/8Й dia. MFP Rope $17.50

J H

Screw-Together Stacking Jars Ideal for small hardware parts, crafts supplies, seeds, etc., these transparent polystyrene jars are threaded on both ends, so each jar in the stack becomes the lid for the jar below, with a single lid on top. Sold in stacks of 6 jars plus a lid, the 40mm (just over 11/2Й) dia. jars have an internal height of about 5/8Й. The 50mm (2Й) dia. jars have an internal height of about 7/8Й, and are sold in stacks of 5 jars plus a lid. The 70mm (23/4Й) dia. jars, with an internal height of about 7/8Й, are sold in stacks of 4 jars plus a lid. 1+ 5+ K. 99W02.40 Stack of 6 Jars, 40mm $1.90 $1.60 L. 99W02.50 Stack of 5 Jars, 50mm $1.90 $1.60 M. 99W02.70 Stack of 4 Jars, 70mm $1.90 $1.60

K M

Customers have written to us describing many uses for our watchmaker’s cases. Among the most unusual are storing an amber collection, packaging jewellery, and carrying a pill supply.

Pail not included.

Gamma Seal® Lid Б 12Й diameter pails usually come with lids that are difﬁcult to remove and reseal. This two-part lid snaps into place. It is so easy to twist on and off that you can do it with one ﬁnger. Includes an airtight and waterproof seal. Great for use with dry foods and seeds or for sealing liquids. Fits most 3.5 to 7 gallon pails. (Pail not included.) XH501 Gamma Seal® Lid $14.95

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J.

Boxed Sets of Watchmaker’s Cases K Useful for organizing seeds, beads, bugs, buttons, or anything else small, these glass-topped aluminum containers come in five diameters: 33mm (11/4Й), 41mm (15/8Й), 48mm (17/8Й), 53mm (21/8Й) and 70mm (23/4Й). The four larger sizes come in sets of 12 in a pasteboard box. The 33mm and 53mm sizes come in various sets in a hinged aluminum case. The set of forty 33mm containers and the set of fifteen 53mm containers include a 61/2ЙК103/4Й case, and the set of twenty 33mm containers comes in a 51/2ЙК61/2Й case. The small set of ten 33mm containers comes in a 23/4ЙК61/2Й case that fits in toolboxes, tackle boxes or sewing kits. As indicated (*), the set of 56 includes twenty K. Cord Winder 33mm containers in an aluminum case, plus End the mess of tangled power cords with this twelve 41mm, twelve 48mm, and twelve 53mm clever cord winder. Holds up to 150И of cord sizes, all in pasteboard boxes. (depending on cord thickness) in the storage Aluminum Case basket. The hand crank winds at a rate of 200И 1+ 10+ 20+ per minute without knotting or tangling the 27K22.01 33mm (10) $ 4.60 $ 4.10 $ 3.65 cord, and it unwinds again as fast as you can 27K50.33 33mm (20)* $ 7.20 $ 6.45 $ 5.75 pull it. The 13/4Й entry port accepts most sizes of 27K22.02 33mm (40) $13.20 $11.85 $10.55 plugs so you can use two or more cords 27K22.03 53mm (15) $13.20 $11.85 $10.55 connected in series. Includes two permanent Pasteboard Box 1+ 10+ 20+ wall mounts, allowing it to be quickly moved, 27K50.41 41mm (12)* $ 6.20 $ 5.55 $ 4.95 cord and all, from one location to another 27K50.48 48mm (12)* $ 6.60 $ 5.90 $ 5.25 (indoors and outdoors, for instance). Crank can 27K50.53 53mm (12)* $ 7.20 $ 6.45 $ 5.75 be set for right- or left-hand operation. 27K50.75 70mm (12) $12.90 $11.60 $10.30 Set of 56 Cases BN105 Cord Winder $22.50 27K50.01 Set of 56* $21.50 — — BN106 Extra Wall Mount, ea. $ 3.60 E

F B G

H C

Classic Reprint Series On this page is a selection of books from our Classic Reprint Series by Algrove Publishing, the publishing arm of Lee Valley Tools. They are reprints of books long since out of print, some as long as 100 years ago, and we are able to offer them at attractive prices. Most of these books have Smythsewn signatures for a sturdy binding – the pages will not fall out.

Folds down to 9ЙК12Й to ﬁt on a bookshelf.

Beautifying the Home Grounds by the Southern Pine Association First published in 1926, this book very effectively illustrates 180 different designs for exterior structures in the garden. It has some 30 fence designs, 26 garden arches and entrance porches, 52 pergolas, summer houses, driveway arches and pieces of garden furniture, and 72 lattice panel designs. In every instance both a line drawing and a photograph are used for illustration. The booklet folds because the pages are 12Й tall by 181/2Й wide. This allows a generous open spread 12Й tall by 37Й wide for easy comparison of styles and photographs. A few of the designs are unique to the period, but most are traditional and provide exactly the sort of inspiration we all need when planning a garden structure of any type. Softcover, saddle stitched, 24 pages, 181/2ЙК12Й, but folds down to 9ЙК12Й to ﬁt on a bookshelf. Reprinted in 2000. 49L80.46 Beautifying the Home Grounds $15.95

Handy Farm Devices by Rolfe Cobleigh At one time, people regularly made things for themselves rather than buying them. Published in 1910, this book was one of many selfsufﬁciency guides of the day. It was intended for the small farmer, but is invaluable for anyone who wants to make or modify equipment for his or her own use. It is handy to know how to make such things as a simple wire splicer, wire tensioner, basic trellises, or easy concrete forms. It shows how to multiply your strength using lever and pulley mechanisms to move awkward, heavy loads, as when transplanting trees. Some details are dated, but much of the rest is of high utility. Numerous line drawings pack more information into the pages than would be possible with words and photos alone. Smyth-sewn softcover, acid-free paper, 6ЙК9Й, 288 pages. Reprinted in 2000. 49L80.27 Handy Farm Devices $12.95

Lee’s Priceless Recipes At the turn of the 20th century, it was popular to publish books that professed to include virtually all knowledge to date. Most popular of the genre were the books of “secret” recipes, revealing industrial secrets to the layman. First published in 1895, Lee’s Priceless Recipes covers an extraordinary range in its 3000 secrets. There are several hundred formulas for stains, paints, waxes, and false finishes of all types, as well as advice on tanning hides, preserving eggs, drying fruit and purifying rancid butter. Softcover, 41/2ЙК6Й, 370 pages, this is an exact reprint of the 1895 original published by Laird and Lee of Chicago. The signatures are Smyth sewn for a sturdy binding – the pages will not fall out. Reprinted in 1998. 49L80.01 Lee’s Priceless Recipes $9.50 Fences, Gates & Bridges – A Practical Manual First published in 1892, this book describes traditional fencing methods in exquisite detail, covering rail fences, such as the zigzag and stake-and-rider styles, fences made of sod, stone, saplings, boards, and pickets, and a wide variety of hedges of the kind used to contain animals. The section on gates includes a wide variety of gate styles, but deals at some length with the prevention of sag in gates and compensation for it once it occurs. It covers swing gates, balance gates, swivel gates, lift gates, flood gates, and a generous selection of wickets and stiles. The section on bridges deals only briefly with large structures and then focuses on the types of bridges and culverts that a small property owner might require. This book is a charm, even if you have no intention of building fences, gates or bridges. About 300 illustrations, softcover, Smyth sewn, 51/2ЙК81/2Й, 192 pages. Reprinted in 1999. 49L80.15 Fences, Gates & Bridges $11.95

132 Books

Farm Workshop Guide Farmers have always been innovative but never more so than at the end of WWII, which came hard on the heels of the Great Depression of the 1930s. Self-sufﬁciency had become a necessity and this book reminds you that you actually can ﬁx many things; you don’t always have to buy a replacement. It is a wonderful record of ingenuity, bizarre at times but always interesting and enlightening. Though some of the information no longer applies, much of it, such as the section on fences, gates, stiles and clotheslines, is as relevant today as it was in 1947 when it was written. This is the handyman’s equivalent of How to Succeed in Business. It is a must-read for anyone who enjoys manual skills and is interested in repairing things. Smyth-sewn softcover, 81/4ЙК101/4Й, 151 pages. First published in 1947. Reprinted in 2006. 49L81.41 Farm Workshop Guide $11.95

Forging by John Jernberg To encourage self-sufficiency, this book includes a variety of farm blacksmithing procedures (butt, split, and angle welding, shaping, finishing, drawing out, upsetting, punching, etc.) plus basic measuring and calculating of material. Examples used include hooks and eyes, chain fittings and tool making, plus more advanced forging such as crankshafts, weldless rings, ladles and trowels. There are many interesting side subjects such as shrink fitting of parts and bending cast iron. The author finishes by including power hammers, forging furnaces and quenching baths. Smyth-sewn softcover, 51/2ЙК8Й, 152 pages. First published in 1918; reprinted in 2003. 49L80.87 Forging $9.95

Windmills and Wind Motors – How To Build And Run Them by F.E. Powell This little book traces the evolution of the windmill with historical examples, then moves through anemometers and horizontal windmills to wind motors with a vertical axle and a pantanemone, simple precursor to the modern turbine. It tells how to make a simple wind-pressure gauge and gives detailed diagrams for four windmills: a working model windmill and three practical mills, culminating in one with sails 10И in diameter that will yield up to 1/2 horsepower, suitable for pumping water or driving a generator. Its great value is enabling the reader to produce something that will turn merrily in the wind, whether a simple anemometer or a working mill. It’s pleasant reading, even if you never build anything. Softcover, Smyth sewn, 51/2ЙК8Й, 78 pages. First published in 1910; reprinted in 1999. 49L80.19 Windmills and Wind Motors $8.95 М

Deckscaping by Barbara Ellis Too often a deck is visually jarring in the landscape, sometimes looking like an awkward afterthought. This book tells you how to landscape around and on your deck so that it becomes an appealing link between your home and yard. It starts with a chapter on customizing your deck’s design, and goes on to look at surrounding gardens, container gardens, trellises and arbors, decorating with furniture, and suitable deckside plants. Profusely illustrated in color, it is ﬁlled with many good ideas. Softcover, 91/4ЙК10Й, 168 pages, 2002. A long-overdue book. LA637 Deckscaping $15.50 Designing Your Gardens and Landscapes by Janet Macunovich There is more to garden design than putting plants in the ground. The author, founder of the Michigan School of Gardening, recommends determining a focal point and purpose to the garden before starting the design. She then leads you through the steps of bringing a mental picture into reality, taking into account hardiness zone and plant compatibility among other details. Includes a site-assessment form to record pertinent details, such as hours of sunlight and water availability, and ﬁve sheets of graph paper for designing. Spiral-bound softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 167 pages, 2001. LA642 Designing Your Gardens ... $15.00 Outside the Not So Big House by Julie Moir Messervy and Sarah Susanka This latest installment takes Susanka’s “not so big” interior design principles and extends them to the grounds surrounding the home, bringing in Messervy’s advice from her longrunning career in landscape design. Together they explore 25 unique properties, showing how the various designs have united the home’s interior with the exterior, whether using color palettes, interesting patterns, thoughtful plant arrangements or unobtrusive construction techniques. Softcover, 10ЙК10Й, 210 pages, 2006. 73L04.72 Outside the Not So Big House $16.50 Grasses by Nancy Ondra Ornamental grasses are under-appreciated plants that deserve more attention in landscaping. They are unlike many ornamental plants, as both wind and light conditions can create unusual effects on them, changing the mood of a garden. Ornamental grasses come in an amazing range. They are available short or tall, two-toned, striped or multicolored, slender or stocky, with large or small heads, fuzzy or sleek. This book is an information source to learn what’s available, create stunning combinations, make four-season displays and plant in varying soil conditions. Softcover, 91/2ЙК91/2Й, 144 pages, 2002. LA635 Grasses $15.50

All New Square Foot Gardening by Mel Bartholomew This best-selling author, with a background as a civil engineer and an efficiency expert, explains how to grow a wide range of plants in a small space with less weeding, less watering and more production. The process involves dividing the planting area into 1И squares and precisely planting within them, as well as growing vertically on low-cost frames. Beginners can follow the step-by-step instructions easily, but even veteran gardeners will find lots of valuable information, especially regarding space efficiency. Color photographs and helpful tips throughout. Softcover, 7ЙК10Й, 271 pages, 2005. LA765 All New Square Foot Gardening $15.90 Pocket Guide to Hostas by Diana Grenfell & Michael Shadrack Although hostas are one of the most popular perennials, many gardeners would be surprised to learn just how many varieties of these hardy and versatile shade-garden plants exist. This guide lists 280 varieties, from common favorites to wild species and uncommon hybrids. Each listing includes botanical details, cultivation advice, a physical description to help with identification or selection and a full-color photograph. An additional section covers a wide range of general hosta gardening tips, including what to look for when buying hostas, pest control, and planting advice. A quick-reference guide lists species by color, foliage type and various landscaping uses (e.g., for edging, ground cover, rock gardens or other specific purposes). Smyth-sewn softcover, 6ЙК81/2Й, 212 pages, 2007. LA941 Pocket Guide to Hostas $15.50 Covering Ground by Barbara W. Ellis There are many colorful alternatives to a grass lawn, which are particularly beneficial for those with terrain that is difficult to mow. In this guide, Ellis shows how to use a variety of plants to replace grass, fill walkways, edge curbs, and more. Perennials, vines, shrubs and other low-growing plants are grouped for specific conditions such as sun exposure, slopes and acidic soils. She also covers calculating how many plants will be needed and installation techniques. Hundreds of color photographs and drawings throughout. Softcover, 9ЙК10Й, 224 pages, 2007. LA651 Covering Ground $15.50

New Backyard Idea Book by Natalie Ermann Russell Written by the former editor of Martha Stewart Living, this outdoor design guide is a great source of inspiration to help make the most of any back yard. Beautifully illustrated with over 330 color photographs, it gives examples of decks, patios, pool and play areas, social spaces, and structures such as gazebos, sheds, and even treehouses. Many of the ideas can be achieved at a low cost with inexpensive or found materials, and Russell offers suggestions to adapt the concepts to any style of décor or size of garden. Softcover, 9ЙК101/2Й, 217 pages, 2010. LA839 New Backyard Idea Book $14.95 PlantSwatch™ by Steven Loewen and Phillip Fourie Based on the paint swatch books found in home improvement centers, this handy tool arranges over 200 plants according to their feature color (bloom or foliage). It allows you to quickly ﬁnd plants that may blend Back of card lists plant information. in with current garden residents, or come up with a whole new selection. Includes annuals, perennials, trees, vines, aquatic plants and more. Each entry indicates hardiness zone, physical properties, preferred growing conditions and target season. Pairs nicely with our gardener’s color wheel (item #LC210), and at only 2ЙК7ЙК11/8Й, it is easy to keep with you while walking through the garden or nursery. LA860 PlantSwatch™ $19.90 The Garden Primer, 2nd Edition by Barbara Damrosch This thorough guide has been a must-have for gardeners over the past decade. It has now been revised and updated with the latest information on plants, soils, tools and techniques. The recommended propagation methods and pest control remedies are fully organic, more garden design plans have been added, and the plant lists have been expanded. Dozens of line drawings throughout. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 832 pages, 2008. LA650 Garden Primer $15.00 Making the Most of Shade by Larry Hodgson Most gardeners deal with shady spots either by ﬁlling them with shrubs or simply ignoring them. This book provides inspiration for bringing color and texture to the darker sections of your garden, starting with the advantages of shade, along with techniques and design ideas. The second part of the book details well over 200 plants that are ideal for shady areas. For each plant it lists common details such as hardiness zone and bloom color, and fully describes growing tips, problem solving, best species for each genus and the author’s own interesting notes. Hundreds of color photos throughout. Softcover, 71/2ЙК9Й, 408 pages, 2005. Making the Most of Shade LA609 $21.00 Books 133

The Perennial Care Manual by Nancy J. Ondra This in-depth guide deals with virtually every aspect of perennial gardening. The first section covers the essentials, from garden design, ground preparation and plant selection to staking, pruning, dividing and propagating; it offers a full season-by-season care schedule, and instructs how to identify and treat a range of pests, diseases, weeds and other problems. The second section covers 125 perennials in specific detail, offering complete growing advice, seasonal care, and troubleshooting tips for each species. Both sections are richly illustrated with hundreds of color photographs throughout. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 375 pages, 2009. LA934 The Perennial Care Manual $19.50 The Well-Tended Perennial Garden by Tracy DiSabato-Aust There are ways to prolong the perennial blooming season, and this book explains several methods. Along with sections on basic soil preparation, proper plant selection and garden layout, it delves into deadheading, dividing, thinning, and various pruning techniques that encourage plants to continue blooming much longer than expected. Half of the book is an encyclopedia of over 175 plants, giving the hardiness zone, physical attributes, and flowering months, with details on pruning and other key maintenance information. There are journal pages to record your own successes (and failures), and a typical schedule for when to do what. Hundreds of color photographs. Hardcover, 71/2ЙК101/2Й, 383 pages, 2006. LA352 The Well-Tended Perennial Garden $26.50 The Rodale Book of Composting edited by D.L. Martin and G. Gershuny This revised edition is one of the most comprehensive books on composting available. Gives information on what compost is and how it builds the soil, and provides numerous detailed, easy-to-follow instructions for making compost and building compost bins. Includes sections on composting with earthworms and using shredders. A perfect instruction guide for those wanting to learn about composting. Softcover, 61/2ЙК9Й, 278 pages, 1992. LA606 Rodale Book of Composting $14.50 The Complete Compost Gardening Guide by Barbara Pleasant & Deborah L. Martin Two garden pros have joined forces to explain how compost gardening is an option for any homeowner. Starting with the basic tools, they go on to explain the various materials that can be added to a compost pile (and those that should not be added). They describe the techniques that get the best results, depending on what space is available and whether you want to use a self-contained unit, an above-ground method or an underground system, all with or without the aid of earthworms. Includes a section on plants that can aid in the composting process. Softcover, 8ЙК101/2Й, 319 pages, 2008. LA653 Complete Compost Gardening Guide $15.50 134 Books

Drip Irrigation for Every Landscape and All Climates, 2nd Edition by Robert Kourik Setting up a drip irrigation system can be a daunting prospect for the home gardener. Written in a clear, no-nonsense style that makes the subject approachable, this book covers everything you need to know to plan an efficient, yield-boosting, water-conserving system in any climate zone. It provides step-by-step advice on how to irrigate container plants, flower borders, vegetable beds, shrubs, trees and ground covers. All common components, such as backflow preventers, filters, pressure regulators, emitters, hoses, fittings and timers are not only clearly illustrated and identified, but the book also explains how to choose and arrange the components for best results. It includes tips on how to expand and hide your system, how to calculate evapotranspiration rates to determine how long to irrigate various plants, how to maintain and winterize your system, and how to store parts. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 181 pages, 2009. LA570 Drip Irrigation $21.00 To order call 1-800-871-8158 The Organic Lawn Care Manual by Paul Tukey There are many books on flowers, trees and other decorative flora, but very few on the lawn itself. This one covers everything you need to start and maintain beautiful grass, using environmentally safe methods. It starts with determining your yard uses and needs, then describes soil composition, grass anatomy and available varieties. Separate chapters handle starting or renovating a lawn, making the transition to chemical-free maintenance, watering, controlling pests, weeds and diseases, and mowing. Includes several alternatives to grass, depending on the use of your lawn. Color photographs and drawings accompany the text. Softcover, 81/2ЙК101/2Й, 271 pages, 2007. LA647 Organic Lawn Care Manual $15.50 Trees in Canada by John Laird Farrar This is unquestionably the finest identification book available for Canadian trees, covering buds, flowers, twigs, leaves, bark, general shape and, in fact, all characteristics of a tree that are readily observable. Trees are organized into 12 groups, based primarily on leaf shape and arrangement. The groups are listed as an illustrated key, just inside the covers, making it easy to turn to the proper section with detailed descriptions and photographs. Excellent color photography. Hardcover, 63/4ЙК10Й, 502 pages, 1995. (Book is printed in the United States with the same content, under the title Trees of the Northern United States and Canada.) 49L10.12 Trees in Canada $35.00

The Homeowner’s Complete Tree & Shrub Handbook by Penelope O’Sullivan An in-depth guide to using trees and shrubs as landscaping elements, this book covers everything you need to know to select, plant and maintain woody plants. The first section covers principles of landscape design, with advice on choosing trees and shrubs based on factors ranging from topography and climate to your need for shade and privacy. The second section explains planting and care techniques, including site selection, watering, pruning, and controlling pests and disease, among other topics. The final section lists 348 species from abelia to zenobia, including selected cultivars, with specific tips on caring for each. Containing hundreds of color photos, diagrams and step-by-step instructions, the book is full of both practical insights and inspiring examples to help beautify almost any property. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 408 pages, 2007. LA940 Tree & Shrub Handbook $23.50 The Pruning Book, Revised Edition by Lee Reich First published in 1999, this standard reference book has been revised in 2010, updating most of the photographs and some of the text. It covers how to prune a full range of plant types, including deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs, vines, various fruit and nut trees and bushes, house and herbaceous plants, plus gives specific instructions for each genus of plant. In some cases (e.g., clematis), it lists every variety and separates them into groups, each with its own pruning technique. Other specialized techniques discussed include topiary, pollarding, pleaching, and espalier. An all-around pruning book suitable for novice and experienced gardeners, it is filled with detailed and specific instructions. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 233 pages, 2010. LA837 The Pruning Book $16.50 The Pruner’s Bible by Steve Bradley This is one of the best books on pruning. It covers more than 70 of the most popular landscape plants with instructions so clear that even beginners will feel confident tackling any plant for the first time. Unlike many other books on pruning, this one illustrates each plant individually, so you don’t have the frustration of having to adapt techniques for one plant to other plants. Includes charts on the best time to prune each species, which tools to use, and plantspecific pruning tips. Softcover, 71/2ЙК93/4Й, 224 pages, 2005. LA608 The Pruner’s Bible $21.00 М

Seed Sowing and Saving by Carole B. Turner Here is all the guidance you need to start and save seeds from over 100 vegetables, annuals, perennials, herbs and wildflowers. Hundreds of step-bystep illustrations show how to determine when seeds are ripe, how to collect them and how to store them. Using open pollinated (nonhybrid) seed and this book, you can set up a growing regime whereby you will almost never need to buy seed again. Other topics include scarification and stratification, making your own soilless planting mix, sowing, watering and nurturing seedlings, transplanting and hardening off, pollinating and collecting seeds, and step-by-step instructions for each major plant type. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 218 pages, 1998. LA915 Seed Sowing and Saving $15.50 The North American Guide to Common Poisonous Plants and Mushrooms by Nancy J. Turner & Patrick von Aderkas An essential reference for parents, gardeners or outdoor enthusiasts, this book helps identify over 300 toxic plants and mushrooms, covering not only wild species, but a remarkable number of harmful houseplants as well. The authors, one an ethnobotanist, the other a biologist, draw on extensive scientific knowledge, presenting it in a clear, practical format so you can find the information quickly. Each entry includes full-color photos and a brief description for fast identification; more details of physical characteristics, range and habitat are also given. Notes on toxicity list the hazardous compounds, their symptoms, and possible effects. Aside from its great value in helping prevent poisoning, the book is a fascinating read, covering a surprisingly little-known facet of the natural world. Hardcover, 6ЙК9Й, 375 pages, 2009 edition (previously published as Common Poisonous Plants and Mushrooms of North America). LA938 ... Poisonous Plants and Mushrooms $23.50 The Truth About Garden Remedies The Truth About Organic Gardening by Jeff Gillman Gillman, a horticultural science professor, has analyzed more than 200 common gardening practices and products, revealing which ones actually live up to their reputations and which ones do not. Garden Remedies (212 pages) includes topics such as using beer to kill slugs, playing music to make plants grow better, and adding sponges to potting media for timereleased watering. Organic Gardening (208 pages) includes advice on using cover crops to replace soil nutrients, applying garlic oil to control weeds, adding a nectar source to keep pest-eating insects in your yard, and relocating unwanted rodents with live traps. Each book is softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 2008. A. LA356 The Truth About Garden Remedies $10.00 B. LA357 The Truth About Organic Gardening $10.00

The Nonstop Garden by Stephanie Cohen and Jennifer Benner This book offers advice on how to create a lowmaintenance garden that stays attractive all year. The first section, titled “Nuts and Bolts”, explains the broad principles behind the author’s four-season approach to garden design. Subsequent sections describe trees and shrubs as the main attractions, providing structural elements that define the garden space (even in winter), complemented by a “supporting cast” of bulbs, annuals and other plants. A finishing touches section deals with incorporating decorative and functional items such as birdhouses, container gardens, sculpture, and garden structures. There are 10 garden designs to illustrate the ideas presented, including a scented garden, a garden for wet sites and a winter wonderland garden. Easy-to-read charts and appendices let you select plants for year-round beauty in any zone. Illustrated with color photographs and watercolors throughout. Softcover, 81/2ЙК10И, 248 pages, 2010. LA943 The Nonstop Garden $15.50 Plant Propagator’s Bible by Miranda Smith One of the most satisfying parts of gardening is when you start your own plants. However, it can be difficult to determine the best method to cultivate new growth. Smith starts with an overview of the tools required, then delves into the various propagation methods: starting from seeds (also includes harvesting, storing and hybridizing), dividing existing plants, using cuttings, layering and grafting. There is an alphabetical directory of more than 100 plant genera listing the best-suited propagation techniques, alternative methods and warnings for known potential problems. Color photographs and drawings accompany the text. Softcover, 71/2ЙК10Й, 192 pages, 2007. LA610 Plant Propagator’s Bible $19.50

Gardening in Your Greenhouse by Mark Freeman Greenhouses allow seedlings and cuttings to take root before planting in the ground, and favorite plants to grow year round. Written for the average backyard gardener, this book explains how to maximize a greenhouse. The ﬁrst section discusses general information such as equipment and pest control. The next section focuses on seed starting and transplanting. Two sections follow on growing houseplants and crops in a greenhouse. It wraps up with a short chapter on alternative uses for a greenhouse, such as a tool shed or a location for a hot tub. Dozens of black-andwhite drawings. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 200 pages, 1998. Gardening in Your Greenhouse LA824 $18.95

Growing Vegetables & Herbs A comprehensive guide to growing vegetables and herbs, this book takes you through every step from designing the garden layout to harvesting your crops. Providing numerous examples of garden types and locations, Part I covers planning, hardscaping and structures, fertilizing, seed starting, irrigation systems, crop rotation, pest control and much more. Part II gives detailed instructions on growing 85 crops, from artichokes to winter squash. Packed with color photographs, diagrams and helpful tips, the book gives you all the knowledge you need to provide your own supply of produce that is fresher and more ﬂavorful than anything sold in a supermarket. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 298 pages, 2011. LA871 Growing Vegetables & Herbs $18.70 Tips for Container Gardening Here is a compilation of 300 practical and creative project ideas for growing ﬂowers, vegetables and herbs in planters, window boxes and hanging baskets. The book covers everything from design principles and seasonal maintenance to suggestions for turning everyday objects into effective, eye-catching planters. It explains straightforward techniques to help you mix and match colors, texture and foliage, prepare suitable soil mixes, balance nutrients, keep planters well watered, and overwinter your container gardens. To inspire new design ideas, hundreds of color photos show examples ranging from strikingly simple to elaborate and exotic. Softcover, 8ЙК10Й, 202 pages, 2011. LA870 Tips for Container Gardening $14.95

Container Gardening – 250 Design Ideas & Step-By-Step Techniques Growing plants in containers lets you add a splash of color just about anywhere. This three-part reference is a helpful guide to choosing plants and keeping them looking their best. It contains 21 articles relating to container composition, 6 about container plants, and 8 dealing with materials and techniques for keeping them lush and healthy throughout the seasons. A rich source of ideas as well as expert advice on how to make them come to life. Softcover, 81/4ЙК103/4Й, 236 pages, 2009. LA830 Container Gardening $14.95 Books 135

The Gardener’s A-Z Guide to Growing Organic Food by Tanya L.K. Denckla This updated edition of The Organic Gardener’s Home Reference is a complete guide to growing vegetables, fruits, nuts and herbs without synthetic fertilizers, pesticides or herbicides. It explains the fundamentals of organic gardening – understanding gardens as ecosystems; feeding the soil, not the plants; and using compost, mulch and raised beds to grow a healthy, self-sustaining garden. Individual plant listings cover how to grow 61 different food crops, with selected varieties of each (765 in total). Each summarizes optimal growing conditions, common pests, traits of selected varieties, compatible and incompatible plants, harvesting and storage tips, and more. Also suggests ally organisms and companion plantings, as well as organic remedies for a wide range of pests and diseases. Softcover, 71/2ЙК9Й, 485 pages, 2003. LA935 … Growing Organic Food $19.50 The Veggie Gardener’s Answer Book by Barbara W. Ellis This is a book with an ambitious goal – to answer every question you will ever need to ask about your vegetable garden. With hundreds of informative, clearly explained answers, it will certainly cover a great many of them, with an emphasis on organic solutions. It is divided into two main sections, one that focuses on general gardening topics, followed by a crop-by-crop guide dealing with speciﬁc vegetables from artichokes to okra. A comprehensive index helps narrow down the search. Written in a conversational but concise style and ﬁlled with practical tips any veggie grower can use, it will be appreciated by both beginning and experienced gardeners. Softcover, 41/2ЙК61/2Й, 431 pages, 2008. LA944 Veggie Gardener’s Answer Book $12.00

Lasagna Gardening by Patrica Lanza Traditional gardening involves considerable effort – tilling, digging, weeding and hoeing. For some, it hardly seems worth the trouble. Patricia Lanza will show you how to garden without so much backbreaking labor. She outlines the “lasagna gardening” basics, and shows you how this layering method can be used in your vegetable garden, herb garden, berry patch, ﬂower garden, and your container garden. An entire chapter is devoted to lasagna gardening in fall and winter. Packed with the author’s picks, tips and time-savers, it even includes lists of resources and recommended reading. Softcover, 71/2ЙК9Й, 244 pages, 1998. LA616 Lasagna Gardening $15.50

Lee Valley Gardening Bulletins Many customers have requested back issues of our gardening bulletins. They are available in four sets: #1 to #5 (Early Summer 1994 to Summer 1997), #6 to #10 (Summer 1998 to Mid-Summer 2000), #11 to #15 (Early Spring 2001 to August 2003), and #16 to #20 (June 2004 to Fall 2006). These back issues are offered at a minimal charge to cover printing costs. Our most recent newsletters are posted on our website. GB201 Bulletins #1 to #5 $1.00 GB202 Bulletins #6 to #10 $1.00 GB203 Bulletins #11 to #15 $1.00 GB204 Bulletins #16 to #20 $1.00

The Vegetable Gardener’s Bible, 10th Anniversary Edition by Edward C. Smith The original 2000 edition of The Vegetable Gardener’s Bible remains a standard reference on growing vegetables in all North American climate zones. The popular four-part approach involves using wide rows, organic methods, raised beds and deep soil. This revised edition explains the system in detail, with new listings on 15 additional vegetables, as well as new sections outlining techniques for growing in limited space and for extending the growing season. A comprehensive organic approach to raising vegetables, it covers starting seeds, preparing the soil, composting, irrigation, controlling pests and weeds, maintaining healthy soil, and more. A 142-page section lists 70 fruits, vegetables and herbs, complete with detailed growing instructions, covering everything from site selection to harvest. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 351 pages, 2009. LA939 Vegetable Gardener’s Bible $19.50 Carrots Love Tomatoes Roses Love Garlic by Louise Riotte These books are standard references for companion planting, which involves planting compatible species together to promote growth and repel harmful insects. Some plants emit odors that confuse insects or draw them away from susceptible hosts – one reason why mixed crops resist pests better than monoculture. Some plants alter the soil’s nutrient ratio, deep-rooted plants pull up minerals for shallow-rooted ones, and legumes ﬁx nitrogen for other plants to use. Carrots Love Tomatoes (220 pages) covers fruits and vegetables that grow well together, and Roses Love Garlic (250 pages) is about companion planting in ornamental gardens. Both are softcover, 6ЙК9Й, revised in 1998. A. LA925 Carrots Love Tomatoes $12.00 B. LA927 Roses Love Garlic $12.00

136 Books

Uncommon Fruits for Every Garden by Lee Reich; illustrations by Vicki Herzfeld Arlein This book teaches gardeners about a wide range of fruits that are readily grown in North America, yet are not commonly cultivated, such as kiwi fruit, lingonberry, Asian pear, jujube and medlar. Descriptions of the 23 exotic and native fruits include botanical names, plant type, pollination and ripening season, cultivars, and details on cultivation, propagation, harvesting and use. No plant hardiness boundaries need to be pushed, as Reich selected only winter-tolerant species. To further tempt you to discover new fruits, the center pages have 51 color plates showing varieties of all 23 fruits. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 288 pages, 2004. LA936 Uncommon Fruits for Every Garden $13.50 Preserving Food Without Freezing or Canning by the Gardeners & Farmers of Terre Vivante The authors are French farmers and gardeners who use traditional methods of preservation, without freezing or pressure canning. The book contains 216 mouthwatering old-world recipes for preserving by drying, cold storage, lactic fermentation, or using oil, vinegar, salt, sugar and alcohol. Previously released under the title Keeping Food Fresh. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 198 pages, 1999. Revised in 2006. LA565 Preserving Food Without Freezing ... $21.00 In the Hands of a Chef from the Culinary Institute of America The Culinary Institute is a not-for-profit college offering degrees in the culinary arts for food professionals. It has done an excellent job of compiling information on the basics of knife structure and care, as well as describing the use of the different styles. Step-by-step instructions are given with excellent illustrations throughout showing how to do the various cuts, and explaining why the different cuts are important to the cooking process, or to color and presentation. Provides cutting techniques for vegetables, fruits, meat, poultry, fish and seafood. Also includes a section on measuring, mixing and baking. A well-rounded reference for anyone interested in proper technique for food preparation and presentation. Softcover, 8ЙК8Й, 170 pages, 2008. 45L01.14 In the Hands of a Chef $21.00 Culinary Herbs for Short-Season Gardeners by Ernest Small & Grace Deutsch This is a very good book on herbs, written for those living in Canada or the northern half of the USA. Although it’s titled Culinary Herbs, it has just as much information on the verified medicinal uses of the same plants. It covers cultivation, harvesting and usage for more than 100 different herbs. Co-authored by Dr. Ernest Small, a well-known botanist, it steers clear of the subjective content found in many other herb books. Softcover, 71/2ЙК93/4Й, 181 pages, 2001. LA230 Culinary Herbs $19.90 М

The Sailor’s Pocket Book of Knots by R.S. Lee It’s nice to know a hundred knots, but those who do usually find that A just a dozen or so meet their needs. Here’s B a practical collection of the essential knots for simple boat work, with a few others thrown in just because they are beautiful and useful. Illustrated with clear and simple diagrams, it has easy-to-follow text. It includes a drop-down chart to match needs to specific knots as well as a guide to fiber characteristics to help you select the right rope for the job. This slim volume can be carried in a pocket until the sailor-in-training knows them all by heart. Saddle-stitched, laminated softcover, 41/4ЙК61/2Й, 43 pages, 2006. The book is available on its own or with two 60Й lengths of rope and a 2Й dia. ring for practising (see copy below for description of rope and ring set). A. 49L86.05 Sailor’s Pocket Book of Knots $ 7.95 B. 45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 6.95 49L86.07 Book with Rope & Ring Set $12.50 All The Knots You Need by R.S. Lee With clear illustrations C of over 70 knots, this book tells you which ropes to use for different purposes, plus their strengths for various materials and sizes, and which D fibers have maximum durability in all types of weather. It tells you just how much different types of knots reduce the overall strength of a rope, and describes knots that can be used to isolate a weakened part of a rope without cutting and retying it. Some of the categories of knots described are the bowline, hoisting hitches, fishing knots, stopper knots, tie-down knots, and knots for throwing. The most practical book on knots available. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 108 pages, 1999. The book is also available with two lengths of soft rope and a 2Й dia. ring for practising. Each braided rope is 3/8Й in diameter and 60Й long. One is navy blue and one is white. C. 49L86.02 All The Knots You Need $13.95 D. 45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 6.95 45K02.10 Book with Rope & Ring Set $18.50 The Ashley Book of Knots by Clifford W. Ashley All of us know how to tie a few knots, former Boy Scouts perhaps a dozen, but the sailor of two centuries ago knew hundreds of knots, both practical and ornamental. Many other trades, such as the weaver and logger, had their own special sets. Well indexed, this book presents the knowledge needed to tie not only the practical knots we still use, but also the complex, beautiful decorative knots that are in danger of being lost. A 52-page chapter describes knots used in over 90 occupations, including archer, baker, carpenter, cooper, farmer, fisherman, gardener, tree surgeon and weaver. Old sailors will bless Ashley for preserving this wonderful lore. Hardcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 620 pages. First printed in 1944. 45L01.01 The Ashley Book of Knots $72.50

The Fly-Tying Bible by Peter Gathercole For serious (or beginner) fly tyers, this book shows 100 of the best fly patterns in step-by-step illustrations. It focuses on the most effective flies for trout and salmon, but also describes flies effective in catching various freshwater and saltwater fish. Several categories of flies are included, such as dry flies, nymphs, wet flies, streamers and hairwings. Charts and symbols show which flies catch which fish and the degree of difficulty of tying each fly. Includes a list of required tools and materials. Wire-ring binding lies open flat. Hardcover, 61/2ЙК8Й, 256 pages, 2003. LA466 The Fly-Tying Bible $21.00 Building Decks This collection of 21 articles describes how carpenters and architects avoid the two worst enemies of porches and decks – trapped moisture and poor air circulation. Through detailed study of porches and decks they have built, these builders illustrate the traditional construction methods that work and those that don’t. Using these proven methods along with modern materials such as vinyl decking, pressure-treated lumber and water-repellent stains, they show how to build a deck or porch that will last. Numerous drawings and color photographs show important design and construction details. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 248 pages, 2011. 73L04.60 Building Decks $18.70 Building a Deck by Scott Schuttner Part of the Taunton Press Build Like a Pro series, this book provides the instruction you need to build a custom deck. All steps, from the initial plan to the finishing details, are covered, with plenty of pro tips and trade secrets to make the job easier. Extras such as beam dimensions, timber span characteristics and advice on concrete work make this an allinclusive volume. Softcover, 9ЙК11Й, 186 pages, 2002. 73L04.52 Building a Deck $14.95 Building Doors & Gates by Alan and Gill Bridgewater A door is much more than a slab of wood to block a hole. With this in mind, the Bridgewaters present designs over the full range from Gothic church doors to doors for simple sheds, for all tastes and all skill levels. They include instruction for the variety of joinery, construction and assembly details. The section on gates offers a wealth of designs and techniques, including the philosophy and theory of gates and doors, the balance of security and function against appearance, and the effect on the community at large. The book is a broad education on the subject of entrances. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 168 pages, 1999. 26L07.21 Building Doors & Gates $18.50 Building Outdoor Structures by Scott McBride Full of sound woodworking and construction advice, this book explains the right materials, tools and techniques required to build durable and attractive outdoor structures. It provides general information on building with wood outdoors, as well as step-by-step instructions and design options for making specific structures, such as raised garden beds, retaining walls, fences, gates, arbors and gazebos. Illustrated with hundreds of diagrams and color photographs. Softcover, 91/4ЙК11Й, 141 pages, 2007. 73L04.59 Building Outdoor Structures $14.95

The Complete Guide to Patios & Walkways For anyone planning a patio or walkway project, this book is sure to provide plenty of ideas and sound construction advice. It presents step-by-step instructions for building 14 different patios and 10 walkway and step projects, as well as directions for adding enhancements such as a patio kitchen or low-voltage patio lighting. It covers general considerations, from zoning restrictions to drainage, as well as specifics of each project, such as material selection, estimating costs and labor, and site preparation, along with tips on using interlocking pavers, timber, tile, concrete, flagstone, gravel and mulch. Five sample plans illustrate how to make the most of available space. Illustrated throughout with clear color photographs and drawings. Softcover, 8ЙК103/4Й, 255 pages, 2010. 26L30.11 ... Patios & Walkways $19.90 Patios & Walkways by Peter Jeswald Published in the same format as others in the Build Like a Pro series, this book provides in-depth instruction on several projects, breaking each one down step by step to teach various specific techniques along the way. It not only provides the information to get you started, covering planning and design, materials, and construction methods, but explains what to do when things go wrong. It offers six sample projects, representing just about any walkway or patio project you are likely to undertake, from installing a formal bluestone walkway to replacing an entrance with a mica schist patio, complete with stone wall and steps. Illustrated with hundreds of photographs and drawings, and sprinkled with valuable trade secrets and pro tips. Softcover, 91/4ЙК11Й, 170 pages, 2009. LA838 Patios & Walkways $14.95 Patios and Walkways by Rich Binsacca This is an excellent book on hard landscaping – techniques for making walkways, patios, garden paths, and other features that improve and extend the use of your garden. It is so profusely illustrated, you can almost “read” the book without the text. Includes chapters on installing a grand entrance with precast stones, transforming old steps, making raised beds with interlocking blocks, making a patio, transforming an old concrete walkway, casting your own stepping stones, making a flagstone courtyard, building a garden pathway, and installing low-voltage lights. Softcover, 9ЙК11Й, 121 pages, 2005. LA836 Patios and Walkways $11.50 Build Your Kids a Treehouse by Philip Schmidt For those who fondly remember whiling away summer days in a treehouse, and want to give their children the same experience, this userfriendly guide shows you how. It covers tree selection, design features, structural architecture and even the wood and hardware commonly used. Step-by-step instruction is provided for building platforms, walls (including windows and doors), roofs and fun accessories such as ladders and trap doors. Includes six plans with exploded diagrams for inspiration. Color photographs and diagrams accompany the text. Softcover, 8ЙК101/2Й, 142 pages, 2007. 26L30.07 Build Your Kids a Treehouse $19.90 Books 137

Building a Shed by Joseph Truini Truini, a carpenter and writer for 35 years, believes that nearly every homeowner needs a shed. This book is a thorough guide to evaluating your needs, choosing a site, deciding on a foundation, selecting materials and constructing the shed from the ﬂoor to the roof. In addition, there is information on interior shelving and storage racks. Hundreds of color photographs, detailed drawings and numerous trade secrets guide you through the building of four sheds ranging from a 2ИК6И locker to a 12ИК20И gambrel-roofed miniature barn. Softcover, 9ЙК11Й, 202 pages, ﬁrst published in 2002, this is the 2008 edition with updated resources and graphics. 73L04.54 Building a Shed $14.95

Making Bentwood Trellises, Arbors, Gates & Fences by Jim Long Jim Long ﬁrst covers the selection of wood, giving hints for sources, including the characteristics of various trees and shrubs. He gives basic instruction in tools and construction and installation methods, then goes into the design phase. His clear drawings and construction details for trellises, gates, wattle fences and arbors in numerous varieties will ensure good results. Well illustrated with color photographs and charming drawings, this may well be the classic text on the subject. Softcover, 8ЙК9Й, 155 pages, 1998. 49L09.05 Making Bentwood Trellises ... $15.50

The Dock Manual by Max Burns Building a dock is one of those things that look simpler than they are. There are many factors to make each dock unique: shoreline shape, water depth, ice conditions, property lines, boat types, family lifestyle, local regulations, etc. In this book, Burns analyzes these factors and discusses fully their effects on choice of dock type, size and construction. After defining and describing the types (floating, pipe, cantilever, etc.), he develops the methods of building and maintaining docks. Numerous tips and bits of valuable advice are included. He finishes with nine typical projects, complete with plans and material lists. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 201 pages, 1999. 49L09.06 The Dock Manual $19.50

The Complete Guide to Masonry & Stonework with DVD This in-depth guide covers everything you need to know to take on masonry projects in and around the home. It teaches how to use poured concrete, brick and block, and natural stone to make walls, planters, patios, rock gardens, outdoor kitchens and more. Each section details the supplies needed, how to plan and estimate a project, prepare a site, and build and install wooden forms, then shows how to apply the techniques through various related projects, all illustrated with step-by-step photographs. The book covers how to embellish masonry with stains, stamping, veneers, stucco, tiling slabs and steps, and how to repair concrete steps, brick stonework, foundation veneer, and stucco. It gives quick ﬁxes for wet walls, and ways to renew concrete slabs, to pressure-wash masonry, and repair and replace chimney caps. A bonus DVD demonstrates how to form, pour and ﬁnish a concrete slab, and includes the entire contents of the book in electronic format. Softcover, 8ЙК11Й, 319 pages, 2010. 26L30.10 Masonry & Stonework with DVD $19.90

Outdoor Living This comprehensive book covers projects and grounds maintenance useful for most rural yards. The ﬁrst two sections deal with large and small structures, discussing the construction principles for large projects like patios, water gardens, and fences. Four complete structure plans are given, as well as advice on using pre-cut kits to build a greenhouse and a work shed. There are also plans for an Adirondack chair, a bird feeder, a garden bench and a planter. The ﬁnal section explains caring for the lawn itself and discusses grass varieties, mowing, diseases, design ideas and more. Softcover, 8ЙК101/2Й, 448 pages, 2005. 16L14.04 Outdoor Living $23.50

How to Build Your Own Greenhouse by Roger Marshall This book shows you how to design and build a greenhouse customized to your needs, allowing you to extend the garden season, reap yearround harvests and grow exotic plants. The ﬁrst few sections help you determine what kind of greenhouse is most appropriate, then explain construction considerations and optional accessories, such as shelving. There are full plans for 10 types of greenhouse, ranging from a basic cold frame to a slope-roofed model with a concrete-block base. Line drawings accompany the text. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 141 pages, 2007. LA649 Build Your Own Greenhouse $19.50

B 138 Books

Rustic Furniture Basics Book & DVD by Doug Stowe An excellent beginner-to-intermediate course in making functional, attractive furniture from natural and reclaimed materials, this guide teaches the essentials through eight representative projects. It gives step-by-step instructions for making a cedar table, a ﬁve-board bench, a stick table with a twig-mosaic top, a slab bench, a footstool with a woven seagrass seat, a slab-top coffee table, a rustic chair and an oak chest. Each includes a materials list, dimensioned drawings, color photos of every step and suggested variations on the piece. Along the way, you will learn about selecting materials, tools and ﬁnishes, as well as techniques for mortise-and-tenon joinery, twine-weaving, antiquing hardware and much more. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 140 pages, 2009. Useful by itself or as a companion to the book, the 90-minute DVD demonstrates the same eight projects. A. 73L04.84 Rustic Furniture, Book $17.50 B. 73L04.85 Rustic Furniture, DVD $14.95

The Fence Bible by Jeff Beneke There is an old adage that “good fences make good neighbors”. These dividers range from a row of hedges to a stone wall to a barbed-wire field enclosure. This book starts with a brief history of fences, then delves into design considerations and planning. Separate sections are dedicated to wood, masonry, metal, and natural fences, as well as gate options. The final chapter discusses various types of repairs from simple refinishing to replacing decayed posts. Dozens of color photographs and line drawings are included throughout. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 261 pages, 2005. 49L09.08 The Fence Bible $19.50 Building with Stone by Charles McRaven Few structures are as timeless as those built of stone. Stone is durable, needs little maintenance, and is one of the best materials to accent a garden because it blends in well with wood, soil and plants. This book covers all the basics of building with stone and includes step-by-step instructions on how to build walls, fireplaces, dams, bridges, a barbecue pit, barns, and much more. Also reviews the tools needed. This is an essential reference for anyone planning a stone building project. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 192 pages, 1989. LA800 Building with Stone $14.50 Stonework by Charles McRaven More projects and detailed stone building information from the author of Building with Stone. Topics covered include types and sources of stone, handling and selecting, cutting and shaping, stone walls, retaining walls, entryways, steps, bridges, interiors, birdbaths, walkways, seats, archways, gates, pillars, drystone walls, and much more. Lots of inspiration for the amateur or professional stonemason. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 184 pages, 1997. LA827 Stonework $15.00 Cordwood Building by Rob Roy and Friends Cordwood building (also called stackwall or stovewood masonry) is one of the most economical ways to build a shed, garage or house. This simple method results in a lowcost wall that is well insulated, virtually soundproof and usually has no siding and only minimal finishing on the inside of the walls. The first of four sections gives a historical overview and a primer on how to build the walls. The next part covers the latest techniques, including a double-wall method for superior insulation, the Lomax corner technique, making curvilinear and rectangular structures, electrical wiring in cordwood construction, preventing shrinkage, etc. The third part provides examples of cordwood buildings around the world. The final section details code issues, working with building inspectors and building a mortgage-free cordwood home. Softcover, 2003, 8ЙК9Й, 240 black-and-white and eight color pages. LA850 Cordwood Building $19.50

Understanding Orchids by William Cullina Cullina takes the mystery out of cultivating orchids, describing in an engaging style all aspects of growing and maintaining them. The first half of the book covers the basics (such as anatA B C omy, placement and Peterson Field Guides climate considerations), by Roger Tory Peterson maintenance (including Peterson’s guides have been a mainstay for birders fertilizing, potting and diseases) and reproduction since his first publication in 1934. Revised in 2010 methods. Charts detail potting mixes, natural pest with updated text, paintings and range maps, Birds of and disease controls, and common problems. The Eastern & Central North America covers 500 species latter half describes over 100 orchid types, listing the (sixth edition, 2010, 464 pages). Birds of Western needs of each and the recommended skill level of the North America covers 600 species found in areas west grower. Hundreds of color photos throughout. of the 100th meridian and north of Mexico – essentially Hardcover, 9ЙК12Й, 260 pages, 2004. areas in Mountain or Pacific time zones (fourth edition, LA196 Understanding Orchids $31.00 2010, 500 pages). These two classic field guides are a compact 5ЙК8Й size. What’s Wrong With My Plant? Also available is the 2008 edition of Peterson Field (And How Do I Fix It?) Guide to Birds of North America, which is a compilaby David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth tion of species in the eastern/central and western This visual guide simplifies the process of identifying regions (544 pages, 6ЙК9Й). and curing a wide array of ailments affecting both All three books have Smyth-sewn, flexible-back indoor and outdoor plants. bindings with vinyl covers. They include a website link Even if you don’t know the to access video podcasts that supplement the books. plant species, the easy-to-follow A. LA191 Eastern/Central North America $15.50 illustrated flow charts guide you B. LA192 Western North America $15.50 through the diagnosis, based on C. LA198 Birds of North America $19.90 which part of the plant is showing symptoms. By answering some basic questions and comparing E D your plant to illustrations of various conditions, you can quickly narrow it down to a specific cause, before turning to the page that tells you how to fix it. The book covers problems caused by environmental factors, fungi, insects, diseases, nematodes and wildlife, and places emphasis on natural and organic remedies. It includes a photo gallery showing representative examples of common pests and diseases, as well as an appendix detailing problems specific to lawns. Fandex Identification Guides Back of card Softcover, 71/2ЙК9Й, 451 pages, 2009. Bird Guide by Michael W. Robbins LA942 What’s Wrong With My Plant? $19.50 Tree Guide by Steven M.L. Aronson These field guides can be fanned D Deerproofing Your Yard & Garden to display detailed 4Й tall color photos by Rhonda Massingham Hart of 47 North American bird or tree Deer can be a real menace in your garden. They species. The bird guide provides seem to move out of the shadows like ghosts to devour extra photos of the female, nests and daylilies, hostas, new vegetable young. The tree guide shows the tree, plantings and anything else they fruit, flower or cone, and close-ups of fancy, and in a flash they are gone the bark. Both give details such as again – unfortunately, so too is your habitat, range and size, as well as garden. If you have deer problems, common and Latin names. Easily portable and a great this book will give you effective way for children to learn. and responsible techniques for D. LA218 Fandex Bird Identification Guide $9.00 dealing with them. It covers the full E. LA216 Fandex Tree Identification Guide $9 50 gamut, from setting out plants they hate (such as mint and chives) to F. Pocket Nature Guides homemade and store-bought repelThese compact folding guides each weigh less lents, as well as innovative fencing and netting. Highly than an ounce and fit neatly in a pocket so you recommended. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 200 pages, 2005. can quickly refer to them when venturing outLA640 Deerproofing Your Yard & Garden $12.00 doors. A great introduction for the novice birdwatcher, astronomer or naturalist, they contain The Complete Houseplant Survival Manual excellent color illustrations along with concise, basic by Barbara Pleasant facts. Printed on thick card stock and laminated for Caring for house plants is not the same as tending durability and water resistance, each guide measures outdoor gardens, and this manual 81/4Й tall by 4Й wide when folded. Available individcovers the how-to, with general ually or as a set of all eight guides. descriptions, light requirements, LA256 Mushrooms $ 5.95 troubleshooting and more for LA255 Weather $ 5.95 160 plants. A large section covers LA252 Night Sky $ 5.95 general care, from cleaning to LA257 Edible Wild Plants $ 5.95 watering to repotting, all arranged LA254 Backyard Birds $ 5.95 alphabetically. Includes hundreds LA253 Animal Tracks $ 5.95 of color photographs, dozens of LA258 Bugs & Slugs $ 5.95 drawings and a cross-reference LA259 Trees $ 5.95 index for botanical and common names. Softcover, LA261 Set of Eight Guides $39.50 71/2ЙК11Й, 365 pages, 2005. LA645 Houseplant Survival Manual $19.50

Hummingbirds and Butterflies by Bill Thompson III & Connie Toops Written in collaboration with the Peterson Field Guide series and Bird Watcher’s Digest, this book compiles a wide range of information on hummingbirds and butterflies. More than just an identification field guide, it also offers tips on how to photograph these beautiful and elusive creatures and attract them to your back yard with plants, feeders and other features. It presents profiles of 15 common hummingbird species and 40 of the most common butterflies in North America. Each hummingbird profile includes a color photograph of the male and female, a range map and a description, with notes on field marks, sound, behavior and preferred habitat. Each butterfly profile shows a color photograph and range map, along with details on the host plant, nectar plant, life cycle, habitat and more. Softcover, 7ЙК9Й, 288 pages, 2011. LA193 Hummingbirds and Butterflies $11.50

The Family Butterfly Book by Rick Mikula Written by one of North America’s foremost authori filled with information, fun projects and activities. It gives you not only a comprehensive identification guide but also detailed instructions for such things as landscaping for butterflies, making butterfly condos, making your own butterfly net, raising caterpillars and starting your own butterfly farm, just to name a few. Lots of interesting and educational stuff that will keep kids and adults alike engaged for days on end. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 166 pages, 2000. LA223 The Family Butterfly Book $13.50

Toad Cottages & Shooting Stars by Sharon Lovejoy Drawing on her own experiences as a grandmother, Lovejoy shares the ideas that keep her grandchildren looking forward to their next visit to Grandma’s house. She details 130 fun-filled, creative activities for the kitchen, garden and art room that are sure to catch children’s interest and spark their imaginations. There’s advice on how to set up “Camp Granny,” filled with books, games, dress-up drawers, craft supplies, a backyard explorer kit and much more. The adventures, projects and activities range from sensory walkabouts, gathering expeditions and scavenger hunts, to dozens of hands-on gardening ideas, rainy-day games and a wide range of kitchen activities, along with dozens of nutritious, child-friendly recipes. Softcover, 8ЙК8Й, 205 pages, 2009. LA655 Toad Cottages & Shooting Stars $11.95 Roots, Shoots, Buckets & Boots A Children’s Activity Book by Sharon Lovejoy The activities described in this fun-filled book will captivate children and get them interested in gardening. Nothing too grown-up or structured here, just topics that engage young minds, relating things in the garden to their range of interests. Includes such projects as a pizza patch, a sunflower house, a tub o’ spuds, a water garden in a barrel, planting in boots, Mother Nature’s tea party, after-dark garden activities, a flower maze, a garden of giants, herbal home remedies, and much, much more. Highly recommended. Softcover, 8ЙК9Й, 160 pages, 1999. LA638 Roots, Shoots, Buckets & Boots $11.00

How to Make ... Big Bubbles by David Stein A bubble-maker is fun, easy to use, amusing for the user and spectator alike, and doesn’t contribute to climate change. Educational and enjoyable, this book tells budding “bubblists” everything they need to know about making bubbles, while explaining the phenomenon in simple terms. The bubble-making tool is a woven loop with a ringweight to keep it extended and a telescoping handle for opening and closing the loop (to form and seal your giant bubble). The book and bubble-maker come as a set. Spiral-bound softcover, 7ЙК9Й, 36 pages, 2005. 26L16.11 How to Make ... Big Bubbles $14.95 Pressed Flower Art by W. Eugene Burkhart Jr. This book not only covers techniques for pressing and drying flowers and foliage, but also provides ideas for compositions. With color photographs, it gives clear step-by-step instructions for drying flowers, using clamped flower presses, books or microwave presses, with projects for every skill level. Designs include a single bloom preserved as a botanical specimen, two-dimensional pressedflower garden scenes, and cutwork designs using pieces of colored petals in mosaic-like images. Spiral bound to lie open flat. Hardcover, 9ЙК11Й, 159 pages, 2008. LA826 Pressed Flower Art $21.50

The World Record Paper Airplane Book by Ken Blackburn & Jeff Lammers Ken Blackburn has held four Guinness records for paper airplane flight times. His methods and winning design are revealed in this recently revised reference, together with a quick (we won’t say crash) course on principles of flight, problem correcting and competition hints. Detailed instructions are given for the construction and flying of 20 models. Paper for over 100 planes is included, illustrated in full color, with fold lines and cut-lines marked for your guidance, together with a tear-out runway and flight log. Softcover, 81/2ЙК103/4Й, 226 pages, 2006. 26L21.01 Paper Airplane Book $13.50

Stainless-Steel Book Holder А Perfect for the kitchen, workshop or ofﬁce, this stainless-steel book holder keeps almost any size of book open and upright. Its small size (6ЙК6ЙК21/2Й) and rustproof construction make it easy to clean or store. Also makes a great stand for a tablet computer. Book Holder 45K26.01 $14.95

A Gardener’s Journal – A Ten Year Chronicle of Your Garden А This journal is set up as a 10-year perpetual diary, which you may begin at any time. In the diary section, one page is given to each day of the year, and each page is divided into 10 sections to cover 10 years of personal jottings. There are also sections on such gardening techniques as composting, digging garden beds, tree care, soils, and garden tool maintenance, along with reference material and numerous charts. Designed to help you plan your way through years of gardening. Hardcover, Smyth sewn, 544 pages, 9ЙК11Й, with a sturdy cloth binding. Published by Lee Valley. LA205 A Gardener’s Journal $39.50

Actual size Book Darts Б These thin, 1Й long bronze markers slide onto a page and stay put, replacing bent corners, paper clips, sticky papers, highlighting, etc. They will even point to a speciﬁc line. Tin of 50 markers. KC420 Book Darts (50) $8.95

Lee Valley Bookends А Marvellous gifts for readers, these sturdy bookends are cast from a master pattern of oak leaves and acorns by carver and naturalist Jeff Whiting. Natural cork base buttons prevent marring of desks or shelves, while providing just the right amount of Everyman’s Journal А friction to hold larger, leaning hardcovers. The backs We designed this journal with a top-grade, acid-free of the bookends are felt covered to protect the books. paper that will not yellow or crumble with age. The Polished, then finished with an amber lacquer, the Smyth-sewn (stitched) binding lets the journal open bookends are handsome, effective and understated. flat for ease of writing and ensures that the pages stay Pairs of bookends are available in three formats: in place. If protected from fire and water, this journal with brass plates ready to be engraved, with plates will last for centuries. With 400 pages in total, it has engraved with Pasteur’s famous quotation, “Chance an index at the front and a perpetual calendar at the favors the prepared mind”, and with custom plates, back. Intervening pages are lightly ruled and “Library of (up to 24 additional letters)”. Allow 2 to 3 numbered for easy indexing. Cloth-backed hard weeks delivery for the custom engraved plates. cover, 8ЙК93/4Й. An ideal gift to prompt someone to A. 50K21.01 Pr. Bookends, Blank Plates $59.00 begin a record for the future. B. 50K21.02 Pr. Bookends, “Chance favors” $67.50 49L07.95 Everyman’s Journal $22.50 C. 50K21.03 *Pr. Bookends, “Library of” $76.00 * Specify text up to 24 letters.

140 Books

H A

F E

M L

Indoor & Outdoor Project Plans

The advantage of these popular woodworking D. Birdhouse Plan Assortment project plans is their straightforward format. Seven plans: four houses and three feeders. For Each has clear, step-by-step instructions scale, the Martin Palace measures 34Й tall by supported with in-progress photographs, 20Й square. exploded diagrams and, where necessary, full11L02.27 Birdhouse Plan Assortment $16.50 size, traceable patterns. Thoughtfully E. Lighthouse Plan developed, the plans are appropriate for any Built from one 4К8 sheet of plywood. Full-size skill level and include complete material lists patterns. Designed for solar path light (no and convenient cutting schedules. wiring required). 5И tall. A. Kitchen Island Plan 11L02.18 Lighthouse Plan $9.50 48Й long by 24Й wide by 36Й tall. F. Garden Shed Plan 11L02.46 Kitchen Island Plan $10.50 90Й tall by 48Й wide by 24Й deep. 11L02.47 Garden Shed Plan $10.50 B. Potting Bench Plan 51Й long by 24Й deep by 65Й tall. G. Cupola Plan 11L02.52 Potting Bench Plan $9.50 25Й square by 36Й tall. C. Planter Bench Plan 11L02.62 Cupola Plan $9.50 Planter boxes measure 201/2Й square by 17Й tall. For additional plans, visit www.leevalley.com 11L02.36 Planter Bench Plan $9.50 Folding Rocking Chair Plans by Lee Valley Based on rocker designs from the 1850s, these plans and hardware kits preserve the character of the era. Plans include fully diagrammed instructions and full-size templates for all curved pieces. The pivoting hardware

H. Water Wheel Plan

Wheel measures 3И in diameter. Requires a 240 gph submersible recirculating pump. 11L02.35 Water Wheel Plan $9.50 J. Twin-Seater Garden Bench Plan

60Й long by 25Й deep by 35Й tall. 11L02.40 Twin-Seater Bench Plan

$9.50

K. Hexagonal Tree Seat Plan

Actual plan designed to ﬁt an 18Й dia. tree, but easily adjustable for other trees. 11L02.41 Hexagonal Tree Seat Plan $9.50 L. Canopy Glider Swing Plan

8И long by 61/2И wide by 8И tall. 11L02.11 Canopy Glider Swing Plan

$9.50

M. Playhouse Plan

Measures 6И square (including porch) by 6И tall. 11L02.33 Playhouse Plan $9.50

packs include stainless-steel bolts and hard-to-ﬁnd lock nuts. The hardware pack for the narrow chair includes 8 bolts, 8 lock nuts and 20 washers; the pack for the wide chair includes 14 bolts, 14 lock nuts and 36 washers. The narrow chair is 38Й high, 17Й wide, 33Й deep and folds to 8Й thick. The wide chair is 42Й high, 23Й wide, 35Й deep and folds to less than 11Й thick. Compact, they are well suited for any veranda, cabin or porch. We recommend exteriorgrade Baltic birch plywood for the curved pieces (chairs made with plywood usually have opaque ﬁnishes). Strip-laminated solid wood, albeit more challenging, is equally suitable. N. 01L64.01 Narrow Rocking Chair Plan А $12.50 O. 01L64.02 Hardware Pack for Narrow Chair $19.95 P. 01L65.01 Wide Rocking Chair Plan А $12.50 01L65.02 Hardware Pack for Wide Chair $29.50

Folded narrow rocking chair

Folded wide rocking chair

Books 141

Garden Project Plans Designed for beginners, these step-by-step plans give detailed assembly instructions. Basic materials (lists included) are used. Full-scale patterns are included for parts that require shaping.

Outdoor Project Plans by Lee Valley Elegant and comfortable, furniture made from this collection of plans will grace any garden setting. Based on furniture developed by Ian Campbell of Ridge Design, all pieces can be made from standard 1К6 dressed lumber. Each set includes templates for making the curved pieces, complete step-by-step instructions, and general notes about hardware and material selection, tools and ﬁnishing.

To order call 1-800-871-8158

D A. Circular Gate Plan А

Designed for a 38Й opening, overall height is 81/2И. 11L04.08 Circular Gate Plan $18.50

B. Decorative Garden Arbor Plan А

73/4И high by 2И wide by 4И deep. Decorative Garden Arbor Plan 11L04.09 $18.50 E

C. Arts & Crafts Arbor Plan А

An easily adaptable plan about 7И high and up to 6И in width and depth (approx. 7ИК3ИК3И shown). Arts & Crafts Arbor Plan 11L04.06

$18.50

D. Obelisk Planter Plan А

8И high; base is 2И square. Obelisk (6И high) and planter (2И high) can be built individually. 11L04.04 Obelisk Planter Plan $18.50

Full-size garden seat plan is adaptable to produce matching chairs.

J. Arbor Plan А

Appropriate for any skill level, this attractive arbor can be built in a single weekend. Ideal for climbing plants, vines or ivy, it is about 84Й tall by 60Й wide by 31Й deep. 01L66.01 Arbor Plan $16.50

Arbor with Seat Plan An attractive combina9И high by 9И wide by 7И deep. tion of our arbor and 11L04.02 Arched Pergola Plan $18.50 seat plans, this project is about 84Й tall by 60Й Furniture Plans wide by 31Й deep when L Each 36ЙК48Й plan is complemented with a finished. The optional detailed instruction book that contains a bill of hardware kit includes eight stainless-steel materials, a cutting list, jig and fixture plans carriage bolts, matching washers and nuts, plus (where necessary), alternative construction 10 expansion clips – everything required for notes, and suggested finishing techniques. All assembly except common wood screws. are well written, and worthwhile investments K. 01L68.01 Arbor with Seat Plan А $21.50 for a successful project. L. 01L68.02 Hardware Kit for Arbor/Seat $16.50

E. Arched Pergola Plan А

F. Tudor Bench Seat Б

Garden Seat Plan N With a comfortable slotted backrest and seat for air circulation, G. Tudor Chair & Table Б this full-size garden seat Chair: 36Й high by 29Й wide and 20Й deep. Skill plan is also adaptable to level – Beginner. produce matching chairs. 01L50.04 Tudor Chair & Table Plan $15.95 Suitable for an intermediate skill level, the seat is 34Й tall by 28Й deep and 58Й wide; the chair is Tudor Plan Combo Б 34Й by 28Й by 30Й wide. The optional hardware Includes Tudor Chair & Table/Tudor Bench Seat. kit includes eight stainless-steel carriage bolts, 01L50.19 Tudor Plan Combo $29.50 matching washers and nuts, plus 10 expansion H. Lutyens Garden Bench Б clips – everything required for assembly except 42Й high by 80Й long by 22Й deep. Skill level – common wood screws. Intermediate. M. 01L67.01 Garden Seat Plan А $16.50 01L50.45 Lutyens Garden Bench Plan $16.95 N. 01L67.02 Hardware Kit for Seat Plan $18.50 36Й high by 62Й wide and 20Й deep. Skill level – Beginner. 01L50.03 Tudor Bench Seat Plan $15.95

142 Books

Folding Furniture Plans by Lee Valley Elegant and comfortable, furniture made from this collection of plans will grace any outdoor setting. Based on furniture developed by Ian Campbell of Ridge Design, all pieces are designed to be steady in use but to fold quickly for storage or transport. Each set includes templates for making the curved pieces (arms and legs), complete step-by-step instructions, and general notes about hardware and material selection, tools and ﬁnishing. Appropriate for any skill level. Our hardware kits include all fasteners needed to build the piece. The copper pipe used in the chair and potting table can be purchased at local hardware stores.

“Adirondack Plus” Plans by Veritas® We feel these are the best Adirondack plans sold today – graceful as well as comfortable. The shaped seat and back ﬁt the body, making them comfortable without cushions. The full-scale plans include cutting lists and detailed construction notes, use standard lumber sizes, and are designed with extra bracing for strength and rigidity. Straightforward to build, since all shaped pieces are shown full size on the plans. J. “Adirondack Plus”

A Folding Table Plan A This is an elegant outdoor B table, sturdy in use, yet easily folded for storage. Table folded The graceful folding legs and brace avoid the strictly functional appearance common to other folding tables. Table is 34ЙК55Й and 30Й high, and folds to 81/2Й deep. Templates included for all shaped pieces. The hardware kit (135 pieces) includes brass screws, stainless-steel lag screws, bolts and washers, and aluminum hinge plates and KD connectors. A. 01L61.01 Folding Table Plan А $14.50 B. 01L61.02 Hardware for Table $34.50 C Folding Bench Plan D Meant to complement the folding table, this charming bench will seat two adults or three children. Bench is 18ЙК551/2Й and 18Й high, and folds to 9Й deep. The hardware kit (76 pieces) includes brass screws, KD connectors, and six stainless-steel hinges. Templates included for all shaped pieces. C. 01L62.01 Folding Bench Plan А $14.50 D. 01L62.02 Hardware for Bench $21.50

E. F.

G. H.

Folding Chair Plan E Designed for outdoor dining, this chair encourages upright posture but still folds easily and quickly. Templates included for all shaped pieces. Chair is 36Й high, 31Й wide and 24Й deep, and folds to 12Й deep. The hardware kit (101 pieces) includes brass screws, stainless-steel washers, and custom-made aluminum folding brackets. 01L60.01 Folding Chair Plan А $14.50 01L60.02 Hardware for Chair $36.50 G Folding Potting Table Plan This is an attractive and useful work table. It is solid in use but folds ﬂat for storage in a remarkably small package. Top is 211/2ЙК36Й, height is 60Й. Folds to 5Й deep. The hardware kit (176 pieces) includes two stainless-steel folding braces, 12 tie plates, brass screws, and stainless washers and nuts. 01L63.01 Table Plan А $13.50 01L63.02 Hardware $54.50

Chair & Footstool Plan А You can build a standard chair or, by cutting the legs and adding rockers and extra bracing, you can also build a rocking chair. Footstool plan included. 05L05.01 Chair/Rocker Plan $15.50

J Chair & footstool

K. “Adirondack Plus” Folding Chair Plan

Our Adirondack chairs are very popular, but they are bulky and difﬁcult to store. To alleviate this problem, we offer plans for a folding Adirondack chair. Having all the same features but folding to only 12Й deep, it can be hung on a wall or stacked with others. Because fully threaded bolts at the pivot points would cause premature wear in K the wood, we offer a stainless-steel hardware Chair folded pack consisting of six custom-made bolts Folding chair with matching locking nuts and ﬂat washers. 05L05.40 Folding Chair Plan А $14.50 K L. 05K05.41 Bolts for Folding Chair* $17.50

* For pivoting elements only. Wood screws are still needed for remainder.

M Two-seater porch seat & footstool

N Two-seater rocker

C Bench folded

E “Adirondack Plus” Seat or Rocker Plan А Two styles are available. One is for a comfortable twoseater porch seat or garden bench that includes a footstool plan. The second plan is a two-seater rocker (sold as a separate plan, as the structure is different from the porch seat). M. 05L05.02 Porch Seat & Footstool Plan $15.50 N. 05L05.15 Porch Rocker Seat Plan $14.50

Chair folded

O. “Adirondack Plus” Porch Swing Plan А

Potting table folded

This two-seater swing suspends from an overhang with joists 48Й apart using a triangular chain suspension. Requires 24И of 3/16Й chain, chain repair links, and mounting hardware – all readily available at your local hardware store. 05L05.20 Porch Swing Plan $14.50 Folding Table Plan А This is the best folding table design we have seen yet. Easy to build, it is particularly stable. There are no catches or slides that can accidentally let go. The 21Й square top can be modiﬁed to any shape you want – round, octagonal, oval, etc. Folds to a thickness of about 3Й. The center dowel doubles as a carry handle. The full-size plan includes a cutting list. 05L12.01 Folding Table Plan $11.95

O Two-seater swing

Folding table

Books 143

WEATHER & TIME A

Inside view

A. Window-Mount

Thermometer With a large face Easily removed for cleaning. and easy-to-read markings on the dial, this window-mounted thermometer lets you read the outdoor temperature at a glance, without having to step outside. The central Outside hub has a weatherproof view peel-and-stick adhesive backing for easy installation. With a 41/4Й diameter acrylic dial marked in Celsius and Fahrenheit, the thermometer doesn’t require batteries, operating on a simple, reliable bimetal strip that is accurate from -40°F/°C to 122°F/50°C. Economical and effective. AB804 Window-Mount Thermometer $11.95

B. Min-Max Thermometer

When growing frost-tender plants in cold frames, greenhouses or even window wells, it is critical to know what range of temperatures your plants are subject to. This thermometer will do just that. The operating mechanism is a bimetal strip that bends one way if heated, and the opposite way if cooled. The red marker is pushed to the right as temperature rises, and the blue marker is pushed to the left as temperature drops. Each marker rests at the minimum or maximum temperature marking, shown in both Fahrenheit and Celsius, until reset by hand. The 5Й diameter case has a teardrop aperture in the back for hanging it on a screw or nail on a wall or fence. An ideal gift for people who want to know just how hot or how cold it gets each day, whether they are gardeners or not. Good value for the money. AB803 Min-Max Thermometer $16.95

C Adjustable to your latitude.

C 144

E. Rain Gauge with

Thermometer This rain gauge/ thermometer combination measures up to 71/2Й of rain and a temperature range of -40°F/°C to 122°F/50°C. The 16Й UV-stable polycarbonate instruments (swivel mounted for adjustable viewing angles) attach to a sectional metal pole, powder coated for durability. A versatile, good-value set of weather instruments.

Three-piece pole pulls apart for easy storage.

Rain Gauge/Thermometer AB930 $14.95

Solid Brass Thermometer Б Made from solid brass and tempered glass, this thermometer is manufactured to a level of quality that is rarely seen in thermometers today. Using alcohol for indication (safer than mercury), it includes both Fahrenheit and Celsius scales. Measures 71/2Й overall. The included brass mounting bracket holds it 21/2Й out from a wall for easy viewing. Built to last.

71/2Й

Solid Brass Thermometer KD211 $37.50

Sundial & Pedestal Б F. Bronze Sundial А This unique sundial is easy to read because A sundial makes a beautiful and sunlight shines through the cut-out numbers useful accent in the garden. This in the time band, casting a clear image of one is attractive and maintenancethe numerals onto the plate below. As with free because of its solid bronze all sundials, it is like reading a clock construction. Shows the hours from without a minute hand; you estimate the 5am to 7pm, and is inscribed with minutes by judging the distance of the the Latin phrase Carpe diem (seize numbers from the plate center line. Hand the day). Measures 93/4Й across. cast in the USA from non-corroding KD315 Bronze Sundial $99.00 aluminum. The sundial measures 12ЙК10Й, and is adjustable for your latitude. An optional 26Й aluminum pedestal holds the sundial in place at an easy viewing height. Both pieces have a bronze ﬁnish. C. KD322 Sundial $ 79.50 D. KD323 Pedestal $ 59.50 F KD324 Sundial & Pedestal $129.00 Lee Valley gift cards are available online. To purchase, visit www.leevalley.com.

D. Copper Rain Gauge Б

This simple, low-tech rain gauge lets you monitor rainfall levels, while adding a decorative touch to a lawn, garden bed or outdoor planter. As water collects in the copper flute, a concealed plastic float rises. Large graduations on the side of the float indicate the actual water level, but even from a distance you can estimate the rainfall volume by viewing how high the colorful float projects. Made from recycled copper, the flute will weather to an attractive verdigris patina over time. Made of rust-resistant powder-coated steel, the 18Й ground stake has an upper coiled section that serves as a holder. Available with Imperial or metric graduations. Made in USA. An excellent gift for any gardener. AB910 Copper Rain Gauge, Imperial $41.50 AB909 Copper Rain Gauge, Metric $41.50

Mariner Weather Glass Once upon a time, these were state-of-the-art A. Electronic A barometers. They were Rain Gauge Б used on ships to warn This gauge records sailors of impending rainfall as the water storms. These work ﬂows through it, so just as well today in you never have to 18Й your home or garden. bother emptying it. Just ﬁ ll with colored The Imperial version water and hang in a measures up to 100 shaded area. Water B inches of rainfall, slowly rising in the recording to the third spout forecasts a storm decimal place; the metric up to 24 hours away. model measures to 10,000mm, recording to the Rapid rising indicates nearest tenth of a millimetre. It is easier to set G. Wireless Rain Gauge a local storm and a up than an old-fashioned tube gauge – you can With this gauge, you can monitor how much quick drop again means mount it on a pole or use the optional universal rain water your garden receives without venturing the storm has changed mounting bracket to set it up just about anyoutdoors. Set on a tabletop or wall mounted, the its course. These and where. The liquid crystal display is easy to read 33/4Й tall indoor LCD unit displays accurate rainother “reading” signs are included. Hand-blown from up to 10 feet away. One touch resets it to fall in inches, including the amount that has fallen glass with a brass mounting bracket. Glass zero and it allows you to track rainfall on any since the gauge was activated, as well as a rolling measures about 9ЙК3Й. basis you want (daily, weekly, etc.). The unique rainfall total over the past 24 hours. You can KD240 Mariner Weather Glass $43.50 internal sensor uses no moving parts, and runs program an alarm to sound when a pre-set amount on just one AA battery, which is included. of precipitation has been recorded. At a range of Weighs a scant 10 oz. Size is 41/2ЙК5Й. Can up to 330И, the indoor display receives wireless transmissions from a self-draining outdoor sensor also be used to measure sprinkler output, so Cast Brass Sundial that you mount to a horizontal surface. Operates you know when your garden has enough water. Cast from solid brass, this 111/2Й dia. sundial on four AAA batteries (not included). The sensor would look at home in any garden. The optional AB905 Rain Gauge, Imperial $49.50 can also be used to measure sprinkler output, so black steel base is 24Й high and has four prongs AB908 Rain Gauge, Metric $49.50 you know when your to securely hold the sundial upright (works only B. AB907 Universal Mounting Bracket $10.50 garden has enough water. with KD301). A convenient tool for C. Solid Brass Sundial E. KD301 Cast Brass Sundial $ 89.00 monitoring rainfall. Sundials are very ornamental in a garden, but F. KD303 Black Base $ 29.00 are also useful. If you are transplanting or tilling, KD310 Sundial and Base $109.00 Wireless Rain Gauge your watch is probably not on your wrist and the KD304 $29.50 sundial becomes your reference. This solid brass sundial features a pair of frogs on a lily pad base. Internal mechanism E of self-draining The gnomon is cattail shaped. 7Й across. outdoor sensor KC205 Solid Brass Sundial, Frogs $23.50

Total rainfall

C Heavy/light rain icon 24 hr. rainfall

F F

Alarm icon

Weather & Time 145

RESHOOT Wireless Weather Forecast Station Anyone interested in the weather will appreciate this wireless weather station. It provides current temperature and humidity readings and monitors barometric trends to forecast weather changes. The large, easy-to-read LCD screen displays a 24-hour record of barometric pressure, forecast icons, a weather tendency indicator and the current moon phase. It reads indoor and outdoor temperatures (-9.99°C to 59.9°C/14.2°F to 139.8°F indoors, -39.9°C to 59.9°C/-39.8°F to 139.8°F outdoors) and humidity (20%95% indoors, 1%-99% outdoors) and provides min/max readings for both. It takes readings from up to three sensors (one included with mounting hardware) up to 100m (330И) away. The clock receives signals* from the U.S. Atomic Clock in Boulder, CO, and automatically calibrates itself daily for accuracy, even updating for Daylight Saving Time. Set on a tabletop or wall mounted, it runs on ﬁve AA batteries (not included). An ideal gift for any gardener or outdoor enthusiast. (La Crosse Technology model #WS-9037U-IT.) KD318 Wireless Weather Forecast Station $69.50 KD319 Extra Sensor $19.50 * The radio signals are detectable throughout the United States (except Alaska and Hawaii) and in most parts of Canada (except the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and the Atlantic provinces). For areas where there is no signal detection, this clock will operate as a normal clock and requires manual time correction as necessary.

Atomic RadioControlled Clock Designed to receive the radio signals* emitted from the U.S. Atomic Clock in Boulder, Colorado, this clock automatically calibrates itself six times daily to ensure accuracy; it even updates for Daylight Saving Time. With an 18Й diameter bezel, the 131/2Й dial has oversize numerals for legibility from a distance, and includes a Celsius/Fahrenheit thermometer and a hygrometer to measure relative humidity. Designed primarily for indoor use, it is usable outdoors in sheltered locations and temperate conditions. Runs on one AA battery (not included). KD306 Radio-Controlled Clock $79.50 * The radio signals broadcast are detectable throughout the United States (except Alaska and Hawaii) and in most parts of Canada (except the Yukon and Northwest Territories, Nunavut, and the Atlantic provinces). For areas where there is no signal detection, this clock will operate as a normal clock and will require manual time correction as necessary.

Clothing changes to foreWeather Time Wireless Weather Station Alarm cast conditions tendency reception Indoor This unit constantly shows icon temperature current outdoor and indoor Time Indoor temperatures in either Celsius relative Calendar or Fahrenheit. At the touch of a humidity Outdoor button it also shows minimum and Sunrise/ sunset temperature maximum temperatures with date Moon Transmitter and time of occurrence – handy phase unit number Outdoor reception icon for monitoring frost-tender plants in cold frames/greenhouses. The barometer displays air pressure changes as weather tendency icons (sun, clouds, rain, etc.). The radio-controlled clock receives signals* from the U.S. Atomic Clock in Boulder, CO, calibrating itself daily and updating for Daylight Saving Time. Displays indoor temperature from -10° to 59.9°C (14° to 139.8°F), and outdoor temperature from -39.9° to 59.9°C (-39.8° to 139.8°F). Receives temperature transmissions from up to three outdoor sensors; one is included (with mounting hardware) and has a range of 100m (330И). For tabletop use or wall mounting. Uses four AA batteries (not included). (La Crosse Technology model #WS-9611U-IT.) Extra sensors available. KD316 Wireless Weather Station $39.95 KD317 Extra Sensor $13.50

Weather Alert Radio This radio detects signals 24 hours a day from climate monitoring centers throughout North America* and issues an immediate alert if hazardous conditions are approaching your region. It notifies you of over 40 different events ranging from blizzards, thunderstorms and flash freezes to wildfires, hurricanes and civil emergencies. As soon as a watch, warning or advisory is issued, it displays a scrolling message across the LCD screen and flashes a color-coded LED indicator. You can also choose to receive a voice announcement or 90dB siren. A battery backup ensures continuous operation during power outages (requires four AA batteries, not included). It also functions as a regular AM/FM alarm clock radio. Measures about 7ЙК51/2ЙК21/4Й tall and weighs 1 lb (without batteries). A reliable way to be warned of danger – at home or in an RV, boat or cottage. KD326 Weather Alert Radio $59.50 * In Canada, the Meteorological Service of Canada provides weather bulletins on the Weatheradio network (www.ec.gc.ca/meteo-weather). In the U.S., weather information is broadcast by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (www.nws.noaa.gov/nwr). Check for availability of service in your area. Three colorcoded alert indicators

Snooze

Alert on/off

* The radio signals are detectable throughout the USA (except AK and HI) and in most parts of Canada (except YT, NT, NU, and the Atlantic provinces). Where there is no signal detection, this clock operates as a normal clock and requires manual time correction as necessary. For weather station models we sold previously (KD308 and KD312), extra sensors are still available on our website. Search for KD309 or KD313 at www.leevalley.com

Weather alert message Weather channel indicator

Weather and hazard on/off

CAMPING & LEISURE C. Telescoping Hiking Stick

A B Sigg™ Aluminum Water Bottle Founded in Switzerland in 1908, Sigg is well known for reusable aluminum water bottles of outstanding quality. Rugged but lightweight, these portable vessels have long been prized by hikers and mountaineers, but have more recently become widely adopted for everyday use. This 1-litre (34 oz) model has a BPA-free inner coating that prevents liquids from taking on a metallic aftertaste. The included adapter cap lets you choose between a regular bottle-neck and a widemouth opening (making it easy to clean the bottle or add ice cubes), each of which seals with a gasket-lined threaded cap to prevent leaks. A convenient cap ring lets you carry the bottle on a carabiner clip. Swiss made, and built to last. A. GB332 Aluminum Bottle, Blue $24.95 B. GB334 Aluminum Bottle, Red $24.95

This is a great stick for hiking. Not only does it telescope and lock at exactly the length you need (from 293/4Й to 63Й), but it also has a spring-loaded anti-shock mechanism (which can be turned off), a camera mount under the knob, and a thermometer and compass on the wrist strap. Made from strong but lightweight aircraft aluminum, it is especially helpful in going down slopes, saving stress on the knees. The tip is rubber, but can be removed to reveal a carbide tip for sure grip on slippery surfaces. Also includes a removable snow basket (like those on ski poles) to assist in deep snow. 45K42.17 Telescoping Hiking Stick $24.95 45K42.18 Replacement Rubber Tip $ .75

Comes with a handy compass and thermometer.

Carbide tip for walking on ice.

Foldable Water Bottle This bottle’s soft-sided D construction not only makes it more comfortable than a rigid bottle when carried on your body, but it can be rolled up to ﬁt neatly in a pocket or purse when empty. It comes with an aluminum carabiner clip so you can carry it hands-free on a belt loop or backpack. Made in the USA from tough BPA-free plastic, the 17 oz (500ml) dishwasher-safe bottle has a leak-proof cap and durable triple-layer design that resists punctures. You can even freeze liquids right in the bottle so they stay cold much longer in hot weather (should be only 3/4 full or less to allow the liquid to expand as it freezes). Available separately, the soft insulated sleeve helps liquids stay cold and has a small zippered pocket for holding coins or keys. It can be worn with a belt using the integral belt loop or carried over the shoulder with the included shoulder strap. D. GB326 Foldable Water Bottle Б $ 7.50 E. GB321 Insulated Bottle Sleeve $ 6.95 GB323 Foldable Bottle & Sleeve $12.95 F. Bottle Carabiner

Earphone jack Mini USB port USB port

With this clip you can secure a standard bottle to a belt loop or backpack, keeping it accessible while leaving hands free. The tough nylon C-clip snaps around the bottle’s neck, and has small tooth-like ridges for ﬁrm grip. The sturdy carabiner is anodized aluminum (assorted colors). Fits standard 500ml/1-pint plastic bottles with a 1Й diameter neck. GB320 Bottle Carabiner, ea. $2.95

Extends from 293/4Й to 63Й.

BPA-free inner coating prevents liquids from taking on a metallic aftertaste.

Eton™ Dynamo, Solar & USB Weather Radio Running on solar and dynamo power, this portable radio doesn’t require batteries or an electrical outlet. The rechargeable nickel-metal hydride (NiMH) power cell is replenished by the small solar panel on the top of the radio or by an internal dynamo operated by a fold-out hand crank. The radio receives AM/FM frequencies and, as with radios on marine vessels, its seven weather-band channels receive signals from climate monitoring centers throughout North America*, providing up-to-date forecasts as well as official weather watches, warnings and advisories for your area 24 hours a day. Its two USB ports and included adapter cable let you charge a cell phone or MP3 player in an emergency. It has a built-in LED flashlight with a phosphorescent frame that emits a soft glow, just bright enough to make it easier to find in the dark. In our tests, 10 to 12 hours of sunlight provided about 3 hours of radio play at low volume; 5 minutes of cranking allowed about 30 minutes of radio play or 11/2 hours of flashlight use. A compact 51/2ЙК21/2ЙК21/2Й, the radio has a 3.5mm earphone jack, 10Й telescoping antenna and nylon wrist lanyard. Great for camping, boating or other adventures beyond the power grid, it is also useful at home in case of power outages or hazardous weather conditions. KC528 Dynamo/Solar Radio $39.95 * In Canada, the Meteorological Service of Canada provides weather bulletins on the Weatheradio network (www.ec.gc.ca/meteo-weather). In the U.S., weather information is broadcast by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (www.nws.noaa.gov/nwr). Check for availability of service in your area.

Camping & Leisure 147

Rotating bulb housing can be set in lantern or spotlight position.

Toggle switch

Penlight lens housing rotates to adjust light beam.

A. B. C. D.

Flashlights have telescoping lens housing to adjust the light beam.

Suprabeam® Flashlights E. Cree® LED Camping Lantern While there are a lot of flashlights on This compact camping lantern uses Cree LED technology The light beam is adjustable from a narrow spotlight to a wide-area floodlight. the market, these stand out from the pack. for highly efficient, remarkably bright lighting. Serving Compact and lightweight for portability, as a lantern, directional spotlight, or flashing emergency they are exceptionally bright and have the light, it has two intensity settings. The low setting provides best lens/reflector combination we’ve seen soft, diffuse light; at high intensity it emits an impressively for focusing; whether narrowly focused as a spotlight or set as a broad-area floodlight, bright 185 lumens. The rotating bulb housing can be set in the beam has no voids or dark spots. To ensure consistent light output and long battery life, two positions. In the lantern position, light shines onto an microcontroller electronics regulate power to the Cree LEDs. The pressure-sensitive, thumbinternal reflective cone and disperses 360° through the operated switches let you toggle quickly between light intensity modes with just a light touch, transparent sides for a wide area of illumination. In the or depress fully for constant on. The water-resistant bodies are tough aircraft-grade aluminum spotlight position, the beam is narrowly focused out of for excellent durability under rigorous use. Designed, quality inspected and packaged in the top of the lantern. It has a rugged, water-resistant Denmark, the lights are assembled in China using components made in USA and China; aluminum casing and includes a lanyard and carabiner all come backed with a 5-year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. clip. Measures 6Й tall by 21/4Й in diameter. Four AA Each light comes in a fitted black pasteboard presentation box for gift giving, except the batteries are included (good for about 25 hours at high Q7XR model, which comes in a blow-molded storage case with a fitted foam interior. intensity or 45 hours at low intensity). An excellent gift for outdoor enthusiasts. With a sprung-steel clip to hold it in a pocket, the powerful Q1 penlight is an excellent 45K18.58 LED Camping Lantern $26.50 inspection tool. Developed for the trades, it has a lumen output of 100 and a lens housing that rotates to adjust the light beam from a 5° spotlight to a 65° floodlight. It easily illumiF. Cree® LED Headlamp nates areas up to 76m (250И) away. Just 51/2Й long, it has a touch on/off toggle switch at the This is a good headlamp at a great price. It uses a Cree LED lighting chip, which produces remarkably bright 160-lumen crown. Uses two AAA batteries (included) and runs for up to 8 hours. lighting at full intensity. The beam is adjustable from a For those who need a bright but exceptionally compact flashlight, the Q2 flashlight is wide-angle floodlight to a narrow-focus spotlight by simply shorter than the penlight at just over 41/2Й but has a larger-diameter body. A three-position sliding the lens housing forward. A mode button lets you toggle switches from full-intensity at 120 lumens to 50 lumens or off. With your thumb you quickly change the light brightness from a soft glow for can adjust the telescoping lens housing to focus the beam from a narrow 5° spotlight to a walking at night to full intensity, or switch to an emergency broad 60° floodlight. It comes with a lanyard and a case that attaches to a belt. An elasticized flash setting. The lamp can be easily tilted through a 90° slot on the case allows storage of a backup battery. Illuminates areas up to 90m (300И) away. range, so you can position the beam to suit your needs. Uses one AA battery (included) and runs for up to 8 hours. It weighs about 4 oz and has soft foam padding on the A larger flashlight at about 51/4Й long by 11/2Й in diameter, the Q7C flashlight is more than twice as bright as the Q2 with 280 back for comfort. Three AAA lumens at full intensity. It has a five-mode toggle switch: full batteries are included. Useful not intensity, 150 lm, 60 lm, strobe (intended to disorient attackers) only for outdoor activities such as or off. Like the Q2, the telescoping lens housing can be adjusted camping or reading maps, but also B, C & using your thumb to focus the beam from a 5° spotlight to a 70° in the workshop as a task light. D come with a floodlight. It comes with a lanyard and a belt case with slots for 45K17.02 Headlamp $14.50 Slot for belt backup backup batteries. Illuminates areas up to 180m (590И) away. case. battery Uses four AAA batteries (included) and runs for up to 16 hours. The Q7XR flashlight is blindingly bright. At 800 lumens at full intensity, it is one of the most powerful handheld flashlights available, yet it is also one of the most compact at just 61/2Й long. Like the Q7C, it has a five-mode toggle switch: full intensity, 400 lm, 170 lm, strobe or off, and a thumb-operable telescoping lens for adjusting beam focus from a 5° spotlight to a 70° floodlight. It comes with a lanyard and a belt case with a slot for the backup battery. Incredibly, it can illuminate an area up to 300m (1000И) away. It runs for up to 9 hours on one of the two supplied rechargeable, ultra-high capacity Li-ion batteries. A recharging station that has both standard and USB plugs for power connection is also F included. Comes in a blow-molded storage case. An excellent light for anyone who wants searchlight-like functionality in a compact flashlight. Recharging station, 45K19.81 Q1 Penlight, 100 lm $ 29.50 two rechargeable 45K19.82 Q2 Flashlight, 120 lm $ 44.00 ultra-high capacity Li-ion batteries 45K19.86 Q7C Flashlight, 280 lm $ 59.50 and a blow45K19.88 Q7XR Flashlight, 800 lm $149.00 molded 148 Camping & Leisure

storage case included.

Case is sealed with O-rings, making it waterproof.

Two minutes of cranking provides about 20 minutes of light.

A. Mini Dynamo Flashlight

It’s hard to go wrong with this hand-crank ﬂashlight. Two minutes of cranking provides about 20 minutes of light, and you’ll never have to worry about dead or leaking batteries. At only 31/2Й long by 2Й wide by 11/4Й thick with the crank folded for storage, it is ideal for keeping in a glove compartment, kitchen drawer, purse, or backpack. Its three bright LED bulbs are rated for 100,000 hours, so they will never need replacing. 1+

45K18.47 Mini Dynamo Flashlight, ea. $9.95

$8.95

Engineer’s Compass This closed-case compass is ideal for hiking, exploring and boating. The housing is made from zinc-aluminum alloy with a painted bronze ﬁnish; it has an integral sighting wire in the lid, used in conjunction with a built-in magnifying lens for reading bearings. The directional needle has mineral oil damping. Comes with complete instructions for use plus a magnetic variation map, so that you can determine the difference between magnetic north and true north for your area of North America. Great value in a compass. 45K16.70 Engineer’s Compass $9.95 B. Binoculars

These full-size binoculars offer excellent optical quality at a reasonable price. They have 40mm objective lenses with 8-power magnification, and provide a 400-foot field of view at 1000 yards. The lenses are multi-coated for clear images with minimal reflections. The short minimum focus yields a sharp image from as close as 51/2 yards. A rugged rubber casing offers good grip and helps protect against damage. The binoculars come with an adjustable strap, a lens cleaning cloth and a soft-sided 71/2ЙК61/2ЙК21/2Й carrying case. Total weight (including case) is 13/4 lb. KC618 Full-Size Binoculars $39.50

LED Flashlights Anyone who has owned a light with a single LED can appreciate how bright these lights might be. Compact and long lasting, the 9-LED light is 11/8Й in diameter and 4Й long. The 21-LED light, 21/3 times as bright with a heavier body construction, is more like a small spotlight than a ﬂashlight. The distance it can span is impressive. It is 13/8Й in diameter and 31/2Й long. Each light comes with three AAA alkaline batteries installed, enough to power the 9-LED version for 20 to 30 hours, or the 21-LED light for 16 to 20 hours in continuous use. D

Both ﬂashlights have on/off button at end.

C. 9-LED Flashlight, ea.

67K74.45

$4.95

D. 21-LED Flashlight, ea.

67K74.47

$7.95

See page 118 for a variety of lights for the home and workshop. E. Dietz No. 80 Hurricane Lantern

Even a hurricane will not blow this lantern out. It gives off a 12-candlepower light, burns continuously for up to 26 hours and goes out automatically if the lantern tips over. Hunter green with gold trim. Metal and glass construction. 15Й tall, not including the handle. Uses lamp oil or kerosene.

Dietz No. 80 Lantern GL250 $21.50 F. Lightweight Compact Binoculars

These small, lightweight binoculars have surprisingly clear and bright optics. Perfect for casual birding, sporting events, etc., they have 8-power magniﬁcation, 21mm objective lenses and a 360-foot ﬁeld of view at 1000 yards. They weigh only 51/2 oz and measure 31/4ЙК4ЙК11/2Й. Complete with carrying strap, lens cloth and storage case. KC619 Lightweight Compact Binoculars $22.50

F 149

A. Multi-Tool

There are many multitools on the market, but most are of poor quality and have elements that are seldom needed. This one is made of stainless steel and is very well made. The 13/4Й Nylon scabbard hatchet head is razor sharp and Edge guard included. comes with an edge guard. The knife blade, tapered saw blade and fi sh-scaling A D blade are all 21/2Й long and equally sharp. The slot wrench/bottle opener and the Phillips and slot screwdrivers are standard for a tool of this type, but the pliers supersede the slot wrench in D. Mini-Spade utility since it can grip nuts of any size from This product started life as a compact 1/4Й to 3/4Й. As well as the hatchet and tool for campers and canoeists. It can be used to dig a mini-latrine or to hammer heads, it has a built-in wire cutter. shower dirt on a dying campfire to At 7Й long and 15 oz (400g) in weight, it ensure it is out. However, it looks like, can be conveniently carried in the beltand is, an excellent gardener’s trowel looped nylon scabbard that it comes in. as well. Made of stainless steel, it has Folds to 51/2Й for It is useful for anglers (note the hook remover on the compact storage in a step at the base of the handle that saw-blade tip), campers, outdoor enthusiasts, many sheath. serves as a spring blade-lock as well trades, and people who just like a tool kit in a holster. 09A03.78 Multi-Tool $12.95 as a shelf for your hand when you are forcing the trowel into the soil. It comes with a robust nylon sheath that can hold the trowel on a belt or act as a cover if you Swiss Soldier Knife carry it in your pocket or backpack. 9Й long overall, The Swiss army has updated it folds to 51/2Й for sheath insertion. Weighs 6 oz. its famous pocketknife. Its large 09A04.52 Mini-Spade $6.95 textured handle offers better grip, and the selection of stainlessE. Portable Buck Saws А steel tools now includes a These well-made, portable modern buck large 31/8Й main blade with saws assemble in under a minute and pack serrations toward the tip and up into a compact 13/8Й dia. by 19Й and a thumb-hole to allow one-handed 13/8Й dia. by 25Й size respectively for easy opening, as well as a saw blade, transport or storage. The open A-frames can opener, bottle opener, have 61/4Й throats and are made of light1 1 reamer awl and a #2 Phillips, and /4Й and /8Й flat-head screwdrivers. The main blade weight anodized aluminum. Swedish steel and 1/4Й flat screwdriver have liner locks for safe, reliable use. Folded, it measures a blades. Ideal for camping, backpacking, compact 41/4Й. Supplied with a lanyard ring. Still made by Victorinox in Switzerland. or trips to the wood lot. 33N07.50 Swiss Soldier Knife $49.50 29T32.01 18Й Portable Buck Saw $29.95 29T32.02 18Й Repl. Blade $ 9.95 Saw packs 29T32.05 24Й Portable Buck Saw $38.50 into handle for transport or storage. 29T32.06 24Й Repl. Blade $14.95 B. Compact Pruning Saw

A folding saw with a classic Japanesestyle taper-ground blade that requires no set in the teeth, producing a clean, quick-healing cut in all woods. The blade has excellent stiffness, locks open and folds into a compact unit, 73/4Й in total length. EC650 Compact Pruning Saw $15.90

Detail of tooth pattern

C. Estwing® Sportsman’s Hatchet Б

A true classic, this hatchet is forged from a single piece of steel. The 31/4Й face is ideal for splitting kindling or cutting saplings, and the back of the head is a flat hammer face, suitable for driving tent stakes. 13Й overall and about 1 lb 10 oz, the hatchet is beautifully balanced and light enough to carry comfortably. The recurved handle has a finely finished leather grip. Comes in a stitched and riveted C grain-leather belt sheath. Built to last a lifetime. 69K10.10 Estwing® Hatchet $39.50

150 Camping & Leisure

D. Waterproof Brass Case for Matches

A Fire steel locks into handle.

A. Swedish FireKnife™

This tool combines the original Swedish FireSteel® with a belt knife, two essential pieces of any adventurer’s kit. Made by respected knife maker Mora of Sweden, the stainless-steel blade is tough and versatile, equally suitable for cutting kindling or buttering toast. It has a textured rubber handle for good grip in any weather and a polypropylene sheath with an integral belt clip. The ﬁre steel, good for approximately 3000 strikes, produces an intense shower of sparks (2980°C/5400°F) when struck with the back of the knife, even when wet. When not in use, the ﬁre steel twist-locks into the knife handle. About 81/2Й long overall, it weighs 3.4 oz. GB312 Swedish FireKnife™ $32.50

Matches

not included. Patented a century ago, this 21/2ЙК7/8Й diameter cylindrical case was originally designed for carrying matches when camping, hiking, or working in remote areas. It is equally useful today for D the same purpose or for carrying any other small item you want to keep dry when you are outdoors. The all-brass construction is chrome plated for better surface hardness. The checkering on the cylinder sides is for use with strike-anywhere matches and doubles as a gripping surface when opening and closing the container. If not using strike-anywhere matches, put a section of the striking surface (that comes with the matches) into the container. 09A03.12 Waterproof Brass Case for Matches $7.50

Kelly Kettle First used over a century ago by Irish gypsies and Irish ﬁshermen, a Kelly kettle will boil water in just a few minutes, depending on the fuel. Made from aluminum, it is essentially a double-walled chimney with the water contained in the chimney’s double wall. Fill the kettle with water, start a very small ﬁre in the base, set the kettle on the base and drop additional fuel (twigs, leaves, grass, twists of paper, etc.) down the chimney. The large internal chimney surface area heats the water very quickly. To pour, lift it by the handle and tilt it using the cork chain. The small kettle measures about 101/2Й tall by 55/8Й in diameter, has a 20 oz capacity and weighs 1.2 lb. The large kettle measures about 13Й tall by 71/4Й in diameter, has a 50 oz capacity and weighs 2.1 lb. Instructions and carrying bag included. Excellent for trekking, picnics or emergencies. Made in Ireland. E. 45K17.80 Sm. Kelly Kettle $79.00 Chimney F. 45K17.85 Lg. Kelly Kettle $99.00 Spout

B. Swedish FireSteel®

An excellent emergency tool, this Swedish ﬁre steel is impervious to water. It can be used in any weather condition, producing exceptionally hot, long-burning sparks. Good for about 3000 strikes, it will light any thin, dry, combustible material (e.g., paper, grass, ﬁne wood shavings). At 3Й long overall, it weighs approximately 1 oz, and comes with a short nylon lanyard and a stainless-steel striker blade with a built-in safety whistle. GB306 Swedish FireSteel® $13.95

Doublewalled water chamber

Fire pit

C. Campﬁre Back Warmer А

Have you ever sat in front of a campfire on a cold evening, only to have your front bake while your back froze? This ingenious device is the answer to this problem. It is a reflective sheet that clips onto almost any chair (especially good with folding chairs) and, curved down behind and partly under the chair, reflects the radiant energy from the fire toward your bottom and back. Made of a durable reflective laminate material for long life. Great for campers and cottagers. Also good in front of wood stoves or heaters in ice fishing huts. Measures 22ЙК45Й. GB110 Campfire Back Warmer $19.95

151

D. Folding Fruit Knife

Made of food-safe silicone, these lightweight bowls pack flat to fit in a backpack or lunch bag, then pop back to their original shape and hold their form in use. Easy to clean, they are rated D for temperatures up to 400°F (204°C), and are safe for use in a freezer, microwave or dishwasher. Set of two nesting bowls (9 oz/270ml and 26 oz/770ml). Great for camping, hiking, and also as mixing bowls for workshop or E. FireFork™ craft use; dried paint or epoxy peels right off. Sometimes the most ingenious tools are also EV366 Silicone Bowls, set of 2 $14.95 the simplest. This bent piece of stainless-steel wire will convert a stick into an excellent campfire fork. The sprung design of the wire ensures B it will clamp securely on any stick up to 1/2Й in diameter. The two prongs double your marshmallow roasting Colors may not be E capacity and have slightly exactly as shown. B. Mini Containers flared tips to firmly hold These waterproof, hard-anodized aluminum larger items, such as containers can be used to hold emergency pills, sausages, without fear of identity information, matches, or whatever you sacrificing dinner to the fire. wish. Machined from solid aluminum, they are With a protective polycarbonate 1/2Й in diameter by 11/2Й long and have a nylon storage cover, its compact design lanyard for looping through buttonholes or (only 4Й long and weighing less around belts and backpack straps for security. than 1 oz) is perfect for campers. Colors may not be exactly as shown. 1+ 5+ Available in packages of two. 99K38.75 Green Container, ea. $1.95 $1.55 GB307 FireFork™, pr. $11.50 99K38.76 Red Container, ea. $1.95 $1.55 To order call 1-800-871-8158 C. Deluxe Picnic Backpack

Picnics far from the madding crowd are wonderful, but hauling gear to them is a chore. All is now much easier with this backpack set. The set includes a lightweight, fully insulated backpack with a detachable insulated bottle bag, and a picnic blanket. Inside are a cutting board, cheese knife, bottle opener, salt and pepper shakers, and a fourplace setting of plastic wine glasses, melamine plates, stainless-steel cutlery and cloth napkins. The backpack also has a large empty compartment for carrying the food you will need for an al fresco meal. Measures 17ЙК16ЙК8Й overall. GB510 Deluxe Picnic Backpack $49.50 152 Camping & Leisure

F. “Come-and-Get-It” Bell А

You can tap the strike lightly on the triangle to call them from the back yard or rattle it around the inside to call them from the back 40. Hand made, the set includes the triangle, strike, hook, and leather hanging strap. 13Й on a side. All steel. ET241 Dinner Triangle $34.50 G. Hand-Forged

Sprung design ﬁts sticks up to 1/2Й in diameter.

Fire Poker А Based on a very old design, this hand-forged fire poker is perfect for tending fires indoors or out. Made of 3/8Й thick steel, it has a comfortable handle and a hook on the end to maneuver logs with ease. The 34Й long tool keeps you well back from the heat but is not unwieldy, much better than the short tools found in most fireplace sets. Made in Canada. Hand-Forged Fire Poker ET230 $16.50

Extends from 12Й to 34Й.

A. Flexible Silicone Bowls

H. Telescoping

G Campfire Fork Made from stainless steel, this campfire fork is perfect for roasting hot dogs, sausages and marshmallows. The telescoping handle extends from 12Й to 34Й, making it long enough to reach over hot coals and compact enough to transport or store when not in use. The tines have a flat profile, swept slightly upwards to keep the food in place, unlike a sharpened stick, which can drop more food than it holds. Insulated wooden handgrip. 1+ 4+ GB301 Fork $9.95 $8.95

Overall length is 34Й.

Designed to deal with a wide range of fruits, the 31/2Й long narrow blade gives the knife both reach and maneuverability. The 21/2Й long fork lets it double as a serving tool. Both fold neatly into the 41/2Й long handle. The sleek design gives it elegance. Made entirely of stainless steel, it is beautifully machined and ﬁnished. Ideal for campers or those who take a lunch to work, it can cause envy among others. Folding Fruit Knife 09A03.37 $9.50

H H М

A. Pocket Kite

Easy to bring along on outings, this compact kite requires no assembly, so it’s ready to ﬂy the minute you pull it out of your pocket. Constructed without a frame made of wood or other rigid material, it folds neatly into a drawstring bag, but unfurls in an instant as soon as it catches a steady wind. Air ﬁlls a D. Mayan Hammock series of channels forming the back The Amerindian people of the Yucatán peninof the kite, providing the structure sula in Mexico make these unique hammocks needed to hold its shape and remain entirely by hand. Each of these giant slings aloft. Made of strong, brightly takes a month to create and can hold up to 350 lb. Unlike other hammocks, you lie in this colored nylon fabric stitched together in eye-catching F one crossways, providing the most comfortpatterns, the kite measures about 111/2ЙК19Й, with a able position imaginable. A gentle push gives 90И cord on a plastic hand spool, and a 14И tail strung an almost perpetual swinging motion that is with multicolored swatches of cloth that dance and relaxing beyond words – much of the secret is sway in the breeze. Great windy-day fun for young in the to-and-fro motion rather than the usual and old alike. Ages 3 and up. Colors may vary. F. Hammock Tree Straps side-to-side swing. The open weave is These non-marring straps make it easy to GB340 Pocket Kite $9.50 supportive, yet well ventilated to keep you hang your hammock without damaging trees. cool even in the heat of the summer. They also make it easy to move the hammock. Comfortable enough to hang indoors and sleep The strong nylon material (similar to the stuff in all night, it is made of 100% cotton with seat belts are made of) will easily hold a fully strong nylon end attachments. It is 13И long loaded hammock. The set of two straps and and 7И wide. Various colors and designs. heavy-duty hooks comes with simple instrucComes with instructions for care and use. tions for installation. XK401 Mayan Hammock $99.00 XK211 Hammock Tree Straps $37.50 E. Croquet Set Б

B B. The Classic Art of Hand Shadows

Casting hand shadows on the wall of a darkened tent is a sure way to delight a young audience when camping. Of the 46 animals, birds and faces illustrated, some (e.g., a barking dog) are simple, others can be mastered with a bit of practice, and a small number require practice, concentration and ﬁnger ﬂexibility denied to all but the double jointed. Common to all is the enjoyment of an activity that has amused children and adults of all cultures for centuries. Saddle-stitched softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 56 pages, 2007. 49L86.10 Classic Art of Hand Shadows $6.95 C. Tablecloth Clips

During the 13th century in France, a game called paille-maille (derived from the Italian word pallamaglio, which means ball-mallet) became popular. It involved running a mallet-driven ball through a metal hoop to touch a goal peg. Introduced into England in the 16th century, the game later became known as croquet. Croquet now has strong followings all over the world. However, most croquet sets sold today are cheaply made and too short for adults. This hardwood set stands out from the crowd. It includes six maple mallets with 32Й handles, two 24Й goal posts, nine indestructible heavy steel wickets, six 31/4Й polymer balls, a canvas storage bag and complete instructions. This is one of the best croquet sets available. *6-Player Croquet Set KC607 $179.00 * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Designed to secure tablecloths to table tops in breezy outdoor locations, these spring-loaded, nickel-plated steel clips are suitable for table tops with edges between 3/4Й and 2Й thick. Available as a set of four. ET129 Tablecloth Clips, pkg. of 4 $7.95 C

Clips ﬁt tables 3/4Й to 2Й thick.

153

BIRDING

A. B. C. D.

Squirrel Buster Bird Feeders These are excellent bird feeders with the added benefit of being squirrel proof. Openings in the feeders align with ports, giving birds access to the feed inside. When a squirrel climbs onto the feeder, its weight forces a shroud down, making the feed ports inaccessible. Squirrels* are foiled but not harmed in any way. The two models of songbird feeders are suitable for sunflower-seed mix. The 1.4-quart Classic songbird feeder is 191/2Й tall, with four large ports and perches, plus a wire-mesh shroud that gives perchers and clingers ample room to feed. The larger 3-quart Plus songbird feeder is 23Й tall, with six adjustable perches and a ring perch to accommodate cardinals. The Finch feeder, 20Й tall with a 1.4-quart capacity, has a wire-mesh shroud, four perches and eight ports sized for smaller seeds such as niger and thistle. The 3/4-quart Peanut+ version is 18Й tall and holds shelled peanuts or similarly sized suet pellets, allowing you to establish a separate feeding area for species such as woodpeckers, jays and nuthatches. It has a wire-mesh shroud with five large openings. The internal seed hopper is also wire mesh to let birds peck at the contents without allowing whole nuts to spill out. The Plus and Peanut+ models have a weight threshold that can be adjusted to keep out heavier birds. All feeders are rustproof, UV stable and easy to clean. Instructions included. AG307 Squirrel Buster Plus™ Feeder $89.95 AG308 Squirrel Buster Finch™ Feeder $49.95 AG327 Squirrel Buster Classic™ Feeder $49.95 AG328 Squirrel Buster Peanut+™ Feeder $56.50 * Effective against black squirrels. Immature red squirrels can sometimes gain access due to their size.

E. Window-Mount Bird Feeder Kit Б

This kit and any type of plastic bottle (up to 32 oz or 1 litre) will let you make a window-mount bird feeder. Ideal for most types of seeds or mixes, it will provide hours of close-up viewing pleasure. The feeder kit includes two suction cups, a feeding station, a paper funnel and instructions. (Bottle not included.) 1+ 3+ AG401 Bird Feeder Kit, ea. $3.20 $2.75

Port slides open.

G Sliding latch

Squirrel’s weight forces the shroud down and closes the seed ports.

A C B

See our Container Gardening section for versatile poles and hangers that provide sturdy mounts for birdhouses and feeders. They are available in freestanding and postmount versions. F. Squirrel Bafﬂe

G. Funneling Bird Seed Scoop В

Serving double-duty as a scoop and a dispensing funnel, this convenient tool makes tidy work of reﬁlling tube-style bird feeders. Just scoop the seeds from the bag as you normally would. Then, rather than attempting to pour from the wide rim of the scoop into the narrow feeder opening, simply tip the scoop vertically and insert the 1Й diameter handle into the top of the feeder. Moving a sliding latch at the scoop base opens a port that allows seed to ﬂow through the handle, acting just like a regular funnel. Made of sturdy, UV-stable plastic, it holds about 1.4 pints (750ml). AD534 Seed Scoop/Funnel $4.95

This clever device attaches to a bird feeder pole to keep squirrels out. There is no way a squirrel can get by this baffle; it’s too slippery to grip and too long to reach over. Fits any pole from 1/2Й to 11/4Й H. Window Bird Feeder Б in diameter. Made from powder-coated steel. Mounted directly to a windowpane, this 1 Measures 12Й long and 5 /2Й in diameter. feeder lets you have an up-close view of AG321 Squirrel Baffle $19.80 feeding birds. Three strong suction cups allow it to be mounted easily to glass or other smooth surfaces. Made from tough, UV-stable polycarbonate, it has a 3/4-quart capacity seed hopper that is removable for easy filling and cleaning, and an integral seed Pole and feeder not catch tray with small holes for drainage. An included. overhanging roof helps keep seed dry, and the suction cups have release tabs for easy removal. Used with sunflower-seed mix, it attracts a variety of songbirds. About 91/4Й wide by 61/2Й tall, the feeder projects about 41/2Й from the window. Made in USA. AG322 Window Bird Feeder $22.50

F E

H Hopper slides out for ﬁlling.

154 Birding

Oriole Feeder Б Similar in design to many hummingbird feeders, this feeder has four 1/4Й diameter feeding ports to accommodate an oriole’s beak. A 2Й wide perch sits 3Й from each of the ports, a perfect distance for this species. Made from sturdy, UV-resistant polycarbonate, the feeder has a bright orange lid that ﬁts snugly onto the bowl (16 oz capacity). It can be hung from the included 7Й solid brass hook, or mounted to a 5/8Й diameter pole (not included). Syrup recipes and bird feeding information are included. A simple design that makes reﬁlling and cleaning easy, it has an integral moat to keep ants at bay. Made in USA. AG170 Oriole Feeder $22.50

Cap lifts for ﬁlling feeder.

Base removes for cleaning inside of tube.

Quick-Clean Tube Feeders Б Well made in the USA, these feeders have a removable base, providing easy access to the inside of the tube for cleaning. The tube is made of a strong, weather-resistant polycarbonate, with a cap and base die-cast in durable metal alloy with an antique brass finish. A sloping baffle directs seeds toward the lower ports where birds can reach them, reducing waste. To help birds grip the perches, soft plastic perch covers are included with the medium-size feeder. The songbird feeders have large ports suitable for sunflower-seed mix; each die-cast alloy port fitting has a built-in perch, and a raised ridge that diverts rainwater away from the inside. The medium is about 19Й, has six ports, and holds 13/4 quarts (1.9 litres). The large size is 19Й tall, holds 31/2 quarts (3.9 litres), and has six ports with wide U-shaped perches that are particularly attractive to cardinals. We also offer a 141/2Й finch feeder, with aluminum perches, and eight ports sized and shaped for thistle and niger seed. Compatible with the medium feeder, two accessories are sold as a set: a weather dome to keep feathered visitors dry, and a seed catch tray to minimize mess. Both are made of strong, clear polycarbonate and are 12Й in diameter. F. AG319 Small 8-Port Finch, 11/4 qt. $37.50 G. AG315 Medium 6-Port Songbird, 13/4 qt. $48.50 H. AG320 Large 6-Port Songbird, 31/2 qt. $69.00 J. AG318 Weather Dome & Seed Tray for Medium Feeder $34.50

Ant Moats These moats are the perfect solution for keeping ants away from syrup or fruit feeders. Simply fill the moat with water and hang your feeder directly below, preventing ants (who can’t swim) from getting to the feeder. Some people jerry-rig systems similar to this using wire, epoxy and old margarine containers; these moats are simpler and more aesthetically pleasing. The decorative moat, shaped like an inverted umbrella, is made from black powder-coated steel (31/4Й in diameter, holds 4 oz/118ml). The simpler version is made from clear polycarbonate (31/2Й in diameter, holds 10 oz/295ml). A. AG169 Umbrella Ant Moat $9.95 C. Hand-Blown Glass Hummingbird Feeder A beautiful alternative to plastic, this hand-blown glass B. AG162 Clear Ant Moat Б $5.95 feeder has three flower-shaped feeding ports that are removable for cleaning. At 6Й in diameter, the feeder holds 16 oz (473ml) of syrup. A rubber stopper makes filling and cleaning the feeder easy. Includes black powdercoated hanging hardware. Complements the bright colors of the ruby-throated hummingbird. Hand made in Mexico. We recommend using an ant moat with this feeder. B AG165 Glass Hummingbird Feeder $44.50 A

12 oz Hanging Hummingbird Feeder В Б Ideal for medium- to high-traffic zones, this feeder has four feeding ports and holds 12 oz (354ml) of syrup. The wraparound perch is well positioned for hummingbirds to rest and conserve energy while feeding, and a built-in ant moat keeps six-legged trespassers from helping themselves to a free meal. The lid fits snugly on the base and releases for easy cleaning or refilling. Made from impactresistant polycarbonate, the feeder is 73/4Й in diameter and 9Й tall with the brass hook installed. Dishwasher safe. Optional nectar guard tips are available separately for this feeder and our window hummingbird feeder (AG157, see page 156). The tips slide onto the feeding ports to create a barrier that flying insects cannot penetrate. The flexible split end in the center of each tip easily opens for a hummingbird’s beak and closes up tight when the beak is removed. Twelve tips per package. Made in USA. D. AG156 12 oz Hummingbird Feeder $21.50 E. AG154 Nectar Guard Tips, pkg.of 12 $ 4.95

Nectar guard tips prevent insects from entering feeder. Nectar guard tip

E Birding 155

E Adheres to tile. Adheres to glass.

B H H E. The Warning Web Б

Glass Flower Hummingbird Feeder These feeders can be staked throughout your garden or in large containers. Designed to mimic a ﬂower, each hand-blown glass feeder has a 4 oz (118ml) A capacity and a single ﬂower-shaped feeding port that can be removed for cleaning. The 31/2Й dia. feeder threads onto a powdercoated stake for a total length of 26Й. Green or blue tinted. 1+ 3+ A. AG166 Green Feeder, ea. $23.50 $21.20 B. AG167 Blue Feeder, ea. $23.50 $21.20 C

C. Window Hummingbird Feeder Б

This feeder mounts directly on a windowpane with suction cups so you can observe hummingbirds up close. Made from UV-stable impact-resistant polycarbonate, it has an 8 oz (237ml) capacity, three feeding ports, a perch to encourage hummingbirds to rest while feeding, and an ant moat to keep crawling insects out of the syrup. It measures 73/4Й wide and projects 61/2Й when mounted. The feeder can be easily lifted off the hanger for reﬁll or cleaning. Feeder can also be mounted on a wood fence (hardware included). Well thought-out design. Made in USA. The nectar guard tips offered on page 155 ﬁt this feeder. AG157 Window Hummingbird Feeder $23.50 D. Glass Hummingbird Feeder

Hand blown from recycled glass, this is a well-made, attractive feeder. The aqua-colored vessel holds 3.5 oz (104ml) of syrup, and has a single red glass feeding port that is easily removed for cleaning. It rests in a powder-coated steel hanging basket with an integral perch, and measures about 6Й tall by 3Й wide overall. S-hook included. AG171 Aqua Feeder, 3.5 oz $21.50 Glass vessel rests in a powder-coated steel hanging basket.

An easy way to prevent birds from striking a window, this ingenious transparent vinyl decal is printed with a spider web pattern that birds recognize as a hazard to avoid. The web features a white zigzag pattern called a stabilimentum, which scientists believe effectively deters birds from flying through spider webs. The 8ЙК8Й decal can be placed inside or out and attaches to windows by static cling. Large or picture windows may need two or more decals. Not H. Suction-Cup Hanger Б This simple hanging bracket has two strong for use with Low-E windows. Sold in pairs. suction cups on the support stem, so you can BR302 Warning Web Decals, pr. $9.50 add a convenient hook on any smooth, nonpoF. Collapsible Bird Feeder rous surface, such as glass, tile, metal or plastic. We’ve found that birds really like this feeder, Made of tough, clear acrylic, it can be used particularly in winter. It’s ideal for feeding indoors or out for countless applications, them black-oil sunflower from mounting a birdfeeder outside a window seed, the food of choice to hanging a scrub brush in the shower. for many birds. Large Projects 7Й; holds up to 4 lb. Made in USA. enough to feed a dozen AC441 Suction-Cup Hanger $8.50 birds at once, it has an attached tray to minimize J. Perfect Little Brushes Б F Folds flat These little brushes seed loss, unlike some (similar to mascara similar models. Holds 21/2 lb of seed and applicators) are measures 91/2Й in diameter. Birds can perch useful for cleaning on the base or cling to the chain-mail sides. birdfeeder ports, Made of powder-coated steel for long life. coffee machines, Will outlast any wood or plastic feeder. It sport bottle spouts, folds completely flat for compact storage. jewellery, and AG306 Collapsible Bird Feeder $34.50 any other item or orifice J G. Seed Saucer А too small for regular Empty shells and seeds dropped from bird cleaning implements. feeders not only look unsightly, but can kill Nylon bristles. About 31/2Й long. Supplied patches of grass and attract unwelcome visitors. as a package of three. Various colors. This 163/4Й diameter by 31/4Й high saucer is DB401 Small Brushes, pkg. of 3 $4.95 large enough to catch and contain most dropped seeds. Made from UV-resistant, high-impact polypropylene, it is adaptable to most bird feeders under 7Й in diameter that don’t have a moving base (zinc-coated hanging hardware included). Drainage holes are small enough Extension S-Hooks to keep in small seeds, but larger holes can be Sometimes you need only a few drilled for better drainage. Perfect for bird lovers extra inches of length to properly who don’t want to spend the summer cleaning hang a planter, bird feeder or lantern up after their guests. Made in Canada. in its desired position. These 8Й AG175 Seed Saucer, ea. $22.50 hooks, with a 1Й hook at one end and a 11/2Й hook at the other, can be hung over a nail, beam or branch. Green PVC-coated 5mm wire, they are useful for a variety of other applications, such as tool storage. Sold in packages of 10, F they are great value. G Extension S-Hooks, pkg. of 10 Includes PD151 $8.95 four 81/2Й long zinc-coated G

156 Birding

chains, six S-hooks and a screw-in hook.

Earphone port

Search dial

Speaker

A. Bird Identiﬁer

Since it is often easier to hear birds than to see them, learning to recognize their calls makes field identification more reliable. This hand-held device contains the pre-recorded sounds of over 120 songbirds, as well as the calls of 10 frog species, which you can play to help identify calls Belt you hear in the wild. It also shows clip a color picture of each species on the LCD screen. To help narrow the focus, you can search by habitat, color and region (Northeastern, Southern, Central and Western North America). Only 61/2Й long and weighing less than 6 oz (with the two included AA batteries), the compact unit can be carried by the wrist strap or belt clip. Delivers clear, highquality digital audio through the speaker or earphone port (earphones not included). Great for nature lovers of all ages. LA212 Bird Identifier $49.50

B. Ceramic Bird Home

Designed for cavity nesters such as warblers, wrens, chickadees and titmice, this hanging bird home has a 11/4Й opening that allows small birds to enter while keeping out larger birds. The lip at the opening is wide at the top to keep D. Thayer Birding Software – Birds of North America Б out rain and textured at the bottom to help birds get a foothold Containing a wealth of information on 706 species, this interactive upon landing. The opening is set about 51/2Й from the bottom: DVD software is an excellent reference. It includes high-resolution photos of each species, audio files of their songs, range and abunhigh enough to inhibit predators from reaching the eggs, but dance maps, and complete text descriptions. An additional 275 low enough that fledglings can reach it for their first flight. video files show a wide range of bird behavior filmed in natural Made from high-fired clay that absorbs and releases moisture habitats. Easy-to-use identification tools help quickly narrow the to help regulate temperature through the day, the home is Stainless-steel hanger included. search when trying to identify unknown birds, and you can disapproximately 9Й high by 7Й wide. The bottom has a small play two listings at once for comparison. Also includes quizzes, drain hole and is removable for end-of-season cleaning. hundreds of articles on bird biology, and internet links for technical Stainless-steel hanger included. Weighs just over 3 lb. support and additional birding resources. You can even create a log AG116 Ceramic Bird Home $31.50 B of your birdwatching experiences. All photos and audio files can be downloaded to an MP3 player or other portable device for use in Bottom is removable the field. PC and Mac compatible*. for cleaning. LL132 Birds of North America Version 4.5 $69.50 * System requirements: Windows 7, Vista or XP for Windows (PC); 10.6 Snow Leopard, 10.5 Leopard or 10.4 Tiger for Mac (Intel processor). All systems also require a DVD drive, 2.5 GB of space on the hard drive, plus hardware and software to support multimedia applications. Links and technical support require Internet access. E. Birdhouse Portal Protectors Б

C. Cedar Bluebird House Б

Approved by the North American Bluebird Society, this birdhouse provides a secure nesting site. It is durably constructed from nominal 7/8Й thick unfinished red cedar, with aluminum and rustresistant zinc-plated steel hardware. A copper shield surrounds the 11/2Й diameter portal, preventing invaders from widening the hole to Copper portal take over the nest. One wall opens onto a clear shield acrylic insert so you can check on the nest without disturbing it; the other allows full access for cleaning. Small holes for crossHoles for cross-ventilation ventilation and drainProtective roof age, combined with overhang a metal screen to keep C the nest elevated, help keep the nest cool and dry. Acrylic A screen on the inside front wall provides insert a ladder for fledglings leaving the nest. The overhanging 81/2Й square roof blocks rainfall Mesh and predators from above. 143/4ЙК63/4ЙК6Й. raised Mounting hardware included. floor and ladder AG118 Cedar Bluebird House $55.00

Mounted onto the portal of a birdhouse, these copper shields prevent squirrels, larger birds and other invaders from gnawing or pecking through the wood to widen the hole and take over the nest. They are offered in four diameters to match the preferences of specific cavitynesting birds: Eastern bluebird (11/2Й), nuthatch (11/4Й), chickadee (11/8Й) and wren (1Й). A practical finishing touch to a birdhousebuilding project, they can also be retrofitted to an existing birdhouse, either to repair a damaged portal or to reduce its diameter to help attract a different species. Rust-resistant zinc-plated mounting screws included. The 2ЙК2Й shields are made of solid 0.024Й thick copper that will develop a weathered patina over time. Made in USA. AG176 Portal Protector, Eastern Bluebird (11/2Й) $3.40 AG177 Portal Protector, Nuthatch (11/4Й) $3.40 AG178 Portal Protector, Chickadee (11/8Й) $3.40 AG179 Portal Protector, Wren (1Й) $3.40

E E

CLOTHING Before soaking

To activate the cooling effect, soak, wring and snap the towel.

Snap towel taut.

Cooling Towel Б The innovative weave of the fabric in this towel is speciﬁcally designed to provide fast relief from summer’s heat, lowering body temperature through evaporative cooling. Simply soak the towel in water, wring it out, and snap it taut – you can feel it begin to work almost instantly and it can cool for as long as two hours. The thin-weave fabric wicks moisture (including perspiration) away from the skin; it feels cool but not wet to the touch. Moisture in the cloth will not soak through to your skin or clothes. Machine washable polyester/ nylon blend. Measures 5ЙК40Й. Made in USA. ES105 Cooling Towel $11.50

Irish Denim Work Jacket This style of work jacket dates to the 18th century, when it was worn by Cornish miners and laborers in Ireland. Loose ﬁtting with a four-button front closure, it has side vents for freedom of movement, generous front and breast patch pockets, and sleeves that can be rolled at the cuff. Made with 12 oz denim with double-stitched seams for strength and wear resistance, it has been pre-washed for a broken-in feel, and has a soft cotton ﬂannel lining for warmth. Suitable for men or women, it is rugged, yet stylish enough to wear about town. Refer to chest measurements listed when selecting a size. Excellent value in a well-constructed garment, made in Ireland from European cloth by Lee Valley Ireland – a company whose name just resonates.

IRISH DENIM WORK JACKET $79.00 Product # Size Chest EP450 XS 32Й-34Й EP451 S 34Й-35Й EP452 M 35Й-38Й EP453 L 38Й-41Й EP454 XL 41Й-45Й EP455 XXL 45Й-47Й EP456 XXXL 47Й-50Й

158

After soaking

Cooling Bandana Б When you soak this cotton bandana in water, the water is absorbed by special crystals, which expand to 250 times their dry size. Tie it around your neck and it will cool you down by cooling the blood flow to your head. Leaving it on will keep your neck moist and evaporation will continue to cool you all day long. The bandana won’t drip, but will release water only as the surface starts to dry, keeping it at an optimal moisture level. It needs to be rehydrated only every few days. Measures 35Й long. ES101 Cooling Bandana $9.50 The Irish Grandfather Shirt This rugged shirt is patterned after those worn by farmers and workmen in the fields and mills of Ireland during the 19th and early 20th centuries. They chose the shirt for comfort and durability, and for the long shirt tail that would stay tucked in and keep their backs warm. The traditional features include a button-through half placket and jetted pocket, the 34Й extra-long shirt tail and a collarless neckband. The buttons even have a tasteful “Lee Valley” etched on them. Now manufactured in heavyweight yarn-dyed 100% cotton flannel, this is a loosefitting casual shirt. (Allow for 5% shrinkage.) Made in Ireland.

GRANDFATHER SHIRT Product # Size 67K69.01 S 67K69.02 M 67K69.03 L 67K69.04 XL 67K69.05 XXL

$49.50 Chest 36Й-38Й 39Й-41Й 42Й-44Й 45Й-47Й 48Й-50Й

Waist strap buckle

A B

Lee Valley Canvas Aprons А Designed with cross-back shoulder straps to prevent neck strain, our aprons are made from tan-colored 100% cotton canvas, a washable material that is lightweight yet strong. Both have generously cut bibs for ample front and side coverage, plus adjustable shoulder and waist straps with easyto-operate quick-release clips. Compartments in the top pocket hold pencils, pads, glasses, etc. The two bottom pockets can hold a variety of tools or just be a comfortable resting spot for hands. They have side ports for easy access and their angled inside corners don’t trap small objects. Our small apron measures about 26Й long by 21Й wide, with 9ЙК51/2Й lower pockets, while the large measures about 34Й long by 28Й wide, with 14ЙК8Й lower pockets. Made in Canada. A. 67K10.06 LV Apron, Lrg. $36.50 B. 67K10.08 LV Apron, Sm. $31.50

Cross-back shoulder straps

Cell Phone Holster With elastic side panels to accommodate nearly any size of mobile phone, this case keeps your phone close at hand while protecting it from knocks. Made of durable ballistic nylon with a soft non-marring lining, it has a convenient magnetic ﬂap closure. A tough, ﬂexible hook-end clip secures over any belt or strap up to 23/8Й wide and won’t accidentally slip off. The clip also rotates 360° and has a series of detents to let you swivel and lock the case into Clip a comfortable position. The case has an internal rotates pocket for holding cards and cash, a pen holder, 360°. plus a pocket on the back with an elastic loop to hold earphones or other accessories. About 51/2Й tall by 3Й wide. A well-made case at a good price. 68K06.35 Cell Phone Holster $13.50 C. Garden Tote Bag

D. 4-Pocket Tool Pouch and Belt

Perfect for carrying small tools, seed packets, gloves, camera gear, or art supplies. Made of a tough, weatherproof material and nylon mesh, it has 12 exterior pockets and a large interior. An elasticized cord runs across the top of four side pockets, to support longer tools. Measures 10ЙК13ЙК9Й deep. Ideal for preventing numerous trips back to the house for forgotten items. Makes a nice gift. Garden Tote Bag XH550 $24.95

Made of strong nylon mesh and waterproof fabric, this 9ЙК10Й tool pouch is ideal for carrying your pruners, trowel, string, seed packets, etc., on trips to the garden. The included belt has a quickconnect buckle, is fully adjustable (for waists up to 47Й), and very comfortable. A handy item.

E. Kangaroo Pocket Apron А

The extra-large front pocket on this apron leaves your hands free to gather waste without having to carry a container. For easy access, the pocket is held open to a 9Й radius by an integral polypropylene hoop, and unfolds to a long chute to funnel waste directly into a compost pile or yard-waste bag. With a bib to protect your clothes during those mucky jobs, the nylon apron can be quickly hosed off. Cross-back straps offer a universal ﬁt and support for heavier loads. Made in Canada. EP230 Kangaroo Pocket Apron $39.50

4-Pocket Tool Pouch and Belt XW103 $16.95

Tools not included.

159

Gloves

Comfortable ﬁnger-seam design

Silicone dots

Sensitive touch

Foxgloves™

These high-quality gloves deliver near-barehanded sensitivity while still protecting hands from sun, soil and abrasion. The finger-seam design uses one continuous piece of material between all the fingers. This construction and the stretch nylon LYCRA® material create an extremely comfortable glove with superior fit that allows full dexterity. The tight knit of the fabric keeps soil out. Silicone dots on the palm and inside fingers provide enhanced grip, while a long cuff protects the wrist. Machine washable. Available in two lengths: one covers a little above the wrist; the other has an elbowlength cuff for full forearm protection. Double-layered nitrile coating

Material

Working outdoors exposes our hands to a wide variety of conditions – hot, cold, thorny, muddy. As a result, most of us need more than one pair of gloves, including a good all-purpose pair and one or two specialty pairs. With focus on quality, ﬁt, and specialization, we present a selection of gloves covering the gamut of gardeners’ needs. To help make a choice, follow our quick reference guide (at right).

Size

Small

Medium

Large

Glove Size

6 - 61/2

7-8

81/2 - 9

Periwinkle (Short)

AH220P

AH221P

AH222P

$24.50

Moss (Short)

AH220M

AH221M

AH222M

$24.50

Periwinkle (Long)

AH223P

AH224P

AH225P

$25.50

C. The Original Gripper Mud Gloves В Waterproof coating

Lime

Snugﬁtting cuff

Double-layered nitrile coating

Wide cuff

Knuckle protection Breathable cotton back

Nitrile

A synthetic rubber alternative to latex. Waterproof, but lacks breathability.

Pigskin

Thinner than cowhide, yet with good abrasion and puncture resistance. Soft and supple, it has excellent breathability, ﬂexibility and sensitivity. Good moisture resistance. The best all-around leather for landscapers.

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

E. Work Gloves

Made from a seamless nylon material, these light gloves have a double-layered coating of tough, waterproof nitrile that resists punctures and abrasion, yet is thin and supple so you can perform delicate tasks such as hand weeding. The nitrile covers the palm and ﬁngers, while the breathable back helps keep hands from overheating. The coating is salt-blasted to give it a rough texture for enhanced grip, even when wet, and a wide elastic cuff hugs the wrist, for a snug ﬁt that helps keep out dirt and debris. Machine washable. AH180 Nitrile Gloves, XS (size 6) $8.50 AH181 Nitrile Gloves, S (size 7) $8.50 AH182 Nitrile Gloves, M (size 8) $8.50 AH183 Nitrile Gloves, L (size 9) $8.50 AH184 Nitrile Gloves, XL (size 10) $8.50 Textured grip

Snug-ﬁtting cuff

A natural rubber that protects against punctures and abrasions, and offers good grip. Waterproof, but lacks breathability.

Synthetics Materials such as LYCRA®, neoprene and nylon are added to gloves as a way to further improve ﬂexibility and ﬁt.

B. Lightweight Nitrile Gripper Gloves В

Latex

Long

Short

Characteristics

Virtually unchanged since they were invented over 20 years ago, these are the original latex-dipped work gloves. The thick, durable coating provides a waterproof, puncture-resistant barrier where you need it on the palms, ﬁngers and knuckles. After dipping, the latex receives an acid treatment that imparts a ﬁne wrinkled texture for exceptional grip. The backs of the seamless cotton gloves are uncoated so your hand can breathe. Recommended for handling the thorny branches of brambles or rose bushes, as well as wet or dry steel and lumber. Machine washable. XS to L sizes are lime green; XL size is pine green. Pine AH190 Mud Gloves, XS (size 6) $9.50 AH191 Mud Gloves, S (size 7) $9.50 AH192 Mud Gloves, M (size 8) $9.50 AH193 Mud Gloves, L (size 9) $9.50 AH194 Mud Gloves, XL (size 10) $9.50 Textured grip

These work gloves are built for comfort and durability. The backs are made from lightweight and breathable four-way stretch nylon; fingerseam design uses one continuous piece of material between all the fingers – this creates a comfortable fit and allows full dexterity. Palms, grip surfaces, and other areas prone to wear are made from a synthetic suede material that resists punctures and abrasion without being stiff or bulky. The back and side of the thumb are terry cloth to serve as a brow-wipe, and adjustable neoprene cuffs help keep out dirt. Machine washable, these all-purpose work gloves are available in men’s and women’s sizes. AH920 Women’s XS (size 5) $24.50 AH921 Women’s S (size 6) $24.50 AH922 Women’s M (size 7) $24.50 AH923 Women’s L (size 8) $24.50 AH924 Men’s M (size 8) $24.50 AH925 Men’s L (size 9) $24.50 AH926 Men’s XL (size 10) $24.50 AH927 Men’s XXL (size 11) $24.50

Double layer of suede on all stress points.

Padded palm

D. Thermal Gripper Gloves В

A good choice for working in cold, wet conditions, these gloves are made of insulating woven acrylic ﬁber with a waterproof, puncture-resistant coating of nitrile. They are warm and tough without being restrictively thick or stiff. The two-layer coating is salt-blasted to give it a rough texture for enhanced grip, even when wet, and a wide elastic cuff helps keep out dirt and debris. Sized for a generous ﬁt. Machine washable. AH201 Thermal Gloves, S (size 7) $8.50 AH202 Thermal Gloves, M (size 8) $8.50 AH203 Thermal Gloves, L (size 9) $8.50 AH204 Thermal Gloves, XL (size 10) $8.50 Textured grip

E Terry-cloth brow-wipe

Lightweight stretch nylon fabric

Adjustable neoprene cuffs

Reinforced ﬁngertips won’t crack or split.

F. Cold-Weather Gloves

Designed for work in cold weather, these gloves are made of lightweight materials that keep hands warm and dry without compromising dexterity. Four-way stretch nylon on the outer shell offers full ﬂexibility, while the inner lining is brushed thermal nylon for warmth without weight. Between the two is a waterproof, breathable membrane that allows sweat to escape but keeps water and soil out. The polyurethane-suede palm protects like leather when clearing debris or sharp branches, but does not crack or dry hard. Sure-Grip™ fabric on the palm and ﬁngertips provides traction on tools in wet conditions and extends wear, while a neoprene cuff keeps out wind and rain. Machine washable, these gloves are available in men’s and women’s sizes. AH910 Women’s XS (size 5) $33.50 AH911 Women’s S (size 6) $33.50 AH912 Women’s M (size 7) $33.50 AH913 Women’s L (size 8) $33.50 AH914 Men’s M (size 8) $33.50 AH915 Men’s L (size 9) $33.50 AH916 Men’s XL (size 10) $33.50 AH917 Men’s XXL (size 11) $33.50 To determine your glove size, measure (in inches) the circumference of your hand (not including the thumb) and order the closest size, e.g., a circumference of 73/4Й would be size 8.

Rose Gloves Combining superior puncture resistance with good flexibility, these gloves are made from tough natural pigskin. The supple leather conforms to the contours of the hand through use, for a comfortable custom fit. The extralong cuff protects the forearm nearly to the elbow, so you can reach among thorns and brambles without hesitation. Not just for working with roses or raspberries, they are also an excellent choice for clearing brush, working with lumber, or handling other abrasive material. Available in slim-fitting women’s sizes, as well as men’s sizes that are tailored with a wider cuff and thicker fingers. G. AH940 Women’s S (size 6) $37.50 AH941 Women’s M (size 7) $37.50 AH942 Women’s L (size 8) $37.50 H. AH943 Men’s M (size 9) $37.50 AH944 Men’s L (size 10) $37.50 AH945 Men’s XL (size 11) $37.50

F Thermal lining for warmth

Terry-cloth brow-wipe

Four-way stretch nylon shell

Adjustable Velcro® cuff keeps out dirt.

Women’s

Back of glove

Men’s

Back of glove

J. Protective Pruning Gloves

These heavy-duty waterproof gloves are great for jobs that require full arm protection. Made of nitrile, they are strong and protect against punctures and abrasion, exactly what is needed for caning raspberries or pruning roses. Extrathick granular coating on the hand portion provides excellent grip when working with slippery objects, while loose upper-arm gauntlets allow good mobility. They have an inner cotton liner for comfort and light insulation against cold, and elastic cuffs to secure them well above the elbow. 251/2Й overall, they are ideal for moving rocks in a pond or working with wet or cold soil for long periods. AH140 Pruning Gloves, Medium $19.95 AH142 Pruning Gloves, Large $19.95 AH144 Pruning Gloves, XLarge $19.95

K. Elbow-Length Mucking Gloves

There are some jobs that absolutely must be done by hand, but sometimes you wish you could use someone else’s hands. These are the gloves you need for such jobs. Perfect for working near poison ivy, cleaning garden ponds, or dealing with unpleasant materials of all kinds. Made of thick latex rubber, these 23Й long gloves cover you well past your elbows. Just hose them down after use. BL650 Mucking Gloves, pr. $9.50 Clothing 161

A. Waxed Canvas Hat Б

Woven from heavy-gauge wax-coated cotton, the canvas used in this hat is the same historically used by mariners for protection against foul weather. Durable, breathable and water resistant, it provides good protection from the sun and rain. The formable 3Й wide brim will hold its shape if turned up or down. It has a leather headband and chinstrap, and an integral moisture-wicking cotton sweatband. Khaki color. Refer to the chart to choose the proper ﬁt. Made in USA.

WAXED CANVAS HAT $44.50 Product # Size Hat Size Head Size HL515 Medium 223/8Й 71/8 HL516 Large 73/8 231/8Й HL517 X-Large 75/8 237/8Й

Moisture-wicking cotton sweatband

Sun Protection Garden Hats Both of these hats are lightweight, have cooling side vents, and C give outstanding protection against ultraviolet radiation. The material is a specially treated Taslan with a UV Lift-up tab to raise back flap protection factor of 50+. Chin straps keep them in place on windy days, and they even float if they happen to hit the water. Both have moisture-wicking sweatbands and size adjusters. The Field Hat, most popular with men, has a 4Й wide brim. The unisex Adventure Hat has an 8Й long back flap that covers the neck. See chart for sizing. B. HL421 Field Hat, Medium $39.50 HL423 Field Hat, Large $39.50 C. HL441 Adventure Hat, Medium $39.50 HL443 Adventure Hat, Large $39.50 Rear sizing tape for custom fit

B. Field Hat HL421 Medium HL423 Large C. Adventure Hat HL441 Medium HL443 Large

Head Size 21Й-223/4Й 223/4Й-24Й Head Size 21Й-221/2Й 22Й-24Й

Hat Size 63/4-71/4 71/4-77/8 Hat Size 63/4-71/8 71/8-77/8

Ventilating mesh side panels

Classic Sun Hat Simple and practical, this crushable 100% cotton women’s hat provides good protection against the sun’s rays. It has a UV protection factor (UPF) of 50+, meaning less than 1/50 of the sun’s UV radiation can penetrate the fabric. The 4Й wide brim projects 3Й with the edge turned up, or can be folded down to maximize shade. The crown is lined and the sweatband

Lee Valley Sun Cap This cap is ideal for those who prefer a baseball cap but want the protection of a sun hat. It has a broad bill to shade the face while the integral back flap (which tucks into the cap when not needed) protects the ears and back of the neck. Constructed of lightweight and quick-drying 100% polyester micro-fiber, it has a six-panel crown with a moisture-absorbing sweatband and eyelet holes for ventilation. A built-in clip secures the cap to your shirt during windy weather. Available in a khaki color with a tastefully embroidered Lee Valley logo, this unisex cap is adjustable to fit all sizes. 67K99.40 Lee Valley Sun Cap $15.95

has an adjustable drawstring for comfortable ﬁt. One size ﬁts most. Available in natural, periwinkle, and olive, it is great for gardening or simply relaxing dockside. HL416 Sun Hat, Natural $25.50 HL417 Sun Hat, Periwinkle $25.50 HL418 Sun Hat, Olive $25.50

Folds for easy storage. Flexible brim

162 Clothing

Adjustable headband

Breezer Hat Б This Bogart-style “breezer” hat is the perfect choice to stay shaded and cool while gardening or adventuring. The solid, soft-weave nylon top and 3Й double-layered brim block the sun’s rays and provide a UV-protection factor of 50+. For ventilation, the sides are made of ultra-light nylon mesh. There is even a built-in Ultra-light nylon Coolmax® sweatA mesh provides band to wick ventilation. perspiration away from the forehead. The hat is durably constructed, yet feels practically weightless. Available in two colors, beige and BREEZER HAT $39.50 green. Includes Product # Color Size Hat Size Head Size a chinstrap, and has HL530 Beige S 215/8Й 67/8 the added beneﬁt of HL531 Beige M 223/8Й 71/8 being crushable and A. washable without losing HL532 Beige 231/8Й L 73/8 its form. Refer to the HL533 Beige XL 237/8Й 75/8 chart to choose the HL540 Green S 67/8 215/8Й proper ﬁt. Made in USA. B.

HL541 HL542 HL543

Green Green Green

M L XL

71/8 73/8 75/8

223/8Й 231/8Й 237/8Й

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Rainproof Hat No matter what the weather, you will be well prepared with this hat. Offering protection from both sun and rain, this versatile hat is made of waterproof, breathable nylon fabric with a UPF (Ultraviolet Protection Factor) rating of 50, meaning less than 1/50 of the sun’s UV radiation can penetrate the fabric. Lightweight (3.5 oz), it sports a down-sloped 4Й flexible brim at the front to shade the face, while a 6Й long veil at the back overlaps the collar to shade the neck or keep it dry during a downpour. Seams are taped for water seal, and the quick-dry polyester liner and sweatband wick moisture away from the skin. An external sizing tape at the back creates a custom fit. The chinstrap with adjustable cord lock keeps the hat on your head in windy weather, and a foam core ensures it will float if dropped in the water. Available in unisex sizes medium and large in a sand color. Hat Size Head Size HL444 63/4-73/8 (Medium) 21Й-23Й $46.50 HL445 71/8-77/8 (Large) 22Й-24Й $46.50

Flexible wire in the edge allows the hat to be shaped as desired.

Sun Hats These women’s sun hats provide maximum sun protection, whether you are working in the garden or relaxing by the pool. Made of 100% polyester ribbon, they have a 4Й wide brim that can be turned up or down, or an extra-wide 71/2Й brim with a flexible metal wire sewn into the edge, allowing the hat to be shaped as desired. Offering a UPF (Ultraviolet Protection Factor) rating of 50+, both styles provide ample coverage of the head, face, neck and shoulders, and can be packed flat for travel. One size fits most. The 4Й brim hat can be made a little smaller by tightening the ribbon trim. It comes in aqua, tan or white. The 71/2Й brim hat comes in blue, yellow or white. C. HL407 4Й Brim Sun Hat, Aqua $24.50 HL408 4Й Brim Sun Hat, Tan $24.50 HL409 4Й Brim Sun Hat, White $24.50 D. HL411 71/2Й Brim Sun Hat, Blue $26.50 HL412 71/2Й Brim Sun Hat, Yellow $26.50 HL413 71/2Й Brim Sun Hat, White $26.50

Waterproof, breathable crown Seam-sealed stitching Rear sizing tape for custom ﬁt

C Down-sloped ﬂexible 4Й brim shades entire face.

6Й veil shades the neck.

Chinstrap with cord lock

Clothing 163

Pocket Hat This ingenious hat folds up so small it can be carried in a pocket or purse. Lightweight, it has a ventilated crown and is ideal for keeping the hot sun off your head. The removable mosquito headnet can be hidden in the hat when not in use. One size ﬁts all adults. Complete with a chinstrap to keep it in place in high winds. Comes with a compact carrying pouch. The hat is 15Й in diameter overall with a 4Й brim, but folds to only 5ЙК1/2Й. HL140 Pocket Hat $12.95

Lee Valley Baseball Caps These 100% cotton twill baseball caps are a six-panel style that is particularly comfortable because the caps are not loaded with rigid backing material. The low-proﬁle cap measures 7Й from button to peak edge. Each has an adjustable back strap, six stitched eyelets for ventilation, and a precurved peak so you don’t have to work the cap before wearing. Pre-washed for softness and comfort, they are available in navy, khaki or olive and feature an embroidered Lee Valley logo. Adult size. A. 67K99.20 Baseball Cap, Navy $9.50 B. 67K99.21 Baseball Cap, Khaki $9.50 C. 67K99.22 Baseball Cap, Olive $9.50

Bug Clothing А With this light, tight-weave polyester mesh clothing you can frustrate bugs and stay cool at the same time. All are a dark olive color. The jacket features a dark mesh non-glare hood that zips open. The jacket and pants have knit cuffs and an elasticized waistband, and are available in several sizes. They are meant to ﬁt loosely, so if in doubt, order a larger size. The adult smallsize pants are suitable for youths. The children’s set is available in three sizes and includes a jacket with hood and a pair of pants. See chart for sizing. Product # EP260 EP262 EP264 EP266 EP256 EP258 EP270 EP272 EP274 EP276 EP280 EP277 EP278 EP252 EP253 EP254 164 Clothing

The mosquito gloves keep your hands cool and bite free, while leaving the fingertips open for gripping items or doing fine work. The small fits hands up to size 9; the large is for size 10 and bigger. The bug headnet (one size fits all) can be used alone or with a hat. It has an elasticized fastening system that holds the Bug bottom edge of the net headnet close to your body to keep out insects. The dark mesh reduces glare and provides maximum visibility.

Chest Shoulder to Waist $36.50 61Й Adult Bug Jacket, Small 30Й $36.50 64Й Adult Bug Jacket, Medium 32Й $36.50 66Й Adult Bug Jacket, Large 33Й $36.50 68Й Adult Bug Jacket, XLarge 34Й $32.50 40Й Youth Bug Jacket (size 8-10) 25Й Youth Bug Jacket (size 12-14) $32.50 48Й 27Й $29.50 Adult Bug Pants, Small – – $29.50 Adult Bug Pants, Medium – – $29.50 Adult Bug Pants, Large – – $29.50 Adult Bug Pants, XLarge – – $ 9.80 Bug Headnet – – $11.50 Mosquito Gloves, Small – – $11.50 Mosquito Gloves, Large – – $32.50 30Й Child’s Set, Sm. (size 2-3) 18Й $32.50 33Й Child’s Set, Med. (size 4-5) 20Й $32.50 36Й Child’s Set, Lg. (size 6-6X) 22Й Please note that the clothing is meant to ﬁt loosely. Description

Price

Hips

Inseam

– – – – – – 46Й 48Й 52Й 58Й – – – 31Й 33Й 35Й

– – – – – – 32Й 34Й 35Й 37Й – – – 20Й 22Й 24Й

Mosquito glove

Child’s set

A. German Garden Shoes

Comfortable, durable and easy to clean, these shoes have been used by European gardeners for years. Made in Germany, they are easy to slip on or off and have a comfortable, removable molded cork insole with a waterproof layer and cloth pane. The cellular construction keeps your feet dry and insulated in warm or cool weather. The shoes themselves can be hosed off or wiped clean, and the raised heel box ensures the shoe stays in place. Continental sizes 36 to 40 are available in red or green. Sizes 41 to 46 are available in green only. See the chart for equivalent North American sizing. A. GERMAN GARDEN SHOES Sizes 36 to 40

B. Italian Mud Shoes

B. ITALIAN MUD SHOES

Men’s

Women’s

Red

EL720R

EL721R

EL722R

EL723R

EL724R

Green

EL720G

EL721G

EL722G

EL723G

EL724G

EL725G

This is the real McCoy! The heavy-duty wroughtiron construction lets you hammer the long spikes D into the ground and you’re ready to scrape the thickest, gummiest mud from the bottoms of your boots. Measures 15Й high and 10Й wide. KC202 Traditional Boot Scraper $31.50

EL841 EL842 EL843 EL844 EL845 EL846 8

$29.50

EL836 EL837 EL838 EL839 EL840 6

$47.50 43

EL726G

EL727G

EL728G

EL729G

EL730G

D. Traditional Boot Scraper А

Made in Europe from a flexible and durable PVC, these are excellent shoes for all wet conditions. A pair at the back door makes it easy to nip out to collect a few herbs or flowers, regardless of mud, dew, or rain. They keep your feet dry and can be hosed clean. Attractively priced. Consult sizing chart to determine your size. North American standard sizes marked on the shoe may differ from those in the chart. Our chart reflects the correct sizes. (The last two digits of the product number reflect the continental size.)

Women’s

Sizes 41 to 46

Men’s

$43.50

Continental

10.5

11.5

C. Drywalkers™ А

These heavy felt slippers slide over wet or dirty shoes and boots to let you walk across a clean ﬂoor or carpet. You can come in for a drink (or ?) and return to the garden without having to remove your footwear. Ideal for those people who think that four steps on a clean ﬂoor does not really constitute “coming in”. An anti-slip strip on the bottom ensures solid footing, even on smooth surfaces. Sold as a pair. Available in two sizes: the large measures 151/2ЙК71/2Й; the extra-large measures 171/2ЙК9Й. To clean, brush when dry, or hand wash and air dry. EL550 Drywalkers™, Large $29.95 EL553 Drywalkers™, XLarge $32.95

E. Brass Beetle Bootjack А

Having a good bootjack means not having to bend over, or muck up your hands, or foul a perfectly clean sock when you use your foot as a bootjack. You just hold the jack in place with one foot as you pull the boot off your other foot. Made of solid brass in the shape of a beetl e. 10Й overall. Weighs 21/2 lb. KC201 Brass Bootjack $39.50

Laces That Stay Tied В Б Runners use these laces because they won’t come untied during a race; they are made by New Balance®, a running shoe manufacturer. Called “bubble laces” (the brand name is Sure Lace), they look vaguely like a garter snake that swallowed a number of small frogs. The small bumps in the lace prevent it from coming loose in use. As we age we may not need them for running but we do need them to prevent the irritations and possible tripping caused by an undone lace. Available in black, brown and white. It is possible to convert white into any color you want with a color marking pen. When ordering these laces it is best to actually measure what each pair of shoes needs, since neither shoe size nor the number of eyelets is an accurate guide for lace length; direct measurement is. 09A06.51 27Й White Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.52 36Й White Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.53 45Й White Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.54 54Й White Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.55 63Й White Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.56 27Й Black Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.57 36Й Black Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.58 45Й Black Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.59 54Й Black Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.60 63Й Black Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.61 27Й Brown Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.62 36Й Brown Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.63 45Й Brown Laces, pr. $3.95 09A06.64 54Й Brown Laces, pr. $3.95

165

A. Coir Boot Brush

A boot and shoe brush is handy to have, whether you are a gardener or not. This one is particularly durable, being made from a galvanized steel frame that holds the tough coir brushes in place. Just stand on it and rub your feet back and forth to clean the soles and sides of your footwear. This is the best coir brush we have seen. 13ЙК12Й overall. HB105 Coir Boot Brush $19.50 B. Two-Tier Boot Tray

This double tray keeps ﬂoors clean and footwear organized. Each 31ЙК16Й heavy-duty plastic tray has 2Й high walls to contain snow, mud, grass, or the like. Raised ridges permit air circulation and drainage, letting wet footwear dry quickly. The top tray rests on four rustproof aluminum corner supports that leave 18Й of clearance below – ample room for most boots. Easy to clean. Minimal assembly required. Made in U.K. HB120 Two-Tier Boot Tray $34.50

C. Rubber Boot Tray

Most boot trays on the market are low-quality plastic items that skid around on the ﬂoor and deform or crack if an edge is stepped on. This good-quality boot tray is made from a virtually indestructible rubber compound that is also non-skid and heavy enough to stay put. It keeps snow and mud at the door and easily rinses clean. Measures 32ЙК16ЙК11/4Й high. HB110 Rubber Boot Tray $21.50 D Volcanic Deodorizer А Working like super baking soda, these porous bags of volcanic rock absorb and neutralize strong odors like smoke and perfume. Especially useful in musty basements, closets, lockers and sheds. Made from a naturally occurring rock called clinoptilolite that contains ions trapped in micropores in the rock. They work for an unlimited length of time, but need to be recharged by placing them in the sun every 6 months, and once a year soaking them in salt water, then rinsing thoroughly. The smaller set of two 4 oz bags is ideal for use in small closets, a refrigerator or shoes. The larger bag weighs 2 lb and treats approx. 4800 cubic feet of space. D. KD401 2 lb Deodorizer, ea. $18.50 E. KD405 4 oz Deodorizer, set of 2 $12.95

F. Cape Cod Doormats Б

Woven from a tough polypropylene rope with UV inhibitors, these mats are resistant to rotting, ripping and fraying. The coarse rope helps to remove mud or snow from your footwear. Reversible, they are easy to clean with a hose; the dirt simply washes right through them. Colorfast and mildew proof. For use on non-slip surfaces. Small measures 18ЙК30Й; large measures 28ЙК36Й. Made in USA. HB155 Small Doormat (18ЙК30Й) $39.50 HB157 Large Doormat (28ЙК36Й) $89.00

F Small mat shown.

Rotating head Easy removal of clippings

G H

Nail Clippers In recent years we have had an increasing number of inquiries asking us to carry products suitable for people with reduced dexterity. Nail clippers were mentioned as one example. We ordered samples from North American and international manufacturers. Of those received and tested, the ones made in Japan were the best. Of the three styles we chose, the two blue clippers were selected because they were specifically designed to accommodate users with reduced manual dexterity. The rotary clippers are also easy to use but appeal to a broader market because they enable the greatest precision and convenience in freehand use. These three Japanese nail clippers have a number of common features: 1. They all retain clippings in use. The clippings are removed by holding the clipper cutting-end down and tapping it lightly on your palm or the side of a container. 2. They all have jaws that are offset by a few thousandths of an inch so they can shear nails cleanly without dulling the blades. 3. Longer than regular clippers, they are easier to hold and need less force to operate. 4. All have built-in nail files and include an optional high-friction pad that will hold the clipper firmly on a flat surface as the user presses on the lever arm, making accurate cutting easier. G. 09A06.22 Fingernail Clipper* $ 9.95 Rotate head by turning H. 09A06.21 Toenail Clipper* $10.95 dial. 09A06.23 Set of 2 Clippers* $19.50 J. 09A06.25 Rotary Fingernail Clipper $16.95 М

D. The World’s Kindest Nail Brush Б

A B

A. Sliver Gripper™ Tweezers Б

If you have had an operation recently, you may have used this nylon brush with a foam pad on the back of it to self-prep the operating area. The nylon brush is intended for use directly on skin and is gentle but very effective. What is amazing is the way it can winkle dirt out of your cuticles and from under your fingernails; in non-medical use this solves a constant problem for gardeners and woodworkers. Although it measures only 2ЙК3Й, it has 1440 individual bristles that are subtle but insistent, cleaning your hands far better than any combination of stiff bristles and cloths. Since we introduced this, many of you have written to tell us that it is also an unequalled vegetable brush. We offer them in pairs (for bathroom and kitchen), as well as in dozens because they are popular gifts. We are so confident that you will like them that we will refund $2.50 to anyone who buys a pair and finds them wanting in any way. We will also let you keep the pair of brushes. CA201 Pair of Surgical Brushes $1.90 CA203 Dozen Surgical Brushes $9.50

Tray not included.

These stainless-steel tweezers are unequalled for removing slivers. They are accurately ground to a fine point with a light cross-score on the inside to grip the sliver. The holes in either side make for a secure finger grip since the fleshy part of your finger naturally beds in the hole as you squeeze. 3/8Й wide hardened stainless steel. E. All-Natural Hand Cleaner Б 86K94.01 Gripper™ Tweezers, ea. $7.95 This highly effective hand cleaner is the only one of its kind certified by Canada’s Environmental Choice E Program as well as Green Seal as safe for both the B. Magnifier Tweezers user and the environment. Containing no toxic To remove those bits that you can’t see solvents, phosphates, etc., it uses an innovative but know are in there. Hinged joint lets organic surfactant chemistry that removes oils, you adjust magnification as necessary. Very grease and grime. Effective on even hard-to-clean handy in the garden, shop, or anywhere else. substances such as pine tar and wood stains, yet Made of stainless steel, with a quartz glass gentle on skin. Conditioners leave hands feeling lens. 31/2Й long. moisturized. Use like regular soap. Provides about 86K98.05 Magnifier Tweezers $7.90 125 washes (6.5 oz bottle) or 300 washes (1 lb bottle). C. Gloves in a Bottle® Б 25K90.31 Hand Cleaner, 6.5 oz $11.50 This non-toxic, hypoallergenic lotion 25K90.32 Hand Cleaner, 1 lb $21.50 works like a pair of gloves. It is absorbed into the skin to form a one-way barrier that F. O’Keeffe’s® Working Hands Cream Б will last about 4 hours against a wide range This is an excellent cream for dry or cracked skin. Badger Balm Б of environmental irritants. Unlike gloves, Water-based and oil-free, it is easy to apply, absorbs Recommended to us by numerous customers, it allows the skin to breathe and perspire quickly and best of all, won’t leave your skin greasy. this balm is popular for dry, cracked, chapped normally. Effective protection against What makes it so effective is that it contains a high or rough skin. Available in two formulations, grease, solvents, paint, herbicides, pesticoncentration of glycerin and stearic acid, ingredients scented and unscented, made from all-natural cides, cement, lime, gasoline, diesel, that draw moisture into the layers of the skin, and ingredients (extra virgin olive oil and beeswax). poison oak, and poison ivy. Substances paraffin, which helps retain it. It also contains The scented formula adds aloe vera, castor oil, that would normally cause stains or odors allantoin, a natural plant-based skin protector that wintergreen and oil of sweet birch. 2 oz tin. are easily washed away. Ideal for helps exfoliate skin cells, allowing better penetration Made in USA. gardeners and homemakers alike. of the moisturizing ingredients. 3.4 oz/96g. Made G. AB720 Badger Balm, Scented $8.95 in USA. 25K90.20 2 fl oz $ 6.40 H. AB721 Badger Balm, Unscented $8.95 25K90.21 8 fl oz $14.95 Working Hands Cream J. Gardener’s Clay Soap AB704 $7.95 This is a soap bar unlike any other. Made in C France, it is a porous, pumice-like terra cotta (baked clay) impregnated with a long-lasting F soap. Gentle on the skin, with a light scent, it vigorously removes dirt and stains. It will typically last a year, even with daily use, unless it is left sitting in water for long periods. Measures 3Й across. G Gardener’s Clay Soap AB770 $16.50 H J

Pole not included.

Made in Japan, where it is used to harvest wild mushrooms, this crecent-shaped knife cuts through thick vegetable stalks and tough, D fibrous plants with ease. Useful for pruning, as well as clearing dense weeds or grass, the rigid stainless-steel blade has a serrated section for sawing through woody stems, and a singlebevelled section for making clean cuts close to a surface. With a 41/2Й blade and a handle that is shaped to fit the hand comfortably, it is D compact and maneuverable for working in tight spaces. The included belt sheath comes with a carabiner clip that can be used to hold a bag for gathering trimmings or harvest. A practical, versatile yard and garden tool. D. Sugar Tester (Brix Refractometer) A refractometer can be used to judge when fruits BL108 Sickle Knife $23.50 and vegetables are at their peak for harvesting, or Don’t wash your garden produce until you are to select plants based on sugar content for propaready to use it. Most fruits and vegetables become gation or harvesting. It can also judge potential susceptible to mold if washed before storage. alcohol content from juice you intend to ferment (but it does not directly test the alcohol content of the finished product). Simple to use: just add B. Fruit Picker a drop of juice to the end and look through it Picking fruit from high branches can be against a bright light. The internal scale lets awkward and dangerous. Ladders leaning you know the exact sugar content and potential against the tree are perilous at best and climbing alcohol content. Measures from 0 to 40% sugar in the tree can damage limbs – yours and the and estimates 0 to 25% potential alcohol. tree’s! This fruit picker affixes to a standard Very useful. 61/2Й overall. Comes with storbroom handle and allows you to pick fruit easily while standing on the ground. The age case, juice dropper and instructions. rounded metal fingers and the cotton bag ensure EV175 Sugar Tester $59.00 that the fruit is picked without bruising. Ideal for apples, pears, peaches, plums, etc. 10Й long E. Nut & Fruit Gatherer Б with a 4Й opening. Pole not included. A lawn covered with nuts or crab apples is not only unsightly, but HK300 Fruit Picker $15.95 perilous for feet and lawnmowers. This tool collects nuts and fruit See page 112 for a telescoping pole (SA133) that can be used with the fruit picker. with a quick rolling motion. The highly flexible wires in the barrel-like head capture C. Berry Scoop almost any small object. To Picking small berries is rewarding, yet often empty, simply spread the tedious. This berry picker speeds up the process wires at one point and dump significantly, raking berries from the bush in the contents. The 12Й wide a simple sweeping motion that doesn’t damage head picks up most items the plant. The durable, lightweight plastic between 3/8Й and 2Й in casing has an internal baffle and enclosed back Spread wires to empty. to prevent berries from accidentally escaping. diameter. A great backPowder-coated steel tines are spaced just shy saving tool for collecting of 1/4Й, making this tool perfect for harvesting acorns, crab apples, etc., it also works most small berries, including lingonberries/ beautifully on golf partridgeberries, gooseberries, Saskatoon balls and small toys. berries and of course blueberries. Also used for harvesting chamomile. Made in Sweden. Nut & Fruit BL302 Berry Scoop $24.95 Gatherer 59Й.

A. Sickle Knife

Over all le ngth is

HARVEST

HK305 $54.00 C

Bafﬂe holds berries inside.

168 Harvest

Flexible for pouring liquids.

Great for recycling.

Strong enough to transport soil.

Useful for transporting plants.

Tubtrugs® Garden Tubs Seasonal Item. Limited Stock. These brightly-colored tubs can be used for gathering garden produce or trimmings, transplanting, composting, recycling, container gardening, and general storage. Made from UV-resistant, food-grade polyethylene that is ribbed to reinforce wall strength, they are highly ﬂexible and have a comfortable, contoured grip. The 14l (3.7 U.S. gal.) tub is 91/2Й tall and 13Й in diameter at the rim; the 26l (6.8 U.S. gal.) tub is 12Й tall and 15Й in diameter at the rim; the 38l (10 U.S. gal.) tub is 13Й tall and 17Й in diameter at the rim. Clean with a quick spray of the hose. Made in Spain. Each size is available in three colors. Sold in pairs. Garden Tubs, pair

14l (3.7 gal.) $23.00 26l (6.8 gal.) $27.50 38l (10 gal.) $32.50

A. Pistachio, pr.

WT626

WT627

WT629

B. Blue, pr.

WT633

WT640

WT645

C. Pink, pr.

WT673

WT675

WT677

When harvesting eggplants, squash or peppers, cut or snip the stem rather than twist the fruit from the plant. Besides damaging the plant, pulling the fruit off may tear the stem from the fruit, leaving it more susceptible to rotting.

Maine Garden Hods Б These attractive and well-constructed harvest baskets are made of wood with a vinyl-coated steel-mesh bottom, to hold the harvest but not the soil. They are also attractive containers for displaying fruit or dried ﬂowers indoors, or for holding magazines or kindling. The medium size measures 16ЙК9ЙК8Й and the large measures 19ЙК11ЙК11Й. Fashioned after traditional East Coast clam-collecting baskets (or hods). Made in USA. D. WT610 Medium Hod $39.95 E. WT612 Large Hod $48.50 Uncommon Fruits for Every Garden by Lee Reich; illustrations by Vicki Herzfeld Arlein This book teaches gardeners about a wide range of fruits that are readily grown in North America, yet are not commonly cultivated, such as kiwi fruit, lingonberry, Asian pear, jujube and medlar. Descriptions of the 23 exotic and native fruits include botanical names, plant type, pollination and ripening season, cultivars, and details on cultivation, propagation, harvesting and use. No plant hardiness boundaries need to be pushed, as Reich selected only wintertolerant species. To further tempt you to discover new fruits, the center pages have 51 color plates showing varieties of all 23 fruits. Softcover, 6ЙК9Й, 288 pages, 2004. Uncommon Fruits for Every Garden LA936 $13.50

F F. Gardener’s Wash Basket

This basket was designed to be used by gardeners to wash freshly harvested vegetables before taking them inside. It is a simple matter to collect vegetables in the basket and then hose them off, leaving all dirt outside. However, when our staff ﬁrst saw the basket, many wanted to use it for fruit instead. Others saw it as ideal to use with a cloth liner for bread, croissants, fresh biscuits, etc., for a buffet because of its elegant style. Of course it can be used in any of these ways. 16Й long and 11Й wide by 4Й deep, it is made from steel, with all components double chromeplated to avoid rusting. 09A04.65 Wash Basket $12.95 Harvest 169

KITCHEN

Each comes in an attractive presentation box.

F Japanese Kitchen Knives These ﬁnely crafted kitchen knives blend traditional Japanese laminated blade construction with modern materials. Each forged blade has a VG-10 high-carbon stainless-steel core, an alloy that takes and holds an exceptionally keen edge, combined with outer layers of softer stainless steel for increased strength and easy maintenance. The triple-pinned handle scales are Micarta, a durable, stable ﬁberepoxy composite used in many professional-quality knives.

A. B. C. D. E. F.

The 170mm santoku (which loosely translates to "three virtues") is especially suited to three tasks – slicing, dicing and mincing. The versatile 210mm and 175mm chef’s knives are mainstays that do everything from ﬁne dicing to sectioning meat. The 150mm and 120mm utility knives resemble the chef’s knives but are smaller and more maneuverable. With a blade only 83mm long, the paring knife is ideal for peeling fruits and vegetables. Available individually or as a starter set of three: a 210mm chef’s knife, a 150mm utility knife, and an 83mm paring knife. Each comes in an attractive presentation box. Made in Japan. 60W05.01 170mm (63/4Й) Santoku $ 92.00 60W05.02 210mm (81/4Й) Chef’s Knife* $104.00 60W05.03 175mm (67/8Й) Chef’s Knife $ 89.00 60W05.04 150mm (6Й) Utility Knife* $ 64.00 60W05.05 120mm (43/4Й) Utility Knife $ 64.00 60W05.06 83mm (31/4Й) Paring Knife* $ 59.00 Laminated stainless-steel blade 60W05.10 Set (3) Japanese Knives* $209.00

G. Magnetic Knife Guards

Split ring

Chop-Safe Finger Guard Designed so that you can use your fingers to hold what you are cutting and have them all guarded in the process, this is one of the handiest finger guards available. A split ring on the back of the guard lets you size it on your middle finger. The guard shield is 21/2Й wide and 13/4Й high. Stainless steel. 09A04.12 Chop-Safe Finger Guard $4.85

If stored in a drawer, a sharp knife can be easily dulled by contact with other implements; these blade guards help prevent such damage. Just fold the two magnet-lined plastic leaves around the blade like the cover of a book. The magnets cling to one another, enclosing the blade and ensuring the guard won’t slip off in storage. Each guard adds less than 1/4Й to the thickness of the blade and can be cut to length with scissors. Available in three sizes, in the colors shown. A compact, tidy way to protect your knives, not only when stored in a drawer, but also when packed in a lunch bag or camping kit. Measurements listed refer to approximate maximum blade length by width. EV210 Knife Guard, 61/4ЙК1Й $ 7.50 EV211 Knife Guard, 91/2ЙК13/8Й $ 9.50 EV212 Knife Guard, 10ЙК21/8Й $11.50

Trim guard to length.

170 Kitchen

We offer a line of kitchen hardware that includes handles and knobs, lights, drawer inserts, cabinet waste containers and a variety of shelves, racks and storage systems. See our annual Hardware catalog or visit www.leevalley.com A. Classic Japanese Kitchen Knife

The wavy line along the forge weld is known as the “hamon” and was one of the judgment points of traditional Japanese swords. 10Й long overall with an ebony composition handle, this knife has a particularly beautiful, lightly textured blade. 60W04.06 Classic Knife $69.00 B. Peasant Chef’s Knife

This knife can handle any slicing and chopping duties, from splitting turnips to finely dicing herbs. Based on an antique French knife, its strengths are its shape, balance and size. The high-carbon steel blade takes a finer edge than stainless steel and is easier to resharpen. About 12Й long overall with a 63/4Й blade. Resin-impregnated wood handle. Comes in a fitted box. 45K36.46 Peasant Chef’s Knife $29.50

C. Portuguese Paring Knife

This stainless-steel knife is ideal for paring or peeling. With a 21/2Й long blade, it measures 7Й overall and has a resin-impregnated hardwood handle with a brass bolster. Good value in an attractive, well-made knife. Made in Portugal. EM603 Stainless-Steel Paring Knife $18.50

D. Chinese Cleaver

In Hong Kong, this type of cleaver is seen everywhere and used for everything. It has a slightly curved blade so it is effective for mincing on a chopping board. Where it truly excels is when you want to transfer chopped bits from board to pan. The bits can be herded onto the wide blade, held with a cupped hand, and transferred with little mess. Made from a single piece of stainless steel, it weighs 1 lb. 121/2Й long overall. Blade guard available separately. 45K22.01 Chinese Cleaver $18.50 E. 97K62.03 Blade Guard, ea. $ 4.50

F. Thiers® Bistro Knives

These have fast become our favorite table knives. Not only well balanced and well made, they have micro-serrations on the blade to slice through ﬁbrous meats and tough-skinned vegetables with equal effectiveness. They are forged from high-grade stainless steel with a high chrome content, and are made to withstand the repeated washing and rough handling common in restaurants. The tips are even carefully blunted so as not to stab servers accidentally. They are just delightful to use. Each is 9Й long overall with a 41/2Й blade and a satin-chrome handle ﬁnish. Sold in sets of four (we bet you’ll want more), or sets of eight in a cotton cutlery roll. An excellent gift for anyone who eats with utensils! Made in France. Highly recommended. 45K30.18 Set of 8 Bistro Knives & Roll $69.00 45K30.14 Set of 4 Bistro Knives only $36.50 45K30.11 Cutlery Roll only $ 5.95

Micro-serrations on the blade

Kitchen 171

B C A

One-direction pull sharpens knife.

G. Knife Sharpener

Sub-micron carbide particles in this sharpener are about one-fortieth the diameter of a human hair and are the kind used in the most demanding of metal-machining processes. Extremely hard and durable, the carbide can be ground to a much keener and more durable edge than common carbides. Each of the two blades has four edges and can be rotated to a new edge if one is accidentally damaged. To sharpen a knife you just draw it through the intersecting blades with light pressure. A very dull knife may initially require several light passes but can be maintained thereafter with a single pass. Durable and easy to use, the sharpener comes as a righthanded version but the blades are easily reversed for left-handed use. 70M46.50 Knife Sharpener $16.50

Epicurean® Cutting Boards Б These high-quality boards are the cutting board of choice for many professional chefs. Made from a composite of wood-based paper fiber and resin, they have the look and feel of wood while adding some distinct benefits. Like wood, they won’t dull knives, but they are dishwasher safe. They also develop a rich wood patina over time, are nonporous to resist stains and odors, and are NSF approved for food safety. (Both sides are usable and are heat resistant to 350°F.) The Kitchen series is 1/4Й thick and is available in four sizes. The Gourmet series is 3/8Й thick with a 3/4Й wide juice groove around the edge (with the opposite side being a regular flat cutting board), and is available in two sizes. A corner hole for hanging makes for easy lifting and carrying. Made in the USA, these boards are attractive enough for table presenta- H. Knife Sharpening System Б For all those who have despaired of sharpening knives tion and a welcome gift to both the serious chef and the casual cook. the traditional way, this is an effective, low-skill alterA. EV180 Kitchen Board, 8ЙК6Й $ 11.95 3 Gourmet boards have a /4Й wide juice groove 1 native. Using the arranged sets of four coarse wheels / B. EV181 Kitchen Board, 11 2 ЙК9Й $ 19.95 around the edge. and two fine wheels, you only have to draw a knife C. EV182 Kitchen Board, 14ЙК11Й $24.95 through the V intersection of the ceramic stones to D. EV183 Kitchen Board, 171/2ЙК13Й $35.00 remove nicks in the blade (on the coarse tan wheels) or E. EV179 Gourmet Board, 18ЙК13Й $65.00 to hone it (on the fine white wheels). Better a simple F. EV185 Gourmet Board, 20ЙК15Й $75.00 two-stage system at hand than using a dull knife because there is no time to take it to the shop for the full treatment. At just under 8ЙК3Й and 11/4Й thick, it stores readily. High-impact plastic frame. Not for use with laminated knives. 70M46.01 Two-Stage Knife Sharpener $23.90 J. Diamond Sharpening Steel Б

This diamond steel is excellent for sharpening carbon or stainless-steel kitchen knives (not recommended for laminated-steel knives; use a water stone instead). The 600x monocrystalline diamonds are bonded to a 3/8Й dia. by 113/4Й long, solid-steel core. The plastic handle features an extra-wide hand guard and a hanging hook. 70M12.01 Diamond Sharpening Steel $38.50

K. Versatile 1000x Water Stone

The stone of choice for ﬁne cutlery. The 7ЙК21/2ЙК5/8Й stone is bonded to a base that has non-slip grip pads on the bottom. Use ordinary tap water as a lubricant and ﬂushing agent. It rapidly gives knives a good edge with just enough tooth for effective vegetable slicing and meat carving. 60M40.01 1000x Water Stone $28.50

L. Honing Guide for Knives Б

J L

172 Kitchen

Honing knives by hand is fast and easy with this guide. Just clamp it on the knife back, adjust it to the desired angle and hone. It lets you concentrate on sharpening without worrying about controlling blade angle at the same time. Our 1000x water stone is the perfect companion for kitchen use. The polyethylene guide slides smoothly on table or counter tops. 70M11.01 Knife Guide $12.50 М

C. Cherry Pitter

Knives not included.

This convenient device makes easy work of pitting cherries. Simply place the cherry in the recessed holder and squeeze the handle to press out the pit. The handle ﬁts the hand and thumb nicely, the spring-loaded hinge pops back open after each use, and a handle lock keeps it closed for compact storage. Made of lightweight but strong zinc alloy with chrome plating, it measures about 53/4Й and is dishwasher safe. Great for preparing cherry desserts or garnishes, it is also effective with some types of olives. EV109 Cherry Pitter $11.50

D. Stainless-Steel Take-Apart Shears

A. Knife Block

These 8Й long shears come apart for thorough cleaning between the blades – ideal for kitchen use. The hinge separates only when opened to 90°, so it will not come apart in use. Made of thick surgical-grade stainless steel, the sharp 3Й blades fit together firmly for dependable cutting. One blade has microserrations to prevent materials from slipping out. Excellent for cutting meat or vegetables. Handles are comfortable for right- or left-handers. NSF-certified for food safety.

Created with 8Й polypropylene rods rather than slots, this universal knife block stores any combination of knives, regardless of size or SS Take-Apart Shears shape, in any orientation. Unlike with a tradi45K45.20 $18.50 tional wooden block, knives will not be dulled by scraping against the wood surface. A shallow E. Sure Grip Snips cup encasing the rods makes them easy to Incredibly comfortable and easy to use, remove for washing, and a two-step design this tool zips through repetitive cutting helps with identifying and sorting knives. tasks such as trimming green beans, EV192 Knife Block $38.50 slicing green onions or clipping herbs from the garden. Contoured and textured for comfortable grip, the B springy wishbone-like plastic handles ﬁt the hand nicely. A light squeeze closes the 13/4Й stainless-steel blade against a notched base, which serves as a built-in cutting board, so you can use it at the stove or table for ingredients you might otherwise cut against your thumb. Plastic blade guard for safe storage. 6Й long overall. Made in Germany, this is a well-designed knife. 45K38.01 Sure Grip Snips $12.50 B. In the Hands of a Chef

Overall length of scissors is 8Й.

Stainless steel is used in knives

primarily to resist the he corrosive effect from the Culinary Institute of America of the acidic juices of many fruits (and The Culinary Institute is a not-for-proﬁt college some vegetables),, which quickly offering degrees in the culinary arts for food blacken carbon steel. l. professionals. It has done an excellent job of compiling information on the basics of knife structure and care, as well as describing the use F. Knife Guard А of the different styles. Step-by-step instructions This safety handle are given with excellent illustrations throughout slips over the back showing how to do the various cuts, and of a large knife blade, explaining why the different cuts are important letting you safely push to the cooking process, or to color and presentadown on the blade to tion. Provides cutting techniques for vegetables, chop through tough F fruits, meat, poultry, ﬁsh and seafood. Also vegetables like rutabaga, includes a section on measuring, mixing and turnip and winter squash. baking. A well-rounded reference for anyone Made of a resilient and interested in proper technique for food preparadishwasher-safe plastic. tion and presentation. Softcover, 8ЙК8Й, Awkward to use with short 170 pages, 2008. or thin-bladed knives. 45L01.14 In the Hands of a Chef $21.00 BL145 Knife Guard $7.95 Kitchen 173

A. J.B. Lee’s Corn Cutter and Creamer

Adjustable cutting blade

J.B. Lee, a Texan, invented this corn cutter in 1939 and his patent Removable was issued in 1941. Since then, some 4 million of them have been shredder sold and continue to enjoy a good market today. With some simple plate blade adjustments to accommodate the size of kernel being cut, it Adjustable scraper can be used either to cut whole kernels from the cob or to cut blade creamed corn, a process that clips the tops off kernels and makes two vertical cuts through the rest of the kernel. A scraper blade then extracts the kernel contents and strips the juice from the cob at the same time, leaving the kernel jackets still attached to the cob. Since many people have never heard of freshly creamed corn, a number of recipes using it are included. Whether cutting whole kernels or creamed corn, the cutter is effective and efﬁcient. The 17ЙК21/4ЙК1/2Й frame is hardwood and the metal components are stainless steel. The simplest set-up for using the cutter is shown in the photo. 09A04.45 Corn Cutter and Creamer $11.95

C. Garlic Mincer Б

This must be the easiest way to mince garlic. Made from thick, strong polycarbonate, the meshing blades slice the garlic as you easily twist the halves together. The more turns, the ﬁner the garlic. Unlike a typical garlic press, there is no waste and it requires little hand strength to use. Cleans easily and is dishwasher safe. HK330 Garlic Mincer $18.00 D. Garlic Press

Apple Peeler This ingenious hand-cranked device will peel, core and slice an apple in about 5 seconds. Comes with a vacuum base for a solid grip on smooth surfaces. The blades are adjustable for optimum cut. Rugged all-metal construction. EV120 Apple Peeler $29.50 EV121 Replacement Blades (2) $ 3.50 B. Fruit & Vegetable Peelers

A good peeler should easily shave razor-thin slices of peel, removing minimal flesh in the process. These do just that. The pivoting double-sided cutter, combined with the broad, comfortable handle usable in either hand, allows fine, controlled cuts with very little waste. Sold as a set of two: one has straight cutters for hard fruits and vegetables such as apples or potatoes; the other has serrated cutters for use on soft fruits such as peaches or kiwis (you can even peel tomatoes without having to blanch them first). Each has a stainless-steel blade, a tough polycarbonate plastic core with a soft-grip textured coating on the handle section, and a sharp, scoop-like tip for jobs such as digging out potato eyes. Excellent kitchen tools. EV512 Peelers, set of 2 $9.95

This is an excellent garlic press. Its doublepivot gear mechanism and strong nylon handles apply tremendous leverage on the pressing Opens fully plate, so it requires little for cleaning. hand strength to operate. Pressed through the ﬁne holes in the screen, a Doublewhole garlic clove is pivot gear mechquickly crushed to an anism even consistency. The press opens wide and the stainless-steel screen swings out from the side walls of the hopper, allowing easy cleaning. (Not suitable for ginger.) Dishwasher safe. A welldesigned tool. Garlic Press HK333 $16.50

Straight cutter

174 Kitchen

Serrated cutter

The Stainless-Steel Rasp and Zester Holder А Б This wood rasp is one of the best kitchen tools on the market. It is unequalled at zesting lemons, puréeing garlic and grating hard cheeses or chocolate. The secret is that it does not tear, it cuts. Easily cleaned with a quick rinse under the tap. Stainless steel, 12Й long. All of this utility has been enhanced by our patented design of a stainless-steel base that makes the rasp easier to hold and also contains the grated food. A. 27W02.07 Stainless Rasp $13.95 B. 27W02.11 Zester Holder $ 9.90 C. 27W02.12 Stainless Rasp & Holder $22.50

Detail of rasp

D. Kobra V-Slicer

Serrated V-shaped blade

This simple, compact slicer takes no time to set up, and is easy to use, clean and store. Made by de Buyer® in Thiers, France, the serrated stainless-steel V-blade cuts fruits and vegetables quickly and precisely, even slicing through fresh tomatoes neatly. A dial knob adjusts blade position to take uniform slices from paper-thin to nearly 5/16Й thick, or to close the blade opening completely for safe storage. The 41/2ЙК10Й polymer resin base has non-slip silicone feet and a 4Й soft-grip handle. The plastic guard has metal prongs and a studded face to grip slippery ingredients while pushing them into the blade. The base and the guard clip together for compact storage. Even in the hands of a novice, this slicer yields results worthy of a professional chef. EV136 Kobra V-Slicer $62.50

Adjust dial to set precise thickness of cuts.

E. Citrus Reamer

Soft-grip handle

Guard provides hand protection.

Non-slip silicone feet

E This citrus reamer (made from unfinished European red beech) effectively removes juice from lemons, oranges and limes. The crisp-ridged fluting squeezes the last bit of juice out of the pulp. 6Й long, it has a groove next to the fluting to keep juice from migrating to the handle. Compact, convenient and economical. 1+ 3+ EV505 Citrus Reamer, ea. $4.50 $3.95

F. Lemon & Lime Press В

This is an excellent press. The extra-long handles, combined with a special double-pivot gear mechanism, apply tremendous leverage on the stainlesssteel pressing plate. No gorilla grip needed – you can easily extract every last drop of juice with just a light squeeze. The narrow teardrop-shaped holes at the bottom of the strainer basket catch pulp and seeds while letting juice ﬂow freely. A comfortable, convenient tool. 10Й overall. Dishwasher safe. Lemon & Lime Press EV506 $19.95

Kitchen 175

A A E

A. Gardener’s Wash Basket

This basket was designed to be used by gardeners to wash freshly harvested vegetables before taking them inside. It is a simple matter E C to collect vegetables in the basket and then hose them off, leaving all dirt outside. However, when our staff first saw the basket, many wanted to use it for fruit instead. Others saw it as ideal to E. Lee Valley Muddler/Pestle Б use with a cloth liner for bread, croissants, fresh A muddler (used like a pestle to mash fruits and biscuits, etc., for a buffet because of its elegant spices) has been standard bar equipment for over style. Of course it can be used in any of these a century. This muddler, which we designed for ways. 16Й long and 11Й wide by 4Й deep, it is home use, is much more versatile than traditional made from steel, with all components double C. Stainless-Steel Bowls designs. The ends closely match the inside radius chrome-plated to avoid rusting. These 51/2 oz capacity bowls are often called of drinking tumblers, which can be used as 09A04.65 Gardener’s Wash Basket $12.95 prep bowls because they are ideal for measuring mortars when crushing peppercorns, parsley, and separating ingredients in preparation for rosemary, sage, etc., in home cooking. As the cooking, whether it is wok cooking or a complex end sections are slightly smaller in diameter than B. Low-Profile Mortar & Pestle dessert recipe. However, they are also handy for the central shaft, it’s an excellent small rolling This unusual mortar and pestle use on the dining table as condiment bowls for pin as well. Unfinished hard maple. 1+ 3+ works well on hard spices, spices, relishes, sauces, etc. They are particularly 45K22.28 Muddler/Pestle, ea. $7.50 $6.70 such as cloves and pepperuseful as personal dipping bowls for international corns, as well as on dried Collapsible Colanders dishes. Made from food-grade stainless steel, herbs. The pestle almost The great advantage of these colanders is that they stack beautifully, taking up no more space entirely covers and traps they collapse for storage, making them easy to than a water glass in a cupboard. Hand wash the spices, so you don’t tuck into a drawer or to hang neatly against a only since dishwasher detergents affect the have to chase them wall. The small style (1 quart capacity) is 8Й in high-polish fi nish. Sold only as a set of eight. around in the mortar. diameter and has a lip hook to secure it on a pot PS510 Stainless-Steel Bowls, set of 8 $ 13.95 Made from solid edge. It collapses to 1Й thick. The large style (2 marble. Measures D. Over-the-Sink Colander quart capacity) is 101/4Й in diameter and has a about 4Й across Great for washing salad greens or draining fold-out stand for in-sink use. It collapses to by 4Й high. boiled vegetables or pasta, this colander has 15/8Й thick. Both styles have sturdy plastic adjustable side arms to suspend it over almost frames with flexible silicone strainers and siliLow-Profile any sink. Made from high-quality 18/8 stainless cone-coated handles. Heat resistant to Mortar & Pestle steel. Measures 14ЙК10ЙК4Й and is 21Й long 250°F/120°C and dishwasher safe, they are a MP101 $19.95 when fully extended. Rubber-coated handles boon for any space-constrained kitchen. B protect countertops. F. EV113 Small Collapsible Colander $14.95 EV115 Over-the-Sink Colander $18.50 G. EV114 Large Collapsible Colander $24.50 See page 114 for flexible-neck sprayer.

Expands from 14Й to 21Й.

G F

D 176 Kitchen

F Screen for straining herbs

F. Nogent Super Kim™ C. Spurtle Б

Water level window Herb bunches remain straight.

A. Herb Saver В

Typically used for stirring porridge, the spurtle is a traditional Scottish stir stick that dates from the 16th century. Its smalldiameter shaft easily cuts through the thick material to keep lumps to a minimum, and is equally useful for stirring thick sauces, soups or stews. About 111/4Й long, this version is turned from hard maple (unﬁnished) and will not scratch surfaces. A simple but effective kitchen tool. 1+ 3+ 45K22.27 Spurtle, ea. $4.95 $4.40

If you have ever bought or picked fresh herbs only to have them spoil within days, you will appreciate this container designed to keep them fresh longer. Herb bunches held in the transparent pod section remain straight and tidy, D. Lee Valley Jar Opener А with their stems resting in a small water basin Our jar opener breaks the (3 fl oz/89ml capacity) so they don’t wilt as vacuum seal on jars, making quickly. A stainless-steel screen at the base of the them as easy to open the first pod lets the water drain as you lift out the herbs, time as on repeat openings. and doubles as a strainer so you can rinse the Simply hook one of the ends herbs under a tap without removing them from over the lid, pressing the the pod. At 91/2Й tall and 31/4Й in diameter, the contoured handle down until compact container fits neatly in a fridge door or you hear the telltale “swoosh” can be placed on a windowsill or counter. Also of invading air. The lid can then be unscrewed great for storing asparagus. Dishwasher safe. effortlessly. The small hook end is for the most HK342 Herb Saver $14.50 common lid size, while the large end is for deeper lids. Nickel-plated steel. Weighs 2 oz B. Stainless-Steel Tool Canister and is about 31/2ЙК2Й wide. Patented. Storing an assortment of kitchen tools in a canister 50K41.01 Jar Opener $9.95 is an efficient method of keeping your utensils both organized and handy. Attractively made from E. Brew Basket stainless steel, this custom-designed canister Anyone who enjoys loose-leaf tea will appreciate measures 7Й tall and has a compact base of just 5Й this German-made brew basket. The large basket in diameter. An elegant kitchen accessory and a ensures plenty of room for leaves to expand, great gift. (Utensils not included.) 1+ 3+ and the tight mesh prevents even fine XG170 SS Tool Canister, ea. $9.95 $8.95 leaves from escaping. Supported by a frame with two handles, it sits on any cup or teapot rim measuring 21/2Й to 33/4Й in diameter. Simply load the basket with loose tea and steep in hot water. The lid helps retain heat during brewing and doubles as a saucer for the basket to catch drips when done. Made of stainless-steel mesh with a durable polypropylene frame and lid, it is dishwasher safe. Measures 3Й tall with a 21/2Й inside top diameter. Also suitable for brewing coffee or herbal infusions. EM244 Brew Basket $9.50

Can Opener Unlike a typical can opener, which often requires a death grip on the handles to pierce and hold the can, this one is easy to use. It has no handles, and in place of the usual cutting wheel, it has a triangular tempered carbon-steel blade that automatically engages as you turn the cushioned butterﬂy-shaped crank, piercing the top of the can and locking in place. The lid is quickly removed without a struggle, leaving the open can with a safe, dull upper edge. It even works on rectangular cans with smallradius rounded corners, which are notoriously tricky to open with a regular opener. Measures approximately 3ЙК2ЙК11/2Й. Made in France. EV123 Can Opener $14.95

Teapot not included.

B Visit us at www.leevalley.com 177

Weighs in kilograms, pounds, ounces and grams.

B. Stainless-Steel Kitchen Scale

This is an outstanding scale at an excellent price. The time-tested traditional design has a removable bowl at the top and the face is graduated in both Imperial (4 lb capacity) and metric (2kg capacity) measurements. An adjustment knob lets you calibrate the scale for net weight with or without a bowl. Measures 10ЙК8ЙК8Й. Stainless-steel construction with a plastic bezel. Useful for food weighing generally, but vital for anyone who uses recipes in both measurement systems. Not legal for trade. EV145 Stainless-Steel Kitchen Scale $34.50

A Compact for easy storage

A. Mini Digital Kitchen Scale

This scale is durable, accurate, lightweight and easy to use, and at only 5ЙК61/2Й, it takes up B very little counter or shelf space. One of its best features is the “tare” function; you can put an empty container on the scale, press the on/tare E. Measuring Pours Б button, and the scale automatically zeroes, C. Lifetime Measuring Cups With these color-coded bottle tops, you can ignoring the weight of the This set of six measuring cups is made from highquickly and accurately measure liquid container. This then allows grade 18/8 stainless steel and marked with both cooking ingredients directly from the bottle. you to use the container Imperial and metric measures. They can be put Their patented reservoirs have a series of ballfor accurately weighing directly on the stove top or in an oven to melt butter bearing valves that automatically portion and any liquid or dry or shortening if need be. The six cups (1/4, 1/3, 1/2, then release liquid when the bottle is tipped on 2/3, 3/4 and 1 cup volumes) have impressed graducontents since the its side. Flange seals fit bottle necks from 3/4Й container weight no ations that can be read from either the inside or to 1Й in diameter, and the flip-top flap keeps longer registers. The scale outside of the cup. For example, the 3/4-cup size is bottle contents free from contamination. weighs in kilograms, graduated into 3/4, 1/2 and 1/3 of a cup. All have Great for oils, vinegars and syrups, the pours pounds, ounces and grams pouring spouts on both sides, making them equally are available individually or in a set of the three and you can easily switch easy to use for right- and left-handed users. They most common cooking measures (teaspoon, 11 lb (5kg) between units, making it also feature nesting lips, and are marked with metric tablespoon, ounce). Those less concerned with capacity possible to prepare recipes in equivalents. Attractive, durable and accurate. portion control can eyeball measurements metric or Imperial units or both. A further EV105 Measuring Cups, set of 6 $19.95 with the free-flowing pour version, which useful feature is that the base unit is sealed so releases liquid as long as the bottle is tipped. you can press buttons with gummy fingers and D. Spice Jar Measuring Spoons An excellent gift for those passionate for mixing later wipe it all clean with a damp cloth. Our stainless-steel measuring spoons fit into the sauces, marinades or sautéing. Made in USA. The scale is accurate to within 1% and weighs mouth of a standard spice container. This makes EV601 Measuring Pour, Tsp.* $ 6.20 items up to 11 lb (5kg). The scale itself weighs it easy to fill the spoon, then scrape off the excess EV602 Measuring Pour, Tbsp.* $ 6.20 only 7.7 oz (0.22 kg) and is powered by two as you withdraw it from the container. The set of EV603 Measuring Pour, 1 oz* $ 6.20 included AAA batteries. An automatic shut-off six includes 1 tablespoon and 1, 3/4, 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 EV604 Measuring Pour, 2 oz $ 6.20 maximizes battery life. Not legal for trade. teaspoons. Metric equivalents are also marked. EV605 Free-Flowing Pour $ 5.20 09A04.10 Mini Digital Kitchen Scale $14.50 About 51/2Й long. Sturdy and corrosion-resistant. EV600 Set of 3 Measuring Pours* $16.90 EV110 Measuring Spoons, set of 6 $12.50 Ball-bearing valves automatically portion and release liquid.

Flange seals ﬁt bottle necks from 3/4Й to 1Й in diameter.

D 178

Spoons are designed to ﬁt into the mouth of a standard spice container.

Weighs in grams and ounces.

A. Nutritional Scale

This scale is programmed with detailed nutritional data for nearly 2000 foods, so you can easily monitor what you put on your plate. The LCD screen shows the calories, carbohydrates, sugars, protein, cholesterol, sodium, and four other nutritional factors, based on the weight of the food placed on the scale. The included guide lists keycodes by general category (fruits, vegetables, meats, C baked goods, etc.), as well as snacks, condiments, beverages, and many brand name prepared foods. You can add up to 99 new codes by entering nutritional information listed on the food package. It can even tally the data for several different foods, useful for calculating the nutrition of a complete meal or your total daily consumption. At 91/4ЙК6Й and less than an inch thick, it stores C. Button Thermometers easily in a drawer or cupboard. 10 lb (5kg) capacity. With markings for beef, chicken, pork and Actual size Five-year warranty. Two AA batteries included. lamb, these thermometers take the guesswork out of cooking meat and poultry. Just insert EV148 Nutritional Scale $49.95 D. Candy Thermometer the 21/4Й long stem into the meat and the 1Й This easy-to-read thermometer takes the guesswork out of making candy, cake icing, jams and diameter dial will show when the meat is B. Instant-Read Thermometer jellies. The 23/4Й dia. glass-topped dial face is medium rare, medium or well done. Each of This thermometer has several advantages. the four thermometers is color coded, making It gives a temperature reading in just a few encased in stainless steel and has a confection it easy to keep track of whose portion is whose seconds, making it ideal for use with zone marker, a preset minder, and a reference when everyone wants their meat done differbarbecued meats; you can check for guide listing the various stages of sugar cooking ently. Made of 18/8 stainless steel with a bimetal readiness without cutting into the piece. (soft ball, hard ball, soft crack, hard crack, etc.). thermometer sensor and a glass lens, they can It is also non-electronic, so there are With a 51/2Й stainless-steel stem that measures B be used on the barbecue or stovetop, or in the no batteries to replace. temperatures up to 400°F (200°C), it clips to the oven. Dishwasher safe. Calibrated to USDA And it comes with a inside edge of a pot to provide a constant standards for meat preparation. A simple way protective tube (with a temperature reading. Dishwasher safe, it can to ensure everything is cooked to your liking. shirt pocket clip) that also be used for deep frying. doubles as an extenFT111 Button Thermometers, set of 4 $12.95 FT103 Candy Thermometer $11.50 sion handle to protect your ﬁngers over a hot grill or boiling pot. 13/4Й dia. D shatterproof plastic dial with a 5Й long metal probe. Instructions and recommended meat temperature guide included. FT102 Thermometer $15.95 D

Temperature probe inserted into meat and placed in oven.

Assorted colors

D. Single-Handed Server Б 3И long cord lets you read the display outside the oven as the meat cooks.

A. Digital Cooking Thermometer

This thermometer, with a programmable temperature and timer alert, makes it easier to cook meat to perfection. The LCD screen shows cooking temperature, set temperature and timer. Simply insert the probe into the meat and place both in the oven; an alarm sounds when the meat reaches the preset internal temperature. The probe withstands temperatures up to 700°F/370°C and has a 3И long cord to let you read the display outside the oven. Great for cooking juicy poultry – no more dry birds! Requires two AAA batteries (not included).

These are surprisingly effective serving tongs. Shaped much like a clamshell, they nest comfortably in the palm, securely grasping a portion of salad, pasta or hot food. While you can easily hold a cup-sized serving in the jaws, they can also be operated with ﬁnesse, so you can deftly pick an olive or cherry tomato from the salad bowl. The hand-contact areas have a silicone coating with raised ribs, making them easy to grip, even with smaller hands. A push-button lock holds the spring-loaded jaws closed when stored in a drawer. Approximately 6Й wide by 41/2Й deep. Dishwasher safe. Assorted colors. A simple tool, made in USA. EM325 Single-Handed Server, ea. $6.50

Digital Cooking Thermometer FT107 $26.50 B

B. Locking Tongs

Well made from thick 20-gauge (0.0375Й) stainless steel with a sturdy spring and a robust hinge, these tongs have a hinge lock for compact storage; they won’t spring open accidentally in a drawer or dishwasher. Tug on the end loop to lock them shut, and press to release. The pincers have scalloped edges and a gently curved proﬁle for a good grip, particularly on rounded or irregular shapes from ramekins to lobsters. Backed by a manufacturer’s 25-year warranty. EM343 Locking Tongs, 12Й $11.50

Tug on the end loop to lock them shut, and press to release.

E. Lee Valley Kitchen Calculator

C. Fish Tongs

Essentially a hybrid of a spatula and a pair of tongs, this unusual implement is designed to gently lift and hold flaky fish or other delicate foods without damaging them. Made of food-safe nylon, the broad 51/2Й wide spatula side is flexible and has a bevelled edge to slide neatly under food. The stainless-steel wire loops on the opposite side hold food securely without crushing it. About 131/2Й long overall, the tongs have stainlesssteel handles with a simple locking ring at the hinge to keep them closed for compact storage; simply tug on the end loop to lock them shut, and press to release. The handles won’t spring open accidentally in a drawer or dishwasher. The tongs are also superb when cooking items wrapped in parchment, or for handling tender, fleshy vegetables such as asparagus. Dishwasher safe and heat resistant to 400°F (204°C). Highly recommended. C EM345 Fish Tongs $14.95

For those who avoid recipes in unfamiliar units of measure (metric or Imperial), this calculator designed by Lee Valley removes all the mystery of unit conversion. It will convert any of the units in one system to the equivalent measure in the other system. It will also convert oven temperatures from Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa. Possibly most important is that it solves the problem of converting grams to cups (or tablespoons or ﬂuid ounces, etc.) for 100+ common ingredients by using a simple factor, avoiding the need for a weight scale in either system of measurement. Simple and intuitive to use, it also functions as a standard mathematical calculator. The integral cover (with operating instructions printed on the inside) protects it from kitchen spills. Powered by light with a buttoncell battery back-up, it works under any light conditions. Ideal for anyone who wants to use recipes from the Internet. 53/4ЙК33/4Й. LV Kitchen Calculator EV160 $17.95

E Integral cover protects calculator from kitchen spills. Bevelled edge

A. Oven Guards

Anyone who has ever burned a forearm on a hot oven rack will appreciate these rack edge covers. Made from NOMEX®, the same fireretardant fabric used by firefighters, they are safe for temperatures up to 500°F/260°C. Measuring 18ЙК21/2Й when open, they snap over the leading edge of an oven rack to insulate you from accidental contact. There was considerable debate in our new-product committee over whether to leave them installed where they may discolor or get dirty (just as oven mitts do), or to remove them when not baking. There was no debate whatsoever about their utility. Machine washable (the nickelplated brass snap fasteners will not rust). Sold in pairs. EV144 Oven Guards, pr. $22.50 B. Folding Trivet

This is a cleverly designed trivet. Folded, it forms a slim, compact baton less than an inch in diameter for unobtrusive storage in a drawer. In use, the two 81/4Й arms unfold into a broad X-shaped base to provide a stable, level support, even for large saucepans and platters. Made of durable silicone, it has a non-slip texture, is heat-resistant to 500°F/260°C, and is dishwasher safe. The pivot is stainless steel. A practical gift. 1+ 3+ EV194 Folding Trivet, ea. $9.50 $8.50

C. Take-Apart Roasting Rack

This cleverly designed roasting rack simpliﬁes lifting meat from a roasting pan and transferring it to a platter. The integral handles make lifting easy, while the two-piece construction lets the rack divide so you can slide the two halves out from under the meat. Just pull out a connecting pin in the middle, and the two halves separate neatly as you pull the handles to either side. To ensure good heat circulation, it has six legs about 1Й tall to raise the meat above the drippings while it cooks. Made of heavy-gauge steel with a non-stick coating, it measures 131/2Й long by 12Й wide in use (ﬁts 16ЙК13Й or larger roasting pans), and the two halves nest for compact storage. 25 lb capacity. The pin has a silicone coating for grip and insulation against heat. EV124 Take-Apart Roasting Rack $22.50

Silicone strips

D. Oven Gloves

These are not your grandmother’s oven mitts. Made from cotton and aramid (the same insulating material D used in firefighting gear), they stretch to fit most adult hands, affording excellent protection without a loss of dexterity. Better yet, you don’t have to remove them to open jars, use utensils or adjust stove settings. They have a long elasticized cuff that protects your wrist and forearm, and the palm and finger pads have silicone strips to enhance your grip. Heat resistant up to 482°F/250°C. Comfortable and effective, they will fast become favorites. Highly recommended. EV273 Oven Gloves, pr. $34.95 Kitchen 181

Release crust from rolling surface and transfer to pan.

D C

Fitted guards included.

A. Stainless-Steel Spatula

The knife blade has rounded edges and Virtually all spatulas sold today are made from is very thin, tapering from 0.039Й/1mm either thick plastic with no flex or sheet metal thick at the handle to only 0.010Й/0.25mm D. Classic Stainless-Steel with minimal flex. This stainless-steel spatula is (the thickness of five catalog pages) at the tip, Cake Knife/Server only 0.010Й/0.25mm thick (the thickness of five allowing it to slide under the pastry perfectly Based on the most popular cake and pie server catalog pages) at the leading edge, increasing to flat without tearing the crust, yet is strong of the 1900s, this stainless-steel model has a 0.035Й/0.9mm at the tang. Wonderfully flexible, enough to lift it. It comes with a fitted guard 6Й blade that tapers from 0.010Й (2 sheets of it can slide under an egg or a warm cookie without to prevent nicks to the 10Й flat portion of the paper) at the tip to 0.015Й (3 sheets) two-thirds acting like a snowplow. About 101/2Й long overall, blade during drawer storage. As evident by its of the way to the handle, making it perfect for 3 5 it has a 2 /4ЙК3 /8Й blade, and comes with a fitted shape, it is equally efficient for crêpes. both cutting and serving. Although the flexguard for protection in drawer storage. For those EV165 Pastry Knife $12.95 ible front part of the blade combined with a who remember the wonderfully flexible thin flipmuch stiffer final third makes it equally useful C. Pie/Cake Server pers of old, this is a modern rendition. for pie, it was always called a cake knife This thin, flexible server solves the first-pieceEV167 Stainless-Steel Spatula $9.95 because its thin blade served this function of-pie removal problem. It closely conforms to better than any other knife on the market. It is the shape of the pie plate, allowing that first B. Stainless-Steel Pastry Knife 11Й long overall and comes with a slip-on slice to be freed for removal intact. It is equally Anyone who has made pies knows that most blade guard. Note: the 1900s model had the useful for cutting and serving cake. 10Й overall. problems occur in lifting the pastry to transfer it thin portion of the blade riveted to a thicker It has a South American redwood handle and a to the pie pan. Our pastry knife solves that portion, eventually causing cracking at the 43/8Й long stainless-steel blade that tapers from problem; it is ideal for first releasing the crust joint, which is why so few still exist. from the rolling surface, and then for folding it in 11/2Й to 3/4Й wide at the tip. half and supporting it for transfer to the pan. EV169 Pie/Cake Server $9.50 EV172 Classic Cake Knife/Server $9.50 E. Adjustable Pie Shield

Anyone who bakes pies knows that the edges of Adjustable the crust can burn all too easily if not protected. This is particularly true E when baking frozen pies, since the thin edge usually thaws first. This flexible shield encircles the rim of a pie to help prevent it from burning. Made from food-grade silicone, it is oven safe to 500°F/260°C and adjusts to fit pies 8Й to 10Й in diameter. It has a smooth, non-stick surface for easy cleaning, and folds for compact storage. A convenient way to ensure a more evenly baked crust from center to edge. 1+ 3+ EV162 Adjustable Pie Shield, ea. $8.50 $7.65

F 182 Kitchen

Danish Dough Whisks The flow-through design of this dough mixer allows dough to pass through three loops in succession, quickly mixing the ingredients. Since it has only 5% of the surface area of a standard mixing spoon, it mixes faster, requires less force, combines ingredients more evenly, and doesn’t overwork the dough in the process. The secret to its effectiveness is that the hardened stainless-steel loops of different diameters are in three separate planes, one behind the other. The design originated with the Danes long ago, but now the whisk is made only in Poland. Asian look-alikes on the market do not perform well at all. It would take a full catalog page to cover all the alternative uses of the whisks, which range from preparing bread dough to cookie and muffin batter, pie filling, and pastry. If you search “Danish dough whisk” on the web, you can find numerous other uses and many enthusiastic reviews. All whisks have close-grained European beech handles. F. 09A04.14 11Й Whisk $ 6.50 G. 09A04.15 14Й Whisk $ 7.50 09A04.16 Whisks, set of 2 $12.95 М

A B

Flexible, ultra-thin blade

Used with a pot to form a double boiler.

E. Offset Frosting Spatula

Flexible Spatulas The advantage of these spatulas is their extreme flexibility. They bend and flex, conforming to the contours of cookware and prep bowls with ease. Covered in durable, soft, non-marring silicone, the core is a single piece of steel that is narrow and thick at the handle for strength and rigidity, and flat and ultra thin at the blade. Safe for use with non-stick cookware, stain resistant, and heat resistant to 650°F/343°C, the spatulas are easy to clean and dishwasher safe. The small size has a 13/4Й wide blade and a 71/2Й long D handle, and the large size has a 21/2Й wide blade and a 61/2Й handle. Lifetime warranty. Perfect tools for getting every last drop of batter, dough or sauce. A. EV360 Small Flexible Spatula $10.50 B. EV361 Large Flexible Spatula $10.50 EV362 Large & Small Spatulas, pr. $19.50 D. Butter Measuring Guide A standard pound of butter is 43/4Й long with variable heights and widths that bring it to a C. Staybowlizer® weight of 16 ounces. Most have a cutting guide An old trick chefs use to steady a mixing bowl is for cup measures on the box or wrapper. This to nest it on a damp tea towel coiled into a ring. stainless-steel Adapting that concept, this sturdy silicone ring guide measures provides a stable base; its no-slip surface grips the cups as well as bowl, leaving both hands free to mix or pour ounces, grams ingredients – or even do both at once. Its tapered and tablespoons. opening lets you tilt the bowl for more effective It is particularly whisking. If inverted and pressed between the handy when you bowl and another smooth, non-porous surface, are dealing with the ring can act as a large suction cup, holding the a leftover stub bowl firmly for vigorous mixing. Made of from a one-pound FDA-approved silicone, it is dishwasher safe and heat-resistant to 500°F/260°C, so it can be placed block. All measurements are etched into the over a pot of boiling water to support a smaller surface of the 43/4Й long guide. An instruction pot, forming a simple double boiler. Fits bowls sheet tells you how to deal with all the measurewith a minimum 6Й bottom diameter. Appreciated ments, including using them with 4-ounce by culinary professionals and home chefs alike. butter sticks. EV196 Staybowlizer®, ea. $17.50 09A04.03 Butter Measuring Guide $6.50 F. Stainless-Steel Flour Shaker

The graduated ﬂexibility of this spatula’s stainless-steel blade makes it both effective and versatile. The offset handle makes it easy to spread frosting on large or small surfaces without collecting it on your knuckles, as so often happens with a straight knife. The ﬂexible tip is also effective in decorating after spreading, useful for delicate decorations on cakes or cupcakes. It can also serve as a lifter for small hors d’oeuvres and appetizers. In another kitchen activity, the offset 35/8Й blade makes it possible to strip the inside of preserving jars to collect the last bits of jam, jelly, etc., avoiding waste and making wash-up simpler. 09A04.40 Offset Frosting Spatula $7.50

Although it is useful for sprinkling cocoa, cinnamon, icing sugar, etc., where this shaker earns its keep is in dusting flour. The fine mesh screen lets you evenly sprinkle flour when working pastry, avoiding the stiff, tough dough that results from excessive flour use in the rolling process. The included plastic cap is particularly useful since it prevents moisture absorption when storing product in this one-cup shaker between uses. It is helpful to have two shakers, one dedicated to flour and one for everything else, because you quickly learn that the flour shaker does much more than streamline your pastry and dough working activities. It is also a standout in flouring greased cake pans, in dredging meats, fish, and vegetables, and in adding flour to sauces and gravy without creating lumps. It makes cooking easier in many ways. 09A04.01 Stainless-Steel Flour Shaker $9.50

G. Stainless-Steel Pastry Cutters

The vast majority of pastry and cookie cutters on the market have spot-welded seams on the cutting band, inevitably resulting in dough accumulation in the crevices. Our pastry cutters are seamless with a tightly rolled rim on the top, making them both sanitary and more comfortable to use. They also nest compactly, coming in a lidded stainless-steel bowl for convenient storage. The ﬁve sizes are 11/2Й, 2Й, 21/2Й, 3Й, and 31/2Й in diameter, covering a range from an hors d’oeuvre size to the ideal size for perogies. EV164 SS Pastry Cutters, set of 5 $12.95

Kitchen 183

A. Cookie/Bacon Racks

Prevents food from falling through barbecue grill.

Spatter-free cooking of bacon

Our original intent was to design a nesting set of stainlesssteel cookie racks that had a fine mesh to avoid distortion of cookies and muffins when set out to cool. The racks are 101/2ЙК16Й and 3/4Й high, but nest to a total thickness of only 7/8Й, minimizing storage space. Along the way we discovered they were ideal for spatter-free cooking of bacon in the oven. The advantage of cooking bacon in the oven is that it produces evenly cooked bacon with no scorching, no fat pockets and no mess. We then discovered that putting the bacon between the racks produces perfectly flat bacon as well. The racks come with complete cooking instructions and are dishwasher safe. Supplied as a set of two, they fit in a standard half-sheet cookie pan that measures 11ЙК161/2Й. 09A04.25 Cookie/Bacon Racks, set of 2 $24.95 B. Pie Weight Chain

When making crusts for cream pies, professional bakers weigh down the unﬁlled pastry to prevent it from rising unevenly and bubbling during baking. To achieve the same result, just coil this simple chain of stainless-steel beads into the pie shell before it goes in the oven; when the crust is done, the chain is easy to gather, clean and store. (For best results, lay parchment paper on the shell or lightly coat the chain with cooking spray before placement.) Measures 10И long and weighs 7 oz – a good size and weight for standard pies (about 9Й in diameter). Dishwasher safe. EV143 Pie Weight Chain $15.95

C. Expandable Cooling Rack

Expands from 14ЙК14Й to a fully extended length of 14ЙК35Й.

This rack expands from 14ЙК14Й to 14ЙК35Й when extra cooling space is required, but easily collapses for storage. Three nickel-plated steel mesh panels slide like drawers to nest one under the other, the top rack standing 11/2Й high and the bottom rack 1Й high. The 1/2Й mesh holds even the smallest cookies and chocolates.

E. Cookie Dropper

If there’s any downside to making homemade cookies, it’s that when dispensing sticky dough with the old spoon-and-ﬁnger combo, almost as much dough ends up on your hands as on the cookie sheet. This innovative cookie dropper offers a solution. Shaped and sized like a teaspoon, it has a unique paddle-like mechanism that sweeps dough off the end of the spoon with just a light squeeze of the handle – so ﬁngers and hands stay mess-free. Made of dishwasher-safe stainless steel with a nylon handle, it holds enough dough to make standard 3Й cookies with relative uniformity. A pleasure to use, it is a simpler, faster and tidier alternative to other devices we have tested. EV163 Cookie Dropper $9.95

Expandable Cooling Rack EV125 $22.95 D. Canning and Cooling Rack

Rack ﬁts in a 12Й canner. Paddle-like mechanism sweeps dough off the spoon with a light squeeze of the handle.

This 12Й diameter stainless-steel rack solves several problems. For anyone who does much preserving of vegetables, fruit, etc., the rack fits snugly in a 12Й canner and lets you use jars of any size because the fine mesh prevents small jars from tilting as they frequently do on the widely spaced wires of conventional canning racks. Four legs keep the rack surface 1/2Й (1.3cm) above the canner bottom. Also, it is an ideal cooling rack for large round cakes or anything else you want to cool on it. The fine mesh restricts sagging of freshly baked items. Since the rack withstands temperatures of up to 450°F (232°C), it can also be used as a cooking rack in an oven. Canning and Cooling Rack 09A04.27 $13.50

E D Fine mesh restricts sagging of baked items.

184 Kitchen

H E

Actual size

E. Magnetic

A. Spice Bottles Б

These glass bottles are ideal for organizing all your herbs or spices. The two-part ﬂip-top lid lets you spoon or shake out the contents. Each 41/8Й high by 17/8Й dia. bottle holds about 41/2 oz. Dishwasher safe. 1+ 12+ 24+ 12K82.10 Bottle & Cap, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.30

Spring Clip А Not only will this strong magnetic clip stay exactly where it is placed, but it will Non-marring also hold up to 100 high-friction pad sheets of paper in its spring coil. When you pull on the knob, the steel spring stretches to accept anything from a single sheet to a clutch of paper between the coils. Releasing the knob closes the spring, securely gripping the paper. Beyond its obvious use on a fridge, the clip will attach to any ferrous surface, making it excellent for holding project plans and drawings on chalkless blackboards and enamelled steel panels. Glossy paper is best held under the magnet. The knob and base are turned stainless steel. The 7/8Й diameter base houses a powerful 5/8Й rare-earth magnet and has a soft, high-friction pad to make it non-marring in use. Overall height is 3/4Й. Made in Canada. 50K03.01 Magnetic Spring Clip, ea. $7.95

J Super Magnets for the Fridge А No longer do you have to deal with weak-kneed fridge magnets. This chrome-plated steel magnet, which has a powerful 1/2Й rare-earth magnet in the base, is strong enough to hold more than a dozen pages to a fridge. Also excellent for holding engineering or architectural drawings on chalkless blackboards and enamelled steel panels. The base is covered with a soft highfriction pad to prevent marring. 5/8Й dia. base by 3/4Й high. Sold individually, or in sets of three in a tin with a snap-lid style lid – press the center to open, press the edge to close. 1+ 3+ H. 50K02.02 Magnet, ea. $ 4.95 $4.45 J. 50K02.04 Magnets (3) & Tin $13.50 —

Stainless-Steel Canisters Superb canisters for holding spices, these can also be used for storing small items of any kind where an unbreakable container with a seethrough top is desirable. The lid has a clear acrylic insert for quick identification of contents (quite useful if storing the canisters in a drawer) and friction fits for a tight seal. Made from durable 22-gauge polished stainless steel, the small canister measures about 2Й tall by 21/4Й in diameter and holds 97ml (about 3.3 fl oz); the large measures about 33/8Й tall by 21/4Й in diameter and holds 200ml (about 6.8 fl oz). K. Poach Pod® The large mouths allow easy access – spices or An easy method to cleanly, herbs can be conveniently sprinkled, pinched consistently poach eggs. F or spoon dispensed. 1+ 10+ 25+ Simply crack an egg into a F. Egg Timer Б B. 45K17.63 Sm. Canister, ea. $3.70 $3.30 $2.95 pod and set it afloat in a pan Boiling eggs to the perfect level of hardness is C. 45K17.65 Lg. Canister, ea. $3.90 $3.50 $3.10 of boiling water, reduce to a much easier with this simple timer. It is made of a simmer and cover. Once the Suction cup Rotate to set date. special heat-sensitive plastic that changes color as D. Date Dots egg is poached, remove the pod and flip it inside its temperature increases. The timer is calibrated It is easy to lose out, gently pushing out a perfect dome-shaped to indicate soft, medium, hard and in-between track of the last time egg. At 3Й in diameter by 11/2Й deep, each stages. Best of all, you can put your eggs and the plants were 100ml (3 fl oz) pod easily holds an extra-large timer in tap water (hot if you are in a hurry) and watered, how long egg. Also a convenient size for melting chocothen bring the water to a boil. No more cracked the leftovers have late or preparing small batches of custard. eggs and no more complaining. Made in USA. been in the fridge or FDA-approved silicone and heat resistant to FT115 Egg Timer $5.95 when the furnace 675°F/357°C, they are safe in the oven, microRotate to set month. filter was last wave and freezer. Available in pairs. changed. With a rotating dial to set a month and G. Stainless-Steel Book Holder А EV141 Poach Pod®, pr. $10.95 Perfect for the kitchen, workshop or offi ce, this 1 / day, this simple 1 2Й diameter date mechanism stainless-steel book holder keeps almost any lets you know when an item expires or was last size of book open and upright. Its small size maintained. A suction cup on the back lets you (6ЙК6ЙК21/2Й) and rustproof construction make affix it to any smooth, non-porous surface. We are it easy to clean or store. Also makes a great amazed by the variety of uses people have found stand for a tablet computer. for this convenient little device – and we’re still discovering new ones. Sold in packages of three. Stainless-Steel Book Holder FT123 Date Dots, pkg. of 3 $9.95 45K26.01 $14.95

D Kitchen 185

G F B

A C F. Jelly & Syrup Strainer Small funnel screws to bottom of large funnel.

D Canning Essentials This maslin pan has a three-layer base (aluminum central slab encased in stainless steel) to evenly distribute heat. The bail, tipping handle and formed pouring spout make it easy to fill jars or molds without spilling. 8Й diameter base, 12Й at the top; 9 litre (about 9 qt.) capacity. Safe for oven use. We offer an optional stainlesssteel lid for making soups or other dishes. The canning funnel lets you pour from large pots into jars. Made from food-grade stainless steel, it is 51/2Й in diameter and fits jar openings 25/16Й or larger. The included smaller funnel fills bottles with openings as small as 1Й. These stainless steel slanted spoons have flat ends sloped at the right angle to make full contact with the bottom of a pot. Offered as a set, one solid and one perforated spoon, each is 13Й long. Makes for easier stirring and serving. The intersecting fingers and thumb of these

Flat end of spoon is angled slightly.

A. B. C. D. E.

stainless-steel kitchen tongs are ideal for plucking sterilized jars and lids out of a pot or winkling pickles out of jars. Slightly over 10Й long, they grip items up to about 5Й in diameter. EV260 Maslin Pan $79.00 EV261 Lid for Maslin Pan $11.50 EV269 Maslin Pan with Lid $89.00 EV118 Canning Funnel $12.50 EV255 Slanted Pot Spoons, pr. Б $17.90 EV112 Kitchen Tongs $16.50

H. European Tomato Press

This time-saving processor is easy to use. Just put scalded tomatoes in the hopper. As you turn the handle, the juice and soft pulp are separated from the skins and seeds. For extra pulp run the skins through again. Also great for stewed apples. The plastic-bodied press has a stainless-steel wire mesh and a vacuum base for secure use on any smooth surface. About 111/2Й high. The hopper is about 7ЙК8ЙК8Й deep. Easy to wash, it comes with a low-proﬁle catch-bowl. Made in Italy. EV101 European Tomato Press $37.50

The clearest jellies and syrups are made from juices that drip through a jelly bag without being squeezed. This Swedish-made strainer combines a jelly bag with a plastic stand that sits on top of most pots. Just pour cooked fruit into the bag and let clear liquid drip into the pot below. Can be used over and over. Replacement bags offered separately. EV401 Jelly & Syrup Strainer $14.95 EV403 Replacement Bag $ 3.95 G

G. Pot Clip

Any cook will immediately recognize the utility of this handy device. Balancing utensils on the edge of a pot with this cantilevering technique ensures the messy end of your stir spoon drips into the pot instead of over the stove or countertop. Stainless steel, the spring clip attaches to pot edges less than 3/8Й thick. The siliconecoated hook insulates utensils from the heat of the pot. Heat resistant to 482°F/250°C. EV257 Pot Clip $8.50 to start dissolving these labels slightly. As a result, we recommend them only for non-refrigerated items or for one-time freezer use. Labels are 1ЙК2Й and come in a dispensing box of 120. EV161 Dissolvable Labels (120) $8.50 Labels dissolve for easy removal.

J. Dissolvable Labels Б

The messy build-up of old, stubborn labels on jars and food storage containers is an annoyance for many. These dissolvable labels are a great solution, dissolving under warm running water in 10 seconds without scrubbing or scraping, leaving no sticky ﬁlm. In fact, they work so well that the condensation formed by leaving a refrigerated jar out on a warm day is enough 186

Removable perforated tin-plated steel cone

A. Rotary Ricer Б

A kitchen staple B since the early Stainlesssteel stand 1900s, this manual food processor makes quick work of producing smoothly B. Mehu-Liisa riced potatoes Steamer/Juicer or puréed vegetaFamous in Europe, this bles or fruits for Finnish-made juicer uses sauces, jams and jellies. a gentle steam process to With the ricer seated in a extract pure natural juices bowl or pot, ingredients from fruit, without the need to placed inside are ground using the included hardwood pestle, peel, core or de-stem. You can forcing them through fine perforations in the cone. Nothing make juices, jellies and syrups without larger than the perforations can pass through, so cooked squeezing, straining or making a mess. It also blanches vegetavegetables and fruit are ground to an even consistency bles for freezing, and is great for steam-cooking clams, lobsters, without any lumps; only the juice and pulp pass through, sweet corn, etc. Foods prepared in this way retain their flavors, leaving skins and seeds behind. With perforations from the as well as much of the vitamin and mineral content usually lost rim to the tip of the cone, there are no voids to trap food. The in boiling. Instruction booklet included. 16Й high by 12Й in diampestle is sized to match the depth and taper of the cone, maxieter. The bottom pot doubles as a 6.5 litre soup pot and has a 1/4Й mizing surface contact between the cone and the pestle, laminated stainless-steel base. Made of polished 18/10 stainless ensuring thorough results with minor effort. The removable steel. 10-year guarantee. An impressive juicer. 7Й diameter tin-plated steel cone rests in a rigid stainless-steel PS502 Mehu-Liisa Steamer/Juicer $189.00 1 frame standing 8 /2Й tall. Made in USA. EV107 Rotary Ricer $34.50 Food Dehydrator Б Many fruits, vegetables, herbs and meats dry well. Using only 500 watts of electricity, this unit sends a warm flow of air over and through four stacking trays (included), each of which holds over 100 sq.in. of foodstuff. It is particularly effective for making lightweight snacks for camping or hiking, preserving berries in season, or reducing tomatoes to flavorful dried slices for easy storage. The thermostat adjusts from 95°F to 160°F (35°C to 71°C) to suit the food being dried; for example, herbs dry best at a lower temperature while jerky requires a higher temperature. The included smooth sheet lines a tray for making fruit rolls. Extra trays and fruit roll sheets are available to expand capacity (to a maximum of 12). The top-mounted motor ensures drips cannot fall into the motor housing. The dehydrator measures 131/2Й in diameter by 93/4Й high and comes with a manual full of recipes and detailed guidelines. An easy means of keeping a bumper crop from going to waste. C. EV332 Dehydrator $69.00 D. EV333 Extra Trays (2) $14.50 E. EV334 Extra Fruit Roll Sheets (2) $ 5.95 F Used to add the flavor of herbs and spices to hot dishes or mulled beverages, this infuser is large enough to hold G cinnamon sticks, bay leaves or other seasonings best used whole and removed after cooking. Also great for making herbal teas that require a large quantity of fresh herb. Measuring 41/2ЙК11/2ЙК2Й, it has a 71/2Й chain and hook so you can hang it from the side of a pot. Made from high-grade 18/8 stainless steel. EM241 Herb & Spice Infuser $7.95

Use fruit roll sheets to dry puréed fruit.

F. Herb & Spice Infuser

Kitchen 187

A G

A. Double-Prong Skewers

With two prongs to pierce meat and vegetables, these skewers prevent food from spinning as you rotate them. Made of 304 stainless steel, the skewers are 131/2Й long with sharp points and a wide, rounded handle for good grip when adding or removing food. G. Corn Forks Corn forks are not used frequently but good Dishwasher safe. Package of six. ones are very much worth having in the fall; EV290 Double-Prong Skewers (6) $8.95 they save a lot of mess. These are sturdy B. Barbecue Brush Б stainless-steel forks, 31/4Й long with good What makes this brush so impressive is that it lets finger grips. Dishwasher safe. you easily remove debris from both the top and EV142 One Dozen Corn Forks $8.50 sides of the grill bars at once. It has a unique tapered shape, with a tip that is narrow enough to slip between the grill bars to scour their sides, while H the remainder of the brush runs along the top. Since the bristles are made of H brass (lead-free), they won’t scratch enamel-coated or porcelain grills. The galvanized-wire stem is set at an angle, letting you hold the plastic handle in a comfortable position while moving the brush H. Magnetic Propane Tank Gauge Б horizontally. Measures 15Й overall. Made in USA. This simple device takes the guesswork out of DB404 Barbecue Brush $13.50 determining the level of propane gas remaining in a tank. A special thermochromic ink changes C. Grill Tiles Б from yellow to orange when you pour water When grilling chicken, sausage or similar fare on a down the length of the gauge. The top portion of gas barbecue, flare-ups can blacken even the most the gauge then returns to yellow and the rest of carefully attended food. The problem only gets the gauge remains orange for up to 30 seconds, worse as a barbecue’s lava rocks become old and F indicating the level of propane in the tank. Apply saturated with drippings. The solution is to replace one magnetic gauge for a 20 lb tank and two for the old lava rocks with these grilling tiles made of a a 40 lb tank. Initially immersing or pouring hot special cordierite ceramic that distributes heat water over the magnetic tape will help flatten any uniformly. Their shape allows them to catch dripkinks that have resulted from being packaged, pings, reducing flare-ups. They are even self-cleaning, allowing it to sit flat on the surface of the tank. as they can be simply flipped over to burn off any Automatically resets within 30 seconds and can residue. The 2ЙК31/2Й tiles come in packages of 30 be reused indefinitely. (Avoid sharply bending (210 sq.in.) or 45 (315 sq.in.). Made in USA. the magnetic tape, as it may crack.) EM318 Grill Tiles, pkg. of 30 $18.50 AD402 Mag. Propane Tank Gauges (2) $6.95 EM319 Grill Tiles, pkg. of 45 $24.50 Overall length is 12Й.

D Overall length is 19Й.

E Pigtail Flippers These stainless-steel tools have sharp, curved tips that snag food for easy turning with a flip of the wrist. The 12Й version is an ideal length for stove-top use or when reaching into a hot oven. The 19Й model keeps your hands away from the heat and flames when cooking on a barbecue or campfire. Certain to replace tongs, forks and spatulas in many uses. D. EM341 Pigtail Flipper, 12Й $13.50 E. EM340 Pigtail Flipper, 19Й $16.95 E

F. Barbecue Grilling Basket

This well-made perforated basket keeps food from falling through the barbecue grill. The sloped sides and rounded corners make it easy to stir, shake or toss foods while cooking. The handle locks solidly onto the basket, yet can be quickly detached for cooking with the grill lid closed, or for cleaning and storage. The seamless formed basket is 111/4Й square by 17/8Й deep; the handle projects 93/4Й. All stainless-steel construction, made to our design. BBQ Grilling Basket EV275 $42.50

F Locking bar slides down to secure handle to basket. Handle can be quickly detached with one hand, allowing you to close grill lid.

D М

188 Kitchen

Popcorn Poppers Making popcorn on a stove top can be tricky. To avoid burning it, you need to keep the kernels moving, usually by vigorously shaking the pot back and forth the entire time. These two poppers use built-in stirring devices to mix the corn as you turn a crank. We found both were simple to use and worked better than microwave ovens, hot-air poppers, or other methods. Virtually every kernel pops and nothing sticks to the bottom. The original Whirley-Pop™ stove-top popper, produced since the 1920s, is a true classic. Sturdily made of aluminum, it has a light-duty gear-driven stirring device operated by turning a crank at the end of the handle. A more recent innovation, the stainlesssteel Sweet & Easy snack maker makes regular popcorn and lets you prepare gooey coated treats, such as caramel corn, right inside the pot. Its direct-drive crank mechanism with a top-mounted handle is robust, so you can easily stir thick contents briskly. Includes a booklet of 23 recipes for ﬂavored popcorn as well as stove-top roasted nuts. Each popper holds 6 quarts. A. ET250 Whirley-Pop™ $28.50 B. ET251 Sweet & Easy Snack Maker $52.50 C

C. Ice Lantern

Designed in Norway, this polypropylene mold freezes water to make a candle lantern. The lanterns look stunning outdoors along a walkway in the evening. You can also make an ice cream bowl of solid ice, or freeze a block of juice and fruit to add to a bowl of punch. One mold can be used hundreds of times. Since it takes up to 24 hours to freeze one lantern, you may need several molds to make all the lanterns you need in a reasonable amount of time. Instructions included. Mold is 8Й high by 6Й across the bottom and 7Й across the top. 1+ 2+ 45K42.01 Ice Lantern, ea. $14.95 $13.30 D. Pulltap Double-Lever Corkscrew

When you see a sommelier or waiter pull a corkscrew out to uncork your wine, odds are it’s a Spanish Pulltap. The parrot-shaped Pulltap is so popular because of its quick and effective action. It has a 1Й folding blade to cut the cork cover, a non-stick corkscrew that inserts easily, and a hinged double lever that removes the cork with two quick pumping actions. The parrot’s beak is a bottle opener. Just Google this corkscrew made in Barcelona, Spain, to read about its world-wide reputation. Beware of cheaply made look-alikes; they tend to break easily. 09A03.35 Pulltap Corkscrew $11.95

Gear-driven stirring device

A B

Stirring hooks briskly move contents.

E. Wooden Wine Holder

This is an elegant way to hold a standard bottle of wine at the same time as you ensure that the cork does not dry out, allowing the wine to spoil. Made of oak, it has a dark cherry finish. To adjust the angle of forward tilt of the bottle (ideally about 5°), move the bottle neck forward or back in the holder as required. Gravity will hold it firmly in the chosen position. A good gift for any wine lover, it comes in a velvet-finish cloth storage bag. 09A04.20 Wooden Wine Holder $9.50

F. Cheese Knife and Marker Set

As opposed to the strange collection of orphan knives that many of us use on cheese trays, these purpose-built stainless-steel knives look like they belong together. They perform better than ordinary small knives, since they can be used both for cutting the cheese and picking it up. Better yet, they come in a case that holds the six knives plus six stainless-steel markers and a pack of 30 marker cards. They may ultimately live in an assorted cutlery drawer, but they have an orderly compartmented case of their own whether they live in a drawer or on a shelf. For those who already have suitable cheese knives, we offer the six stainless markers and 30 marker cards separately. EV280 Cheese Knife Set $19.95 G. EV282 Markers and Cards only $ 4.95

D G

189

K B

Double-walled construction

F K. Can Crusher

This is the best can crusher that we have seen. It quickly and easily crushes all popular sizes of aluminum beverage cans (12 or 16 oz) for spaceefficient recycling. Just lift the handle, insert a can, and then pull the handle forward and down to crush it into a wafer one fifth the original size. Made of heavy-gauge steel with a durable, baked-enamel finish. The handle is covered with industrial-quality neoprene. Easily mounted on any wall stud with standard hardware. Weighs 4.6 lb and is 161/2Й long by 33/4Й wide. EH701 Can Crusher $27.50

H Tervis® Tumblers Б Well insulated and virtually indestructible, these thermal tumblers do a terrific job of keeping hot beverages hot and cold beverages cold. Designed in 1946 by two Detroit engineers, the sealed, double-walled construction surrounds the contents with an insulating air space that prevents rapid temperature change. The tumbler remains comfortable to the touch, no matter how hot or cold the liquid inside may be. This also means the sides won’t sweat, so a cold drink won’t ruin a table finish if set down without a coaster. Although the clear BPA-free polymer looks nearly identical A. to glass, it is highly impact resistant, easily B. surviving a fall from table height without any C. damage. The tumblers also happen to float if D. dropped overboard or into a swimming pool, E. even when filled. Backed by a lifetime guarF. antee, they are safe for use in a dishwasher, G. freezer or microwave oven. H.

The 16 oz size is available with a Veritas® or Lee Valley logo, or plain (clear); the 12 oz tumbler is available in clear only. Two styles of press-ﬁt lid are available separately for the 16 oz size only; one has a hole for a drinking straw (a package of six bendable straws is available separately), and the travel lid has a slide closure to help prevent spills. These tumblers will quickly become favorites in the workshop, L. Pocket Shopping Bag А on the road or at home. Made in USA. This Canadian-made reusable shopping bag 50K11.16 16 oz Tumbler, Clear $11.00 conveniently stuffs into an integral pouch for 50K11.30 16 oz Tumbler, Veritas® $11.00 compact storage, making it easy to bring along 50K11.31 16 oz Tumbler, Lee Valley $11.00 any time you shop. Weighing only 1 oz, it packs 50K11.12 12 oz Tumbler, Clear $11.00 down to 3ЙК31/2ЙК11/2Й to ﬁt tidily in a purse 50K11.19 Straw Lid, 16 oz, Clear $ 3.00 or pocket. Similar in size to a regular plastic 50K11.20 Straws, pkg. of 6 $ 4.00 grocery bag, it is 161/2Й wide by 14Й tall, with 50K11.17 Travel Lid, 16 oz, Black $ 4.00 3Й side gussets and generous 61/2Й diameter 50K11.18 Travel Lid, 16 oz, Blue $ 4.00 handles. A small loop between the handles holds it open on checkout-bag racks, helpful when bagging groceries. Made from washable, J. Ripple Towels durable polyester with a reinforced bottom Oversized and highly absorbent, these are the best dish seam for strength, it carries up to 20 lb. Ensures towels we have ever used. Made of 100% Turkish cotton, you always have a bag on hand when needed. their ribbed weave offers extra surface area to soak up an 45K16.89 Pocket Shopping Bag, Teal $5.50 impressive amount of moisture. In addition to making fast work of drying dishes, they are durable enough to handle jobs such as cleaning up workshop spills or drying a newly washed car. Machine washable, they do not shrink or change Comfortable handles shape and will provide years of service. Offered in a set of three; each measures 18ЙК28Й. 88K58.57 Ripple Towels, set of 3 $17.50

Set includes one each of yellow, red and green.

J 190

C Mesh liner

Firewood Cart & Leaf Liner В D Capable of carrying 150 lb of firewood, this sturdy cart means fewer trips to the woodpile. A real back saver, it has a well-balanced design that places most of the weight on the axle, so your muscles bear only a fraction of the burden. The rugged tubular-steel Second set of frame has a powder-coat handles finish to resist rust and wear, and folds down for Flat-free tires Steel frame compact storage. Only 1 25 /2Й wide, the cart fits easily through most doorways and gates and holds wood from 13Й to about 20Й in length. With a core made of closed-cell foam, the 15Й diameter tires will never go flat. The cart is also available with a durable, lightweight polyester mesh liner to contain yard waste or other loose, light materials. The cart remains stable when tipped on end, so you can rake leaves right into the liner, which attaches with hook-and-loop belts for easy removal. C. XP215 *Firewood Cart $ 95.00 D. XP217 *Firewood Cart & Leaf Liner $115.00

Wings fold. 70Й permanent stake available separately (see page 44).

Compact storage

C Flexible wings and wholebody movement give this scare owl a dynamic realism that makes it particularly * A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping effective for large gardens. charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service Designed to look like a for shipping rates. hunting owl, it has large wings that move to attract the attention of birds and E. Seeder Attachment for Wheel Hoe В Б other small pests and scare them away. Adding to the An efficient, low-strain method for seeding medium to large gardens, this convenient attachment illusion, the wings and tail are printed with realistic for the wheel hoe (PW105) on page 29 makes fast, precise work of seeding rows. As the wheel plumage and the hard resin-plastic head has lifelike hoe rolls along, the attachment automatically plows a furrow, seeds it, and covers the soil over eyes. Made of weather-resistant material, the wings it again. Planting depth is adjustable from 1/4Й to 11/2Й in 1/4Й increments. Six seed plates are flutter in the slightest breeze and the hollow tail acts included; each plate not only conforms to a specific seed size, but also meters out the seed at like a windsock to keep the owl facing the wind. The controlled intervals so there is minimal need for thinning. When you’re finished, the removable wings can also be folded back in a perching posture; hopper makes it easy to pour unused seed back into the container. Available separately, or occasionally changing the pose or location of the owl combined with the wheel hoe, the seeder attachment is ruggedly built for a lifetime of use, prevents birds from catching on to the trick. Mounts on with all exposed metal parts made of powder-coated steel or stainless steel to resist rust. any pole or stake up to 5/8Й in diameter. Just under 2И A row-marker outrigger is also available. Adjustable for row spacing from Seed plates long from head to tail, with an impressive 3И wingspan. 6Й to 18Й, it projects from the side of the wheel hoe, scribing a line for you to follow on your next pass to ensure parallel, evenly spaced rows. It can be easily AT236 Prowler Owl $39.90 flipped from one side to the other as you turn around at the end of each row. PW110 Seeder Attachment only $169.00 B. The Vegetable Gardener’s Container Bible В F. PW120 *Wheel Hoe & Seeder $319.00 by Edward C. Smith G. PW115 Row Marker $ 25.00 Even with limited growing space, you can reap a big * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular harvest by planting in pots, tubs and other containers. shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, Written by the author of The Vegetable Gardener’s contact Customer Service for shipping rates. Bible, widely considered an essential gardener’s reference, this book offers sound advice on everything from Hopper choosing practical tools and space-efficient planters to Adjusts furrow harvesting and pest control. There are plenty of design E depth. ideas, too, including a wide range of suggested plant combinations that not only look good but also grow well together. It includes detailed instructions on cultivating over 40 vegetables, 20 herbs and seven edible flowers, as well as composting, making your own self-watering containers and preparing soil mixes. Softcover, 81/2ЙК11Й, 263 pages, 2011. LA949 ... Container Bible $15.50 A. Prowler Owl В

Drives hopper.

Creates furrow.

Chain moves dirt over seeds.

Seeder bolts onto wheel hoe.

G B

Seeder attached to wheel hoe with optional row marker

191

Offset handle

AB650

D. E. F. G. H. J.

G Premium Garden Tools В Made to our speciﬁcations, these Stainless-steel ferrule high-quality tools will easily last a lifetime. Besides the beech handles, all components are stainless steel for durability and corrosion resistance. The blades and tines are well formed and secured to the tangs with strong, smooth welds, and have bevelled or tapered ends to penetrate soil easily. Shaped for comfort, the handles are lacquered and have a stainless-steel ferrule that caps the end grain to prevent swelling or splitting. All the tools are well balanced, with overall lengths between 101/2Й and 143/4Й. The tools can be purchased individually, as a set of all seven (including the sod knife described below), or as a set of the three most commonly used tools – the three-prong cultivator, trowel and Jekyll weeder. The rounded tines of the three-prong cultivator move through soil easily, aerating it while uprooting weeds. The trowel has a 51/4Й long, 23/4Й wide blade and an offset handle for knuckle clearance. Using the Jekyll weeder, you can remove shallow-rooted weeds by lifting them from below or loosen the soil around deep roots to make them easier to pull out. We also offer a longer narrow trowel (blade is 73/4Й long and about 2Й wide), a two-prong version of the cultivator, and a crack weeder with a sharp slicing blade and thin-proﬁle hook for weeding between walkway and patio stones. AB621 3-Prong Cultivator* $ 21.50 AB620 Trowel* $ 22.50 AB624 Jekyll Weeder* $ 19.50 D E AB623 Narrow Trowel $ 24.50 AB625 2-Prong Cultivator $ 19.50 Offset AB622 Crack Weeder $ 24.50 handle AB630 Set of 3 Tools* $ 59.00 AB632 Set of all 7 Tools $149.00

Customer Number

A. AB643 B. AB644 C. AB641

Recyclable

P.O. Box 1780, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780

Premium Indoor Garden Tools В Easier to maneuver in pots and planters, these scaled-down versions of our C premium garden tools (below) are equally well made and have all the same features as the larger tools. The handles are a comfortable size and shape for smaller hands. All are under a foot long; the narrow trowel has a 53/4Й long, 11/2Й wide blade. Available individually or as a set of all three. Indoor Narrow Trowel $21.50 Size comparison of our full-size premium narrow trowel Indoor Jekyll Weeder $17.50 to our smaller-scale indoor narrow trowel. Indoor Cultivator $19.50 A Indoor Tool Set of 3 $54.00 B

Lanyard hole

Offset handle

K. Lee Valley Premium Sod Knife В

Designed like a bread knife, the scalloped blade of this knife won’t snag when cutting roots. At 65/16Й, the blade is long enough to cut through two layers of sod at once, so you can cut out the area you’re replacing from a roll of fresh sod, ensuring a perfectly ﬁtted patch. A 31/2Й sharpened section at the tip of the spine allows more delicate cuts. It has the same high-quality stainless-steel and beech construction as our other premium garden tools. 141/4Й long overall, it is well balanced and comfortable to use. AB626 Sod Knife $27.50

Set of 7 includes tools D-K.

Keep the above information handy when placing your order. Printed in Canada Copyright © ORDERS: CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-871-8158 or SHOP ONLINE at www.leevalley.com Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 01/13 Mailing list changes? Call toll free 1-800-871-8158. Key #UG0213 We will happily correct our mailing list.

PRSRT STD U.S. Postage PAID Lee Valley Tools Ltd.

Lee Valley Premium Garden Tools